Skip to main content

Full text of "Evolution and its modern critics"

See other formats


«6?4753 


Library 
of  the 

University  of  Toronto 


I  Ho  L-ewis  &  Co.,  ilto 

;  iiCHNItAl,  t  ScifNTIFIt  BOOKSEUlfiS, 

;  .  NtW  A10  SrtOSD  HaxD, 

!  ii'..  •i.J.VfiK  67.'  LONUON,  W.t.  1 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2020  with  funding  from 
University  of  Toronto 


https://archive.org/details/evolutionitsmodeOOdavi 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


*3 


EVOLUTION 

AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


BY 

A.  MORLEY  DAVIES,  d  sc. 

Late  Reader  in  Palwontology ,  University  of  London; 
and  Assistant  Professor,  Imperial  College  of  Science  and  Technology 


LONDON  : 

THOMAS  MURBY  &  CO.,  1,  FLEET  LANE,  E.C.4 

1937 


PRINTED  IN  GREAT  BRITAIN 


BY 

THE  WOODBRIDGE  PRESS  LTD,,  GUILDFORD 


PREFACE 


Three-quarters  of  a  century  have  passed  since  the 
publication  of  Darwin’s  Origin  of  Species  brought  the 
theory  of  Evolution  into  prominence.  The  first  of  those 
quarters  was  a  time  of  fierce  controversy,  but  by  the  end 
of  it  the  victory  of  the  theory  seemed  assured,  and  dis¬ 
cussion  settled  down  to  the  subject  of  the  causes  of 
evolution  and  other  matters  of  detail.  Opposition 
seemed  to  have  become  negligible,  being  confined  to  a 
few  literary  men  without  knowledge  or  understanding 
of  the  evidence.  For  more  than  a  generation  past, 
teachers  of  the  biological  sciences  have  been  inclined 
to  take  evolution  for  granted,  just  as  teachers  of 
geography  take  the  roundness  of  the  earth  for  granted. 

Of  late  years  there  has  been  some  reaction  against 
this  attitude.  In  one  North  American  state  evolution  is 
officially  proscribed.  In  England  the  literary  dis¬ 
believers  have  become  more  assertive,  encouraged  by 
the  rejection  of  the  theory  by  two  or  three  qualified 
biologists.  Foremost  among  these  is  Mr.  Douglas  Dewar, 
an  authority  on  Indian  ornithology,  and  in  earlier  years 
joint  author  with  Frank  Finn  of  an  excellent  work  on 
The  Making  of  Species.  To  his  name  may  be  added 
those  of  Dr.  W.  R.  Thompson,  F.R.S.,  an  authority 
on  parasitic  insects,  and  the  late  Prof.  Vialleton,  of  the 
University  of  Montpellier.  Mr.  Dewar  published  in 
1931  Difficiilties  of  the  Ezwhition  Theory,  a  book  to 
which  so  far  no  general  answer  has  been  offered.  The 


VI 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


present  work  was  designed  primarily  as  a  reply  to  Mr. 
Dewar,  but  the  necessity  of  completing  another  work 
has  delayed  its  execution,  and  this  delay  has  led  me  to 
modify  greatly  its  original  plan.  It  is  now  largely  an 
expression  of  my  own  ideas  rather  than  a  mere  rejoinder 
to  a  critic;  still,  Mr.  Dewar’s  book  forms  its  continually 
recurring  theme,  and,  though  I  hope  it  is  readable  by 
itself,  I  also  hope  that  every  reader  of  it  will  also  have 
read  Mr.  Dewar’s,  after  if  not  before. 

There  are  two  probable  criticisms  of  this  work  which 
I  may  anticipate  here.  I  have  made  frequent  use  of 
analogy,  and  it  will  be  said  that  an  analogy  is  not  a 
proof.  That  is  quite  true,  and  I  do  not  offer  the  analogies 
as  evidence,  but  simply  to  help  those  who  have  little 
knowledge  of  biological  facts  to  get  some  sense  of  pro¬ 
portion  or  perspective  in  relation  to  those  facts.  Again, 
such  figures  of  fossils  as  I  have  given  may  be  criticized 
as  quite  insufficient  evidence  of  evolution :  that  is 
largely  true,  but  I  offer  them  only  as  samples  of  the 
material  which  supplies  the  evidence,  to  enable  readers 
to  form  some  idea  of  what  they  are  reading  about. 

I  have  to  thank  my  late  colleagues.  Dr.  W.  F.  Whit- 
tard  and  Mr.  H.  R.  Hewer,  for  reading  the  MS.  and 
proof-sheets  and  making  many  useful  criticisms  and 
suggestions,  and  Dr.  A.  C.  Chibnall  for  help  in  bio¬ 
chemical  matters.  I  am  indebted  to  Prof.  S.  H.  Rey¬ 
nolds  for  the  photograph  of  Vallis  Vale  (Plate  I)  and 
to  Dr.  Whittard  for  those  of  the  Alabama  volutes  (Plate 
III),  as  well  as  to  Dr.  F.  J.  North  for  the  loan  of  the 
blocks  of  the  other  plates  and  several  text-figures,  and 
to  my  wife  for  most  of  the  other  figures. 

A.  MORLEY  DAVIES. 

Amersham  (Bucks). 

May,  1937. 


CONTENTS 


CHAP. 

PAGE 

I 

Old  and  New  Ideas  of  Creation  . 

1 

II 

Old  and  New  Ideas  of  Evolution . 

17 

III 

Some 

Sample  Families  . 

50 

I . 

The  Equidge  or  Horse-family . 

50 

2. 

The  Nuculidae  . 

64 

3- 

The  Anomiidae  . 

75 

4- 

The  Limnaeidae  and  Valenciennesia 

78 

5* 

The  Cypraeidae  and  their  Allies  . 

83 

6. 

The  Nassidae  . 

84 

7- 

The  Halicoridae . 

87 

IV 

The 

Paleontological  Record  . 

95 

V 

Some 

Leading  (and  Misleading)  Principles 

OF  Evolution  .  . 

132 

I . 

Cuvier’s  Principle  of  Correlation  . 

132 

2. 

The  Principle  of  Recapitulation  . 

137 

3- 

The  Principle  of  Change  of  Function  ... 

148 

4- 

Parallel  Development,  Convergence  and 

Adaptative  Radiation  . 

151 

5- 

Irreversibility  . 

164 

6. 

Vestigial  Organs  . 

166 

7- 

Unequal  Rates  of  Evolution  and  Per¬ 

sistent  Types  of  Life  . 

170 

8. 

Non-adaptative  Variation  . 

175 

VI 

Reptiles  and  Birds  . 

183 

VII 

Origin  and  Evolution  of  Mammals  . 

201 

VIII 

The 

Evolution  of  Man  and  the  Value  of 

Evidence  . 

223 

IX 

Conclusion  . 

247 

Glossary  . 

250 

Bibliography  . 

266 

Index  . 

271 

vn 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PLATE  PAGE 

I  Section  in  Vallis  Vale,  near  Frome  ...  to  face  i8 

II  Folded  and  Abraded  Strata  at  Saundersfoot, 
Pembrokeshire;  and  The  “  Sutton  Stone  ” 
of  the  Vale  of  Glamorg-an  .  to  face  19 

III  Evolution  in  Eocene  Volutidae  .  to  face  128 

IV  Evolution  of  Syringothyris ;  and  Final  Stage  of 

Gryphcea  arcuata  .  to  face  129 

FIG.  PAGE 

1.  D’Orbigny’s  successive  Periods  of  Creation  in 

their  probable  proportions  .  24 

2.  Gravel-Terraces  of  Thames  between  Oxford  and 

Abingdon  .  28 

3.  Lamarck’s  Genealogical  Tree  of  the  Animal 

Kingdom  .  37 

4.  The  “  Eocene  Monkey  ”  .  52 

5.  The  “  Eocene  Monkey  ”  .  53 

6.  Evolution  of  Equidm  .  58 

7.  Classification  of  Perissodactyls  by  Lydekker,  1889  61 

8.  Classification  of  Perissodactyls  by  Osborn,  1910  62 

9.  Nucida  and  Acila  .  66 

10.  Structure  of  the  Shell  of  Nucula .  66 

11.  Ornament  of  Bivalve  Shells .  71 

12.  Anomia-Placenta  Series  .  76 

13.  Distribution  in  Time  and  Space  of  the  several 

Facies  of  the  late  Tertiary  Deposits  of  the 
Near  East  .  97 

14.  Evolution  of  Valenciennesia .  81 

15.  Examples  of  Nassidae  .  86 

16.  Evolution  of  Sirenian  Hip-girdle  .  89 


IX 


X 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


FIG. 

17.  Diagram  illustrating-  the  Reconstruction  of 

Palaeontolog-ical  Genealog-ies  . 

18.  Four  Species  of  Viviparus  . 

19.  Simplified  Phylogeny  of  Levantine  Gastropods  ... 

20.  Evolution  of  Gryphaea  in  the  Lower  Lias  . 

21.  The  Fossil  Opossum  of  Montmartre . 

22.  Diagram  of  a  Species  splitting  into  two  . 

23.  Par  tula  . 

24.  Geographical  Range  of  the  Land-snails  Partula 

and  Achatinella  .  . 

25.  Map  of  the  Island  of  Moorea,  near  Tahiti 

26.  Population-graphs  of  Unsuccessful,  Successful 

and  Stable  Species  . 

27.  Temperature-graphs  of  Placental  Mammals, 

Marsupials,  jMonotremes  and  a  Reptile 

28.  Geological  and  Geographical  Distribution  of 

Marsupials 

29.  Evolution  of  the  Vertebrate  Eye . 

30.  Cross-section  of  the  Head  of  a  Chick  in  the  Third 

Day  of  Incubation  . 


PAGE 

104 

125 

126 
129 

134 

174 

175 

176 
178 

196 

205 

216 

226 

228 


TO  THE  READER 


It  is  impossible,  in  a  book  of  this  kind,  to  avoid  the  use 
of  technical  terms,  most  of  which  may  be  unfamiliar  to 
one  reader  or  another.  It  is  equally  impossible  to  stop 
the  course  of  an  argument  in  order  to  explain  the  words 
used.  Any  reader  who  may  be  checked  by  some  word 
new  to  him  is  advised  to  turn  at  once  to  the  Glossary 
on  pp.  250-265,  where  he  should  find  the  required  ex¬ 
planation. 

Numbers  or  letters  in  heavy  type,  e.g.  (D)  or  (15), 
refer  to  publications  listed  in  the  Bibliography  on 
pp.  266-270.  These  are  works  which  the  studious  reader 
may  consult  for  further  information  on  important 
matters.  Less  important  references  are  given  in  the 
body  of  the  work,  but  discrimination  between  the  two 
kinds  is  very  difficult  and  has  doubtless  been  made  in 
somewhat  inconsistent  fashion. 

In  the  explanations  of  figures,  the  scale  of  enlarge¬ 
ment  or  diminishment  is  indicated  thus,  e.g.,  x  3  or  x  f . 


xn 


CHAPTER  i 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  CREATION 

When  I  was  about  six  years  of  age  I  was  asked  to  guess 
how  the  almond  had  got  inside  the  sweet  I  had  been 
sucking.  After  puzzling  for  a  few  moments  over  this 
problem,  I  solved  it  to  my  own  satisfaction  by  exclaim¬ 
ing :  “They  did  it  by  machinery!”  For  the  sake  of 
my  reputation  I  could  wish  that  my  thoughts  had  taken 
a  different  course  and  led  me  to  suggest  :  “  It  grew  like 
that  on  a  tree  1”  Both  answers  would  have  been  alike 
in  explaining  a  mystery  by  reference  to  another  mys¬ 
tery,  but  they  illustrate  the  difference  in  outlook  between 
those  who  find  Creation  and  those  who  find  Evolution 
the  more  attractive,  because  the  more  satisfying,  explana¬ 
tion  of  the  infinite  variety  of  living  things. 

So  far  as  is  known,  accurate  and  systematic  biological 
observation  began  with  Aristotle  (b.c.  384-322).  Before 
his  time,  and  indeed  long  after  it,  ideas  of  creation  and 
evolution  must  have  been  vague  and  confused.  The 
knowledge  that  frogs  grew  out  of  tadpoles  and  butter¬ 
flies  out  of  caterpillars  made  it  seem  credible  not  only 
that  geese  should  grow  out  of  barnacles,  but  that  almost 
any  organism  might  change  into  any  other.  While  the 
Biblical  account  might  reserve  as  a  divine  prerogative 
the  creation  of  grass,  seeding  herbs  and  fruit  trees,  fish 
and  fowl,  cattle  and  every  living  thing  that  creepeth 
upon  the  earth,  there  remained  such  lowly  things  as 
worms  and  flies,  the  spontaneous  generation  of  which 

I 


1 


2 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


was  not  considered  incompatible  with  the  orthodox 
belief  in  Creation. 

It  was  not  until  Linnceus  (1707-1778)  established  his 
system  of  classification  of  living  things,  with  its  clearly 
graded  distinctions  of  Class,  Order,  Genus,  Species 
and  Variety,  that  a  scientific  theory  of  Creation  was 
actually  formulated.  For  Linnaeus  laid  it  down  that 
“there  are  as  many  different  species  as  the  Infinite 
Being  created  different  forms  in  the  beginning  (Species 
tot  sunt  diversce,  quot  diversas  formas  ab  initio  creavit 
infinitum  Ens)d'  Thus  what  we  now  call  Evolution  (or 
Transformism)  was  by  him  restricted  to  the  production 
of  varieties  (or  races)  within  any  species  :  the  species 
itself  was  immutable.  An  absolute  test  for  distinguish¬ 
ing  varieties  from  species  was  long  believed  to  be  given 
by  inter-breeding.  Unions  between  male  and  female  of 
distinct  species  were  either  barren,  or  produced  hybrid 
offspring  which  were  themselves  barren  :  this  distinction 
was  supposed  to  be  absolute. 

*  *  * 

A  commonly-accepted  corollary  of  the  Creation  theory 
was  that  only  two  individuals,  male  and  female,  of  each 
species  were  originally  created.  This  was  already  a 
common  belief  in  the  seventeenth  century,  according  to 
Sir  Thomas  Browne  (1605-1682),  who  included  it  among 
vulgar  errors  (Pseudodoxia  Epidemica,  Bk.  vii,  chap, 
iii).  It  may  have  arisen  as  an  application  of  what  is 
termed  the  “  law  of  parsimony,’’  or  from  a  belief  that 
the  Creator,  contrary  to  Peer  Gynt’s  famous  exclama¬ 
tion,  is  economical.  It  may  have  been  acceptable  to  the 
systematist,  to  whom  species  were  represented  by  dead 
museum-specimens,  but  field-naturalists  were  soon 
aware  of  its  difficulties. 


Ol.L)  AND  NFAV  IDEAS  OF  CREATION  3 

Ivouis  Agassiz  (1807-1873),  the  last  of  the  great  pre- 
Darwinian  naturalists,  though  he  never  abandoned  the 
creationist  view,  fully  realized  the  difficulties  of  the 
“single  pair”  theory.  He  wrote:  — 

“  Each  type,  being  created  within  the  limits  of  the  natural 
area  which  it  is  to  inhabit,  must  have  been  placed  there  under 
circumstances  favourable  to  its  preservation  and  reproduction, 
and  adapted  to  the  fulfilment  of  the  purposes  for  which  it  was 
created.  There  are,  in  animals,  peculiar  adaptations  which  are 
characteristic  of  their  species,  and  which  cannot  be  supposed  to 
have  arisen  from  subordinate  influences.  Those  which  live  in 
shoals  cannot  be  supposed  to  have  been  created  in  single  pairs. 
Those  which  are  made  to  be  the  food  of  others  cannot  have  been 
created  in  the  same  proportions  as  those  which  live  upon  them. 
Those  which  are  everywhere  found  in  innumerable  specimens 
must  have  been  introduced  in  numbers  capable  of  maintaining 
their  normal  proportions  to  those  which  live  isolated  and  are 
comparatively  and  constantly  fewer.  For  we  know  that  this 
harmony  in  the  numerical  proportions  between  animals  is  one 
of  the  great  laws  of  nature  ”  (Agassiz  and  Cabot,  1850,  Lake 
Superior). 

Increasing  study  of  what  is  now  called  Ecology — the 
relationships  of  the  members  of  a  faunal  “  community  ’’ 
to  one  another  and  to  their  physical  environment — 
has  not  decreased  these  difficulties.  Obviously,  a  single 
newly-created  pair  of  insectivorous  birds,  placed  among 
a  number  of  single  pairs  of  newly-created  insects,  would 
exterminate  species  after  species  of  the  latter  much  more 
quickly  than  they  could  reproduce  themselves,  and  hav¬ 
ing  soon  exhausted  their  food-supply  would  themselves 
perish  of  starvation. 

It  may  be  suggested  that  a  foreseeing  Creator  would 
avoid  such  a  disaster  by  giving  the  insects  a  long- 
enough  start  to  enable  them  to  multiply  before  they 
were  preyed  upon.  Unfortunately,  the  ecological  rela¬ 
tions  of  a  fauna  and  flora  are  so  complex,  that  if  any 
naturalist  were  to  set  himself  to  arrange  the  species  in 
a  necessary  order  of  creation — deciding  that  species  A 


f 


4  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

must  have  been  created  before  species  B,  B  before  C 
and  so  on — before  long  he  would  find  that  species  F, 
let  us  say,  must  have  been  created  before  species  A. 
If  any  fauna  and  flora  has  been  created,  it  must  have 
been  created  as  a  “going  concern,”  the  individuals  of 
different  species  being  in  balanced  proportions,  only 
those  few  which  are  necessarily  fewest  in  numbers  being 
created  as  single  pairs.  Thus  we  may  imagine  a  patch 
of  Indian  jungle  sufficient  to  sustain  a  single  pair  of 
tigers  being  created  as  a  unit  in  a  lifeless  waste  and 
gradually  spreading  over  the  whole  land.  In  that  way 
the  ”  law  of  parsimony  ”  would  be  satisfied,  as  it  would 
not  if  the  whole  of  the  Indian  jungle  were  created  at 
once.  This  conception  may  raise  further  problems,  but 
I  will  not  try  to  follow  them  up. 

The  “one-pair  creation  ”  theory  has  other  difficulties 
to  face.  A  single  pair  (queen  and  drone)  of  honey-bees 
would  be  helpless  to  perpetuate  the  species  in  the  ab¬ 
sence  of  a  swarm  of  workers,  since  the  queen  would 
have  no  cells  in  which  to  lay  her  eggs;  and  similar 
problems  are  presented  by  other  polymorphic  insects. 
Parasites,  especially  those  internal  parasites  whose  life- 
cycle  needs  successive  hosts  of  different  species,  also 
offer  knotty  problems  in  creation. 

*  *  * 

In  the  early  years  of  the  last  century,  other  difficulties 
arose  from  the  advance  of  geological  knowledge  and  the 
recognition  that  fauna  after  fauna  had  followed  one 
another  in  the  past.  Cuvier  (1769-1832),  the  first  great 
Vertebrate  palaeontologist,  was  reluctant  at  first  to  admit 
repeated  creations,  and  preferred  to  believe  in  the  com¬ 
plete  destruction  of  life  in  one  area  followed  by  the 
migration  into  it  of  a  fauna  already  living  in  another 


OLD  AND  NFAV  IDEAS  OF  CREATION  5 

region.  Though  this  conception  contains  an  element 
of  truth  applicable  to  many  cases,  the  number  of  succes¬ 
sive  faunas  is  far  too  great  for  it  to  serve  as  a  general 
explanation,  as  Cuvier  soon  came  to  admit.  Alcide 
Dessalines  d’Orbigny  (1802-1857),  a  great  French 
palseontologist,  felt  no  hesitation  about  the  question  :  — 

“  A  first  creation  appeared  (s^est  montre)  with  the  Silurian 
stage.  After  the  annihilation  of  this  by  some  geological  cause 
after  a  considerable  lapse  of  time,  a  second  creation  took  place 
in  the  Devonian  stage;  and  successively  twentv-seven  times 
distinct  creations  have  come  to  repeople  the  whole  earth  with 
plants  and  animals,  after  each  geological  perturbation  which  had 
destroyed  the  whole  of  living  nature.  Such  is  the  fact,  certain 
but  incomprehensible,  that  we  content  ourselves  with  stating, 
without  trying  to  penetrate  the  superhuman  mystery  that  sur¬ 
rounds  it  ”  (A.  D.  d’Orbigny,  1852.  Cours  elementaire  dc 
Pal^ontologie  et  de  Gdologie  stratigraphique,  ii,  251). 

How  d’Orbigny’s  twenty-eight  successive  periods  of 
creation  are  re-interpreted  by  present-day  geologists 
will  be  explained  in  the  next  chapter  (see  Fig.  i,  p.  24) 
What  is  important  to  note  at  this  point  is  that  even  in 
d’Orbigny’s  day  there  were  known  cases  of  identical 
species  occurring  in  successive  formations.  Unless  such 
species  were  assumed  to  have  been  destroyed  and  created 
afresh,  they  must  have  been  survivors  from  the  general 
destruction  of  the  earlier  fauna.  Lyell,  for  instance,  long 
before  his  conversion  to  Darwinism,  classified  the 
Tertiary  strata  by  their  faunas,  according  to  the  per¬ 
centages  of  molluscan  species  identical  with  living 
forms,  thus  implying  repeated  and  numerous  survivals. 
But  a  single  pair  of  a  newly-created  species  would  run 
the  risk  of  immediate  extermination  if  it  were  the  natural 
prey  of  one  of  these  surviving  species. 

It  would  seem,  then,  that  believers  in  creation  must 
be  logically  driven  to  abandon  the  idea  of  creation  of 
species  by  single  pairs  and  to  replace  it  by  a  belief  in 


6 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  (  Rri  ICS 


wholesale  creation  of  floras  and  faunas  as  a  “going 
concern.”  This  conception  was  consistently  carried  out 
by  a  remarkable  nineteenth-century  naturalist,  Philip 
Henry  Gosse  (1810-1888),  best  known  to  the  present 
generation  as  the  father  of  Sir  Edmund  Gosse,  by  whom 
he  was  portrayed  in  the  book.  Father  and  Son.  P.  H. 
Gosse  was  a  firm  believer  in  sudden  creation,  but  had  a 
very  logical  mind  and  could  not  rest  satisfied  with  any 
of  the  attempts  at  reconciling  Genesis  and  Geology 
which  were  so  persistently  made  all  through  the  nine¬ 
teenth  century.  In  1857  he  published  Omphalos :  an 
attempt  to  untie  the  geological  knot,  a  book  well  worth 
reading  even  to-day,  for  later  discovery  has  not 
seriously  affected  the  logic  of  his  argument. 

It  might  be  described  as  an  expansion  of  the  old 
problem  :  ”  Which  came  first  :  the  hen  or  the  egg?” 
Gosse  shows  that  all  living  things  pass  through  a  cycle, 
and  claims  that  at  every  point  in  that  cycle  the  effects 
of  previous  stages  can  be  recognized,  so  that  no  point 
can  be  claimed  as  more  suitable  for  a  beginning  than 
any  other.  The  title  of  the  book  refers  to  one  of  the 
most  conspicuous  cases  of  evidence  of  past  history,  the 
omphalos,  umbilicus  or  navel  of  Man  and  all  placental 
mammals — the  natural  birth-certificate  proving  that 
everyone  had  a  mother.  The  question  whether  Adam 
and  Eve  did  or  did  not  possess  an  umbilicus  was  the 
subject  of  much  mediaeval  controversy.  Michael  Angelo 
and  other  artists  had  no  doubts  on  the  point :  they 
represented  Adam  as  exactly  like  any  other  man.  Sir 
Thomas  Browne  treated  this  as  a  grave  error  :  — 

“  Another  mistake  there  may  be  in  the  Picture  of  our  first 
Parents,  who  after  the  manner  of  theyre  Posteritie  are  both 
delineated  with  a  Na\dll  .  .  .  which,  notwythstandynge,  cannot 
be  allowed,  except  wee  impute  that  vnto  the  first  Cause,  which 
we  impose  not  on  the  second  .  .  .  that  is,  that  in  the  first  and 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  CREATION 


7 


moste  accomplyshed  Peece,  the  Creator  affected  Superfluities,  or 
ordayned  Parts  withoute  all  Vse  or  Office  ”  {Pseudodoxia 
Epidemica,  lib.  v.,  cap,  v.). 

It  might  also  be  urged  that  to  assert  that  Adam  was 
created  with  a  navel  was  equivalent  to  accusing  the 
Creator  of  false  witness.  But  the  same  charge  might 
be  founded  on  the  whole  bodily  and  mental  constitution 
with  which  Adam  is  always  credited.  Thus  the  dictum, 
“Therefore  shall  a  man  leave  his  father  and  mother 
and  cleave  unto  his  wife,”  spoken  by  a  man  who  had 
never  known  father  and  mother,  either  of  his  own  or 
anyone  else’s,  implies  a  knowledge  of  family  life  quite 
as  inconsistent  with  his  creation  in  the  adult  state  as  is 
the  umbilicus.  But  Gosse  claims  that  such  apparent 
false  evidences  are  innumerable  and  inevitably  bound 
up  with  any  act  of  creation.  He  writes:  — 

“  Let  us  suppose  that  this  present  year  1857  had  been  the 
particular  epoch  in  the  projected  life-history  of  the  world,  which 
the  Creator  selected  as  the  era  of  its  actual  beginning.  At  his 
fiat  it  appears;  but  in  what  condition?  Its  actual  condition  at 
this  moment  : — whatever  is  not  existent  would  appear,  precisely 
as  it  does  appear.  There  would  be  cities  filled  with  swarms  of 
men  ;  there  would  be  houses  half-built ;  castles  fallen  into  ruins ; 
pictures  on  artists’  easels  just  sketched  in  ;  wardrobes  filled  with 
half-worn  garments;  ships  sailing  over  the  sea;  marks  of  birds’ 
footsteps  on  the  mud ;  skeletons  whitening  the  desert  sands ; 
human  bodies  in  every  stage  of  decay  in  the  burial-grounds. 
These  and  millions  of  other  traces  of  the  past  would  be  found 
.  .  .  not  to  puzzle  the  philosopher,  but  because  they  are  insepar¬ 
able  from  the  condition  of  the  world  at  the  selected  moment  of 
irruption  into  its  history ;  because  they  constitute  its  condition  ; 
they  make  it  what  it  is. 

Hence  the  minuteness  and  undeniableness  of  the  proofs  of 
life  which  geologists  rely  on  so  confidently,  and  present  with 
such  justifiable  triumph,  do  not  in  the  least  militate  against  my 
principle.  The  marks  of  Hyaenas’  teeth  on  the  bones  of  Kirkdale 
cave ;  the  infant  skeletons  associated  with  adult  skeletons  of  the 
same  species ;  the  abundance  of  coprolites ;  the  foot-tracks  of 
Birds  and  Reptiles  ;  the  glacier-scratches  on  rocks  ;  and  hundreds 
of  other  beautiful  and  most  irresistible  evidences  of  pre-existence, 

I  do  not  wish  to  undervalue,  nor  to  explain  away.  .  .  .  We 
might  still  speak  of  the  inconceivably  long  duratmn  of  the  pro- 


8 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


cesses  in  question,  provided  we  understand  ideal  instead  of 
actual  time— that  the  duration  was  projected  in  the  mind  of 
God,  and  not  really  existent. 

The  zoologist  would  still  use  the  fossil  forms  of  non-existing 
animals,  to  illustrate  the  mutual  analogies  of  species  and  groups 
.  .  .  and  would  find  them  a  rich  mine  of  instruction,^  affording 
some  examples  of  the  adaptation  of  structure  to  function,  whicli 
are  not  yielded  by  any  extant  species.  Such  are  the  elongation 
of  the  little  finger  in  Pterodactylus  for  the  extension  of  the 
alar  membrane.  (pp.  352-3^  3^9'37^)- 

Sir  Edmund  Gosse  has  told  us  how  his  father  was 
driven  to  take  up  this  position  to  defend  himself  against 
the  growing  mass  of  evidence  for  the  transmutation  of 
species.  He  has  also  told  us  of  the  chilly  reception  of 
the  book  Omphalos  : — 

“  Never  was  a  book  cast  upon  the  waters  with  greater  anticipa¬ 
tions  of  success  than  was  this  curious,  this  obstinate,  this 
fanatical  volume.  .  .  .  He  offered  it,  with  a  glowing  gesture, 
to  atheists  and  Christians  alike.  .  .  .  But,  alas !  atheists  and 
Christians  alike  looked  at  it  and  laughed,  and  threw  it  away. 

In  the  course  of  that  dismal  winter  [1857-58],  as  the  post 
began  to  bring  in  private  letters,  few  and  chilly,  and  public 
reviews,  many  and  scornful,  my  Father  looked  in  vain  for  the 
approval  of  the  churches,  and  in  vain  for  the  acquiescence  of  the 
scientific  societies,  and  in  vain  for  the  gratitude  of  those 
‘  thousands  of  thinking  persons,’  which  he  had  rashly  assured 
himself  of  receiving.  As  his  reconciliation  of  Scripture  state¬ 
ments  and  geological  deductions  was  welcomed  nowhere ;  as 
Darwin  continued  silent,  and  the  youthful  Huxley  was  scornful, 
and  even  Charles  Kingsley,  from  whom  my  Father  had  expected 
the  most  instant  appreciation,  wrote  that  he  could  not  ‘  give 
up  the  painful  and  slow  conviction  of  five  and  twenty  years’ 
study  of  geology,  and  believe  that  God  has  written  on  the  rocks 
one  enormous  and  superfluous  lie  ’ — as  all  this  happened  or 
failed  to  happen,  a  gloom,  cold  and  dismal,  descended  upon  our 
morning  tea  cups  ”  {Father  and  Son,  chap,  v,  pp.  1 19-123). 

This  piece  of  pure  logic  was  still-born.  As  logic  it 
was  almost  perfect,  provided  you  start  with  the  fact  of 
Creation  as  the  one  indubitable  premiss.  (Even  then, 
there  is  one  flaw  in  the  logic,  as  I  shall  point  out  pre¬ 
sently).  But  to  those  who  will  not  admit  this  premiss 
or  postulate,  the  logic  works  the  other  way  :  all  Gosse’s 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  CREATION  9 

numerous  examples  carefully  collected  from  all  branches 
of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms  become  so  many 
evidences  that  Creation  is  unthinkable.  And  most  of 
his  contemporaries  preferred  to  be  illogical,  anyway. 
He  seems  to  have  had  no  disciples,  and  no  subsequent 
thinker  can  be  called  an  “omphalist.”  Yet  omphalism 
might  well  have  been  adapted,  at  a  later  time,  to  recon¬ 
cile  evolution  with  creation.  Even  Gosse,  though  in 
one  place  he  asserts  the  immutability  of  species,  shows 
elsewhere  a  tentative  approval  of  Evolution  :  — 

“  If  we  could  take  a  sufficiently  large  view  of  the  whole  plan 
of  nature  .  .  .  should  we  be  able  to  trace  the  same  sort  of  rela¬ 
tion  between  .  .  .  Elephas  Indiciis  and  Elephas  primigenius,  as 
subsists  between  the  leaves  of  1857  the  leaves  of  1856;  or 
between  the  oak  now  flourishing  in  Sherwood  Forest  and  that  of 
Robin  Hood’s  day,  from  whose  acorn  it  sprang?  I  dare  not 
say,  we  should ;  though  I  think  it  highly  probable.  But  I  think 
you  will  not  dare  to  say,  we  should  not. 

It  may  be  objected  that  Elephas  primigcnins  is  absolutely  dis¬ 
tinct  from  E.  Indicus.  I  answer,  Yes,  specifically  distinct;  and 
so  am  I  distinct  from  my  father,  individually  distinct.  But  as 
individual  distinctness  does  not  preclude  the  individual  from  being 
the  exponent  of  a  circular  revolution  in  the  life-history  of  the 
species,  so  specific  distinctness  may  not  preclude  the  species  from 
being  the  exponent  of  a  circular  revolution  in  some  higher,  un¬ 
named,  life-history  ”  (pp.  343-344). 

Why  should  an  Omphalist  suppose  that  the  single 
act  of  Creation  needed  to  be  supplemented  by  a  series 
of  ideal  creations?  Gosse  tlius  describes  his  conception 
of  Adam  :  — 

‘‘  .  .  .  the  new-created  Man  was,  at  the  first  moment  of  his 
existence,  a  man  of  twenty,  or  five-and-twenty,  or  thirty  years  old 
[Sir  Thomas  Browne  argued  for  50  or  60];  physically,  palpably, 
visibly,  so  old.  .  .  .  He  appeared  precisely  what  he  would 

have  appeared  had  he  lived  so  many  years  ”  (pp.  351-2). 

j 

But  it  should  surely  be  added:  “under  healthy, 
normal  conditions.”  If  we  imagine  a  medical  man  of 
to-day  examining  the  newly-created  Adam,  and  certify- 


lO 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


ing  his  approximate  age  and  healthy  development  :  he 
would  surely  not  find  evidence  that  Adam  had  broken 
iiis  arm  in  childhood,  or  had  suffered  from  small-pox  or 
rheumatic  fever.  And  if  the  whole  world  was  abruptly 
created  like  Adam,  with  an  apparently  long  and  event¬ 
ful  past,  it  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  that  ideal  past 
was  a  succession  of  catastrophes  and  re-creations.  A 
twentieth-century  Omphalist  might  agree  with  a 
palaeontologist  not  only  in  admiring  the  pterodactyl’s 
wing  which  had  never  actually  been  used  for  flight,  but 
also  in  discussing  the  steps  in  evolution  by  which  that 
wing  had  been  evolved  (in  the  mind  of  God)  from  the 
fore-foot  of  a  bipedal  dinosaur.  Tn  much  the  same  way 
an  historian  might  discuss  “The  Mystery  of  Edwin 
Drood”  as  though  real  historical  persons  were  con¬ 
cerned,  though  knowing  well  that  they  had  existed  only 
as  an  idea  in  the  mind  of  Charles  Dickens. 

d'he  one  flaw  in  Gosse’s  logic  was  his  failure  to  see 
that,  by  his  own  argument,  Adam  must  have  had  a 
mother — not  in  reality,  but  “  in  the  mind  of  God  ’’ — 
and  that,  in  the  same  sense,  Adam’s  mother  must  also 
have  had  a  mother,  and  so  on  ad  infinitum.  But  the 
infinite  becomes  finite  if  evolution  be  accepted,  if  only 
as  a  process  “  in  the  mind  of  God.” 

*  *  * 

Idle  few  modern  Creationists  whose  knowledge  of 
Biology  is  comparable  with  that  which  Gosse  possessed 
in  his  own  day  are  less  logical  than  he,  and  do  not 
profess  Omphalism.  They  have  retired  from  the  posi¬ 
tion  held  by  Linnaeus,  Cuvier  and  Agassiz,  abandoning 
species  and  genera  to  the  evolutionist,  and  making  the 
Family  or  some  higher  category  their  line  of  defence. 
This  new  position  has  definite  advantages  over  the  old  : 


OLD  AND  NLW  IDEAS  OF  CREATION  n 

wholesale  destruction  and  creation  is  no  longer  neces¬ 
sary,  since  a  new  family  can  be  introduced  into  a  fauna 
imperceptibly  by  the  creation  of  a  single  pair  (or  a  few 
pairs)  of  individuals.  The  difficulties  are  no  greater 
than  those  which  confront  the  evolutionist  when  he 
postulates  the  accidental  transport  of  a  small  group  of 
individuals  across  an  ocean  to  a  new  habitat.  This  is 
the  position  taken  up  by  Mr.  Douglas  Dewar,  who 
would  contrast  family  and  genus  where  Cuvier  con¬ 
trasted  species  and  variety. 

It  was  also  approximately  the  position  of  the  late 
Prof.  Vialleton  of  Montpellier,  though  he  seems  to  have 
left  a  wide  “no  man’s  land’’  between  the  Class  and 
the  Genus.  He  also  obscured  the  situation  by  his 
curious  use  of  the  word  Evolution,  which  he  said  should 
be  kept  for  the  unknown  process  by  which  Classes  and 
higher  grades  came  into  being,  and  proposed  the  term 
“diversification’’  for  the  origin  of  species  and  genera. 
He  wrote  :  — 

“  The  formation  of  the  living  world  comprises  two  very  dif¬ 
ferent  processes  (mouvements)  ■' 

(1)  The  formation  of  the  types  of  organization  [i.e.,  of  the  great 
branches  (emhranchements)  or  phyla]  which  took  place  relatively 
early  since  most  Invertebrate  phyla  existed  in  the  Cambrian  and 
the  Vertebrate  phylum  was  already  divided  into  Fishes  and  Tetra- 
pods  before  the  end  of  Palaeozoic  times  ; 

(2)  The  formation  of  specific  types  which  has  quite  a  different 
character  since  it  extends,  without  important  changes  of  organiza¬ 
tion,  from  the  first  appearance  of  a  phylum  or  a  class  until  its 
disappearance  or  until  the  present  time. 

These  two  processes  are  in  a  sense  opposed.  The  first  and 
more  powerful,  leading  from  the  primordial  cell  and  the  gastrula 
to  the  principal  types  [i.e.,  phyla]  really  deserves  the  name  of 
evolution.  Its  mechanism  is  still  unknown  to  us,  for  one  can¬ 
not  accept  as  proved  truths  the  hypotheses  offered  by  zoologists 
for  the  origin  of  these  phyla. 

The  second  does  not  properly  deserve  the  name  of  evolution. 
It  would  be  better  expressed  by  that  of  diversification,,  for,  if  it 
produces  secondary  forms  in  great  numbers,  it  does  not  lead  to 
the  appearance  of  new  types.  Far  from  every  individual  being 


12 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


potentially  the  start  of  a  new  phylum,  as  le  Roy  says,  it  is  at 
the  most  that  of  new  genera  or  new  families,  always  with  the 
same  type  of  organization.  .  .  .  There  is,  therefore,  within  the 
limits  of  classes,  rather  diversification  than  evolution,  and,  apart 
from  the  case  of  ISIan  in  the  Class  Mammalia,  one  could  perhaps 
find  no  other  real  evolution,  that  is  to  say  a  perfectioning  or  a 
change  of  some  importance  bearing  on  the  whole  of  the  organism. 
In  contrast  to  evolution,  the  mechanism  of  which  escapes  us,  the 
diversification  of  species  may  result  from  the  action  of  the  ex¬ 
ternal  factors  invoked  by  transformism  [?  by  transformists]. 

Lastly,  we  must  note  another  very  singular  and  enigmatic  fact  : 
the  persistence  of  the  simplest  forms  side  by  side  with  the 
highest,  the  simultaneous  existence  at  the  present  time  of  forms 
which,  theoretically,  one  may  consider  as  representing  the  various 
stages  of  evolution. 

These  diverse  aspects  hidden  under  the  general  and  simplified 
concept  {concept  global  et  simpliste)  of  evolution,  show  that  this 
does  not  present  itself  as  the  regular  flow  of  phenomena  de¬ 
pendent  exclusively  on  physico-chemical  actions,  but  that  it 
implies  a  personality  {un  pari)  of  the  organism  more  important 
than  that  of  the  external  factors  to  which  it  is  attributed  ”  (T., 

pp.  120-12 1). 

Tints  we  have  the  curious  paradox  that  Vialleton 
wrote  “evolution”  where  Dewar  writes  “creation,” 
although  their  ideas  seem  much  the  same.  “  Evolu¬ 
tion  ”  in  Vialleton’s  sense  is  admittedly  a  word  for  an 
unknown  process.  “Creation”  sounds  much  more 
definite,  yet  as  to  the  nature  of  the  creative  process  Mr. 
Dewar  is  silent,  and  I  can  only  hazard  a  few  surmises. 
AVhere  the  newly-created  ancestor  to  a  new  family 
belongs  to  the  same  Super-family,  Sub-order  or  Order 
as  an  existing  family,  the  creation  might  perhaps 
amount  to  no  more  than  a  “  saltation”  too  great  to  be 
accounted  for  by  ordinary  chromosome-change.  For 
instance,  we  might  imagine  that  the  first  members  of 
any  new  bird-family  came  from  eggs  actually  laid  by 
birds  of  an  existing  species,  but  converted  unobtrusively 
by  creative  power  so  that  they  hatched  out  into  the  new 
type,  to  be  reared  like  young  cuckoos.  But  creative 
power,  according  to  Mr.  Dewar,  has  to  cross  much 


OLD  AND  Nl'W  IDLAS  OF  CREATION 

bigger  gaps  than  this.  He  does  not  believe  that  any 
transitional  forms  between  reptiles  and  birds  ever 
existed ;  and  if  the  eggs  laid  by,  let  us  say,  a  Compso- 
gnathiis  were  secretly  converted  by  creative  power  into 
eggs  of  Archaeopteryx,  it  is  very  unlikely  that  they 
would  find  the  conditions  suitable  for  hatching  and 
growing  to  maturity.  Where  the  gap  is  so  great,  the 
creation  of  adults  would  seem  inevitable.  But  what  is 
meant  by  such  creation  ?  Did  the  atoms  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  nitrogen  and  so  forth,  of  which  the  body  of 
the  first  created  bird  was  built,  exist  previously  to  the 
bird  itself?  If  so,  in  what  combinations  did  they  exist? 
Without  some  answer  to  these  questions,  the  word 
“creation”  seems  simply  a  fog,  raised  to  conceal  the 
difficulties  involved. 

*  *  * 

However,  let  us  waive  that  difficulty  and  turn  to  the 
question  :  What  is  a  Family  ?  It  is  a  category  not 
found  in  the  Systema  Naturce  of  Linnceus,  and  was 
first  intercalated  in  the  scheme  of  classification  by 
Lamarck.  But  his  “families”  and  Cuvier’s  were  much 
wider  groups  than  the  families  of  modern  naturalists. 
There  has  been  a  great  change  in  the  value  or  content 
of  the  Linnaean  categories.  We  may  say  broadly  that, 
so  far  as  Vertebrates  are  concerned,  the  Linnaean 
Classes  have  been  little  altered,  the  Orders  have  been 
increased  in  number  and  most  of  the  genera  have 
become  families,  while  a  vast  number  of  new  genera 
have  been  founded.  With  Invertebrates  the  changes 
liave  been  far  greater.  To  take  one  example,  the 
Brachiopoda,  which  had  no  separate  recognition  from 
Linnaeus,  and  which  to  Lamarck  were  a  Family  and  to 
Cuvier  a  Class,  with  three  genera  in  each  case,  appear 


H  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

in  S.  P.  Woodward’s  Manual  of  the  Mollusca  (1851-56) 
as  a  Class  with  a  single  Order  and  8  Families.  In 
Nicholson’s  Palceontology  (1889)  they  consist  of  2 
Orders  and  15  Families;  in  the  first  English  edition  of 
Zittel’s  Palceontology  (1900)  they  are  divided  into  4 
Orders,  10  Super-families  and  31  Families;  in  the 
second  edition  (1914)  the  Super-families  are  increased 
to  14  and  the  Families  to  42  ;  and  there  have  been  still 
later  changes,  all  in  the  same  direction.  These  increases 
are  partly  due  to  the  discovery  of  strikingly  new  forms 
requiring  new  Families  for  their  reception,  but  also 
(perhaps  even  more)  to  the  subdivision  of  known  genera 
until  what  was  a  genus  has  become  at  least  a  family, 
sometimes  an  order. 

If  we  turn  to  a  much  more  familiar  group,  the  Birds,  we 
find  much  the  same.  Linn^us  recognized  6  Orders  and 
63  genera  of  birds.  Bowdler  Sharpe  in  1891  counted  34 
Orders  and  159  Families  (to  which  2  extinct  Orders  and 
24  extinct  Families  must  be  added).  Most  of  Linnaeus’s 
genera  are  equivalent  to  modern  families  :  only  a  few, 
chiefly  among  the  passerine  birds,  remain  as  genera, 
several  to  a  family. 

The  fact  is  that  every  taxonomist  (or  classifier)  has 
his  own  idea  of  what  a  family  should  mean.  Mr.  Dewar 
is  an  ornithologist,  and  may  be  presumed  to  base  his 
ideas  of  the  family  on  the  accepted  families  of  birds. 
Birds  are  generally  given  the  rank  of  a  Class,  but 
they  form  a  very  compact  Class,  with  much  less  varia¬ 
tion  within  its  limits  than  is  found  in  most  Classes. 
Consequently  its  Orders  are  narrow  :  Romer  remarks 
(33)  that  “  the  different  orders  have  in  general  no 
more  differences  between  them  than  exist  between 
families  in  other  classes  of  vertebrates.”  If  so,  the 
families  must  correspond  rather  to  sub-families  in  other 


OLD  AND  NLW  IDEAS  OF  CREATION  15 

classes.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  facts  that  nearly  half 
the  Orders  of  Birds  comprise  only  one  family  each, 
that  where  sub-orders  are  recognized  they  rarely  con¬ 
tain  more  than  one  family,  and  that  hardly  any  sub¬ 
families  have  needed  to  be  established.  Only  among 
the  Passerine  birds  are  there  many  families  in  an  Order. 
We  may  therefore  infer  that  Mr.  Dewar  would  be  in¬ 
clined  to  interpret  the  “family”  in  other  branches  of 
the  animal  kingdom  in  a  narrower  rather  than  in  a 
wider  sense. 

If  Mr.  Dewar’s  ideas  should  prevail,  then  for  the  first 
time  a  strict  definition  of  a  family  would  become  pos* 
sible.  It  would  run  somewhat  as  follows  :  A  family  is 
a  collection  of  one  or  more  species,  co7nprised  in  one  01 
more  ge^iera,  which  may  all  have  been  evolved  fro7n  a 
common  ancestor,  from  which  710  other  family  could 
have  been  derived. 

*  *  * 

One  argument  advanced  by  Mr.  Dewar  is  that  the 
family  represents  the  limit  within  which  artificial  selec¬ 
tion  has  been  able  to  produce  new  forms.  It  has  often 
been  remarked  that  if  the  various  breeds  of  dog  or 
pigeon  were  classified  by  a  naturalist  unaware  of  their 
having  been  bred  by  man,  he  would  refer  them  not  only 
to  different  species  but  even  to  distinct  genera;  but  no 
one  has  claimed  that  they  differ  sufficiently  to  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  more  than  one  family.  This  argument  does 
not  impress  me  as  sound.  In  the  first  place,  the  range 
of  form  which  artificial  selection  has  been  able  to 
produce  is  far  greater  in  some  cases  than  in  others — in 
dogs  and  pigeons,  for  instance,  than  in  horses  and 
cattle.  This  would  seem  to  imply,  on  Mr.  Dewar’s 
theory,  that  the  family  limits  are  narrower  in  the  latter 


lb  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

cases  than  in  the  former.  Yet,  as  we  shall  see  in  Chap¬ 
ter  111,  the  horse-family  is  precisely  the  one  in  which 
he  is  ready  to  admit  an  enormous  difference  between 
extreme  forms  in  a  lineage,  far  greater  than  he  will 
allow  in  most  cases. 

Secondly,  the  analogy  between  artificial  and  natural 
selection  must  not  be  pressed  too  far.  There  is  this 
great  difference  between  them  :  natural  selection  (or 
whatever  effective  agent  we  substitute  for  it)  deals  with 
the  whole  organism,  while  the  breeder  deals  with 
selected  “points”  only — either  superficial  characters 
like  colour  and  shape,  or  such  qualities  as  speed  or 
milk-productivity  which  certainly  involve  a  number  of 
factors  but  still  a  limited  number.  He  does  not,  he 
cannot  concern  himself  with  variations  in  internal 
organs  needful  for  the  efficient  correlation  of  functions 
throughout  the  organism.  Certainly  natural  selection 
comes  to  his  help  by  eliminating  the  worst  cases  of  mis- 
adaptation,  but  the  breeder  protects  his  animals  from 
its  action  as  far  as  he  can.  His  artificial  breeds  are 
unbalanced,  top-heavy  structures  :  he  is  like  a  builder 
who  is  trying  to  widen  the  top  of  a  tower  by  elaborate 
corbelling,  without  attempting  to  widen  the  founda¬ 
tions.  The  distance  to  which  he  can  extend  is  limited, 
and  is  no  criterion  of  the  area  which  he  could  roof  over 
in  a  building  the  foundations  of  which  were  properly 
adapted  to  its  superstructure. 

In  Chapter  HI.  we  shall  examine  some  actual 
examples  of  zoological  families,  as  a  test  of  Mr.  Dewar’s 
theory. 


CHAPTER  II 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 

If  any  exact  theory  of  the  creation  of  living  organisms 
had  to  wait  until  Linnaeus  framed  a  system  of  classifica¬ 
tion,  a  scientific  theory  of  evolution  had  to  wait  even 
longer,  since  some  conception  of  geological  time  was  a 
necessary  part  of  it.  Although  the  fundamental  con¬ 
ceptions  of  geological  and  palaeontological  science  had 
been  established  by  Leonardo  da  Vinci  at  the  end  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  they  were  still  rejected  in  the 
eighteenth  by  so  unorthodox  a  man  as  Voltaire,  who, 
with  much  critical  ingenuity  but  an  entire  absence  of 
any  sense  of  proportion,  explained  away  the  correct 
interpretation  of  fossils  given  by  Palissy  and  Buffon. 

Even  to-day,  there  is  much  ignorance  and  scepticism 
as  to  the  length  of  geological  time  and  the  methods  of 
measuring  it.  From  time  to  time  the  perennial  interest 
in  the  question  of  evolution  and  particularly  of  the 
ancestry  of  Man  bursts  out  into  a  newspaper  corre¬ 
spondence,  and  in  the  course  of  it  someone  generally 
asks  some  such  question  as  this  :  — 

“  How  can  anyone  pretend  to  know  that  such-and-such 
creatures  lived  on  the  earth  so  many  thousands  or  millions  of 
years  ago?” 

and  the  question,  whether  it  be  merely  rhetorical  or  a 
genuine  call  for  enlightenment,  always  remains  un¬ 
answered  because  no  one  can  answer  it  in  a  few  lines. 


17 


2 


i8  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

It  is  like  asking:  “  How  do  you  know  that  the  battle 
of  Hastings  took  place  in  1066?”  or  “How  do  you 
know  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  Capetown?’’  No 
one  can  answer  such  questions  in  a  sentence  or  two. 
Let  me  try  to  explain  briefly  the  methods  of  geological 
dating,  beginning  with  an  actual  example. 

*  *  * 

Little  more  than  a  mile  west  of  the  town  of  Frome  in 
Somerset,  a  tributary  of  the  river  Frome  has  cut  a 
gorge,  in  the  sides  of  which  (especially  where  quarry¬ 
ing  has  more  fully  exposed  them)  the  rocks  usually 
hidden  underground  can  be  seen  (Plate  1).  The  upper¬ 
most  15  feet  or  so  consist  of  yellowish  marly  limestones 
arranged  in  horizontal  layers.  Below  these,  exposed  in 
places  to  a  depth  of  45  feet,  are  a  series  of  much  harder, 
dark  grey  limestones,  in  thicker  layers;  but  these  layers 
are  not  horizontal,  they  are  inclined  at  high  angles, 
and  each  one  disappears  in  turn  below  the  floor  of  the 
valley,  while  it  is  cut  off  as  though  by  a  planing-tool 
when  it  reaches  the  base  of  the  marly  limestones  above. 
Thus  about  a  thousand  feet  thickness  of  these  dark-grey 
limestones,  measured  at  right  angles  to  the  bedding, 
are  present  in  the  mile-long  gorge.  Where  quarrying 
of  the  lower  beds  (Mountain-limestone  or  Carboniferous 
limestone)  is  going  on,  the  top  beds  (Inferior  Oolite) 
are  cleared  away  as  rackle  (rubbish)  and  then  it  is  seen 
that  they  rest  upon  a  very  even  surface  of  the  mountain- 
limestone.  This  surface  is  in  many  places  covered  by 
fixed  oyster-shells,  and  the  mountain-limestone  is  pene¬ 
trated  for  a  few  inches  by  vertical  tubes  filled  with 
material  like  the  marly  limestones  above.  These  may 
be  compared  with  the  burrowings  or  borings  of  worms 
and  molluscs  on  a  modern  tidal  flat  where  it  is  bare  of 


[PLA'J  !■; 


OJ  OJ 

>  -C 

o  ^ 

rO  01 

Cu 


(U 


1  _  o 
^  oJ 

P?  cu  M-H 
—  Tj  I-h  •  "^ 

^  ^  5 
^  .2 
^  t:; 

' — ;  r-< 

2  ^  0)  £ 

^  be  o 


H-l 

O 
cu  • 


- 

u.  C  ^  itj 

^  o  ^ 

-  C  a;  2 
K'"^  - 
<  01 
cu  c; 


(U 


ce  X5 


PLATE  II.] 


Policed  axj)  Aisrajjed  Strata  at  SArxDERSFouT,  I'kaihrokksiiire. 

In  the  background,  strata  of  sandstone  and  shale  are  seen  folded  into  an  inverted  V. 
In  the  foreground  they  have  been  worn  down  to  a  horizontal  plane  at  sea-level, 
[Geological  Survey  -photo grafh ,  b-y  permission  of  the  Director. 


The  “  Si  TTON  Stone  ”  of  the  Vale  of  CIlamoroan. 

A  limestone  of  Lower  Jurassic  age  (Lias),  consisting  of  consolidated  limestone  debris, 
enclosing  pebbles  of  Carboniferous  Limestone  (three  are  shown).  This  rock  is 
slightly  younger  than  the  Rhmtic  beds  mentioned  in  the  text,  but  bears  a  similar 
relation  to  the  Carboniferous  (or  Mountain)  Limestone.  About  natural  size. 

To  face  page  19.]  [Froyn  XortlSs  ‘‘  Limestones 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  19 

sand  or  shingle.  If  we  break  up  either  set  of  limestones 
with  a  hammer  we  hnd  in  them  fossils — the  shells  or 
skeletons  of  unquestionably  marine  animals — in  the 
Inferior  Oolite  mainly  the  two  kinds  of  bivalves 
(brachiopods  and  lamellibranchs),  in  the  Mountain- 
limestone  mainly  brachiopods  (Plate  IV,  upper  figure) 
and  corals.  But  the  brachiopods  of  the  two  limestones 
are  quite  different :  though  both  series  must  have  lived 
in  the  sea,  it  could  not  have  been  the  same  sea. 

This  little  geological  section  thus  gives  evidence  of 
a  long  series  of  events:  — 

(1)  The  deposition  on  the  sea-floor  of  calcareous 
material  which  later  hardened  into  Mountain-limestone; 
this  must  at  first  have  been  in  nearly  horizontal  layers, 
for  the  sediment  and  shells  could  not  have  lain  on  the 
steep  inclination  the  rocks  now  show. 

(2)  The  pushing-up  of  these  thick  beds  of  Mountain- 
limestone  to  steep  angles.  (In  the  Mendip  Hills  where 
these  limestones  are  more  fully  shown,  it  can  be  seen 
that  they  have  been  crumpled  up  as  a  table-cloth  may 
be  crumpled  by  being  pushed  along  the  surface  of  the 
table  towards  a  point  where  a  heavy  object  keeps  it 
down.) 

(3)  Raised  above  sea-level  by  this  crumpling,  the 
limestone  was  worn  down  by  long-continued  erosion, 
until  it  was  reduced  to  a  horizontal  surface,  as  has  hap¬ 
pened  to  the  folded  rocks  seen  in  Plate  II  (upper  figure) 
at  the  present  time. 

(4)  This  worn-down  surface  was  flooded  by  the  sea, 
and  first  became  an  oyster-bed,  with  innumerable  boring 
animals  attacking  it,  and  then  became  loaded  with 
marly  sediment  which  consolidated  into  the  Inferior 
Oolite. 


20 


F.VOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


(5)  The  area  was  again  raised  above  sea-level,  and 
the  present  stream-gorge  was  cut  in  it. 

This  is  the  minimum  series  of  events  which  can  ac¬ 
count  for  the  Vallis  Vale  section.  Ample  evidence  can 
be  found  elsewhere  that  the  history  was  not  as  simple 
as  this.  Indeed,  at  either  end  of  the  gorge,  the  geology 
is  complicated  b)^  the  intercalation  of  other  strata 
(Rh^etic)  between  the  Inferior  Oolite  and  the  Mountain- 
limestone,  but  we  need  not  go  into  the  details  of  these. 

It  is  evident  from  this  section  that  the  Inferior  Oolite 
was  formed  at  a  much  later  date  [Jurassic  period]  than 
the  Mountain-limestone  [Lower  Carboniferous  period]  ; 
but  there  are  places  in  Yorkshire  where  a  similar  rela¬ 
tion  between  two  sets  of  rocks  can  be  seen — an  upper 
horizontal,  a  lower  folded  and  planed  down — but  in  this 
case  it  is  the  Mountain-limestone  which  is  horizontal, 
the  folded  rocks  being  known  as  Silurian.  Thus  the 
Silurian  must  be  as  much  older  than  the  Mountain- 
limestone  as  that  is  older  than  the  Inferior  Oolite.  In 
yet  other  places,  as  on  some  of  the  Baltic  Islands, 
Silurian  rocks  in  turn  can  be  seen  to  have  kept  their 
original  horizontal  disposition ;  while,  on  the  Dorset 
coast,  strata  newer  than  the  Inferior  Oolite  can  be  seen 
tilted  and  folded. 

If  the  Inferior  Oolite  of  Vallis  is  carefully  followed 
over  the  surface  of  the  ground,  it  will  be  found  not  to 
be  quite  horizontal,  but  to  sink  gradually  eastwards 
under  other  beds  of  stone  and  clay  which  all  pass 
finally  under  the  Chalk  of  vSalisbury  Plain.  All  these 
beds  contain  marine  fossils  of  distinctive  kinds. 

*  *  * 

To  trace  out  the  geological  history  of  any  country 
(and  eventually  of  the  whole  world)  we  must  first  deter- 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  21 

mine  the  relative  age  of  all  its  sedimentary  (or  stratified) 
rocks.  For  this  there  are  three  main  lines  of  evi¬ 
dence  :  — 

(1)  Superposition.  The  cases  in  which  a  new  deposit 
can  be  formed  below  one  already  existing  are  very  rare  : 
cave-deposits  furnish  practically  the  only  examples. 
Therefore  the  superposition  of  one  rock-formation  on 
another  is  one  of  the  surest  tests  of  relative  age  :  the 
Inferior  Oolite  must  be  younger  than  the  Mountain- 
limestone,  and  that  in  turn  younger  than  the  Silurian. 
By  piecing  together  the  evidence  given  by  sea-cliffs, 
railway-  and  road-cuttings,  quarries  and  clay-pits,  wells 
and  mines  and  innumerable  minor  natural  or  artificial 
exposures  of  the  rocks,  a  more  or  less  complete  sequence 
can  be  determined.  This  work  is  partly  helped  and 
partly  hindered  by  the  disturbances  which  the  rocks 
have  undergone  since  their  first  formation — helped, 
because  rocks  formed  below  sea-level  have  been  raised 
up  within  reach  of  our  observation — hindered,  because 
they  have  been  folded  and  broken  in  such  ways  that 
the  continuity  of  a  particular  bed  may  be  lost  and  the 
relative  position  of  any  two  rendered  uncertain.  In 
extreme  cases  the  rocks  may  be  locally  overturned,  the 
younger  being  below  the  older;  but  in  such  cases  there 
are  almost  always  irregularities  or  other  clues  that  give 
away  the  fraud. 

(2)  Contained  Fossils.  William  Smith  (1769-1839), 
the  “father  of  British  Geology,”  was  the  discoverer  of 
the  principle  that  rocks  could  be  dated  by  the  fossils 
they  contained.  All  fossils  are  not  of  equal  value  for 
this  purpose,  and  so  far  as  the  finer  geological  divisions 
are  concerned,  the  use  of  fossils  is  mainly  empirical  and 
independent  of  any  theory  of  evolution.  As  regards  the 
broader  divisions,  a  life-sequence  of  an  evolutionary 


22 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


character  is  recognized  by  even  the  strongest  anti¬ 
evolutionists.  Thus  Louis  Agassiz  wrote  in  1844  :  — 

“  The  successive  creations  have  gone  through  phases  of 
development  analogous  to  those  that  the  embryo  passes  through 
in  its  growth,  and  resembling  the  steps  shown  by  the  living 
creation  in  the  ascending  series  which  it  presents  in  its  totality  ” 
(Monographie  des  poissons  Jossiles  du  Vieux  Gres  Rouge,  Intro¬ 
duction,  p,  xxvi.  My  translation). 

(3)  Included  jragments.  The  material  from  which 
sediments  are  formed  is  derived  mainly  from  the 
destruction  of  pre-existing  rocks.  If  fragments  of  one 
rock  can  be  recognized  as  constituents  of  another,  the 
latter  is  evidently  of  later  date.  For  instance,  around 
London  (particularly  in  tlie  south-east  of  the  London 
area)  there  are  many  strata  composed  largely  of  flint- 
pebbles  :  these  are  evidently  derived  from  the  wear  and 
tear  of  flints  from  the  Chalk  :  consequently  these  beds 
must  be  newer  than  the  Chalk.  Actually,  their  super¬ 
position  on  the  Chalk  can  be  clearly  seen,  at  Charlton 
for  example;  but  if  we  could  not  see  what  was  under 
them,  or  if  it  were  some  formation  other  than  the  Chalk, 
we  should  still  know  that  they  were  later  than  the  Chalk 
in  date.  Similarly,  the  Rha^tic  beds,  which  have  been 
mentioned  as  seen  in  parts  of  Vallis  Vale,  include  beds 
of  conglomerate,  the  pebbles  in  which  are  plainly  made 
of  Mountain-limestone  (Plate  IT,  lower  figure). 

*  *  -X- 

VVorking  by  trial  and  error,  with  these  three  prin¬ 
ciples  as  their  main  guide,  geologists  all  over  the  world 
have,  for  over  a  century  now,  been  engaged  in  bringing- 
order  into  the  seeming  confusion  of  the  sedimentary 
rocks.  We  have  seen  that  already,  three-quarters  of  a 
century  ago,  d’Orbigny  was  able  to  recognize  twenty- 
eight  successive  stages  in  the  history  of  the  world.  His 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


23 


succession  was  broadly  correct,  but  his  stages  are  now 
seen  to  be  badly  out  of  proportion  {Fig.  i).  Of  his  27 
divisions,  10  fall  within  the  single  Jurassic  period  and, 
by  modern  calculation  (explained  a  few  pages  on),  would 
average  about  3  million  years  each,  while  his  Silurian 
stage  (the  Older  Palaeozoic  era)  is  about  50  times  as 
long  as  that  average.  The  explanation  of  this  dispro¬ 
portion  is  that  detailed  stratigraphy  started  with  the 
Jurassic  system,  which  in  England,  France  and  Ger¬ 
many  is  displayed  so  as  to  attract  the  greatest  attention. 
Consequently,  a  detailed  knowledge  of  that  system  (and 
of  the  French  Cretaceous)  long  preceded  that  of  the 
obscurer  earlier  and  of  the  more  scattered  later  systems. 

With  all  this  progress  there  is  still  an  immense 
amount  of  detailed  work  to  be  done,  both  in  the  map¬ 
ping  of  the  rocks  of  each  country  and  in  the  comparison 
and  correlation  of  the  rocks  of  one  country  with  those 
of  another.  But  the  broad  outlines  of  the  work  are 
completed,  and  the  general  succession  firmly  estab¬ 
lished.  The  generally  accepted  periods  distinguished 
by  their  fossil  faunas  and  floras  are  those  shown  in  the 
left-hand  table  of  Fig.  i.  These  are  subdivided  into 
epochs  and  ages,  with  which  the  ordinary  reader  need 
not  concern  himself ;  and  they  are  also  united  into  the 
following  larger  time-divisions,  called  eras^ : — Older 
Palaeozoic  (Cambrian  to  Silurian),  Newer  Palaeozoic 
(Devonian  to  Permian),  Mesozoic  (Triassic  to  Cre¬ 
taceous)  and  Cainozoic  or  Cenozoic  (Paleocene  to  Plio¬ 
cene).  This  last  era  is  commonly  known  as  “  Tertiary,” 
by  survival  of  an  otherwise  obsolete  terminology ;  and 
the  Pleistocene  and  Recent  periods  (too  short  to  be 
shown  to  scale  on  the  diagram)  are  often  united  as  post- 

1  There  are  corresponding  terms  for  the  actual  rock-series  deposited 
during  these  divisions  of  time — grouf,  system,  series  and  stage 
correspond  respectively  to  era,  'period,  epoch  and  age. 


24 


E;VOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


TH 


Subapennine 

Falunian 

Parisian 

Suessonian 

Danian 

Senonian 

Turonian 

Cenomanian 

Albian 

Aptian 

Neocomian 

Portlandian 

Kimeridgian 

Corallian 

Oxfordian 

Callovian 

Bathonian 

Bajocian 

Toarcian 

Liasian 

Sinemurian 

Saliferian 

Coiichylian 

Permian 

Carboniferous 

Devonian 

Silurian 

locene 


Miocene 


lOligbcenC. 

Eocene 


-Paleocene- 

Cretaceous 


Jurassic 


Triassic 


Permian 


Upper 

Carboniferous 


Lower 

Carboniferous 


Devonian 


Silurian 


Ordovician 


Cambrian 


Precambrian 
at  least  as 
long  as 
all  above 


\ 

\ 

\  \ 

N  \ 

\  \ 

\  \ 

\  \ 

N  \ 


\ 


>  ^  \ 
s  \  \ 

\  N  \ 

^  \ 

'  N  N 

\  \  ' 


s  ^  \ 

^  \ 

^  ^  \ 

N  \  N  ^ 

S  N  \ 

N  S  \ 

^  \  \ 

N  \  \  ' 

V  \  S 

^  s  s 

s  \ 

V  N  S  S 


\ 


Fig.  I. — D’Orbigny’s  successive  Periods  of  Creation  in  their 

PROBABLE  PROPORTIONS. 

The  left-hand  column  shows  the  geological  periods  now  recognized, 
on  the  scale  of  three-quarters  of  an  inch  to  100,000,000  years.  The 
right-hand  column  allots  equal  intervals  between  d’Orbigny’s  27 
successive  creations.  The  scale  does  not  allow  of  the  Pleistocene 
and  Recent  periods  being  indicated  :  they  may  be  considered  as 
included  in  the  Pliocene. 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OE  EVOLUTION  25 

Tertiary  or  Quaternary.  Earlier  than  the  Palaeozoic 
are  remote  periods  the  rocks  of  which  contain  no  fossils 
of  dating  value  :  these  represent  a  lapse  of  time  at  least 
as  great  as  that  from  the  Cambrian  to  the  Recent 
period. 

The  making  of  a  geological  map  is  a  very  different 
affair  from  that  of  an  ordinary  map.  It  is  not  a  matter 
of  accurate  measurement  alone  :  it  is  largely  a  matter 
of  scientific  judgment,  for  a  geological  map  must  be 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent  hypothetical.  Geological 
mapping  may  be  compared  to  the  work  of  constructing 
evolutionary  genealogies.  There  are  some  areas  where 
the  geological  structure  is  so  simple  and  obvious  that 
the  first  maps  of  William  Smith,  a  century  and  a 
quarter  old,  have  not  been  perceptibly  improved  upon  : 
any  new  evidence  only  confirms  what  is  already  known. 
These  may  be  compared  to  cases  like  the  Viviparids  of 
the  Pliocene  of  the  Near  East  (see  later,  p.  125),  where 
the  evidence  of  evolution  is  so  clear  and  simple.  More 
usually,  while  the  general  character  of  the  map  remains 
unchanged  in  successive  editions,  each  new  survey 
results  in  alterations  in  detail.  And  in  certain  areas, 
as  in  the  Scottish  Highlands  and  Southern  Uplands 
or  parts  of  the  Alps,  the  early  mappers  failed  to  recog¬ 
nize  the  extreme  complexity  of  the  structure  and 
interpreted  it  as  much  simpler  than  it  has  since  proved 
to  be,  blundering  seriously  in  consequence.  Such  cases 
may  be  compared  to  the  pioneer  attempts  of  Haeckel 
and  others  to  establish  animal  pedigrees  of  an  impos¬ 
sible  simplicity. 

The  greatest  difficulties  confront  the  stratigrapher 
when  he  has  to  correlate  deposits  of  different  types  or 
facies.  Mud  is  being  deposited  now  in  some  places 
while  sand  is  in  others,  and  the  shells  living  in  the 


26 


l•:\'OLUTlON  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


iurmer  are  different  from  those  in  tlie  latter  :  when  the 
mud  has  become  shale  and  the  sand,  sandstone,  how 
will  it  be  possible  to  know  whether  they  are  of  the  same 
age  or  not  ?  It  would  take  too  long  to  explain  the 
various  means,  direct  and  indirect,  used  to  settle  such 
problems,  of  which  that  just  stated  is  one  of  the 
simplest.  Some  of  the  them  are  still  unsettled,  others 
have  provided  the  science  with  some  of  its  greatest 
triumphs.  An  illustration  of  the  difference  between 
age  and  facies  is  given  by  Fig.  13,  p.  79,  where  different 
facies  are  diagrammatically  shown  by  shading.  It  will 
be  seen  that  in  the  Vienna  Basin  and  Rumania  four 
different  facies  followed  one  another  in  the  same  order, 
and  the  same  sequence  occurred,  less  completely,  in 
Hungary  and  South  Russia.  At  one  time  it  was  as¬ 
sumed  that  each  facies  was  of  the  same  age  in  all  four 
regions,  but  more  detailed  study  has  shown  that  the 
“  Caspian-brackish  ”  facies  shifted  gradually  eastwards, 
so  that,  as  the  diagram  shows,  its  age  in  South  Russia 
is  entirely  later  than  in  the  Vienna  Basin. 

When  we  are  dealing,  not  with  deposits  laid  down  in 
depressed  basins,  marine  or  terrestrial,  of  a  relatively 
permanent  kind,  but  with  those  laid  down  on  a  land- 
surface  undergoing  denudation,  then  some  new  methods 
are  called  for.  Such  deposits  are,  on  the  geological 
scale,  only  temporary,  since  the  continuance  of  denuda¬ 
tion  will  sweep  them  away,  with  rare  exceptions.  Con¬ 
sequently  such  deposits  are  almost  unknown  from  the 
older  geological  periods,  while  they  are  the  commonest 
and  most  accessible  of  deposits  of  the  Recent  and 
Pleistocene,  getting  rarer  as  we  go  back  through  Plio¬ 
cene  and  Miocene  to  earlier  periods.  It  is  these  deposits 
— river-gravels,  cave-deposits,  etc.,  which  have  yielded 
most  of  the  implements  and  bones  of  Man  and  his  fore- 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  27 

runners.  Here  liie  rules  for  determining  age  by  fossils 
and  by  included  fragments  remain  unchanged ;  but  the 
rule  of  superposition  has  to  be  applied  more  carefully. 
As  long  as  you  are  dealing  with  a  continuous  set  of 
strata,  the  rule  is  plain ;  but  when  you  are  dealing  with 
a  discontinuous  succession  of  terraces,  it  may  be  ap¬ 
parently  reversed.  (It  is  a  case  like  the  reading  of  a 
book  :  as  long  as  you  keep  to  one  page,  the  lines  follow 
a  regular  downward  order,  but  whenever  you  turn  to 
a  new  page  your  eyes  have  to  jump  up  to  the  top  again.) 
Along  the  sides  of  the  Thames  Valley,  for  instance, 
there  are,  at  various  levels  up  to  100  feet  above  the  pre¬ 
sent  river,  natural  terraces  of  gravel  which  are  the 
remains  of  what  were,  at  successive  times,  the  bed  of  the 
river  when  it  had  not  yet  excavated  its  valley  below 
their  particular  level.  One  of  the  best  examples  of  this 
terracing  is  about  half-way  between  Oxford  and  Abing¬ 
don,  north  of  Radley  (Fig.  2).  Here  there  are  three 
successive  terraces,  named,  in  descending  order,  the 
Handborough,  Wolvercote  and  Summertown-Radley 
terraces  (after  localities  where  they  are  well  seen),  with 
a  fourth,  the  Flood-Plain  gravel,  very  little  above  river- 
level.  The  preservation  of  all  four  in  this  area  is  due 
to  the  fact  tliat  during  the  gradual  excavation  of  the 
valley  the  Thames  at  this  point  has  steadily  shifted  its 
course  in  an  easterly  or  south-easterly  direction,  thus 
leaving  on  its  right  bank  the  edges  of  its  successive 
gravel-deposits,  while  destroying  all  those  on  its  left 
bank,  where  the  cliff  of  Nuneham  Park  marks  the  south¬ 
eastward  pressure  of  the  river.  In  most  other  parts  of 
its  course  the  river  has  swung  now  to  one  side,  now  to 
the  other  as  it  deepened  its  valley,  so  that  the  preserva¬ 
tion  of  the  terraces  is  much  more  irregular,  though  not 
merely  erratic.  I'hose  who  wish  to  form  an  idea  of  the 


Sea  Level _ 

Fig.  2. — Gravel-Teriiaces  of  Thames  between  Oxford  and  Abingdon. 


Map  above  (scale  J  inch  to  a  mile) ;  below,  section  along  line  AB  (vertical  scale  exagger¬ 
ated).  On  map,  black=high  level  (glacial)  gravel;  sparsely  dotted=gravel  terraces; 
closely  dotted  =  alluvium.  On  section,  all  gravels  are  black. 

Ab,  Abingdon.  R1-4,  Successive  positions  of  River  Thames. 

All.  Alluvium.  S,  Sunningwell. 

FPG,  Flood-plain  gravel  (  =  T4h  SRT.  Summertown-Radley  Terrace  (=T3). 

HLG,  High-level  (glacial)  gravel.  ST,  Sandford-on-Thames. 

HT,  Handborough  Terrace  (=Ti).  T1-4,  gravel  terraces. 

NP,  Nuneham  Park.  WT,  Wolvercote  Terrace  (=T2) 

R,  Radley. 


OIJ)  AND  NFiW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUriON 


2(j 

complexity  possible  in  the  sequence  of  deposits  in  a 
river-valley  are  referred  to  a  paper  by  King  and  Oakley 
(22a;  see  also  3,  34,  37). 

Often  where  one  terrace  is  well  shown  on  one 
side  of  the  river,  the  next  terrace  above  or  below 
is  better  shown  on  the  other  side.  In  London,  for  in¬ 
stance,  the  Strand  is  a  narrow  gravel-terrace  30  feet 
above  the  present  river;  the  steep  slope  north  of  it  (to 
Covent  Garden)  is  the  “  riser  ”  of  the  next  step  up,  bare 
London  Clay  without  gravel.  The  level  of  Piccadilly 
is  that  of  the  next  (Taplow)  terrace,  which  slopes  gently 
up  to  Regent’s  Park,  where  there  is  once  more  bare  clay. 
The  next  higher  (Boyn  Hill)  terrace  is  seen  only  in 
fragments  on  this  side  of  the  river,  but  on  the  south  side 
it  forms  the  flat  areas  of  Clapham,  Wandsworth  and 
Tooting  Commons.  It  was  in  the  gravel  of  the  Taplow 
terrace  that  John  Bagford,  in  1690,  found  the  first 
recorded  flint  implement,  in  Gray’s  Inn  Road  (or  Lane, 
as  it  was  then  called).  He  recognized  it  as  of  human 
workmanship,  and  the  mammoth’s  tooth  found  with  it 
he  supposed  to  be  that  of  an  Indian  elephant,  brought 
here  by  the  Roman  army.  The  implement  he  therefore 
ascribed  to  the  ancient  Britons,  thus  giving  it  an 
antiquity  less  than  one  hundredth  of  that  now  allotted  to 
it. 

We  know  that  there  has  been  scarcely  any  change 
in  the  Thames  during  the  historic  period,  and  very  little 
since  the  Neolithic  period.  The  series  of  river-terraces 
mark  a  much  longer  lapse  of  time,  and  correspond 
approximated  to  the  Palaeolithic  period,  during  whicli 
successive  waves  of  tool-making  members  of  the  genus 
Homo  occupied  the  Thames  Valley.  Measured  on  the 
historical  scale  the  excavation  of  that  valley  represents 
a  very  long  duration  of  time,  but  on  the  geological  scale 


;,o  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

a  very  short  one.  It  is  a  matter  of  tens  or  perhaps 
hundreds  of  thousands,  but  not  of  millions  of  years.  In 
these  terraces  are  found  the  tools  of  palaeolithic  men, 
and  the  remains  of  mammals,  some  extinct,  others  sur¬ 
viving  either  in  England  or  in  other  lands.  These  in¬ 
dicate  great  changes  of  climate,  for  while  some  {e.g. 
the  mammoth  or  reindeer)  indicate  colder  conditions 
than  those  of  to-day,  there  was  at  least  one  warmer 
episode,  when  the  hippopotamus  and  a  bivalve  {Cyrena 
fluminalis)  now  found  in  the  Nile  lived  in  the  Thames. 

The  correlation  of  these  terraces  with  those  of  other 
river-basins,  with  cave-deposits,  etc.,  and  with  such  few 
marine  strata  as  have  quite  recently  been  raised  above 
sea-level,  is  a  long  and  difficult  task,  only  roughly  com¬ 
pleted  so  far.  Continual  advances  are  being  made  in 
this  correlation,  which  is  intimately  connected  with  the 
progress  of  our  knowledge  of  prehistoric  man.  Those 
who  wish  to  form  some  idea  of  what  has  been  accom¬ 
plished  in  this  direction  are  recommended  to  look  at 
Burkitt  and  Childe’s  elaborate  table  (6),  but  they  should 
remember  that  the  correlations  it  gives  are  often  only 
approximate  or  tentative. 

-K-  ^ 

When,  in  the  various  ways  indicated,  the  relative 
ages  of  most  sedimentary  rocks  have  been  more  or 
less  accurately  fixed,  how  can  we  proceed  to  determine 
absolute  age,  in  thousands  or  millions  of  years? 
Here  geologists  were  almost  helpless.  There  are  a 
number  of  cases  in  which  the  absolute  time  taken  in 
the  deposition  of  a  particular  thickness  of  strata  can 
be  accurately  determined,  because  they  show  definite 
seasonal  alterations  (like  the  annual  rings  of  a  tree). 
Such  deposits  are  known  as  “varves,”  from  the  classi- 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  31 

cal  Swedish  example  in  which  de  Geer  first  used  this 
method.  But  varves  are  too  local  and  scattered  :  their 
totals  cannot  be  added  up.  There  are  a  few  other  cases 
where  alternations  in  the  character  of  the  sediment  are 
probably  related  to  longer  (astronomical)  time-intervals ; 
but  these  again  only  give  us  an  idea  of  absolute  time  in 
relation  to  a  relatively  short  length  of  the  whole  sedi¬ 
mentary  column. 

The  only  method  of  measuring  time  applicable  to  the 
whole  succession  of  rocks  is  that  of  radio-activity,  dis¬ 
covered  about  30  years  ago.  The  atoms  of  radio-active 
elements  (such  as  uranium)  are  continually  breaking 
down,  giving  off  various  rays  (which  do  not  greatly 
concern  the  geologist)  and  the  gas  helium,  leaving  a 
residual  atom  (of  the  metal  lead  in  the  case  of  uranium). 
All  experiment  shows  the  rate  at  which  this  breaking- 
down  takes  place  to  be  unaltered  by  chemical  com¬ 
bination  or  by  great  ranges  of  temperature  or  pressure. 
It  is  therefore  assumed  that  the  rate  of  decay  can  be 
safely  extrapolated  for  past  time  :  this  may  seem  dan¬ 
gerous,  since  it  means  calculating  for  millions  of  years 
on  an  observational  basis  of  30  years  at  the  most.  But 
we  have  checks  on  the  calculation.  Obviously  we  must 
ask — Do  these  calculations  give  results  consistent 
among  themselves?  Do  they  give  results  congruent 
with  the  relative  times  determined  by  geological 
methods?  Do  their  results  agree  with  the  few  absolute 
determinations  made  by  geological  methods?  The 
answer  to  each  of  these  questions  is  “  Yes.” 

The  method  is  briefly  this.  Minerals  containing 
radio-active  elements  occur  in  suitable  quantity  for  ex¬ 
periment  mainly  in  igneous  rocks,  to  a  smaller  extent 
in  sedimentaries.  The  age  of  an  igneous  rock  is  that 
of  its  solidification  and  the  crystallization  of  its 


32  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

minerals.  At  the  original  crystallization  of  an  uranium- 
mineral,  it  must  have  been  free  from  the  products  of 
atomic  decay,  since,  in  the  process  of  intrusion  in  a 
liquid  or  viscous  state,  these  products  (lead  and  helium) 
would  be  separated  from  the  uranium.  Consequently,  any 
lead  or  helium  now  found  in  the  uranium-mineral  must 
have  been  produced  since  crystallization.  From  the 
amount  of  lead  or  helium  the  time  since  crystallization 
is  calculated,  and  this  gives  the  age  of  the  rock  (21). 

The  chief  landmarks  in  the  vast  extent  of  the  past 
thus  determined  are  these:  — 


Oligocene  period,  about 

35  million 

years  ago. 

Paleocene  ,, 

1 1 

60 

y  y 

Permian  ,, 

y ) 

200 

♦ ) 

Devonian  ,, 

y  y 

300-400 

) ) 

Late  pre-Cambrian 

y  y 

600 

y  y 

Middle  pre-Cambrian 

y  y 

900-1,000 

y  y 

Early  pre-Cambrian 

y  y 

1,250 

y  y 

The  apportionment  of  the  time-intervals  between  these 
fixed  points  is  based  on  geological  considerations  and 
is  only  tentative ;  but  the  dates  and  durations  assigned 
to  any  geological  period  cannot  be  grossly  wrong.  The 
estimated  length  of  each  geological  period  from  the 
Cambrian  onwards  (Pleistocene  excepted)  is  shown  in 
Fig.  I  (left-hand  column). 

*  *  * 

Before  the  detailed  study  of  geology  in  the  last  cen¬ 
tury  no  such  enormous  stretches  of  time  were  thought 
of,  and  ideas  of  Evolution  were  necessarily  vague. 

St.  Augustin  of  Hippo  (a.d.  354-430)  was  one  of  the 
earliest  writers  to  express  a  belief  in  the  possibility  of 
evolution,  and  being  one  of  the  Fathers  of  the  Church, 
is  frequently  appealed  to  by  Roman  Catholic  palasonto- 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


33 


legists  to-day.  1  take  the  following  statement  from  St. 
George  Mivart,  who  was  a  Catholic,  a  skilled  anatomist 
and  a  contemporary  of  Darwin’s:  — 

“  St.  Augustin  insists  in  a  very  remarkable  manner  on  the 
merely  derivative  sense  in  which  God’s  creation  of  organic 
forms  is  to  be  understood ;  that  is,  that  God  created  them  by 
conferring  on  the  material  world  the  power  to  evolve  them 
under  suitable  conditions  ”  {Genesis  of  Species,  2nd  Edn.  (1871), 
pp.  302-305). 

So  far  as  can  be  judged  from  this  quotation,  St. 
Augustin’s  idea  would  cover  spontaneous  generation 
and  heterogenesis  as  well  as  the  modern  conception  of 
evolution.  I  understand  that  he  also  interpreted  the 
“days”  of  Creation  of  the  book  of  Genesis  in  other 
than  their  literal  sense. 

It  seems  incredible  that  Leonardo  da  Vinci  (1452- 
1519),  that  intellectual  giant  who,  by  his  personal 
observations,  laid  the  foundations  of  scientific  Geology 
and  Paleontology,  should  have  had  no  ideas  of  organic 
evolution;  but  they  lie  buried  with  him. 

During  the  eighteenth  century  there  were  several 
purely  speculative  evolutionists,  who  put  forward 
“  transformist  ”  ideas,  untrammelled  by  any  accurate 
knowledge  of  animal  structure  and  function.  As  an 
example  I  take  James  Burnett,  Lord  Monboddo  (1714- 
1799),  not  on  account  of  any  special  merit  in  his  ideas, 
but  because  he  has  been  generally  overlooked  by  his¬ 
torians  of  the  Evolution  theory.  He  was  a  distin¬ 
guished  Scottish  lawyer  and  judge,  devoted  to  meta¬ 
physics  and  a  great  admirer  of  Greek  philosophy,  a 
voluminous  and  repetitive  writer.  He  was  only  an 
evolutionist  in  respect  of  language,  but  in  that  respect 
was  very  thorough  and  consistent.  Convinced  that  Man 
had  been  created  without  a  language,  though  with  a 
capacity  for  evolving  it,  he  felt  no  repugnance  to  the 


3 


34 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


idea  that  there  might  be  races  of  men  still  living  in  the 
pre-articulate  stage,  and  claimed  that  the  Orang-utan 
(the  only  anthropoid  ape  of  which  he  knew)  was  actually 
a  member  of  the  human  species.  He  wrote  : — 

“  I  will  only  add  upon  this  subject  of  the  Orang  Outang,  that 
if  the  reader  is  not  convinced  of  his  humanity,  by  the  accounts 
of  so  many  credible  travellers  ...  it  can  only  proceed  from  a 
ridiculous  vanity,  which  makes  him  scorn  to  be  of  a  race  who 
were  once  Orang  Outangs ;  and  he  might  as  well  be  ashamed 
that  he  himself  was  once  an  embryo  in  the  womb,  and  then  an 
infant,  very  much  weaker,  and  in  every  way  more  despicable, 
than  the  infant  of  an  Orang  Outang. 

The  case  of  the  Orang  Outang,  I  think,  it  is  impossible  to 
distinguish  from  the  case  of  Peter  the  Wild  Boy;  for,  if  Mr. 
Bouffon’s  Orang  Outang  was  not  a  man,  because  he  had  not 
learned  to  speak  at  the  age  of  two,  it  is  impossible  to  believe 
that  Peter,  who,  at  the  age  of  seventy,  and,  after  having  been 
above  fifty  years  in  England,  has  learned  to  articulate  but  a  few 
words,  is  a  man ;  and  yet  .  .  .  his  humanity  was  never  doubted 
of,  though  he  had  been  caught  running  upon  all  four  in  the 
woods  of  Hanover  ”  {Ancient  Metaphysics,  Vol.  Ill,  Appendix, 
Chap.  V,  pp.  366-7). 

It  would  be  a  great  mistake  to  infer  from  this  quota¬ 
tion  that  Lord  Monboddo  was  a  fore-runner  of  Darwin. 
He  simply  drew  the  line  between  man  and  brute  below 
the  anthropoid  apes  instead  of  above,  but  the  line  was 
none  the  less  an  impassable  one.  It  must  not  be  for¬ 
gotten  that  Linnseus,  whose  work  does  not  seem  to  have 
been  known  to  Lord  Monboddo,  treated  the  Orang-utan 
as  a  species  of  the  genus  Homo  (H.  troglodytes)  and 
the  Hanover  wild  boy  as  a  variety  of  Homo  sapiens 
{H.  sapiens  ferns).  Lord  Monboddo  made  very  light  of 
bodily  changes,  though  very  confident  about  mental 
differences,  being  a  metaphysician,  not  a  naturalist. 
His  reasoning  is  essentially  deductive,  based  on  general 
abstract  principles,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  following 
quotations  from  the  same  work  :  — 

“  The  human  mind  is  so  intimately  connected  and  interwoven 
with  the  animal,  that  it  is  a  matter  of  nice  discrimination  to 


OLD  AND  NP:W  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


35 


separate  them.  I  know  that,  in  such  cases,  superficial  enquirers 
satisfy  themselves,  by  observing,  that,  in  nature,  things  are 
blended  together,  and  run  into  one  another  insensibly,  like  dif¬ 
ferent  shades  of  the  same  colour ;  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  say 
where  the  one  begins,  or  the  other  ends.  .  .  [But,  if  so,]  there 
would  be  no  beauty,  order,  or  regularity  in  nature ;  but  every¬ 
thing  would  be  mixed  with  everything,  according  to  the  notion  of 
Anaxagoras.  .  . 

“  In  the  first  place,  I  think  it  is  impossible  to  maintain,  that 
the  minds  of  worms,  flies,  or  of  those  animals  of  so  low  a  kind, 
as  to  be  something  betwixt  animal  and  vegetable,  and  which, 
therefore,  are  called  zoophites,  are  of  the  same  kind  with  our 
minds,  even  in  power  or  capacity.  For,  as  nature  does  nothing 
in  vain,  according  to  that  excellent  maxim  of  Aristotle,  it  is 
impossible  to  suppose,  that  she  would  be  so  prodigal  and  super¬ 
fluous,  as  to  give  them  a  capacity  that  they  never  could  exert. 
.  .  .  .  The  only  question^  therefore,  is,  betwixt  us  and  animals 
of  a  higher  order,  such  as  dogs,  horses,  elephants,  beavers, 
etc.  .  .  .”  (Vol.  I,  Bk.  II,  Chap,  x,  pp.  131-133). 

“  The  beaver,  and  those  animals  I  have  mentioned,  as  coming 
nearest  to  man,  want,  not  only  the  use  of  speech,  which  I  am 
persuaded  man  wanted  at  first  (perhaps  for  several  ages),  but 
the  faculty  of  speech,  because  they  have  not  the  proper  organs 

••••”(?•  147)- 

I  have  quoted  this  author  at  some  length,  as  an 
example  of  the  metaphysical  or  deductive  method  of 
approach.  Had  he  lived  half  a  century  later,  when 
scientific  palaeontology  was  coming  into  being,  he 
might  have  become  a  transformist  of  the  type  of 
Omalius  (see  later,  p.  99).  Unfortunately,  his  legal 
faculty  of  criticism  of  evidence  seems  to  have  deserted 
him  when  he  dealt  with  scientific  subjects,  and  he  in¬ 
cludes  among  the  different  human  races  not  only  the 
orang-utan,  but  also  satyrs,  one-legged  men,  men  with 
Cyclopean  eyes,  headless  men  with  eyes  in  their  breasts, 
and  mermaids.  Most  of  these  he  accepts  on  the  author¬ 
ity  of  classical  writers,  but  the  geographical  records  of 
his  mermaids  show  them  as  obviously  Sirenians.  Had 
he  been  more  in  touch  with  the  naturalists  of  his  day 
he  might  have  avoided  this  last  error,  for  John  Hill,  one 


36  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

of  the  best  of  pre-Linna?an  naturalists,  had  already  in 
1752  given  a  good  account  of  the  Manatee  {General 
Natural  History,  Vol.  II  :  Animals).  As  it  was,  Lord 
Monboddo  laid  himself  open  to  contemporary  ridicule’ 
and  his  writings  were  soon  forgotten. 

*  *  * 

During  the  century  or  so  preceding  the  appearance 
of  the  Origin  of  Species,  two  conceptions  struggled  for 
control  of  the  growing  idea  of  Evolution.  One  was  that 
of  the  “  ladder  of  beings  ”  {echelle  des  etres)  which  can 
be  traced  back  to  Aristotle,  but  found  its  clearest  ex¬ 
ponent  in  Charles  Bonnet  (1720-1793).  He  affirmed  that 
all  animal  species,  from  the  lowest  “zoophyte”  to 
Man,  could  be  arranged  in  a  single  continuous  linear 
series.  Bonnet  was  not  an  evolutionist — indeed  the 
“ladder”  is  more  congruous  with  Creation  than  with 
Evolution — but  his  ideas  influenced,  more  or  less  un¬ 
consciously,  the  minds  of  evolutionists  to  a  very  late 
date.  The  other  conception  is  that  of  the  “tree  of 
life,”  due  mainly  to  Lamarck,  which  is  now  accepted 
by  all  evolutionists.  Lamarck  started  with  a  belief  in 
the  “ladder,”  but  was  driven  to  recognize  that  there 
had  been  divergent  branching  and  also  parallel  develop¬ 
ment.  While  his  genealogical  tree  (see  Fig.  3)  still 
kept  much  of  the  “  ladder  ”  character,  it  was  the  pioneer 
for  all  later  genealogies.  His  belief  in  parallel  develop¬ 
ment  is  clearly  expressed  in  this  passage  :  — 

“  The  faculty  of  flight  would  seem  to  be  quite  foreign  to  them 
[mammals] ;  yet  I  can  show  how  nature  has  gradually  produced 
extensions  of  the  animal’s  skin,  starting  from  those  animals 
which  can  simply  make  very  long  jumps  and  leading  up  to  those 
which  fly  perfectly ;  so  that  ultimately  they  possess  the  same 
faculty  of  flight  as  birds,  though  without  having  any  affinities 
with  them  in  their  organisation. 

1  See  Bosv'ell’s  Lije  of  Johnson  and  Tour  in  the  Hebrides. 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


37 


Flying  squirrels  have  more  recently  acquired  this  habit.  .  .  The 
f^aleopithecus  .  .  .  doubtless  acquired  this  habit  earlier  than  the 
flying  squirrels.  .  .  .  Lastly,  the  various  bats  are^  mammals 
which  probably  acquired  still  earlier  than  the  galeopithecus  the 
habit.  ...”  (23,  English  translation,  pp.  i74-5)- 

His  conception  of  divergent  branching  is  shown  in 
the  following  passage,  which  also  illustrates  a  serious 


Worms 


Annelids 

I 

Cirrhipedes 

Molluscs 


Infusorians 

I 

Polyps 

Radiarians 


Insects 


Arachnids 

I 

Crustaceans 


Fishes 

I 

Reptiles 


Fig. 


Birds 
Monotremes 


Amphibian  Mammals 


Cetacean  Mammals 
Ungulate  Mammals 

Unguiculate  Mammals 

-LaM.\RCK’S  GENEALOGIC.4L  TREE  OF  THE  AnIMAL  KINGDOM. 


weakness  in  his  theory — belief  that  evolution  is  always 
“  progressive.”  Thus,  while  rightly  judging  that  land- 
animals,  taken  as  a  whole,  are  derived  from  aquatic 
ancestors,  it  did  not  occur  to  him  that  there  might  be  a 
reversion  of  habitat.  But  before  we  criticize  the  detailed 
suggestions  that  he  makes,  we  must  remember  that  he 
had  scarcely  any  palseontological  evidence  before  him-- 


38 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


SO  little,  that  he  could  believe  that  there  were  no  extinct 
animals  except  such  as  had  been  exterminated  by  man. 

“  If  the  chelonian  branch  [of  the  reptiles]  has  given  rise  to 
the  birds,,  we  may  suppose  that  the  aquatic  palmipeds,  and  especi¬ 
ally  the  brevipens,  such  as  the  penguins  and  king-penguins,  have 
brought  about  the  formation  of  the  monotremes.  Lastly,  if  the 
saurian  branch  [crocodiles,  etc]  gave  rise  to  the  amphibian 
mammals  [sirenians  and  seals]  .  .  .  these  were  divided  into 
three  branches  .  .  . :  one  of  these  led  to  the  cetaceans,  another 
[walruses  and  manatees]  to  the  ungulate  mammals,  and  the  third 
[seals]  to  the  various  known  unguiculate  mammals  ”  {Op.  cit., 
!>•  177)- 


Modern  evolutionary  beliefs  reverse  most  of  these 
derivations,  recognizing  that  manatees  are  derived 
from  ungulate,  seals  from  unguiculate  ancestors. 
Lamarck  was,  in  fact,  only  at  the  beginning  of  the 
understanding  of  the  complexity  of  animal  phylogeny  : 
his  tree  has  still  too  much  of  the  ladder  about  it.  It  still 
involves  the  absurdity  that  intestinal  worms  come  earlier 
in  evolution  than  (perhaps  were  even  ancestral  to)  the 
animals  on  which  they  are  parasitic — an  absurdity 
latent  in  some  of  Bernard  Shaw’s  notions  of  evolution. 
None  the  less  it  is  Lamarck  who  took  the  first  steps 
towards  a  truly  scientific  theory  of  evolution,  and  he 
deserves  our  respect  and  gratitude  for  that. 

*  *  * 

The  fundamental  fallacy  of  the  “ladder”  theory  is 
that  it  connects  the  highest  member  of  one  division  with 
the  lowest  member  of  a  higher  division,  whereas  it  is 
the  lowest  members  of  any  neighbouring  divisions  that 
are  most  nearly  allied.  I  may  illustrate  the  fallacy  by 
two  examples — the  relations  of  Vertebrates  to  Inverte¬ 
brates,  and  those  of  Mammals  to  Birds. 

Etienne  Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire  (1772-1844)  was  the  chief 
advocate  of  Evolution  in  opposition  to  Cuvier  (1769- 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


39 


1832).  Maintaining  the  doctrine  of  “unity  of  plan” 
throughout  the  animal  kingdom,  he  convinced  himself 
that  the  highest  of  the  Mollusca,  the  cuttlefish,  came 
nearest  to  the  Vertebrata.  Many  organs  of  the  two 
groups  are  comparable  (heart,  gills,  liver,  kidneys,  etc.), 
but  while  in  the  mollusc  the  heart  is  dorsal  and  the 
central  nervous  system  ventral  in  position,  in  verte¬ 
brates  these  positions  are  reversed.  According  to  St. 
Hilaire,  if  you  double  back  a  vertebrate  on  itself,  the 
arrangement  of  its  organs  would  be  that  of  a  mollusc, 
('uvier,  in  1830,  challenged  this  view  and  produced 
diagrams  to  show  that  when  these  adjustments  of  posi¬ 
tion  had  been  made  there  remained  fundamental  differ¬ 
ences  in  the  two  organizations.  The  proof  was  convinc¬ 
ing  and  might  be  called  final,  were  it  not  that  as  late  as 
1887  E.  D.  Cope  surprisingly  revived  the  discredited 
notion  (The  Origin  of  the  Fittest,  p.  133).  To  all 
evolutionists  to-day,  such  resemblances  as  there  are  in 
the  eye,  the  heart,  the  liver,  etc.,  of  cuttle-fish  and  fish 
are  deceptive,  being  similarities  in  the  results  of  adapta¬ 
tion  masking  a  fundamental  difference  of  origin,  briefly 
expressed  by  the  term  “convergence.”  (See  later,  p. 

151-) 

The  second  example  is  that  of  birds  and  mammals. 
On  the  “ladder”  theory,  since  Man  is  at  the  top  and 
is  a  mammal,  the  mammals  must  all  come  in  order  next 
below.  Birds  are  higher  than  reptiles,  so  they  must 
come  next  below  mammals,  and  the  lowest  mammals 
must  be  closely  akin  to  birds.  This  demand  is  popu¬ 
larly  satisfied  by  the  fact  that  Ornithorhynchus ,  one  of 
the  lowest  living  mammals,  has  webbed  feet  and  a  duck¬ 
like  bill,  and  therefore  approaches  the  duck;  but  really 
this  is  a  case  of  very  superficial  convergence  due  to 
similarity  of  diet  and  habitat.  Comparative  anatomists 


40 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


were  affected  by  the  fallacy  in  a  much  subtler  way,  two 
examplesof  which  may  be  given.  H.  M.  D.  de  Blainville 
(1778-1850),  a  very  able  anatomist,  proposed  the  main 
classification  of  the  Mammalia  that  is  still  in  use  to¬ 
day.  He  removed  the  Monotremes  from  Cuvier’s  Eden¬ 
tates  to  make  them  the  lowest  grade  of  Mammals ;  the 
Marsupials  formed  his  second  grade;  the  placental 
mammals  formed  the  highest.  To  these  three  grades  he 
gave  the  names  Ornithodelphia,  Didelphia,  Monodel- 
phia  (translatable  as  bird-wombed,  two-wombed  andone- 
wombed).  The  two  latter  names  refer  to  the  union  of  the 
right  and  left  oviducts  of  marsupials  into  a  median 
uterus  in  placentals,  but  the  name  Ornithodelphia  dis¬ 
tinctly  suggests  a  bird-like  reproductive  system  :  a 
modern  zoologist  would  instinctively  have  chosen 
“  Saurodelphia  ”  in  place  of  Ornithodelphia. 

Again,  E.  R.  A.  Serres  (1787-1865)  devoted  much 
time  to  the  comparative  anatomy  and  embryology  of 
the  brain,  and  recognized  that  the  mammalian  brain  in 
its  development  passed  through  stages  corresponding  to 
the  adult  brains  of  lower  Vertebrates.  But  he  recog¬ 
nized  not  only  fish-like  and  reptilian  stages,  but  also 
a  bird-like  stage  which  has  no  actual  existence.  (I  quote 
Serres  at  second  hand,  from  Lyell’s  Principles  of 
Geology.) 

These  were  pre-Darwinian  evolutionists,  but  as  late 
as  1898  the  American  palfeontologist,  O.  C.  Marsh, 
could  reject  the  derivation  of  mammals  from  birds  with 
a  seriousness  which  now  seems  almost  naive — as  a  man 
might  deny  that  he  was  the  son  of  his  cousin  with  a 
grave  air  of  having  judicially  considered  the  evidence 
for  and  against.  And  now,  nearly  40  years  later,  in 
1934,  we  find  a  South  American  naturalist,  Miranda- 
Ribeiro,  trying  to  prove  close  relationships  between 


OIJ)  AND  NEW  IDP.AS  OF  EVOLUTION  41 

birds  and  mammalsd  All  these  erroneous  notions  arise 
from  a  failure  to  distinguish  between  “vertical”  and 
“horizontal”  divisions  in  classification — terms  which 
are  explained  in  the  next  chapter  (pp.  60-63). 

*  *  * 

When  Cuvier  rightly  rejected  the  “ladder”  idea,  he 
substituted  the  “network”  idea  of  the  relationships 
between  animals.  Although  this  view  of  connexions 
in  multiple  directions,  is  strictly  incompatible  with  evo¬ 
lution,  yet  it  is  really  nearer  to  the  modern  idea  of 
animal  pedigree  than  is  Bonnet’s  “ladder,”  or  even 
Lamarck’s  too  simple  tree.  This  can  be  illustrated  by  a 
simple  analogy — the  photograph  of  a  leafless  bush  :  if 
we  ignore  perspective,  we  see  a  complicated  network, 
since  all  the  branches  are  projected  on  to  the  one  plane 
of  the  print.  We  trace  a  stem  splitting  into  two,  the 
two  diverging,  splitting  again,  and  then  some  of  the 
branches  approach  one  another  and  appear  to  unite. 
But  while  the  divergences  are  real  splittings,  the  unions 
are  unreal  :  they  are  merely  convergences.  So  the 
evolutionist  has  learned,  or  is  still  learning,  to  dis¬ 
tinguish  convergences  from  real  relationships. 

Much  else  has  been  discovered  since  the  early  days 
of  Darwinism,  when  there  were  few  general  principles 
to  guide  the  evolutionist,  and  he  could  only  advance 
by  trial  and  error.  In  Chapter  V  will  be  found  some 
account  of  the  chief  general  principles  that  have 
been  formulated  and  the  criticisms  that  are  made  on 
them.  For  the  present  I  confine  mvself  to  pointing  out 
some  of  the  erroneous  ideas,  survivals  from  a  pre¬ 
evolutionary  age,  which  more  or  less  subconsciously  in- 

1  “  On  some  faTal  and  post-foetal  characters  of  Mammals  and  Birds, 
concerning  Scales,  Hairs  and  Feathers.”  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lon¬ 
don,  1934,  pp.  573-582,  4  pi. 


42 


KVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


fluenced  men’s  thoughts.  One  of  these  is  Bonnet’s 
“ladder  of  beings.’’  Besides  the  rather  crude  effects 
of  this  idea  already  described,  there  was  a  subtler  in¬ 
fluence,  which  led  to  an  unjustifiable  lengthening  of  the 
time  needed  for  evolution.  Thus  the  American  palaeon¬ 
tologist  Marsh,  as  late  as  1887,  wrote  as  follows  : — 

“  So  far  as  at  present  known,  the  two  great  groups  of 
Placental  and  Non-placental  Mammals  appear  to  be  distinct  in 
the  oldest  known  forms,  and  this  makes  it  clear  that,,  for  the 
primitive  generalized  forms  .  .  .  from  which  both  were  derived, 
we  must  look  back  to  the  Palaeozoic  ”  {Amer.  Joiirn.  Sci.,  xxxiii, 

327-348). 

This  statement  embodies  the  fallacy  that  the  difference 
between  the  Mesozoic  ancestors  of  the  two  groups  was 
as  great  as  that  between  their  modern  descendants. 
Actually  it  is  not  impossible  for  their  divergence  to  have 
occurred  in  the  Cretaceous  period.  (See  later.  Chap. 
VII.) 

The  conception  of  Evolution  as  a  perfectly  uniform, 
slow  process  of  change  is  another  false  notion,  which 
has  well  earned  the  sarcasm  of  anti-evolutionary  writers, 
as  in  this  passage  by  Mr.  Hilaire  Belloc  :  — 

“  But  perhaps  you  have  been  reading  little  brown  books  on 
Evolution,  and  you  don’t  believe  in  Catastrophes,  or  Climaxes, 
or  Definitions?  Eh?  Tell  me,  do  you  believe  in  the  peak  of 
the  Matterhorn,  and  have  you  any  doubts  on  the  points  of 
needles?  Can  the  sun  be  said  truly  to  rise  or  set,,  and  is  there 
any  exact  meaning  in  the  phrase,  ‘  Done  to  a  turn  ’  as  applied 
to  omelettes?  You  know  there  is  ...”  (The  Path  to  Rome, 
!>•  7)- 

No  palaeontologist,  at  any  rate,  can  fail  to  believe  in 
catastrophes  and  climaxes,  even  if  he  be  dubious  about 
definitions,  and  the  excellent  phrase  “done  to  a  turn  ’’ 
so  well  applies  to  certain  results  of  evolution  that  I  shall 
be  glad  to  adopt  it  with  due  acknowledgments  to  the 
author.  It  is  the  fact,  however,  that  geologists,  when 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  43 

they  emancipated  themselves  from  the  ideas  of  Catastro- 
phism,  and  accepted  the  ideas  of  Hutton  and  Lyell  on 
the  adequacy  of  causes  now  in  action  to  explain  the 
geological  past,  went  to  an  extreme  of  Uniformitarian- 
ism.  They  were  inclined  to  account  for  the  rather 
abrupt  changes  of  conditions  and  fauna  between  one 
geological  system  and  the  next,  by  assuming  a  long 
intervening  period  unrepresented  by  sediment.  Haeckel, 
who  was  not  a  geologist,  accepted  this  vague  and  tenta¬ 
tive  idea  as  an  established  fact,  and  allowed  in  his 
theories  for  a  long  imaginary  period  between  each  two 
successive  known  periods.  The  progress  of  geological 
research  has  rendered  any  such  idea  untenable,  and  it 
is  now  recognized  that  at  the  end  of  each  major  division 
(Era)  of  geological  time  there  was  considerable  extinc¬ 
tion  of  life  and  very  rapid  evolution  among  the  sur¬ 
vivors.  The  same  took  place  in  a  lesser  degree  at  the 
end  of  each  minor  division  {period,  epoch).  The  prime 
causes  of  this  speeding-up  of  evolution  were  great 
changes  in  the  distribution  of  land  and  sea,  and  there¬ 
fore  of  climate,  dependent  on  great  earth-movements 
(diastrophism).  New  routes  of  migration  were  opened 
up,  and  almost  every  species  found  its  surroundings, 
both  physical  and  faunal,  greatly  changed  :  it  had  to 
adapt  itself  to  the  new  conditions  or  perish.  If  it 
perished,  that  in  turn  made  a  change  in  the  environment 
of  other  species,  so  that  the  pressure  towards  new  evolu¬ 
tion  was  maintained.  Under  these  conditions,  new 
families,  orders  and  even  classes  tended  to  come  into 
being.  After  a  time  the  new  forms  settled  down  into  a 
condition  of  faunal  stability  like  that  characterizing  the 
existing  fauna,  and  evolution  was  greatly  slowed  down. 

Mr.  Dewar  gives  a  list  of  the  new  orders  and  classes 
which  appear  to  have  come  into  existence  in  each  sue- 


44 


KVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


cessive  geological  period  (D.,  pp.  109-134),  apparently 
regarding  this  list  as  in  itself  an  argument  against 
evolution.  But  it  is  evident  that  all  orders  and  classes 
that  were  not  in  existence  at  the  beginning  of  the  Cam¬ 
brian  period  must  have  come  into  existence  since ;  and 
if  you  divide  their  number  by  the  number  of  geological 
periods  recognized,  the  quotient  will  give  the  average 
number  new  in  each  period. 

A  consequence  of  the  belief  in  evolution  as  steady 
progress  was  a  failure  to  recognize  the  importance  of 
reversion  and  degeneration,  as  I  have  pointed  out  in 
the  case  of  Lamarck  (p.  37,  ante).  By  reversion  (or 
re-adaptation)  is  meant  a  return  to  a  mode  of  life  aban¬ 
doned  at  an  earlier  stage  of  evolution,  as  when  certain 
lineages  of  reptiles  or  mammals,  after  they  had  become 
thoroughly  adapted  to  a  land-life,  returned  to  the  water 
wliich  their  remote  amphibian  ancestors  had  left,  and 
re-adapted  themselves  in  new  ways  to  that  forgotten 
kind  of  life  :  this  need  not  imply  any  degeneration 
of  the  organism  as  a  whole,  though  it  may  of  par¬ 
ticular  organs.  Degeneration  is  shown  most  plainly 
(though  not  exclusively)  in  the  case  of  parasites, 
especially  internal  parasites.  In  these,  owing  to  their 
uniform  environment,  safety  from  enemies  and  easy 
food-supply  (already  digested),  many  of  the  organs  have 
undergone  great  simplification;  but,  owing  to  the  diffi¬ 
culty  of  getting  from  one  host  to  another,  the  organs 
of  reproduction  and  diffusion  may  be  highly  complex. 

Another  false  idea  is  that  earlier  forms  of  life  were  less 
well  adapted  to  their  surroundings  than  those  of  to-day. 
If  the  environment  were  the  same,  they  could  not  have 
been  so  or  they  would  have  failed  to  live.  Apart  from 
the  colonization  of  entirely  new  habitats,  it  is  only  in 
so  far  as  the  environment  itself,  and  particularly  the 


OLD  y\ND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


45 


organic  world,  has  risen  to  a  higher  grade  that  adapta¬ 
tion  has  kept  pace  with  it.  The  flora  of  the  Coal  period 
was  as  well  adapted  to  its  surroundings  as  the  flora  of 
to-day  :  it  showed  the  same  variety  of  habit  in  growth. 
If  it  did  not  adapt  its  reproductive  organs  to  fertilization 
by  insects,  that  is  because  there  were  as  yet  no  insects 
adapted  to  fertilize  flowers,  and  they  in  turn  did  not 
exist  because  there  were  no  flowers  for  them  to  fertilize. 
Insects  and  flowering  plants  were  evolved  later,  step  by 
step,  each  helping  the  other  along. 

Disbelievers  in  evolution  try  to  raise  difficulties  over 
such  cases.  Thus  Vialleton  wrote  :  — 

“  When,  for  instance,  we  say  that  a  flower  is  a  modified 
branch,  it  is  clear  that  it  can  only  be  a  question  of  an  ideal 
evolution.  It  is  in  fact  inconceivable  that  a  flower  should  arrive 
by  gradual  successive  changes  at  the  possession  of  these  con¬ 
centric  cycles  of  different  function.  Reproduction  must  be 
accomplished  as  soon  as  a  plant  has  reached  a  certain  stage  of 
development  :  it  cannot  wait  until  the  chances  of  selection  have 
transformed  leaves  into  stamens  and  carpels.  But  it  is  also 
evident  that  all  parts  of  the  flower  are  members  of  the  plant, 
homologous  with  those  other  members,  the  leaves.  They  have 
the  same  relations  to  the  stem,  the  same  anatomical  structure  : 
the  homology  is  irresistible,  but  the  gradual  evolution  of  the 
flower  is  an  incredible  (invraisemblahle)  hypothesis  ”  (T.,  p.  ii6). 

As  a  criticism  of  the  pioneer  ideas  of  the  poet  Goethe, 
this  may  pass.  Applied  to  present-day  ideas  of  evolu¬ 
tion  it  is  puerile.  On  the  same  lines  it  might  be  argued 
that  the  practice  of  agriculture  could  never  have  been 
developed  gradually  :  the  first  tillers  of  the  soil  would 
have  starved  to  death  long  before  they  learned  how  to 
raise  a  crop. 

Since  Hofmeister,  in  1863,  recognized  the  identity 
of  the  life-cycles  in  Flowering  and  Non-flowering 
Plants,  the  evolution  of  the  flower  has  been  one  of  the 
clearest  and  most  beautiful  examples  of  evolution.  The 
various  stages  can  be  seen,  not  necessarily  in  the  same 


46  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

lineage,  for  there  have  been  many  parallel  lines  of  de¬ 
velopment.  (i)  In  the  fern,  every  leaf  bears  sporangia, 
of  one  kind  only.  The  spores  formed  in  the  sporangia 
develop  into  alga-like  prothalli,  which  bear  male  and 
female  reproductive  organs  (antheridia  and  archegonia), 
by  which  a  young  fern-plant  is  produced.  Here  we 
see  an  alternation  of  generations,  by  alternate  asexual 
and  sexual  processes,  in  its  simplest  form. 

(2)  In  Selaginella,  the  sporangia  and  spores  are  of 
two  kinds,  the  larger  megaspores  forming  a  prothallus 
which  bears  female  organs  (archegonia)  only,  the 
smaller  micro-spores  forming  a  very  reduced  prothallus 
consisting  of  little  more  than  an  antheridium  in  which 
the  motile  male  cells  (spermatozoids)  are  formed. 

(3)  In  most  Cycads  the  sporangia  are  borne,  not  on 
the  ordinary  leaves,  but  on  cones,  which  are  aggrega¬ 
tions  of  special  leaves  (sporophylls)  :  the  mega-  and 
microsporangia  are  found  not  only  on  different  cones 
but  on  different  plants.  The  megasporangia,  now 
called  ovules,  do  not  shed  their  spores  but  retain  them 
while  one  of  them  germinates  and  forms  a  prothallus 
with  female  reproductive  organs.  The  microspores 
(now  called  pollen-grains)  are  shed  and  wind-scattered, 
some  falling  on  the  ovules  where  they  germinate  into  a 
pollen-tube,  a  reduced  prothallus  forming  motile 
spermatozoids  which  fertilize  the  ovule. 

In  some  extinct  Cycadophyta,  the  mega-  and  micro- 
sporophylls  (or  carpels  and  stamens)  are  found  together 
and  in  association  with  barren  sporophylls  (equivalent 
to  petals  and  sepals),  as  in  an  ordinary  flower. 

(4)  An  ordinary  flower  consists  of  (a)  one  or  more 
carpels  (megasporophylls)  in  the  centre,  bearing  one 
or  more  ovules  (megasporangia)  with  embryo-sac 
(megaspore) ;  (b)  a  ring  of  stamens  (microsporophylls) 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION  4; 

with  pollen-sacs  (microsporangia)  containing  pollen- 
grains  (microspores)  which  are  shed  and  develop  a 
pollen-tube  if  they  fall  on  the  stigma  of  a  carpel ;  (c)  a 
double  ring  of  barren  and  more  leaf-like  sporophylls, 
the  petals  and  sepals. 

Here  we  have  four  stages  of  evolution,  and  others 
might  be  intercalated,  the  two  ends  of  the  chain  being 
to  all  appearance  utterly  different.  The  recognition  of 
the  homologies  of  the  parts  of  the  flower  are  due  to 
Hofmeister,  who  prophesied  that  the  pollen-tube  of 
some  plant  would  one  day  be  found  to  produce  motile 
spermatozoids ;  for  there  is  no  trace  of  such  in  an 
ordinary  pollen-tube,  and  they  were  needed  to  complete 
the  chain.  It  was  over  30  years  before  the  prophecy 
was  fulfilled.  In  1895  Hirase  found  the  motile  sperms 
in  Ginkgo,  in  1896  Ikino  found  them  in  Cycas,  and  in 
1897  Webber  found  them  in  Zamia.  They  might  still 
be  unknown,  had  not  the  evolutionary  theory  led 
botanists  to  look  for  them. 

The  whole  course  of  this  evolution  is  understandable 
as  the  necessary  result  of  the  pressure  on  the  land- 
plants  to  occupy  drier  and  drier  situations,  making 
them  adapt  their  reproductive  methods  so  as  to  be  less 
and  less  dependent  upon  water.  vSimilar  necessities  led  to 
parallel  development  in  many  lineages.  Already  in 
Coal  Measure  times  there  were  plants  which  had 
advanced  to  the  formation  of  a  true  seed,  i.e.  a  mega¬ 
sporangium  not  shed  from  the  parent  plant  until 
an  embryo  of  the  second  generation  is  developed  within 
it ;  but  they  afterwards  died  out,  and  it  is  doubtful  if 
any  of  them  were  the  ancestors  of  the  modern  seed- 
plants. 

*  *  * 

Again,  when  Dewar  argues  the  impossibility  of  an 


48 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


amphibian  being  gradually  transformed  into  a  reptile, 
he  quotes  from  Needham  a  list  of  the  changes  in  the 
egg  necessitated  by  the  abandonment  of  water-life,  and 
concludes  :  — 

“  Most,  if  not  all,  the  above  changes  would  be  useless,  or  even 
harmful,  until  they  were  more  or  less  complete;  what,  then,  can 
have  not  only  inaugurated  them  but  caused  them  to  continue 
until  the  transformation  of  an  aquatic  into  a  terrestrial  egg  was 
completed?”  (D.,  p.  69). 

Here  we  have  a  pure  assumption  of  the  impossibility' 
of  there  being  a  gradual  series  of  stages  at  each  of  which 
the  egg  and  developing  embryo  were  fully  “viable” 
(capable  of  life).  True,  we  cannot  in  this  case,  as  we 
could  in  the  case  of  the  flower,  state  the  order  in  which 
the  several  changes  were  initiated  and  to  what  extent 
they  overlapped,  because  there  is  no  palaeontological 
evidence.  We  could  draw  up  a  tentative  scheme,  but 
it  would  probably  be  very  wrong,  since  there  are  un¬ 
known  factors  that  we  should  not  allow  for ;  in  the  same 
way,  if  all  stages  in  the  evolution  of  plant-reproduction 
between  the  fern  and  the  typical  flower  were  wiped  out, 
an  evolutionary  botanist  would  have  great  difficulty  in 
constructing  a  plausible  course  for  evolution,  and  would 
probably  make  some  bad  mistakes. 

This  favourite  objection  to  evolution — that  a  structure 
or  organization  which  is  useful  in  its  final  stage  would 
be  useless  in  earlier  evolutionary  stages — comes  up  in 
many  forms.  It  is  often  urged,  for  instance,  against  the 
Darwinian  theory  of  mimicryq  that  the  first  slight  resem¬ 
blance  of  an  insect  to  a  leaf  would  not  protect  it  from  an 
insect-eating  bird.  This  overlooks  the  fact  that  the 
keenness  of  eyesight  in  birds  may  have  developed  step 
by  step  with  mimicry  in  insects.  That  different  species 
of  birds  have  an  unequal  ability  to  detect  concealed 
insects  is  shown  by  an  observation  of  Dewar  and 
Finn  :  — 


OLD  AND  NEW  IDEAS  OF  EVOLUTION 


49 


“  The  very  nauseous  Indian  swallovv^-tail  {PapiJio  aristolochice) 
is  closely  imitated  by  another  swallow-tail  (P.  polites),  both 
having  black  wings  marked  with  red  and  white ;  P.  aristolochicE, 
however,  has  a  red  abdomen.  This  difference  was  not  noticed 
by  two  species  of  Drongo-shrikes  (Dicruriis  ater  and  Disseniurus 
paradiseus),  to  which  the  butterflies  were  offered ;  but  the  Pekin 
robin  {Liothrix  liiteus) — a  very  intelligent  little  bird — did  not  fail 
to  pick  out  and  eat  the  mimic,  though  it  was  deceived  by  the 
marvellously  perfect  imitation  of  Danais  chrysippus,  by  the 
female  of  the  Hypolimnas  ''  (14,  pp.  179-180). 

These  observations  show  how  dangerous  it  is  to 
reason  from  too  narrow  and  simplified  a  basis — to 
assume  that  there  is  one  exact  standard  of  similarity, 
below  which  the  resemblance  is  useless  as  a  protection, 
and  to  rise  above  which  is  a  work  of  supererogation. 
The  two  objections  usually  raised  to  the  selection  theory 
of  mimicry — first,  that  mimicry  must  be  a  close  imita¬ 
tion  before  it  is  of  protective  value,  and,  secondly,  that 
some  of  the  imitations  are  quite  unnecessarily  exact  and 
detailed — both  overlook  this  very  wide  range  of  obser¬ 
vant  power  in  the  birds  (or  other  agents  of  selection). 

Let  me  add  that  I  am  perfectly  aware  that  the  theory 
of  mimicry  has  been  often  overworked,  and  that  many 
supposed  cases  will  not  stand  criticism.  The  destruc¬ 
tion  of  such  excrescences  does  not  affect  the  hard  core  of 
reality  in  the  theory. 


4 


CHAPTER  III 


SOME  SAMPLE  EAMILIES 


“  Mais  quelque  naturelle  que  soient  les  families,  tous  les 
genres  qu’elles  comprennent  etant  convenablement  rapproch^s 
par  leur  vrais  rapports,  les  limites  qui  circonscrivent  ces  families 
sont  toujours  artificielles,  Aussi  k  mesure  qu’on  etudiera 
davantage  les  productions  de  la  nature,  et  que  I’on  en  observera 
de  nouvelles,  nous  verrons,  de  la  part  des  naturalistes,  de  per- 
petuelles  variations  dans  les  limites  des  families  ;  les  uns  divisant 
une  famille  en  plusieurs  families  nouvelles,  les  autres  r(^unissant 
plusieurs  families  en  une  seule,  enfin  les  autres  encore  ajoutant  a 
une  famille  deja  connue,  I’aggrandissant,  et  reculant  par  la  les 
limites  qu’on  lui  avoit  assignees  ”  (Lamarck,  Philosophie  ZooJo- 
giqiie,  Vol.  I,  1809,  p.  30). 

I  propose  in  this  chapter  to  test  Mr.  Dewar’s  theory 
of  “Evolution  within  the  family  but  not  beyond  it” 
by  the  analysis  of  a  number  of  sample  families,  chosen 
from  the  Mammalia  and  the  Mollusca.  I  select  these 
two  groups  partly  because  I  am  more  familiar  with  them 
than  with  others,  partly  because  they  have,  on  the 
whole,  a  fuller  palaeontological  record.  As  a  pre¬ 
liminary  technical  point  I  may  explain  that  the  name 
of  a  family  always  ends  in  -idee,  added  to  the  name- 
root  of  its  typical  genus.  Thus  the  family  containing 
the  genus  Equus  (modern  horses)  is  called  Equidae. 
Sub-family  names  similarly  end  in  -inee. 


I.  The  Equid^  or  Horse-family 

The  history  of  this  family  is,  in  Mr.  Dewar’s  words, 
the  one  “  most  paraded  in  popular  books  on  evolution.’’ 

50 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


51 


'I'here  are  very  good  reasons  for  this.  Even  in  these 
days  of  mechanical  traction,  tlie  liorse  is  a  familiar 
animal,  and  was  still  more  so  sixty  years  ago  when 
Huxley  first  popularized  its  evolution.  It  is  therefore 
easy  to  describe  the  successive  stages  without  reference 
to  too  many  boring  and  unfamiliar  details  :  anyone  can 
appreciate  the  great  clianges  that  have  taken  place  in 
limbs  and  teeth,  and  there  is  no  need  to  describe  the 
details  of  the  skull  as  would  be  necessary  if  the  evolu¬ 
tion  of  the  camel,  for  instance,  were  the  subject. 

Mr.  Dewar’s  attitude  towards  the  Equid^e  is  strangely 
inconsistent.  He  accepts  them  as  constituting  a  family, 
probably  composed  of  “several  genera  [i.e.  lineages], 
each  of  which  begins  as  a  pentadactyl  or  tetradactyl 
horse  and  suffers  loss  of  the  lateral  toes  as  an  adapta¬ 
tion  to  its  environment,’’  and  expresses  the  belief  that 
further  fossil  finds  may  justify  this  view ;  yet  he  stresses 
the  fact  that  no  immediate  ancestor  to  the  genus 
Equus  is  known  and  reproves  palaeontologists  for  pre¬ 
tending  that  the  evidence  is  more  complete  than  it 
actually  is.  The  poor  palaeontologist  is  blamed  both 
ways.  If  he  gives  an  account  of  the  evolution  of  the 
horse  simplified  for  popular  comprehension,  he  is  casti¬ 
gated  for  his  silence  on  the  imperfection  of  the  record 
and  on  the  existence  of  parallel  lineages;  but  when,  in 
other  cases,  he  insists  on  these  two  points,  these  are 
treated  as  lame  excuses  to  cover  a  bad  case.  At  any 
rate,  the  originator  of  popular  accounts  of  the  history 
of  the  horses,  T.  H.  Huxley,  cannot  be  blamed  for 
silence,  as  he  was  careful  to  say  :  — 

“  I  use  the  word  ‘  type  ’  because  it  is  highly  probable  that 
many  forms  of  the  Anchitheriurn-Wlie  and  Hipparion-Vike  animals 
existed  in  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  epochs,  just  as  many  species 
of  the  horse  tribe  exist  now ;  and  it  is  highly  improbable  that 
the  particular  species  of  Anchitheritim  or  Hipparion,  which  hap- 


52 


r:V0LUT10N  and  its  modern  critics 


pen  to  have  been  discovered,  should  be  precisely  those  which 
have  formed  part  of  the  direct  line  of  the  horse’s  pedigree  ”  (22 
footnote  on  p.  126  of  1893  edn.)- 


The  upper  figure  shows  the  fragmentary  remains  of  the  lower  jaw  of 
“  Macacus  eocanus  ”  {=Hyracotherium  cuniculus)  in  side  (labial) 
view.  The  lower  figure  is  the  right  mandible  of  a  living  monkey, 
Macacus  rhesus,  in  similar  view.  (Reproduction  of  Owen’s 
original  figures),  i,  incisors;  I,  canine;  -p.  premolars ;  first 
molar;  Wg,  third  molar. 

What  are  the  grounds  for  placing  the  Lower  Eocene 
Eohipptis  in  the  same  family  as  the  modern  Equus? 
Mr.  Dewar  quotes  the  late  Prof.  Vialleton,  of  Mont¬ 
pellier,  one  of  the  few  zoologists  of  late  years  who  have 
shared  his  own  views  on  evolution  :  — 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


53 


“  Eohippus  of  the  Lower  Eocene  and  Mesohippus  of  the 
Oligocene,  despite  their  feet  having  more  than  one  toe,  are  easily 
recognizable,  by  their  gracefulness,  the  length  of  their  limbs, 
so  different  from  those  of  other  perissodactyls,  as  also  by  the 
form  of  the  head  and  of  the  body,  as  representatives  of  the  family 
Equidce  (D.,  p.  107). 


Fig.  5. — The  “  Eocene  Monkey.” 

The  same  bones  as  in  Fig.  4,  viewed  from  above  (occlusal  view). 
(Reproduction  of  Owen’s  original  figure.) 

Letters  as  in  Fig.  4. 

and  Mr.  Dewar  adds  as  his  own  opinion  that 
‘‘  Eohippus  is  as  clearly  a  horse  as  the  Pouter  is  a  pigeon.” 
I  think  that  anyone  who  compares  the  Oligocene 
Hyracodon  with  the  Equidse  will  find  it  not  inferior  to 
them  in  gracefulness  or  length  of  limb ;  yet  it  is  placed 
among  the  “other  perissodactyls,”  in  the  Rhinoceros 


54 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


family.  It  differs  from  the  Equidai,  not  in  respect  of 
gracefulness,  but  of  such  matters  as  the  structure  of  the 
skull  and  teeth  ;  and  though  it  may  be  thought  easy 
nowadays,  when  the  intermediate  stages  are  known,  to 
recognize  Eohippus  as  an  Equid,  the  case  was  very 
different  when  only  its  skull  and  teeth  were  known. 

The  first  discoveries  of  Eohippus^  were  made  in  the 
years  1838-40,  when  fossil-collectors  found  fragmentary 
bones  and  teeth  in  the  London  Clay  of  Kyson  (Essex) 
and  Herne  Ba}^  (Kent),  and  submitted  them  to  Richard 
Owen,  then  a  rising  anatomist  and  palaeontologist,  on 
whom  seemed  to  have  dropped  the  mantle  of  the  lately 
deceased  Cuvier.  Owen  identified  one  fragment  of 
lower  jaw  with  teeth  as  those  of  a  monkey  of  living 
genus,  and  named  it  Macacus  eoccenus ;  while  a 
moderately  complete  skull  without  lower  jaw  he  recog¬ 
nized  as  an  ungulate  of  hitherto  unknown  genus  which 
he  called  Hyracotherium.  The  presence  of  a  monkey 
in  Lower  Eocene  strata  was  a  startling  novelty,  as 
Cuvier  had  asserted  that  no  monkey  was  created  before 
the  very  end  of  the  Tertiary  era.  Only  a  very  close 
resemblance  in  the  teeth  could  have  led  Owen  to  aban¬ 
don  Cuvier’s  view  (Figs.  4  and  5).  Yet  twenty-two  years 
later,  as  is  explained  below,  Owen  was  satisfied  that 
his  monkey  was  generically  identical  with  his  Hyra¬ 
cotherium. 

I  have  not  dug  up  this  forgotten  blunder  of  Owen’s 
in  order  to  throw  discredit  on  a  great  anatomist  and 

1  I  here  assume  the  generic  identity  of  Hyracotherin7n  with 
Eohifft4S ,  as  seems  the  inevitable  conclusion  from  Foster  Cooper’s 
recent  revision  of  the  English  fossils  [Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc. 
(B)  ccxxi,  431-448,  pis,  xlix-li).  Technically,  this  means  that  the 
name  Eohiffus  must  be  abandoned  in  favour  of  the  prior  name 
Hyracotheriu^n ;  but  in  writing  for  the  general  reader  I  feel 
justified  in  using  the  highly  appropriate  name  EoJii-pfns  (dawn- 
horse)  instead  of  the  misleading  Hyracotherium. 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


55 


paUeontologist.  Practically  the  same  blunder  has  twice 
been  repeated  by  later  paleontologists,  with  far  less 
excuse,  since  they  had  much  greater  knowledge  at  their 
disposal — by  Cope  and  Marsh  in  the  case  of  Lepto- 
choerus,  by  Osborn  and  Gregory  in  the  case  of  Hespero- 
pitheciis.  In  each  case  an  Ungulate  was  taken  for  a 
Primate  on  the  evidence  of  molar  teeth.  How  came 
such  a  mistake  to  be  made  repeatedly?  Mr.  Dewar 
tells  us  that  mammalian  teeth 

“  are  unsafe  criteria  on  which  to  base  affinity,  because  their 
form  depends  largely  on  the  food  on  which  their  possessor  sub¬ 
sists  ”  (D.,  p.  176). 

Cuvier,  on  the  contrary,  declared  the  cheek-teeth  to 
be  the  surest  guide  to  the  classification  of  Mammalia. 
Actually  the  truth  lies  between  these  two  extremes,  as 
any  evolutionist  might  expect.  Cuvier  was  quite  right 
as  regards  living  mammals  (apart  from  occasional  cases 
of  convergence),  but  as  we  go  back  in  time  the  strong 
existing  contrasts  diminish  and  widely  divergent  types 
of  mammalian  tooth  are  found  to  have  developed  out  of 
a  simple  type  which  has  become  least  modified  in  the 
case  of  Man  and  the  Monkeys.  This  does  not  neces¬ 
sarily  conflict  with  Mr.  Dewar’s  view,  since  the 
Primates  have  specialized  less  in  their  diet  than  most 
other  mammals. 

But  what  had  Owen  to  say  about  the  less  imperfect 
skull  which  he  recognized  as  that  of  an  ungulate? 

“  The  general  form  of  the  skull  was  probably  intermediate  in 
character  between  that  of  the  Hog  and  the  Hyrax.  The  large 
size  of  the  eye  indicated  by  the  capacity  of  the  orbit,  must  have 
given  to  the  physiognomy  of  the  living  animal  a  resemblance 
to  that  of  the  Hare,  and  other  timid  Rodentia.  Without  intend- 
ing  to  imply  that  the  present  small  extinct  Pachyderm  was  more 
closely  allied  to  the  Hyrax  than  as  being  a  member  of  the  same 
order,  and  similar  in  size,  I  have  proposed  to  call  the  new 
genus  which  it  unquestionably  indicates,  Hyracotheriiim,  with 
the  specific  name  leporinum.  The  form  and  structure  of  the 


56  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

molar  teeth  determine  this  interesting  extinct  genus  to  belong 
to  the  same  natural  family  of  the  Hog  tribe,  as  the  Choeropota- 
mus  ”  (“  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  1848,  pp.  422-3). 

Cheer  Op  otamiis  was  one  of  Cuvier’s  discoveries  in 
the  Upper  Eocene  gypsum  of  Paris  (see  later,  p.  134) 
and  is  now  generally  assigned  to  the  Suidae  (pig family). 
Except  for  the  fact  that  Cuvier’s  very  artificial  order 
“  Pachydermata  ”  covered  all  hooved  mammals  that  do 
not  chew  the  cud,  and  therefore  included  Horses  (as  a 
separate  sub-order  “  Solidungula  ”)  as  well  as  the  Pigs, 
Elephants  and  Hyrax  (the  “  coney  ”  of  the  Bible),  there 
is  no  suggestion  in  Owen’s  remarks  of  any  relationship 
between  Hyracotheriiim  and  the  Horse.  It  is  only  fair 
to  add  that  Owen  had  no  knowledge  of  the  animal’s 
limbs  :  that  came  later. 

In  1857,  Owen  was  able  to  describe  an  almost  perfect 
skull  and  parts  of  both  limbs  of  what  he  called  “  a 
small  Lophiodont  Mammal  ”  extracted  from  the  cement- 
stone  nodules  of  the  London  Clay  near  Harwich.  He 
called  this  Pliolophtis  vulpiceps  (“fox-headed  more- 
lophiodont ’’),  the  generic  name  indicating  that  it  was 
“  more  near  to  the  Lophiodont  type  than  its  close  ally  the 
HyracotheriumP  (Later  palaeontologists  have  merged 
Plioloplius  in  Hyracotheriiim.)  Owen  had  by  this  time 
substituted  for  Cuvier’s  subdivisions  of  Ungulata  the 
more  natural  division  into  “odd-toed’’  and  “even¬ 
toed  ’’  (Perissodactyl  and  Artiodactyl),  and  of  the  limbs 
of  PlioJophus  he  wrote:  — 

”  The  humerus  testifies  to  the  ungulate  character,  and  the 
bones  of  the  hind-leg  to  the  perissodactyle  modification  of 
Plioloplius,  with  a  demonstration  that  the  odd  number  of  hind- 
toes  was  ‘  three  ’  instead  of  ‘  one  ’  or  ‘  five  ’  ”  (Quart.  Journ. 
Geol.  Soc.,  xiv,  p.  70). 

The  Lophiodon,  with  which  Owen  now  associated  his 
London  Clay  fossils,  was  another  of  Cuvier’s  Paris 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


57 


fossils,  and  is  now  classified  in  a  sub-family  of  the 
Tapiridse.  Had  Owen  known  that  his  fossils  had  pos¬ 
sessed  four  fingers  and  three  toes,  he  would  certainly 
have  associated  them  with  the  tapir.  The  only  sug¬ 
gestions  of  any  affinity  to  Equns  that  he  made  were 
two  details  of  the  skull,  which  were  also  shown  by 
Hyrax. 

Differences  between  the  upper  and  lower  molars  of 
Pliolophiis  led  Owen  to  reconsider  his  earlier  finds,  and 
in  1862,  in  a  letter  to  the  Annals  and  Magazine  of 
Natural  History,  he  announced  that 

“  The  fossil  teeth  from  the  Eocene  sand  at  Kyson,  referred  by 
me  to  a  species  of  Macaciis,  are  most  probably  the  lower  molars 
of  a  species  of  Hyracotherium  {H.  cuniculus)/' 

So  far,  all  these  skeletons  were  those  of  animals 
which,  living  in  the  forests  or  mangrove-swamps 
bordering  the  London  Clay  sea,  were  drowned  and  their 
bodies  floated  out  to  sea,  so  that  they  were  particularly 
liable  to  damage.  Twenty  years  later,  Wortman  dug 
up  from  the  freshwater  deposits  of  the  Bad  Lands  of 
Wyoming  a  much  more  perfect  specimen  :  the  whole 
skull  and  first  three  cervical  vertebrae ;  most  of  the 
dorsal  vertebras,  a  complete  right  fore-leg,  and  almost 
complete  hind-leg,  with  the  scapula  and  left  humerus. 
(Unfortunately  the  pelvis  and  sacrum  were  missing,  as 
was  the  fibula.)  Now,  at  last,  surely  Cope,  who  de¬ 
scribed  this  fossil  as  Hyracotherium  venticoluyn  (from 
being  found  in  the  Wind  River  beds),  should  have  seen 
that  this  was  “as  clearly  a  horse  as  a  pouter  is  a 
pigeon.’’  The  nearest  he  came  to  this  was  to  say  that 
the  vertebral  column  showed 

“  decided  indications  of  equine  rather  than  tapiroid  affinity,  in 
two  points,” 

both  rather  technical ;  and,  after  noting  that  the  limbs 


Fig.  6. — Evolution  of  Equid^. 

C,  D,  G,  K,  Eohif-piis;  H,  L,  M esohiffus ;  I,  M,  M erychi-p-pus ;  B,  E,  F,  J,  N,  Equus;  A,  B,  skulls;  C,  E, 
occlusal  (crown)  view,  D,  F  side  view,  of  2nd  upper  molar  (c,  crown  ;  r,  root,  separated  by  the  dotted  line) ; 
G-J,  fore-limbs;  K-N,  hind-limbs.  Scale:  A,  and  G-N,  about  1/3  natural  size;  B,  about  i/io;  C,  D,  natural 
size;  E,  F,  about  1/2.  From  various  sources,  mainly  W.  D.  Matthew. 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


50 


liave  many  points  of  resemblance  to  two  genera  of  the 
Rhinoceros-family,  to  add  that 

“  the  ancestral  relation  of  Hyracotherium  to  Anchitherium  [the 
European  Miocene  horse]  seems  nevertheless  very  probable,” 

finally  giving’  a  sketch-pedigree,  in  which  the  sub¬ 
family  Hyracotheriin^e  is  shown  as  ancestral  to  all  the 
Perissodactyls  (8).  At  a  later  date  it  was  recognized 
that  the  Wind  River  species  belonged  to  the  genus 
Eohippus,  which  Marsh  had  founded  in  1876  on  jaws 
and  teeth  alone,  and  Cope’s  restoration  of  the  complete 
animal  has  been  often  reproduced  under  that  name. 

We  may  now  note  the  important  differences  between 
Eohippus  [Hyracotherium]  and  Equus  (Fig.  6),  with¬ 
out  going  into  details  requiring  much  technical  ex¬ 
planation  :  — 


Eohippus 

Size  :  that  of  a  fox  or  large 
cat ;  general  build,  compared 
by  Matthew  to  a  civet-cat. 

Head  :  eye  about  equidistant 
from  each  end,  with  orbit 
only  about  half  ringed  in 
bone.^ 

Brain  :  no  brain-casts  known, 
but,  judging  from  shape  of 
cranium,  the  brain  must 
have  been  of  the  same  low 
order  of  intelligence  as  in 
other  Eocene  mammals. 

Teeth  :  cheek-teeth  very  low- 
crowned,  measuring  about 
5  inch  in  each  direction ; 
molars  with  4  main  cusps 
of  simple  conical  form ; 
premolars  simpler  than 
molars ;  first  premolar  and 
canine  rather  alike  and 
spaced  out. 


Equus 

All  dimensions  about  4  times 
as  great. 

Eye  twice  as  far  from  snout 
as  from  occiput ;  orbit  com¬ 
pletely  ringed  in  bone.i 

Brain  highly  developed. 


Cheek  -  teeth  very  high- 
crowned  (about  3  times  as 
high  as  in  Eohippus,  in 
proportion  to  size  of 
animal),  with  prismatic 
sides  and  crescentic  ridges 
with  cement  between  ;  pre¬ 
molars  and  molars  alike ;  a 
long  gap  between  canine 
and  second  premolar  (the 
first  being  suppressed). 


A  very  good  idea  of  the  distortion  of  the  head  in  the  transition 
Eohiffus  to  Equus  can  be  gained  from  the  figures  on  pp.  766-7 
of  d’Arcy  Thompson’s  O71  Growth  and  Form  (1917). 


6o 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Limbs  :  Although  the  upper 
division  of  both  limbs 
(humerus,  femur)  shows 
characters  incom¬ 
patible  with  the  use  of  the 
limb  for  grasping,  climb¬ 
ing  or  any  action  but  run¬ 
ning,  yet  the  middle  divi¬ 
sion  shows  the  two  com¬ 
pletely  separate  bones 
(radius  and  ulna,  tibia  and 
fibula)  which  make  possible 
rotatory  movements  of  the 
limb,  unnecessary  and  even 
undesirable  for  swift  run- 
^  ning. 

Four  digits  (vestige  of  a  fifth) 
in  the  fore-leg ;  three 
(vestige  of  a  fourth)  in  the 
hind-leg. 


Middle  division  of  limb  func¬ 
tions  as  a  single  bone  :  in 
the  fore-limb  the  head  of 
the  ulna  (elbow)  is  retained 
because  it  is  essential  in 
leverage,  the  rest  of  the 
bone  is  fused  with  the 
radius ;  in  the  hind-limb, 
the  fibula,  not  needed  for 
leverage  owing  to  the  re¬ 
verse  bends  of  the  limb,  is 
represented  by  a  mere 
splint.  All  power  of  rota¬ 
tion  is  thus  lost,  and  the 
limbs  are  more  efficient  for 
swift  running. 

One  digit  (vestige  of  two 
others)  in  both  limbs. 


These  differences  between  the  earliest  and  latest 
members  of  the  family  are  far  greater  than  those  be¬ 
tween  Eohippus  and  the  contemporary  primitive  mem¬ 
bers  of  other  perissodactyl  families,  viz.  the  Tapiridae 
and  Rhinocerotidae.  The  few  species  now  surviving  of 
these  three  families  differ  so  greatly  from  one  another 
that  in  the  absence  of  paleontological  evidence  scepti¬ 
cism  as  to  the  possibility  of  their  blood-relationship 
would  be  excusable ;  but  equally  excusable  would  be 
doubt  as  to  the  derivation  of  Eqims  from  Eohippus, 
or  Rhinoceros  (vom  Hyrachyus,  if  the  intermediate  fossil 
forms  were  unknown.  In  the  older  text-books,  such  as 
Nicholson  and  Lydekker’s  Manual  of  PalcBontology 
(1889),  these  various  Eocene  genera  were  not  distributed 
among  the  three  families,  but  united  into  an  inde¬ 
pendent  family  Lophiodontidas,  said  to  be  closely  allied 
to  the  Tapiridae,  Palaeotheriidae  and  Rhinocerotidae 
and  probably  containing  their  ancestral  forms.  Such  a 
family  is  often  termed  an  annectant  family.  The 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


6i 


family  Palceotheriidce,  besides  containing  that  side- 
branch  of  the  horse-lineage,  Palceotherium,  also  in¬ 
cluded  the  Miocene  Anchitheriiim  and  other  “  middle 
horses,”  while  the  family  Eqiiidae  was  taken  as  starting 


RECENT 

Kquus 

Tapirus 

1 

Rhinoceros 

[ 

PLEISTO¬ 

CENE 

1 

1 

1  ^ 

*  Hippjdium 

Lquus  1 

1 

1 ; 

1 

1 

1 

1  5 

1 

1 

Rhinoceros 

PLIOCENE 

Chalicotherlum 

1 

1 

\  I 

1 

Pliohlppus  1 

^  Hipparion  ^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

MIOCENE 

1 

Chalicotlierium 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Moropus 

1 

\  Protohippus 

Merychippus  ,  '' 

\  ' 

Parahippus 
Anchithenum  1 
''  .  1 

( 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Acerafhf  rium 

1  Teleoceras 

' 

1  / 

'  x" 

1/ 

1 

1  Baluchilhcriuni 

OI.IGOCENI 

- 1 - - 

IV1oropu<:^/^^ 

1  Rrontops 

>  1  ' 

'  1  ’ 

Miohippus 

3  ! 

Mesohippus^^.— — 
PaljEother:  /  ^o\oAox\ 

1 

1 

1  1 

\ 

Tapirus 

1  y 

1  Y 

\y  Hyracodon 

!  /  Metamynodon 

CcEnopus  y 

EOCENE 

\  Palaeo- 
.  \sy0p5 

7  \  V 

Eomoropus 

\ 

1  /ml'  \  ^  ^ 

'  /Ep,h;^T°P^'°‘^^’"  y  N7  /^Amynodon 

\  _  y  ,  {  \  '  Helateles  /  'S.  /  /  y' 

APalsothA  \  /  X  / 

^ \  \  \  ^  9  S  /  '  ^ 

\  N  \Orohip.  V/  /  / 

^  \  V  /  Hyrachyus  N. 

anops  'v  \  ^  ^ 

V  ^  N.  \  \  \ 

\Lambdoti^V  E^hippus  ^  ^ 

'  ~  \  ^  Homogalax 

PALEOCEN 

^  V  1  Tetraclacnodon 

Fig.  7. — Classification  of  Perissodactyls  by  Lydekker,  1889, 

PARTLY  “  VERTICAL,”  PARTLY  “  HORIZONTAL.” 

Families  recognized:  i,  Tapiridae;  2,  Lophiodontid® ;  3,  Palaeo- 

theriidae;  4,  Equidae;  5,  Rhinocerotidae ;  6,  Lambdotheriidae ;  7, 
Chalicotheriidae ;  8,  Titanotheriidae. 

in  the  late  Miocene  with  Protohipptis  and  Merychippus. 
F'amily  divisions  were,  in  fact,  ”  transverse”  as  well  as 
”  vertical.”  In  Figs.  7  and  8  I  have  indicated  the  differ¬ 
ence  between  these  two  methods  of  classification.  The 


62 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


same  genealogical  tree  (only  an  approximation  to  the 
reality)  is  shown  in  both  ;  but  in  Fig.  8  the  thick  lines 
which  mark  family  (or  sub-family)  limits  are  pre¬ 
dominantly  vertical  in  direction ;  while  in  Fig.  7, 
though  certain  of  the  lines  are  the  same,  those  separat- 


recent 

Equus 

1 

Tapirus 

Rhinoceros 

pleisto¬ 

cene 

1 

:  I 

1 

1 

1 

1  Hippidium 

Equus  1 

1 

R 

1 

1 

1 

1 

:  ni 

1 

1 

1 

Rhinoceros 

pliocene 

V 

Chalicothcrlum 

1 

I 

1 

\  1 

\  * 

s  » 

\  • 

\  » 

Pliohippus  1* 

\  '  » 

Hipparion  f 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

MIOCENE 

1 

Chalicothcrlum 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Moropus 

t 

1 

Protohippus 

Merychippus  i 

\  / 

\ 

\  / 

\  / 

\  / 

.  ,  .  ,  Parahippus 

Anchithenum  i 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Aceratherium  Teleoceras 

1  / 

■ 

\y 

\ 

1  Baluchitherium 

olicoceni 

i 

Moropus 

\  f  iv 

I  1  /  Bronto 

1  1  / 

1  1 

>  1  1 

/la^ 

/Palaeoth: 

t 

Miohippus 

esohippuy^^  U  a 

/   /  Colodon 

1 

1 

n 

1 

Tapirus 

1  - - S. 

/  !  y  y’^Metamynodonj 

Ccenopus  /  ^  j 

j  i 

EOCENE 

1  \  1 

\  \Palaeo- 
\  Vyops 

'  \  ' 

''  \ 
Eomoropu 

N 

1 

1 

1 

i  1 

\Palseoth: 
\  \ 

s 

ioti-  N.  '' 
tanopsx^ 

^^^ambdo 

/  I  /  \ 

*  I  Lophiodon  \ 

Epihipt  .  , 

^  Hclatelc 

VorohipX. 

I^^^^N^ohippuS 

\  '  / 

■  / 
// 

>  y 

ogalax 

Frothy-  i  /  Amynodon 

racodon/y'  / 

'  //  / 
ly  ^  y 

y  y 

achyus 

paleoceni 

^  V  '  ^  * 

*  TetracI*nodoii 

Fig,  8. — Classification  of  Perissodactyls  by  Osborn,  1910,  entirely 

“  vertical.” 


Families  and  subfamilies  recognized  :  I,  Equidae  (with  la,  Palaeo- 
theriinge) ;  II,  Tapiridae  (with  Ila,  Lophiodontinae) ;  III,  Rhino- 
cerotidie  (with  Ilia,  Hyracodontinae  and  Illb,  Amynodontinae) ; 
IV,  Brontotheriidae ;  V,  Chalicotheriidac. 

ing  Family  2  (Lophiodontid^e)  from  Families  3,  i  and  5, 
and  that  separating  3  (Pakeotheriid^e)  from  4  (Equidas) 
are  essentially  transverse.  There  is  much  to  be  said 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


from  the  classificatory  point  of  view  for  such  a  method. 
As  Watson  wrote  in  1917,  contrasting  Osborn’s 
“vertical”  with  Lydekker’s  “transverse”  families:  — 

Prof.  Osborn’s  method  has  the  great  merit  of  forcing  attention 
to  the  consideration  of  the  small  details  which  persist  throughout 
families,  and  of  bringing  out  clearly  our  knowledge  of  actual 
lines  of  descent.  Its  drawbacks  are  that,  without  a  very  con¬ 
siderable  knowledge,  not  only  of  one  animal,  but  of  its 
descendants,  it  is  impossible  to  be  certain  of  its  position  in  the 
system,  and  that  the  families  are  with  difficulty,  if  at  all, 
definable. 

The  other  method,  of  having  large  primitive  families  ancestral 
to  all  later  lines  of  an  order,  has  the  advantage  of  emphasising 
the  great  resemblances  between  all  members  of  an  order  in  its 
early  youth  and  of  giving  readily  definable  families  into  which 
any  relatively  well-known  type  can  be  securely  placed.  It  suffers 
from  the  disadvantage  that  whilst  emphasising  resemblances  it 
is  liable  to  obliterate  remembrance  or  recognition  of  differences  ” 
(D.  M.  S.  Watson,  1917.  “  A  Sketch  Classification  of  the  pre- 

Jurassic  Tetrapod  Vertebrates.”  Proc,  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1917, 
pp.  167-186). 

The  usual  division  of  Vertebrates  into  Fishes,  Am¬ 
phibia,  Reptiles  and  Mammals  is  definitely  horizontal ; 
but  the  line  between  Birds  and  Mammals  is  vertical. 
Modern  revisions  of  classification  generally  tend  to  sub¬ 
stitute  vertical  for  horizontal  division-lines.  An  ex¬ 
treme  case  is  seen  in  Save-Soderbergh’s  recent  pro¬ 
posal  to  divide  the  jaw-bearing  Vertebrata  into  three 
main  “  vertical  ”  divisions — Elasmobranchs,  Actinop- 
terygians,  and  a  third  which  includes  the  rest  of  the 
Fishes  and  all  the  air-breathers.^ 

Which  method  of  forming  families  better  harmonizes 
with  Mr.  Dewar’s  hypothesis  of  family-creation  I  must 
leave  him  to  decide.  To  admit  the  descent  of  the 
modern  horse,  tapir  and  rhinoceros  from  Eocene  an¬ 
cestors  differing  only  slightly  from  one  another,  and 

1  Save-Soderberg,  G. ,  1934.  “  Some  points  of  view  concerning  the 

evolution  of  the  vertebrates.  ...”  Stockholm  k.  vet.  Akad.  Arkiv. 
/.  Zool.,  Bd.  26. 


64  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

yet  to  deny  that  these  latter  can  have  had  a  common 
ancestor  seems  strangely  inconsistent.  The  acceptance 
of  Eohippus  as  ancestor  to  Equus  seems  logically  to 
involve  the  blood-relationship  of  all  the  Perissodactyls. 

One  further  point  cibout  the  family  Equid^  is  worth 
considering.  Eohipptis  lived  in  the  Lower  Eocene 
period,  round  about  60,000,000  years  ago.  Equus  is 
first  known  in  the  early  Pleistocene,  something  like 
1 ,000,000  years  ago.  Thus  some  50  to  60  million  years  lie 
between  them  :  how  many  generations  does  this  cover? 
In  the  case  of  English  racehorses  the  average  length  of 
a  generation  seems  to  be  about  12  years,  but  that  is 
abnormal,  and  in  the  case  of  wild  horses  6  years  seems 
a  more  reasonable  estimate.  But  the  little  Eohippus 
must  have  had  a  much  shorter  life  and  bred  far  more 
quickly.  It  will  not  be  unfair  to  take  4  years  as  a 
general  average  for  the  whole  Eohippus-Eqims  line, 
which  must  therefore  consist  of  something  like 
14,000,000  generations.  In  the  useful  tabular  statement 
of  North  American  Tertiary  Mammals  published  by  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey  in  1909,  fossil  Eqiiidm 
are  shown  as  occurring  at  15  geological  horizons. 
There  have  been  few  additions  since  :  let  us  take  the 
total  as  18  horizons.  Thus,  on  the  average,  each  fossil 
horizon  has  to  serve  as  a  sample  for  three-quarter  of  a 
million  generations.  The  whole  of  the  human  historical 
period  is  comprised  in  some  5,000  years,  or  200  human 
generations.  I  leave  the  difference  in  those  figures  to 
be  thought  over  by  any  who  are  inclined  to  regard  the 
“imperfection  of  the  palaeontological  record’’  as  an 
evasion  of  the  difficulties  of  evolution. 

2.  The  Nuculid^ 

It  would  be  difficult  to  find  a  more  complete  contrast 


^50ME  sample  families 


65 

between  two  families  than  that  between  the  Equidse  and 
Nuculidse.  The  former  consists  of  highly  organized 
land-mammals  and  shows  a  striking  progress  from 
primitive  to  specialized  in  the  course  of  the  Tertiary 
era  ;  the  latter  consists  of  simple  marine  bivalves,  devoid 
of  the  higher  senses,  subsisting  on  microscopic  food 
and  showing  only  slight  change  from  the  Palaeozoic  era 
to  the  present  time.  Mr.  Dewar  states  :  — 

“  When  we  trace  backwards  the  lines  of  descent  of  two  closely 
allied  living  forms,  these  lines,  instead  of  converging  and  meet¬ 
ing  in  a  common  ancestor,  seem  to  follow  a  parallel  course. 

The  most  striking  evidence  in  support  of  this  assertion  is 
furnished  by  the  living  members  of  the  very  ancient  group  of 
bivalve  molluscs.  Some  of  the  families  of  this  group  can  be 
traced  back  to  the  Silurian  period  by  means  of  their  fossils ;  no 
matter  how  far  back  we  follow  a  genus  it  never  merges  into 
an  allied  genus. 

In  the  family  NuculidcB  the  genus  Nucula  can  be  traced  back 
as  far  as  the  Silurian  and  the  genus  Acila  to  the  Cretaceous 
without  blending.  In  the  Cretaceous  the  two  genera  are  as 
widely  separated  as  they  are  to-day  ”  (D.,  p.  108) 

We  may  note,  in  passing,  that,  if  these  statements 
are  to  be  accepted  at  their  face-value,  it  must  be  the 
genus  and  not  the  family  which  is  the  true  unit  of 
creation.  However,  let  us  consider  the  Nuculidce  and 
their  allies  in  their  true  perspective. 

As  many  readers  may  be  unfamiliar  with  Nucula  and 
Acila,  I  have  given  in  Figs.  9  and  10  diagrams  of 
their  shells.  The  one  essential  difference  between  the 
two  genera  lies  in  their  external  marking  or  “  orna¬ 
ment,”  which  in  Nucula  consists  of  very  delicate  con¬ 
centric  ”  growth-lines  ”  (each  marking  what  was  at  one 
moment  the  margin  of  the  shell)  with,  in  some  species, 
fine  radial  lines  as  well,  while  Acila  shows  zigzag  lines 
(“divaricate”  ornament)  in  addition  to  the  growth¬ 
lines.  The  meaning  of  this  difference  in  ornament  we 
shall  discuss  later  :  it  has  not,  as  yet,  been  shown  to  be 


5 


66 


EVOT.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


correlated  with  any  essential  difference  in  anatomy  or 
habits. 

In  the  English  edition  of  Zittel’s  Palceontology  (the 
work  on  which  Mr.  Dewar  mainly  relies  in  matters 


Fig.  9. — Nucula  and  Acila. 

A.  Nucula  nucleus.  Living,  x  3*  This  shows 
both  growth-lines  snd  very  fine  radial  orna¬ 
ment. 

B.  Acila  cobboldia.  Pliocene,  natural  size. 

This  shows  growth-lines  and  divaricate 
ornament. 


Fig.  10. — Structure  of  the  Shell  of  Nucula. 

The  left-hand  figure  shows  the  interior  of  a  right 
valve ;  the  other  figures  are  of  an  internal  cast 
of  the  complete  shell,  the  upper  one  as  seen 
from  above,  the  lower  as  seen  from  the  right 
side.  lig-,  position  of  the  elastic  ligament 
which  effects  the  opening  of  the  shell,  ant. 
add.,  -post,  add.,  scars  of  the  two  closing 
muscles  (adductors). 


palaeontological)  the  family  Nuculidae  is  united  with 
two  others,  Ledidae  and  Ctenodontidae,  to  form  the 
super-family  Nuculacea,  next  to  which  comes  the  super- 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


-67 


family  Arcacea,  of  four  families.  These  two  super¬ 
families  have  been  associated  together  as  a  sub-order  (or 
order)  Taxodonta,  on  account  of  the  similarity  in  the 
structure  of  the  hinge  of  the  shell — the  valves  inter¬ 
locking  by  a  large  number  of  small  teeth  {Fig.  10). 
Anatomists,  studying  the  structure  of  the  whole 
animal,  separate  them  on  account  of  the  very  different 
structure  of  their  gills — the  gills  of  all  Nuculacea  now 
living  being  of  the  simplest  type,  very  like  those  of 
univalve  molluscs,  while  those  of  living  Arcacea  ap¬ 
proach  much  nearer  to  the  normal  lamellibranch  type 
though  falling  short  of  it  in  certain  details. 

The  history  of  changes  in  classification  of  the  Taxo- 
donts  shows  Lamarck  to  have  been  a  true  prophet  in 
the  passage  quoted  at  the  head  of  this  chapter.  In 
1758,  Linnaeus  (24)  united  all  those  known  to  him  in 
one  comprehensive  genus  Area  (Noah’s  Ark  Shells). 
Lamarck,  in  1799,  treated  them  as  a  family  and 
separated  within  it  a  genus  Nuciila,  from  which  in 
turn  Schumacher  separated  a  genus  Leda.  As 
late  as  1851-56,  we  find  in  S.  P.  Woodward’s  Manual 
of  the  Mollusca  a  family  “  Arcadae,”  containing  as 
genera  Area,  Nueiila,  Leda  and  a  few  others.  In  1858 
the  brothers  H.  and  A.  Adams  separated  a  family 
Nuculidae,  with  sub-families  Nuculinae  and  Ledinae 
(now  universally  accepted  as  distinct  families).  At  the 
same  time  they  distinguished  within  the  genus  Nueula 
a  sub-genus  Aeila,  characterized  by  divaricate  orna¬ 
ment. 

Later  naturalists  and  palaeontologists  have  given 
Aeila  as  great  a  variety  of  status  as  they  possibly  could. 
They  have  (i)  ignored  it,  treating  its  species  simply  as 
species  of  Nueula  (the  majority  of  systematists  until 
recent  years) ;  (2)  definitely  rejected  it  as  a  mere  collec- 


68 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


tion  of  unrelated  species  (W.  Quenstedt,  1930);  (3) 
accepted  it  as  a  “section,”  i.e.  a  division  inferior  to  a 
sub-genus  (Fischer,  1886) ;  (4)  accepted  it  as  a  sub¬ 
genus  {e.g.  Woods,  1899) ;  (5)  raised  it  to  the  rank  of  a 
genus  (Dali  in  Zittel,  1900);  (6)  accepted  it  as  a  genus, 
subdividing  it  into  two  sub-genera,  Acila  sensu  stricto 
and  Triincacila  (Schenck,  1931).  1  am  tempted  to  add 

a  seventh  case  :  (7)  raised  it  to  the  rank  of  a  family, 
on  the  ground  that  there  is  no  transition  between  it  and 
Nuciila,  so  that  the  two  must  have  been  separately 
created  (Dewar,  1931).  That  is  an  unauthorized  state¬ 
ment,  but  it  seems  the  logical  conclusion  for  one  who 
admits  evolution  within  but  not  outside  the  family  and 
makes  the  assertions  quoted  above. 

What  are  the  time-ranges  of  NucuJasind  Acila?  Mr. 
Dewar’s  statement  that  Niicula  dates  from  the  Silurian 
is  taken  from  the  standard  English  text-book  of 
Palaeontology,  but  unfortunately  text-books  (I  speak 
feelingly,  being  the  author  of  several)  are  never  up-to- 
date  on  all  matters.  In  a  much  older  text-book  ( Alley ne 
Nicholson,  2nd  edn.,  1872),  the  existence  of  Palaeozoic 
Nucules  was  emphatically  disputed  :  the  supposed  cases 
being  referred  to  the  family  Ctenodontidae.  Actually 
Nicholson  went  too  far,  for  though  Nucula,  as  now 
restricted,  is  not  known  before  the  Cretaceous  period, 
yet  an  allied  genus  of  the  same  family  (which  would 
have  been  called  Nucula  in  1872)  does  occur  in  the  Car¬ 
boniferous.  According  to  Prof.  Schenck’s  recent  revi¬ 
sion,^  the  family  Nuculidas  contains  7  genera  (with  14 
sub-genera),  one  (doubtful)  Devonian,  one  ranging 
from  Carboniferous  to  Jurassic,  one  Jurassic,  two 
{Nucula  and  Acila)  Cretaceous  to  Recent,  the  others 

1  Schenck,  H.  G.,  1934.  “  Classification  of  Nuculid  Pelecypods.” 

Btill.  Mils.  roy.  Hist.  nat.  Belgique,  x,  1-78, 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


69 


appearing  in  the  Miocene.  The  Niicula’^  of  Zittel’s 
text-book  includes  all  these  except  Acila,  as  well  as 
some  of  the  Ctenodontidae  (the  alleged  Silurian 
Niiciila). 

Is  it  in  any  way  strange  or  contrary  to  the  idea  of 
evolution  that  Nuciila  and  Acila  should  range  from  the 
period  of  the  Gault  to  the  present  day  with  too  little 
change  to  demand  a  change  of  generic  name  ?  or  that 
the  family  should  endure  from  Devonian  or  Carboni¬ 
ferous  to  now?  The  Nuculacea  belong  to  the  most 
primitive  living  group  of  lamellibrachs.  Their  gills, 
their  foot,  their  nervous  system  all  show  similarity  to 
those  of  gastropods  at  least  as  much  as  to  those  of  the 
higher  lamellibranchs.^  In  only  one  feature  are  they 
noticeably  specialized  ;  the  elastic  ligament,  uniting 
the  two  valves  and  causing  them  to  open  when  the 
closing  muscles  relax,  which  originates  as  a  simple 
uncalcified  connexion  of  the  two  valves,  has  become  an 
“  internal  ligament,”  a  sort  of  spring-cushion  {Fig.  10, 
lig.).  It  is  precisely  the  absence  of  this  specialization 
that  distinguishes  the  early  Palaeozoic  Ctenodontidae 
from  their  successors,  the  Nuculidse.  In  dealing  with 
the  Mammalia,  Mr.  Dewar  makes  a  strong  point  of  the 
apparently  very  late  appearance  of  the  lowest  division, 
the  Monotremata,  which  one  would  expect  to  appear 
first.  In  the  case  of  the  Nuculacea,  the  fact  that  they 
do  appear  early,  as  they  ought  to,  is  itself  made  an 
objection  to  evolution  ! 

^  Cuvier,  the  pioneer  anatomist  of  the  Mollusca,  does  not  seem  to 
have  seen  anything  but  the  shell  of  Nucnla.  The  earliest  dissec¬ 
tors  of  that  mollusc  seem  to  have  mistaken  the  labial  palps  for 
the  gills,  overlooking  the  real  gills  (ctenidia).  (See  De  Kay,  1843, 
Zoology  of  New  York.)  Indeed  it  is  the  labial  palps  that  in 
Nucula  perform  the  nutritive  functions  which  in  typical  lamelli- 
branchs  are  carried  on  mainly  by  the  gills,  the  gills  being  almost 
exclusively  respiratory  in  function. 


70 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


But  what  about  Nucula  and  Acila?  Is  the  divaricate 
ornament  truly  a  generic  feature,  or  is  it  one  that  turns 
up  here  and  there  in  odd  species,  as  Quenstedt  main¬ 
tains?  1  might  feel  uncertain  how  to  answer  this  ques¬ 
tion,  were  it  not  for  the  geographical  distribution  of 
Acila.  From  its  first  appearance  in  the  Cretaceous 
period  to  the  present  time,  its  species  have  been  in  the 
main  restricted  to  the  northern  Pacific,  from  Japan  to 
California — occasionally  spreading  south  towards  India 
or  South  America,  but  nowhere  else,  with  three  or  four 
exceptions.  Of  these,  two  at  least  are  of  the  kind  which 
“prove  the  rule”  in  the  proper  sense  of  that  misused 
phrase,  for  they  occur  as  part  of  a  general  migration  of 
North  Pacific  forms.  Acila  isthmica  occurs  in  the 
Miocene  of  Panama,  Colombia  and  Venezuela,  A.  coh- 
boldice  in  the  Pliocene  of  East  Anglia,  in  both  cases 
along  with  other  North  Pacific  migrants.  It  is  difficult 
to  believe  that  a  collection  of  unrelated  species  could 
show  such  a  unity  of  distribution.  The  only  doubts 
arise  over  a  species  found  in  the  Gault  of  England  and 
Belgium  and  another  in  the  Oligocene  of  Trinidad  and 
Barbados  :  the  former  at  least  is  not  associated  with 
any  clearly  Pacific  migrants.  These  two  apparent  ex¬ 
ceptions  cannot  outweigh  the  balance  of  other  evidence. 

We  may  then  admit  Acila  as  a  natural  series  of 
species,  whether  we  call  it  a  “genus”  or  anything 
else ;  but  its  only  known  distinctive  structural  charac¬ 
ter  is  the  purely  superficial  “divaricate  ornament.”  It 
is  held  by  many  students  of  Mollusca,  rather  as  an 
article  of  faith  of  Cuvierian  origin,  that  what  we  term 
“ornament”  is  the  outward  and  visible  sign  of  some 
inward  and  functional  grace.  Some  justification  for 
this  belief,  in  the  case  of  Nuculidae,  has  lately  been 
furnished  by  Mr.  H.  B.  Moore,  who  has  shown  that 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


71 


the  British  species  of  Nucula,  as  originally  defined  by 
shell-characters  alone,  are  also  distinguished  by  the 
arrangement  of  the  ciliated  bands  in  the  intestine.^  The 
corresponding  arrangement  in,  at  any  rate,  one  species 
of  Acila  does  not  differ  from  that  of  any  of  these  species 
of  Nucula  any  more  than  they  differ  from  one  another, 
so  that  the  intestinal  structure  gives  no  grounds  for  a 
generic  separation. 

What  exactly  does  “ornament”  or  “sculpture” 
mean  ?  The  idea  of  deliberate  aesthetic  purpose  may 


Fig.  II. — Ornament  of  Bivalve  Shells. 


a.  Lucina  columbella,  Miocene.  Concentric  ornament  (growth-lines) 
only.  b.  Woodia  digitaria,  Pliocene.  Oblique  ornament,  c.  Tri- 
gonia  subundulata,  Oligocene.  Radial  ornament  on  the  siphonal 
area  {sa),  oblique  on  the  main  surface. 

be  dismissed  at  once,  since  most  bivalves  are  blind, 
and  the  few  that  have  eyes  cannot  possibly  use  them  to 
see  the  outside  of  their  shell.  The  idea  of  unconscious 
aesthetic  action — an  expression  of  the  “joy  of  life”  like 
the  unconscious  grace  of  a  child  dancing  in  solitude — 
has  no  such  absurdity  in  it.  Essentially,  shell-orna¬ 
ment  expresses  a  rhythmical  overflow  of  energy  in  the 
secreting  organ — the  mantle-edge.  This  may  show  a 
time-rhythm  or  a  space-rhythm.  The  former  causes 
alternate  thickening  and  thinning  of  the  .shell  as  it 

1  Moore,  H.  B.,  1931.  “  Specific  Identification  of  Foecal  Pellets.” 

Journ.  Marine  Biol.  Assoc.,  xvii,  359. 


72  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

grows,  appearing  as  concentric  ornament  {Fig.  iia); 
the  latter  involves  concentration  of  secretive  activity  at 
certain  points,  giving  rise  to  radial  ornament  {Fig.  9a, 
and  in  Fig.  iic  the  siphonal  area,  sa,  only).  By  a 
combination  of  both  rhythms  we  get  some  form  of 
reticulate  ornament,  the  most  elaborate  type.  Most 
bivalves  show  one  of  these  three  types  in  varying 
degree;  but  there  are  two  other,  rarer  types  which  in¬ 
volve  a  shifting  rhythm.  Oblique  ornament  {Figs,  iib 
and  main  part  of  iic)  implies  a  steady  shift  of  the 
points  of  maximum  secretion  along  the  edge  of  the  shell 
as  growth  proceeds;  in  divaricate  ornament  (seen  not 
only  in  Acila,  but  in  Divaricella  among  Lucinida?, 
Strigilla  among  Tellinidse,  Ptychomya  and  Circe 
among  \"enerida2)  there  is  a  shift  in  both  directions 
from  an  original  centre  {Fig.  9b). 

Now  we  are  entitled  to  ask  Mr.  Dewar,  when  he  com¬ 
plains  that  Nncnla  and  Acila  never  blend,  what  sort 
of  blending  or  transition  he  would  expect?  I  can 
imagine  three  conceivable  ways  by  which  Nucula  might 
gradually  pass  into  .4c/7a,  but  as  I  do  not  believe  in 
any  of  them  I  shall  not  waste  time  in  expounding  them. 
I  find  no  difficulty  in  believing  that  the  change  was 
quite  sudden,  as  though  the  animal’s  rhythm  had  re¬ 
ceived  a  jar.  We  may  find  an  analogy  in  the  abrupt 
and  spasmodic  opening  of  the  flower-bud  of  an  evening 
primrose,  not  the  result  of  any  sudden  external  stimu¬ 
lus,  but  due  to  the  gradual  accumulation  of  tension 
until  the  elastic  limit  is  passed.  Bateson’s  remarks  on 
the  patterns  of  mammalian  skins  apply  very  well  to 
the  present  case  :  — 

“  With  a  little  search  we  can  find  among  the  ripple-marks 
[on  a  beach  or  in  a  “  mackerel  ”  sky],  and  in  other  patterns  pro¬ 
duced  by  simple  j)hysical  means,  the  closest  parallels  to  all  the 
phenomena  of  striping  as  we  see  them  in  our  animals,  .  .  . 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


73 


Biologists  have  felt  it  easier  to  coneeive  the  evolution  of  a  striped 
animal  like  a  zebra  from  a  self-eoloured  type  like  a  horse  (or  of 
the  self-eoloured  from  the  striped)  as  a  process  involving  many 
intergradational  steps  ;  but  so  far  as  the  pattern  is  concerned,  the 
change  may  have  been  decided  by  a  single  event,  just  as  the 
multitudinous  and  ordered  rippling  of  a  beach  may  be  created 
or  obliterated  at  one  tide  ”  (Problems  of  Genetics,  1913,  pp.  36- 
38). 

We  may  adopt  Belloc’s  happy  phrase  {ante,  p.  42) 
and  say  that  Nuciila  became  Acila  when  it  was  “done 
to  a  turn.’’  I  am  astonished  that  the  part  author  of 
such  a  work  as  The  Making  of  Species  (14),  of  all 
people,  should  strain  at  an  Acila  and  swallow  an 
Eohippus. 

Within  the  limits  of  the  genus  Acila,  the  species 
show  variations  that  to  me  appear  at  least  as  great  as 
the  change  from  a  smooth  to  a  divaricate  surface.  For 
instance,  the  hinge-teeth  of  most  Nuculidae  are  short 
and  stumpy,  fitting  into  shallow  sockets  (Fig.  10) ;  but 
in  A.  isthmica  they  are  long  and  thin,  like  short  knife- 
blades,  and  the  sockets  might  rather  be  called  sheaths. 
I  can  think  of  no  explanation  of  such  a  change,  nor  do 
I  know  of  any  transitional  form  between  this  and  the 
ordinary  type  of  hinge-teeth.  Would  Mr.  Dewar 
accept  that  as  a  “specific  character’’  not  requiring 
special  creation  ?  If  so,  why  not  the  divaricate  orna¬ 
ment  likewise?  And  if  not,  is  not  his  idea  of  a 
“family”  shrinking  to  something  very  near  the 
Linnasan  immutable  species? 

I  have  discussed  this  family  Nuculidae  at  some  length 
to  show  how  dangerous  is  Mr.  Dewar’s  method  of 
argument,  based  on  names  only.  The  same  might  be 
done  with  the  other  bivalves  which  he  quotes,  by  any¬ 
one  who  had  made  a  special  study  of  any  family. 
Records  of  fossils  (especially  Invertebrates)  are  often 
made  in  the  first  place  by  geologists  with  only  a  very 


74  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

general  palseontological  training  :  they  naturally  refer 
them,  if  they  possibly  can,  to  some  known  genus.  In 
many  cases  this  reference  has  been  based  on  purely 
external  characters,  the  internal  characters  which  are 
essential  to  correct  classification  being  invisible  and  only 
determinable  by  the  laborious  work  of  dissection  or 
section-cutting,  which  in  many  cases  has  not  yet  been 
undertaken.  Thus  various  Jurassic  bivalves  have  been 
referred  to  such  Tertiary  genera  as  Isocardia  or  Cypri- 
cardia  merely  because  they  show  spiral  umbones  or  a 
trapezoidal  outline ;  and  although  particular  species 
have  in  some  cases  been  properly  investigated  and  new 
genera  founded  on  them,  other  species  continue  to  be 
quoted  under  the  old  names  because  the  evidence  for 
transferring  them  to  new  genera  is  inadequate.  Conse¬ 
quently  the  cases  of  long-lived  genera  of  bivalves  quoted 
by  Mr.  Dewar  must  not  be  accepted  uncritically. 

There  is  at  present  being  compiled  a  great  work 
entitled  Fossilium  Catalogiis/*  which  aims  at  being 
a  critical  catalogue  of  all  fossil  species.  It  is  a  quarter 
of  a  century  since  the  first  part  appeared,  and  as  yet  it 
covers  only  a  few  fragments  of  the  whole  palasonto- 
logical  record.  (For  instance,  four  volumes — total¬ 
ling  over  3,000  pages — are  devoted  to  the  Tertiary 
Non-marine  Gastropods — possibly  one-tenth  of  all  the 
fossil  gastropods.)  Where  any  group  has  thus 
been  catalogued,  it  is  fairly  safe  to  take  the 
statements  of  time-range  as  correct,  because  every 
record  has  been  scrutinized.  In  most  other  cases  it  is 
not,  unless  some  equivalent  revision  has  been  done 
elsewhere.  In  the  case  of  some  groups — Vertebrates 
especially — the  authors  of  monographs  or  compilers  of 
text-books  have  done  the  necessary  revision ;  but  in 
other  cases,  particularly  among  the  bivalve  molluscs,  the 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


75 


task  has  been  too  great  for  anyone  to  attempt  except 
within  narrow  limits. 

3.  The  Family  Anomiida^: 

The  two  families  already  considered  were,  in  a  sense, 
chosen  for  me  by  Mr.  Dewar  :  the  next  one  is  my  own 
choice.  It  is  another  family  of  bivalves,  well  defined 
and  sufficiently  isolated  to  be  taken  (as  in  the  English 
Zittel)  as  a  super-family  in  itself.  Some  systematists 
{e.g.  Fischer)  divide  it  into  two  families.  There  is  one 
main  genus,  Anomia,  which  ranges  from  the  Jurassic 
to  the  present  day,  little  doubt  being  possible  as  to  the 
identity. 

Anomia  is  very  inequivalve,  the  left  valve  being 
bowl-shaped,  the  right  valve  (Fig.  12a)  flat  and  ap¬ 
parently  perforated  by  a  large  round  opening  through 
which  passes  a  short  stout  plug  by  which  the  animal 
fastens  itself  to  a  rock  or  other  firm  basis.  This  form 
and  method  of  fixation  gives  the  whole  shell  a  super¬ 
ficial  likeness  to  a  brachiopod,  and  of  the  23  species  of 
Anomia  recognized  by  Linnaeus,  14  are  actually  fossil 
brachiopods ;  but  careful  observation  soon  shows  the  re¬ 
semblance  to  be  one  of  mere  convergence.  The  supposed 
perforation  is  very  different  from  that  of  a  brachiopod, 
and  the  larval  development  of  living  species  shows 
clearly  that  it  is  a  modified  form  of  the  simple  notch 
which,  in  the  right  valve  of  most  dysodonts,  lodges  the 
byssus,  the  bunch  of  silky  threads  by  which  the  animal 
is  attached  (very  familiar  in  the  common  mussel, 
Mytilus). 

There  are  various  interesting  off-shoots  from  this 
long-lived  genus,  but  we  need  only  consider  one  of 
them — the  one  comprising  the  series  of  forms  leading 
up  to  the  modern  “window-pane  oyster’’  (Placenta  or 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


a,  Anornia  efhif-pium.  Living.  xi-  i> ,  c,  Carolia  flacunoides ,  in 
two  stages  of  evolution.  Eocene,  x  i-  d.  Indo-placuna  sindiensis. 
Miocene.  Slightly  reduced,  e.  Placenta  -placenta.  Living,  x  3. 
All  are  views  of  the  interior  of  the  right  valve,  except  a,  which 
is  the  exterior  of  the  same.  The  zigzag  lines  in  b,  c  and  d  denote 
a  broken  edge,  the  full  outline  being  in  all  cases  rounded  as  in  a 
and  e.  The  scale  of  e  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  the  others. 
b,  buttress  of  chondrophore ;  bs,  byssal  sinus ;  bs\  the  same 
closed;  pa,  scar  of  shell-closing  muscle;  r,  chondrophore  (support 
of  internal  ligament) ;  x,  free  end  of  chondrophore. 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


77 


Placuna)  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  a  form  with  large,  flat, 
translucent  valves  {Fig.  i2e).  In  the  Middle  Eocene 
of  N.W.  India  occurs  a  species  (as  yet  undescribed)  of 
Anornia,  differing  from  most  other  species  in  two 
respects — the  left  valve  is  much  flatter  than  usual,  and 
the  surface  is  marked  by  a  delicate  ornament  practically 
identical  with  that  found  on  Placenta.  Neither  of  these 
features  would  be  considered  of  sufficient  importance  to 
justify  the  founding  of  a  new  genus  :  at  the  most  it 
might  be  made  a  sub-genus  of  Anornia.  But  in  the 
Middle  and  Upper  Eocene  of  Egypt  (Moqattam  beds), 
the  descendants  of  this  species  are  found  in  rapid  evolu¬ 
tion  {Fig.  i2b,c).  The  foramen  becomes  smaller  and  is 
finally  closed ;  at  the  same  time  the  ligament  sinks,  its 
support  (chondrophore)  becomes  longer  and  broader  and 
obtusely  bent,  while  a  triangular  pit  is  developed 
opposite  it  in  the  left  valve.  I  have  never  had  the 
opportunity  of  collecting  these  transitional  forms 
(known  as  Carolia)  myself,  but  from  all  accounts  the 
several  stages  occur  together  in  the  same  beds  :  it  seems 
reasonable  to  infer  that  the  forms  were  interbreeding  as 
the  variations  occurred.  In  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene 
of  India,  as  Vredenburg  has  shown,  further  transitional 
forms  are  found  {Fig.  i2d),  with  changes  in  the  form  of 
the  chondrophore  leading  up  to  the  V-shaped  form 
of  the  living  Placenta.  The  evidence  of  this  evolu¬ 
tion  seems  as  complete  as  could  be  wished ;  and  if 
Placenta  be  accepted  as  belonging  to  a  separate  family 
from  the  Anomiidae,  then  we  have  here  a  case  of  the 
evolution  of  a  new  family.  Mr.  Dewar  may  evade  this 
conclusion  by  saying  that  all  these  forms  belong  to  one 
family;  or  he  may  say  that  the  undescribed  species 
from  the  Middle  Eocene  does  not  belong  to  the 
Anomiidce.  But  the  differences  between  it  and  the 


78  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

Other  species  of  Anornia  are  much  less  than  between  it 
and  the  modern  Placenta  of  which  it  is  the  obvious 
ancestor. 

4.  The  Limn^id/E  and  Valenciennesia 

The  Limnasidae  are  among-  the  most  familiar  of  our 
freshwater  snails,  and  they  are  known  to  have  existed 
from  late  Jurassic  times  with  very  little  modificaton. 
Two  common  English  living  species  are  sketched  in 
Fig.  14  :  Lhnncea  stagnalis  (A),  the  type  of  the  genus, 
and  L.  auricularia  (B),  which,  owing  to  its  much 
shorter  spire  and  more  globose  shape,  has  been  made 
the  type  of  a  sub-genus  Radix. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  Miocene  period,  considerable 
geographical  changes  took  place  in  the  region  we  now 
call  the  “Near  East.”  Large  areas  of  what  had  been 
part  of  an  extended  Mediterranean  Sea  were  shut  off 
from  direct  communication  with  the  ocean,  as  a  series 
of  almost  separate  basins — the  Vienna  basin,  Pan- 
nonic  basin  (Hungary),  Dacic  basin  (Rumania),  a 
large  South  Russian  basin  extending  from  the  Black 
Sea  to  the  Sea  of  Aral.  The  marine  fauna  in  these 
basins  was  quickly  killed  off  as  the  waters  became 
brackish,  except  for  certain  Mollusca  (especially  the 
cockles)  which  adapted  themselves  to  the  new  condi¬ 
tions.  Thus  at  first  there  was  what  may  be  called  a 
“normal  brackish  fauna”  throughout  the  great  area. 
Then,  in  the  Vienna  and  Pannonic  basins  a  new  fauna 
appeared,  derived  mainly  from  freshwater  molluscs 
which  spread  into  the  brackish  waters,  undergoing  great 
changes  as  they  did  so  :  these  forms,  mingling  with 
others  derived  from  the  normal-brackish  fauna,  con¬ 
stitute  what  has  been  termed  the  Caspian-brackish 
fauna,  since  the  last  remnants  of  it  survive  in  the  Cas- 


Tn 

c/5 

-a 

E 

rt 

O 

Dh 


< 

UJ 

O 


z 

o 

o 

uj 

CrC 


c 


cl 


u 

~  oi 

z  z  < 
0^0 
z  < 

Z  M 

< 

C- 


z 

D 

X 


0  -n  lA 

p  C  ^ 

^  <u  « 

>  (15  r-  >  . 

-  0  -  u  .  ^ 

1  1  > 

o 


< 

z  5 

Z 

U4  < 
—  OQ 


>■■ 

D' 


■'.■*.•••  O', 
JX  ; 
c/) . 

C* 


•HD  ' 
.■  c  ■ 

rt 


E; 

e; 


a 

E 

U 

O 

z 


DIVISIONS 

SLAVONIAN 

RUMANIAN 

CIMMERIAN 

PONTIAN 

z 

< 

H 

0 

SARMATIAN 

w 

W 

UJ 

s 

Z 

z 

w 

0  ^ 

ac  w 

h 

u 

_  CJ 

UJ  u 

0 

Cu  0 

X 

(X 

a. 

CU  — 

X  2 

Fig.  13, — Distribution  in  time  and  space  of  the  several  facies  of  the  late  Tertiary  deposits  of  the  Near  East, 

The  six  time-divisions  shown  in  the  second  column  were  not  necessarily  of  equal  duration.  (Modified  from  Krejci-Graf 

and  Wenz.) 


8o 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


pian  to-day.  This  Caspian  fauna  spread  gradually 
eastwards,  being  found  in  beds  of  later  age  in  Russia 
than  in  Austria  (Fig.  13). 

One  of  the  most  striking  genera  of  the  Caspian  fauna 
in  Pontian  times  was  Valenciennesia  (Fig.  14).  This 
was  a  limpet-like  gastropod  with  coarse  concentric 
corrugations  and  a  well-marked  groove  indenting  these 
rings  on  the  left  side.  On  account  of  this  groove  it  has 
been  usually  classed  in  the  family  Siphonariidce,  which 
are  marine  Pulmonates.  But  the  Siphonariid^  have 
the  respiratory  groove  on  the  right  side,  their  shell- 
ornament  is  radial,  not  concentric,  and  there  are  no 
vSiphonariid^  in  the  normal-brackish  deposits  which 
precede  the  Caspian-brackish  in  time,  so  that  Valen¬ 
ciennesia  could  hardly  have  had  Siphonarian  ancestors. 

The  true  origin  of  Valenciennesia  is  quite  different, 
as  shown  by  Gorjanovich-Kramberger  (18).  In  the 
Moeotian  strata  there  are  found  a  series  of  transitional 
forms  between  it  and  the  Limnceids  :  V elutinopsis 
may  be  regarded  as  a  sub-genus  of  Limncea  in  which 
the  characters  of  Radix  are  accentuated,  the  spire  being- 
flattened  down  altogether  (Fig.  i4C,D).  In  the  type- 
species  the  shell  is  still  smooth  as  in  ordinary  Limnceids, 
but  (2)  in  V.  rugosa  (Fig.  14E)  corrugations  appear. 
(3)  In  V.  pancici  (Fig.  14F)  the  last  whorl  has  expanded 
enormously,  so  that  it  has  begun  to  take  on  the  limpet- 
shape.  (4)  In  the  next  species  figured  (Fig.  i4G,H) 
there  is  a  slight  embayment  of  the  rings,  the  first  trace 
of  the  pulmonary  groove,  so  this  has  been  placed  in 
the  genus  Valenciennesia  (sub-genus  Provalencien- 
nesia)  with  the  specific  name  lininceoidea.  (5)  Lastly 
we  have  the  typical  Valenciennesia :  the  figured  species 
(Fig.  14IJ)  is  a  small  one,  chosen  as  it  shows  the 
nature  of  the  pulmonary  groove  so  well ;  but  the  com- 


somp:  sample  families 


Ri 


6 


82  EVOI.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

mon  species,  V.  anmilata  (useful  to  practical  geologists 
as  an  index-species  of  the  Pontian  in  the  Rumanian 
and  other  oilfields)  is  as  large  as  V.  pancici.  The 
figured  species  are  only  a  selection.  It  is  probable  that 
here,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Equidas,  we  have  to  deal  not 
with  a  single  lineage  but  with  a  bundle  of  parallel 
lineages. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  a  very  similar  change  of 
shape  took  place,  a  little  earlier  in  the  Miocene  period, 
in  the  purely  marine  gastropod  family  Thaididae — re¬ 
sulting  in  the  interesting  form  Concholepas.  In  this 
case  the  change  did  not  go  so  far,  the  coiled  spire  per¬ 
sisting  somewhat  as  in  V.  panHH. 

Now,  if  Valenciennesia  is  to  be  placed  in  the  familv 
Limnaeidae  it  is  not  because  of  any  of  its  own  shell- 
characters,  but  solely  because  of  the  preservation  of 
these  transitional  forms.  It  would  be  impossible  to 
frame  a  static  definition  of  the  family  to  include  it.  If 
the  evidence  of  the  transitional  forms  is  accepted  as 
proving  the  derivation  of  Valenciennesia  from  the 
Limnaeidffi,  then  we  have  a  case  of  evolution  extending 
beyond  the  limits  of  a  family.  If  the  evidence  is  not 
accepted  as  satisfactory,  at  which  point  or  points  in  the 
series  is  there  a  difference  which  can  only  be  accounted 
for  by  the  intervention  of  creative  power  ? 

One  last  point  of  interest :  The  whole  evolution  of 
Valenciennesia  from  Velutinopsis  appears  to  have  taken 
place  during  the  Moeotian  age.  In  the  succeeding 
Pontian  age  it  attained  its  acme  and  then  became  ex¬ 
tinct.  Meanwhile,  on  the  lands  surrounding  the  inland 
seas  in  which  this  strange  eventful  history  was  staged, 
the  species  Hipparion  gracile,  the  three-toed  horse  (and 
many  other  species  of  mammals)  lived  unchanged,  as 
stable  species,  during  Sarmatian,  Moeotian  and  Pontian 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


83 


times  (cf.  Fig.  13).  This  difference  in  rapidity  of 
change  is  all  the  more  striking  because,  as  a  general 
rule,  mammalian  species  change  much  more  quickly 
than  molluscan  species.  (See  the  example  given  on 
p.  238). 

5.  The  Cvpr.eid.e  and  their  Allies 
The  Cypr^eid^e  or  Cowrie-shells  are  a  group  of 
Gastropods  that  have  been  intensively  studied  during 
the  last  fifteen  years  b}^  Dr.  F.  A.  Schilder,  of  Naum- 
burg-am-Saale  (35).  It  is  only  by  thorough  investiga¬ 
tions  of  this  kind  that  satisfactory  genealogies  can  be 
established.  Dr.  Schilder  began  as  a  palaeontologist  by 
a  detailed  comparison  of  the  shells  of  all  species,  recent 
and  fossil,  and  made  an  improved  classification  on 
shell-characters  alone.  His  next  step  was  to  test  the 
validity  of  this  classification  by  reference  to  anatomical 
features  in  living  forms — the  radula  (file-like  rasping 
tongue),  mantle,  siphon,  foot,  tentacles,  etc.,  and  the 
larval  development.  He  found  that  his  purely  con- 
chological  classification  only  needed  slight  amendment, 
but  he  found  it  necessary  to  include  in  the  allies  of  the 
cowries  the  family  Lamellariid^e,  the  shells  of  which  do 
not  suggest  such  near  affinity.  As  the  result  of  these 
researches  Dr.  Schilder  has  recently  produced  at  once 
a  classification  and  a  phylogeny.  He  recognizes  a 
“  Stirps”  Cyprasacea,  divided  into  two  superfamilies 
and  five  families,  the  most  primitive  family  being  ex¬ 
tinct  (late  Jurassic  to  Paleocene),  while  the  others 
diverge  from  it  at  different  times  and  expand  and  branch 
throughout  the  Tertiary.  The  primitive  family  (Zit- 
teliidag)  are  connected  with  another  extinct  family, 
Columbellinidfe,  which  seems  to  be  connected  with 
Mesozoic  Strombidse,  but  these  connexions  are  only 
tentative  at  present. 


S4  EVOI.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CREflCS 

Schilder’s  phylogeny  certainly  shows  a  number  of 
gaps,  but  they  are  not  unreasonable  gaps,  and  they  are 
gaps  within  as  well  as  between  families.  Thus  the 
Zitteliidae  have  no  record  between  Lower  Cretaceous 
and  Paleocene,  but  this  is  not  strange,  since  the  best- 
known  Upper  Cretaceous  formations  were  laid  down 
under  conditions  less  favourable  to  gastropod  life  than 
the  formations  that  preceded  and  followed  them.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  Lamellariidfe  are  unknown  as  fossils 
before  the  Pliocene  when  they  were  no  different  from 
to-day,  and  their  derivation  from  Zitteliidae  is  based  on 
zoological  grounds  only. 

The  investigation  is  certainly  not  finished.  The  next 
stage  should  be  that  of  criticism  by  other  zoologists  and 
palaeontologists  who  may  detect  weak  points  in  the  re¬ 
construction.  The  chief  danger  in  such  a  case  is  that  the 
thoroughness  of  the  work  may  frighten  off  criticism  for 
a  long  time,  and  tliat  the  author  may  prove  to  be  his 
own  severest  critic.  It  would  be  very  desirable  that 
some  evolutionary  sceptic  like  Mr.  Dewar  should  under¬ 
take  the  criticism.  He  might  be  able  to  find  some 
definite  criterion  for  the  limits  of  a  “  family” — whether 
it  corresponds  to  the  Stirps,  the  Superfamily,  the 
Family,  the  Sub-family  or  the  Tribe  of  Schilder’s  classi¬ 
fication,  or  sometimes  to  one  and  sometimes  to  another, 
according  to  where  the  gaps  are  greatest. 

6.  The  Nassidhc 

This  family  of  gastropods  (dog-whelk  and  allies)  will 
serve  as  a  very  good  test  of  the  validity  of  Mr.  Dewar’s 
ideas.  In  the  first  place  it  is,  except  for  one  genus,  a 
marine  family  possessing  shells,  therefore  “the  record 
should  be  nearly  perfect”  (D.,  p.  145).  It  is  a  small 
family  and  of  comparatively  late  origin,  therefore  prob- 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


S5 

ably  a  natural  family  and  not  an  aggregate  of  unrelated 
forms.  In  many  text-books,  e.g.  Zittel’s  English 
edition,  it  is  not  even  given  rank  as  a  family,  its  genera 
being  included  in  the  Buccinidce  (ordinary  whelks,  etc.). 
Cossmann,  on  the  other  hand,  divided  it  into  three  sub¬ 
families,  and  it  is  open  to  anyone  holding  Dewar’s 
views  to  claim  these  as  separate  families. 

No  member  of  the  family  is  known  from  beds  earlier 
than  the  Paleocene  (lowest  Tertiary).  True,  Zittel 
refers  to  Nassa  as  “sparse  in  Upper  Cretaceous”  but 
that  is  an  error.  W.  M.  Gabb,  the  pioneer  palaeon¬ 
tologist  of  California,  70  years  ago,  named  a  fossil 
“  Nassa  cretacea/^  but  it  is  neither  a  Nassa  (though  of 
the  same  family)  nor  Cretaceous,  being  a  Middle  Eocene 
Molopophorus.  Such  mistakes  are  easily  made  in 
pioneer  investigations,  and,  though  corrected,  often 
linger  in  text-books. 

The  sub-family  Dorsaninae  is  the  first  to  appear.  It 
is  represented  in  the  Paleocene  of  California  by  the 
characteristic  local  genus  Brachysphingus,  which  is 
followed  by  an  allied  genus  Molopophorus  {Fig.  15a) 
which  lasts  to  the  Lower  Miocene,  after  which  the  sub¬ 
family  becomes  extinct  in  the  Californian  region.  Doubt¬ 
ful  species  of  these  genera  occur  in  the  Paris  Basin. 
Meanwhile  another  genus,  Bullia  (scarcely  distinguish- 
ah)le  from  Brachysphingus),  appears  in  the  Lower  Eocene 
of  Alabama,  but  after  the  Middle  Eocene  it  vanishes  for 
a  time,  reappearing  in  the  Miocene  both  of  Vancouver 
Island  and  of  South  Africa,  in  which  last  region  alone 
it  flourishes  at  the  present  day,  being  represented  by  a 
great  number  of  species  of  much  variety  of  form.  Yet 
another  genus,  Dorsanuni  {Fig.  i5d),  of  which  some 
species  are  difficult  to  distinguish  from  Bullia,  is  first 
known  in  the  Middle  and  Upper  Eocene  of  Peru  ancj 


86  KVOTATTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

Upper  Eocene  of  Java;  after  an  interval  it  suddenly  ap¬ 
pears  in  the  Lower  Miocene  of  the  Mediterranean 
region  ;  in  the  Pliocene  it  spreads  eastwards  to  Java,  and 
at  the  present  time  is  only  known  in  the  Indo-Pacific 
region  and  in  Patagonia. 

The  sub-family  NassiucC  (Nassa,  etc.,  Fig.  15b,  c)  is 
recorded  as  appearing  approximately  at  the  same  time 
(Upper  Eocene)  in  Java  and  Peru,  represented  by  one  or 


Fig.  15. — Examples  of  Nassid.f:. 

a.  Molofophorus  anglonana.  Miocene  of  Oregon,  b.  Nassa  fro- 
pinqua.  Pliocene  of  Suffolk,  c.  N assarius  arcularia.  Living, 
Indian  Ocean,  d.  Dorsanum  baccaiu?n.  Miocene  of  S.W.  France. 


two  species  in  each  region ;  there  are  also  records  from 
Alabama  and  from  the  Oligocene  of  Japan  and  some 
parts  of  Italy;  but  in  the  Miocene  it  suddenly  expands 
into  an  enormous  number  of  species  (of  numerous  sub¬ 
genera)  in  most  parts  of  the  world,  and  continues  on  to 
the  present  time.  The  few  allied  genera  of  the  same 
sub-family  also  appear  suddenly  in  the  Miocene. 

The  third  sub-family  is  a  smaller  one.  It  is  repre¬ 
sented  by  a  single  genus,  Coptaxis,  with  one  species, 
in  the  Middle  Eocene  of  the  Paris  Basin,  after  which 
it  is  quite  unknown  as  a  fossil,  though  represented  by 
4  genera  in  the  modern  fauna. 

Even  if  Mr.  Dewar  claims  these  three  sub- 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


S7 

families  as  independently  created  families,  he  will  have 
great  difficulty  in  explaining  their  evolution  without 
having  recourse  to  those  “lame  excuses” — the  imper¬ 
fection  of  the  geological  record  and  migration  from 
some  “  unknown  region.”  If  the  first  species  of  Nassa 
appear  simultaneously  in  Java  and  Peru,  either  they 
were  separately  created  (in  uhich  case  “evolution 
within  the  family”  may  as  well  be  abandoned)  or  they 
were  evolved  from  a  common  ancestor  in  an  unknown 
region  (in  which  case  evolution  within  the  family  is 
allowed  to  plead  that  imperfection  of  the  record  which  is 
forbidden  outside  the  family).  And  similar  remarks 
apply  to  each  of  the  other  cases. 

7.  The  Family  Halicorid^ 

We  return  from  the  Mollusca  to  the  Mammalia,  and 
to  a  very  peculiar  mammalian  group,  the  Sirenia — 
aquatic  animals  with  no  hind-legs.  They  were  classed 
by  Cuvier  as  “  Herbivorous  Cetacea,”  but  the  features 
in  which  they  resemble  whales  are  obviously  adapta¬ 
tions  to  a  similar  mode  of  life  and  the  differences  are 
profound.  That  acute  comparative  anatomist  Blain- 
ville  long  ago  realized  that  the  Sirenia  had  affinities 
with  the  elephants,  and  in  the  latest  classifications  they 
are  admitted  into  the  order  (or  sub-order)  Subungulata, 
along  with  the  elephants  and  hyrax,  while  the  Cetacea 
are  considered  by  evolutionists  as  derived  from  an  in- 
sectivore-creodont  ancestry. 

Only  two  genera  survive  to-day — the  dugong  (Hali- 
core)y  browsing  on  sea-weeds  in  the  Indo-Pacific  coastal 
waters,  and  the  manatee  (Manatus)  found  along  both 
coasts  of  the  tropical  Atlantic  and  ranging  far  up  the 
great  rivers  which  flow  into  it.  A  third  genus  (Rhytina) 
formerlv  lived  in  the  North  Pacific  but  was  extermi- 


88  Evolution  and  its  modern  critics 

nated  by  man  150  years  ago.  These  are  the  few  relics 
of  what  was,  in  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  periods,  an 
extensive  group,  almost  world-wide  in  range,  though 
always  apparently  confined  to  coastal  waters  (and  prob¬ 
ably  rivers),  and  never  oceanic  like  so  many  of  the 
Cetacea. 

The  majority  of  the  fossil  Sirenia  belong  to  one 
family — the  dugong  family  or  Halicoridse — and  form 
a  series  almost  as  continuous  as  that  of  the  Equidae, 
though  far  fewer  in  known  species.  The  only  others  are 
two  Middle  Eocene  genera,  from  Egypt  and  Jamaica  re¬ 
spectively,  which  are  placed  in  a  separate,  more  primi¬ 
tive  family;  an  isolated  Miocene  form  from  the  North 
Pacific,  and  the  equally  isolated  manatee,  known  from 
the  American  Pleistocene. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  features  in  the  evolution 
of  the  Halicoridas  is  the  gradual  reduction  of  the  pelvic 
girdle,  as  the  hind-limbs  disappear.  The  pelvis  of  the 
primitive  Middle  Eocene  Eotheroides  [Eotherium]  has 
the  normal  characters  of  an  ordinary  mammal  :  three 
bones — ilium,  connected  with  the  vertebral  column,  and 
pubis  and  ischium  on  the  ventral  side,  all  three  meet¬ 
ing  in  the  acetabulum  (the  hollow  in  which  the  head  of 
the  femur  articulates)  {Fig.  16E).  It  differs  little  from 
the  pelvis  of  the  earliest  known  Proboscidean,  Moeri- 
therium  {Fig.  16D).  The  successive  forms  Eosiren  (F, 
Upper  Eocene),  Halitheriiim  (G,  Upper  Eocene  to  Mio¬ 
cene),  Metaxytherium  (H,  Miocene)  and  Dug07ig  [Hali- 
core]  (I,  Recent)  show  the  steady  reduction.  The 
sequence  (worked  out  by  Abel  and  Andrews)  seems  as 
clear  as  that  of  the  reduction  of  the  side-toes  and  ulna 
and  fibula  in  the  Equidae,  and  as  all  these  genera  (ex¬ 
cept  Eotheroides)  belong  to  one  family,  one  is  surprised 
to  find  Mr.  Dewar  rejecting  the  evidence  for  evolution 


90 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


instead  of  asserting  that  Eosiren  is  as  much  a  dugong 
as  a  pouter  is  a  pigeon.  He  does  so  on  the  following 
grounds  :  — 

(i)  “  In  the  Manatee  (a  Sirenian)  the  pelvis  is  unlike  any  of 
those  in  Abel’s  series  and  bears  no  resemblance  to  that  of  an 
ungulate.  .  .  .  This  fact  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  theory 
that  all  the  Sirenia  or  sea-cows  have  descended  from  a  common 
ancestor  ”  (D.,  p.  59). 

This  has  as  little  bearing  on  the  validity  of  Abel’s 
series  as  the  impossibility  of  fitting  the  skull  of  the 
rhinoceros  into  the  Eohippus-E qiLus  series  has  on  the 
pedigree  of  the  horse.  Since  the  Sirenia  have  lost  their 
hind-limbs  the  pelvis  has  lost  its  primary  function,  and 
any  changes  in  its  form  must  be  related  to  such  sub¬ 
sidiary  functions  as  it  retains  :  hence  divergent  change 
in  two  different  families  is  not  surprising.  It  is  unfor¬ 
tunate  that  nothing  is  known  of  the  ancestral  history  ot 
the  manatee,  so  that  we  cannot  in  this  instance  trace  the 
gradual  change,  but  that  does  not  affect  the  case  of  the 
dugong  where  we  can  trace  it. 

As  to  the  pelvis  of  the  manatee  bearing  “  no  resem¬ 
blance  to  that  of  an  ungulate,”  the  reader  is  invited  to 
compare  A,  B  and  C  with  D  (Fig.  16).  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  shape  of  the  pelvis  varies  somewhat  in  the 
manatee,  and  that  of  the  female  (C)  is  always  smaller 
than  that  of  the  male  (A,  B).  What  is  more  important 
is  the  position  of  the  acetabulum,  which  in  A  is  shown 
with  the  femur  in  place  :  this  is  close  to  the  dorsal  apex 
of  the  bone,  consequently  the  ilium  is  either  entirely 
wanting  or  is  represented  only  by  its  share  in  the  aceta¬ 
bulum.  Further,  below  and  in  front  of  the  acetabulum 
is  the  concave  outline  xy,  plainly  corresponding  to  the 
similar  concavity  in  D,  E,  F  and  G — the  posterior  mar¬ 
gin  of  the  obturator  fenestra  :  therefore  the  pubis  is 
also  missing  or  represented  only  in  the  acetabulum.  It 


SOME  SAMPLE  FAMILIES 


91 

follows  that  the  ischium  alone  forms  practically  the 
whole  of  the  pelvis  of  the  manatee,  and  this  bone  does 
bear  an  unmistakable  resemblance  to  that  of  Moeri- 
therium^ 

(2)  Eosiren  lived  so  little  later  than  EotJieriuni  as  to  allow 
insufficient  time  for  the  loss  of  the  obturator  foramen  and  the 
considerable  reduction  of  the  acetabulum  ;  moreover,  it  is  difficult 
to  believe  that  degeneration  resulted  in  the  filling  up  of  a  hole  in 
a  bone  (D.,  p.  60). 

It  is  dangerous  to  dogmatize  as  to  the  time  required 
for  any  change,  or  to  equate  that  with  stratigraphical 
measurements.  Nevertheless,  in  this  case  I  incline  to 
agree  with  Mr.  Dewar.  Eotheroides  [Eotherium]  is 
more  probably  a  cousin  than  a  parent  of  Eosiren.  If 
we  take  the  pelvis  of  the  earliest  known  Proboscidean, 
Moeritherium  (D)  as  the  nearest  approach  to  that  of  the 
ancestral  Sirenian,  we  can  see  that  E  is  not  exactly  in¬ 
termediate  between  D  and  F ;  E  has  evolved  from  such 
a  type  as  D  in  a  slightly  different  way  from  F,  and  to  a 
less  degree. 

As  to  the  “  filling  up  a  hole  in  a  bone,”  no  such 
thing  has  taken  place.  Actually,  the  so-called  obturator 
foramen  is  not  a  hole  in  the  bone  :  it  is  a  portion  of  a 
continuous  sheet  which  has  remained  membranous  in¬ 
stead  of  ossifying,  and  is  more  correctly  called  the 
obturator  fenestra.  The  real  foramen  is  a  much  smaller 
opening  through  which  nerves  and  blood-vessels  pass. 
Careful  comparison  of  the  figures  D,  E,  F,  and  G  will 
show  that  what  has  happened  is  the  disappearance  of 

1  The  figures  of  the  manatee’s  hip-girdle  in  Mr.  Dewar’s  book  are 
misleading,  because  (i)  he  does  not  state  the  scale,  which  is  about 
double  that  of  his  other  Sirenian  girdles,  (2)  he  does  not  indicate 
the  position  of  the  acetabulum.  An  inspection  of  the  mounted 
skeleton  of  Manatus  in  the  palaeontological  gallery  of  the  Natural 
History  Museum,  South  Kensington,  is  even  more  convincing 
than  the  figures  here  given. 


92 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


the  pubis,  so  that  only  the  posterior  (or  ischial)  margin 
of  the  obturator  fenestra  (xy)  finally  remains. 

(3)  “It  is  improbable  that  the  great  obturator  foramen  should 
have  disappeared  long  ago  from  the  Sirenian  pelvis  while  the 
traces  of  the  smaller  acetabulum  persist  ’’  (D.,  p.  60). 

Idle  acetabulum  presumably  persists  because  it  serves 
to  articulate  the  femur,  even  when  the  latter  has  become 
vestigial.  The  disappearance  of  the  obturator  follows 
from  the  disappearance  of  the  pubis.  Size  does  not 
come  into  the  question. 

(4)  (Corresponding  to  5  and  6  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  list, 
his  4,  7  and  8  referring  to  Cetacea,  but  see  5,  below). 

“  The  gradual  transformation  of  a  land-animal  into  ...  a 
sea-cow  appears  to  be  physically  impossible,  because  the  tail 
could  not  act  as  a  propeller  by  vertical  motion  until  the  pelvis 
had  been  so  reduced  in  size  as  to  render  locomotion  on  land 
impossible.  .  .  .  There  are  no  known  animals  .  .  .  intermediate 
between  .  .  .  the  sea-cows  .  .  .  and  any  land-mammal.  Neither 
the  otter-shrew  {Potamogale)  nor  the  musquash  (Fiber)  are  inter- 
ipediate.  ...  In  their  case  the  tail  is  moved  from  side  to  side 
in  swimming,  while  in  .  .  .  sea-cows  it  is  moved  up  and  down  ’’ 
(D.,  p.  61). 

Admittedly  we  have  here  a  “difficulty  of  the  evolu¬ 
tion  theory.”  While  the  links  are  missing  it  is  difficult 
to  picture  their  exact  mode  of  life.  Precisely  the  same 
difficulty  occurs  when  we  try  to  picture  how  the  wheel 
was  evolved  from  the  roller  :  the  exact  nature  of  the 
intermediate  stages  have  so  far  baffled  all  attempts  at 
reconstruction.  The  easiest  way  out  of  the  difficulty 
would  be  to  give  up  the  attempt  and  say  that  the  wheel 
was  not  a  human  invention  but  a  supernatural  revela¬ 
tion  ;  yet  I  know  of  no  one  who  has  adopted  that  view. 
Everyone  believes  that  the  wheel  was  developed  out  of 
the  roller,  though  no  one  can  confidently  say  how. 

(5)  In  a  number  of  references  (4,  7  and  8)  to  the  dif¬ 
ferences  between  .Sirenia  and  Cetacea  Mr.  Dewar  seems 


SOME  SAM  PI.  E  FAMILIES  9i 

to  suggest  that  these  differences  count  against  evolu¬ 
tion  :  actually  they  only  show  that  in  two  roughly 
parallel  lines  of  evolution  starting  from  quite  different 
ancestral  stocks  there  are  many  differences  of  detail. 
In  one  case  Mr.  Dewar  answers  his  own  objection — the 
difference  in  the  pelvic  girdles  of  the  two  Orders.  He 
quotes  Vialleton’s  explanation  that  this  difference  is 
correlated  with  the  difference  in  the  number  of  lumbar 
vertebrae.  In  doing  so  he  believes  himself  to  be  con¬ 
troverting  the  evolutionary  idea  that  the  pelvis  in  both 
orders  is  a  “  useless  vestige.”  But  when  any  structure 
is  no  longer  required  for  its  original  or  main  function, 
it  does  not  necessarily  become  “useless”:  it  usually 
has  other,  subsidiary  functions,  and  its  subsequent 
modifications,  though  they  may  be  counted  as 
“degenerations”  from  the  general  point  of  view  of 
comparative  anatomy,  may  be  in  part  adaptations  for 
greater  efficiency  in  the  functions  it  still  has  to  perform. 
In  the  case  of  the  manatee,  the  fact  of  the  male  pelvis 
being  always  larger  than  the  female  suggests  that  it 
may  possibly  have  a  sexual  function. 

Let  me  add  here  that  the  absence  from  the  geological 
record  of  the  transitional  forms  between  the  Sirenia  and 
the  land-mammals  from  which  thev  should  be  derived 
is  admittedly  a  “difficulty  of  the  evolution  theory.” 
The  same  is  the  case  with  the  Cetacea,  and  the  marine 
reptiles  (Chelonia,  Ichthyosauria,  Plesiosauria)  :  in  all 
these  cases,  although  the  earliest  known  fossils  are 
nearer  to  the  supposed  ancestral  land-animal  than  the 
later  ones,  there  is  a  wide  gap  left.  In  the  case  of 
flying  vertebrates  I  shall  suggest  (Chap.  VI)  that  the 
early  transitional  forms  were  tied  to  an  arboreal  life. 
It  may  be  that  an  analogous  explanation  must  be  ac¬ 
cepted  for  these  aquatic  mammals — that  in  their  early 


94  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

phase  they  were  confined  to  fresh  waters  and  that  there 
are  no  freshwater  deposits  known  of  the  place  and 
period  of  their  early  evolution.  In  particular,  there  is 
good  reason  to  believe  that  both  Cetacea  and  Sirenia 
originated  in  Africa,  and  no  freshwater  Upper  Cre¬ 
taceous  or  Tertiary  deposits  earlier  than  Upper  Eocene 
are  as  yet  known  there. 

Postscript  to  Chapter  Ill 

While  this  chapter  is  in  paged  proof,  I  find  that  the 
first  ten  lines  of  p.  77  need  more  correction  than  is  prac¬ 
ticable  at  this  stage.  Mr.  L.  R.  Cox,  of  the  Natural 
History  Museum,  has  been  able  to  work  out  the  internal 
structure  of  the  “undescribed  Eocene  species  of 
Anomia/^  and  finds  it  intermediate  between  Anomia 
and  Carolia.  The  evidence  for  evolution  is  not  affected, 
but  the  case  needs  re-stating. 


CHAPTER  IV 


The  Pal.eontological  Record 

The  great  eighteenth-century  critic  and  reformer  Vol¬ 
taire  (1694-1778),  in  his  desire  to  discredit  the  story  of 
the  Deluge,  tried  to  explain  away  the  observations  of 
his  predecessor  Palissy,  the  famous  potter  (died  1590) 
and  his  contemporary  Buffon,  the  naturalist  (1707- 
1788),  which  established  the  presence  of  marine  shells 
in  abundance  far  inland.  He  pointed  out  that  mollusc¬ 
eating  birds  could  fly  up  the  hillside  with  oysters  in 
their  beak ;  that  the  palmers  in  the  Crusades  wore 
scallop-shells  which  they  might  drop  when  far  from  the 
sea;  that  curiosity-collectors  accumulated  shells  and 
bones  from  distant  lands  to  be  thrown  away  by  their 
heirs;  and  so  on.  In  all  these  cases  Voltaire  quite 
rightly  saw  possibilities  of  self-deception  on  the  part  of 
uncritical  geologists  :  he  erred  in  having  no  sense  of 
proportion.  The  crusading  palmers,  for  instance,  car¬ 
ried  single  valves  of  the  large  Pecten  jacobceus,  some  of 
which  they  may  have  lost  on  their  journeys  :  they  did 
not  transport  cart-loads  of  shells  of  all  sizes,  down  to 
the  microscopic,  and  dump  them  down  in  masses  manv 
feet  thick  and  extending  over  many  square  miles,  among 
the  vineyards  of  Champagne,  Touraine  and  Bordelais. 

The  Voltairesque  contempt  for  the  evidence  of  fossils 
has  survived  the  growth  of  the  science  of  Palaeontology. 
Sir  Ambrose  Fleming  has  recently  attacked  certain 


95 


gb  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

palaeontological  conclusions  in  truly  Voltairesque  style 
as  will  be  seen  in  Chapter  VIII.  The  late  Mr.  G.  K. 
Chesterton  confidently  repudiated  the  idea  that  fossils 
supported  even  the  limited  evolution  acceptable  to 
Vialleton  or  Dewar:  — 

“It  entirely  underrates  the  situation  to  say,  in  the  popular 
phrase,  that  we  have  not  discovered  the  Missing  Link.  The 
point  is  that  we  have  not  discovered  any  link ;  in  the  sense  of 
any  purely  intermediate  thing  obviously  linking  one  species  with 
another.  We  have  traces  of  creatures  which,  for  all  anybody 
knows,  may  have  grown  out  of  other  creatures,  but  we  have 
no  traces  at  all  of  their  growing  out  of  other  creatures.  Nobody, 
so  to  speak,  ever  caught  them  at  it.  Nobody  ever  found  the 
fossil  of  a  creature  who  died  just  before  he  had  fully  developed 
into  another  creature.  ...  If  Darwin’s  [hypothesis  were  true] 
we  should  be  perpetually  stumbling  over  stones  and  rocks  that 
record  a  myriad  intermediate  stages  and  fine  shades  of  such  a 
slow,  everlasting  and  universal  growth  and  gradation.  .  . 
(Illustrated  London  Nezvs,  23rd  June,  1934). 

The  repeated  use  of  the  pronoun  “we”  might  sug¬ 
gest  to  the  innocent  reader  that  the  writer  was  himself 
a  diligent  collector  and  student  of  fossils.  The  extent  of 
his  knowledge  of  them  may  be  judged  from  another 
extract  :  — 

“  Nothing  is  less  traditional  than  a  fossil;  for  it  is  a  new 
substance  filling  up  an  empty  hole.  .  .  (Illustrated  London 
News,  2ist  September,  1935). 

A  definition  of  a  blacksmith  as  a  man  with  a  red  beard 
is  open  to  the  objections  that,  while  some  blacksmiths 
have  red  beards,  a  larger  number  have  not,  and  that 
there  are  men  with  red  beards  who  are  not  blacksmiths. 
Exactly  similar  objections  apply  to  the  Chestertonian 
definition  of  a  fossil. 

So  far  as  I  know,  no  present-day  critic  of  Evolution 
rejects  the  assertion  of  St.  Paul,  that  “  God  hath  made 
of  one  blood  all  nations  of  men,”  on  the  ground  that 
no  one  has  seen  a  Negro  changing  into  a  Chinese,  or 


THE  PAL.iiONTOLOGlCAL  RECORD 


97 


found  the  mummy  of  an  Egyptian  who  died  just  before 
he  had  fully  developed  into  a  Red  Indian. 

But  the  inability  of  palaeontologists  to  see  fossils  with 
Chestertonian  eyes  may  be  due  to  prejudice,  as  indeed 
Mr.  Dewar  asserts.  He  represents  zoologists  and 
palaeontologists  as  blind  leaders  of  the  blind,  each  ac¬ 
cepting  evolution  on  the  faith  of  the  other  and  feeling 
in  honour  bound  to  find  confirmatory  evidence.  He 
writes  :  — 

“  Neither  Darwin  nor  Wallace  was  a  palaeontologist.  Of  the 
palaeontologists  of  Darwin’s  day  only  two,  d’Hallory  Die.]  and 
Keyserling,  accepted  the  theory  of  evolution.  All  the  others 
were  strongly  opposed  to  it  : — Cuvier — the  greatest  of  them, 
d’Orbigny,  Forbes,  Woodward,  Williamson,  Murchison,:  Pictet, 
Falconer,  Miller,  Agassiz,  Barrande  and  d’Archiac.  .  .  .  The 
reason  why  the  present  generation  of  palaeontologists  are  evolu¬ 
tionists  seems  to  be  they  were  taught  from  boyhood  that  evolu¬ 
tion  is  a  law  of  nature.  ...”  (D.,  pp.  95,  96). 

Subject  to  a  number  of  important  qualifications  this 
may  be  accepted  as  giving  one-half  of  the  truth  :  the 
other  half  w'e  will  give  presently,  after  pointing  out  the 
qualifications. 


*  *  * 

It  is  incorrect  to  say  that  Darwin  w^as  not  a  palaeonto¬ 
logist  :  not  only  was  he  the  author  of  a  monograph  on 
Fossil  Cirripedes  (1851),  but  the  extinct  mammals  of 
the  Pampas  were  among  the  things  observed  on  the 
“  Beagle”  cruise  which  first  pointed  his  mind  towards 
evolution,  though  he  handed  them  over  to  Owen  for 
technical  description.  Cuvier  and  d’Orbigny  both  died 
before  1859  (Cuvier  more  than  a  quarter-century  before), 
so  they  can  hardly  be  counted  among  ”  palaeontologists 
of  Darwin’s  day,”  and  their  opposition  to  the  crude 
ideas  of  Lamarck  and  of  the  “ladder  of  life”  counts 
for  little  as  an  objection  to  Darwinism.  Edward 


7 


98  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

Forbes,  who  died  in  1854,  at  the  early  age  of  39,  was  a 
keen  student  of  geographical  distribution  and  faunal 
relations  and  migrations,  so  that,  as  Herdman  has  well 
put  it, 

“  surely  he  was  not  far  from  a  belief  in  the  mutability  and  com¬ 
munity  of  descent  of  organic  forms,  and  .  .  .  had  he  lived,  .  .  . 
would  have  been  found  with  Huxley  in  the  Darwinian  camp  ” 
(W.  A.  Herdman,  1923.  Founders  of  Oceanography ,  p.  35). 

I  am  astonished  to  see  the  name  of  W.  C.  William¬ 
son  on  Mr.  Dewar’s  list,  as  I  have  vivid  remembrance 
of  hearing  him  playfully  denounced  as  an  “awful 
example’’  of  a  Darwinian  by  his  anti-evolutionary 
botanical  friend  Carruthers. 

It  is  quite  true  that  palaeontologists  of  the  old  school, 
such  as  Agassiz  and  Barrande,  who  survived  into  the 
70’s  and  8o’s  of  last  century,  remained  unconvinced  : 
there  are  parallel  cases  in  other  sciences,  such  as  the 
doubt  about  radio-activity  which  Lord  Kelvin,  the  great 
physicist,  maintained  to  the  end  of  his  life.  The 
younger  palaeontologists  already  at  work  in  1859  were 
readily  converted — Huxley,  Riitimeyer,  Kowalevsky, 
Suess  and  Gaudry.  Leidy,  the  “American  Cuvier’’ 
(1823-91),  the  first  explorer  of  the  rich  fossil-grounds  of 
Nebraska,  though  he  took  no  part  in  theoretical  con¬ 
troversy,  was  unquestionably  an  evolutionist,  even  be¬ 
fore  1859.  Mr.  Dewar  does  not  mention  Owen,  the 
most  famous  pakeontologist  of  the  mid-nineteenth  cen¬ 
tury,  possibly  because  he  is  not  sure  on  which  side  to 
place  him.  Owen  had  an  occasional  gift  of  obscurity  : 
when  Darwin  referred  to  him  as  an  opponent,  Owen 
protested,  and  after  some  correspondence  Darwin  seems 
to  have  abandoned  the  attempt  to  understand  him.  I 
have  just  been  re-reading  what  Owen  wrote  in  1875^ 

1  Owen,  R.,  1874-89. _  “  A  Monograph  of  the  Fossil  Reptilia  of  the 
Mesozoic  Formations.”  Pal.  Soc.,  pp.  69-93. 


'I’lIE  PAL.^-:ONTOLUGICAL  RECORD  90 

about  the  evolution  of  birds  :  some  readers  might  under¬ 
stand  him  as  opposing  the  whole  idea  of  evolution  as 
regards  birds,  others  might  think  that  he  was  asserting 
that  Pterosaurs,  not  Dinosaurs,  were  their  ancestral 
stock.  My  own  interpretation  is  that  he  was  attacking, 
not  the  Dinosaur  theory  itself  but  the  false  notion  which 
someone  had  tacked  on  to  it,  that  the  Ratil^e  (ostriches, 
etc.)  were  transitional  between  Dinosaurs  and  Birds. 
Owen  was  the  type  of  man  (not  yet  extinct  among 
palaeontologists,  unfortunately)  who  when  disagree¬ 
ing  with  anyone  could  not  state  clearly  how  far 
he  differed  or  in  what  respects  he  agreed  with  his 
opponent.  However,  it  is  certain  that  Owen  cannot  be 
put  down  as  one  of  the  “  pakeontologists  of  Darwin’s 
day  ”  who  rejected  Evolution  altogether. 

As  to  one  of  Darwin’s  contemporaries  Mr.  Dewar  is 
loo  generous  towards  his  opponents.  I  assume  that  by 
“d’Hallory”  he  means  tlie  veteran  Belgian  geologist 
and  ethnologist  (scarcely  a  palgeontologist),  J.  B.  J. 
d’Omalius  d’Halloy  (i783-i<S75).  It  is  true  that  Omalius 
(as  he  is  usually  called)  had  declared  himself  in  favour 
of  transformism  as  early  as  1831,  and  that  he  repeated 
ids  belief  in  it  in  1846  and  again  in  1873  d  but  he  was 
only  a  partial  evolutionist,  believing  in  the  separate 
creation  of  each  main  division  of  the  animal  kingdom, 
one  of  those  divisions  being  Man.  His  transformism 
was  therefore  not  very  different  from  that  of  Vialleton  ; 
while,  as  he  speculated  on  the  possible  creation  of  Man 
as  early  as  Silurian  time,  though  agreeing  that  he  did 
not  use  tools  before  the  latest  'kertiary,  he  may  be 

'  T831.  “  Elements  de  Geologie,”  526-531. 

1846.  “  Note  sur  la  succession  des  etres  vivants.”  Bull  Soc.  GioL 
France  (2),  iii,  490-498. 

1873.  “  Sur  le  transformisme.”  Btill.  Acad.  roy.  Belgique  (2), 
xxxvi,  no.  T2. 


I  oo 


EVOLUTION  AN])  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


classed  not  far  from  Lord  Monboddo.  He  accepted 
Darwin’s  natural  selection  as  applicable  to  certain 
cases  of  transform  ism,  but  not  as  a  general  cause  : 
that  he  should  have  accepted  it  to  that  extent  is  remark¬ 
able,  seeing-  that  he  was  76  years  old  when  the  Origin 
of  Species  was  published. 

As  to  Mr.  Dewar’s  assertion  that  present-day  pakeon- 
tologists  accept  Evolution  as  a  dogma,  that  may  be 
true  of  a  few,  but  the  majority  are  well  aware  of  the  diffi¬ 
culties  marshalled  bv  iMr.  Dewar,  though  they  find  them 
overbalanced  by  the  general  weight  of  evidence.  Anyone 
familiar  with  the  cautious  and  critical  wisdom  of  the 
late  Dr.  W.  D.  Matthew  will  find  it  hard  to  believe  that 
his  acceptance  of  the  Evolution  Theory  can  be  due  to 
his  having  been  taught  it  from  boyhood  as  a  dogma. 

An  analogy  may  be  found  in  the  history  of  Chemis- 
trv.  The  chemical  elements  were  at  one  time  regarded 
as  forms  of  matter  as  utterly  independent  of  one  another 
as  were  species  in  the  Ifinn^ean  conception,  and 
arbitrarily  endowed  with  distinctive  properties.  Men- 
delejeff  and  Lothar  Meyer  showed  that  these  properties 
were  not  distributed  capriciously,  but  on  a  definite  plan 
expressed  by  the  series  of  atomic  weights  (Periodic 
r>aw).  Trout  (the  I>amarck  or  Darwin  of  Chemistry) 
put  forward  the  theory  that  all  matter  was  of  one  kind, 
the  elements  having  different  amounts  of  it  packed  into 
their  atoms.  This  seemed  to  imply  that  all  atomic  weights 
ought  to  be  whole  numbers  (hydrogen  being  the  unit), 
instead  of  only  approximating  to  whole  numbers.  Stas 
undertook  a  fresh  determination  of  atomic  weights  with 
extreme  accuracy,  but  those  who  expected  whole  num¬ 
bers  to  result  were  disappointed,  much  as  Darwinians 
were  disappointed  in  any  hopes  they  may  have  had  of 
fitting  all  fossils  into  a  few  simple  genealogical  trees. 


THE  PAL.EONTOLOGICAT>  RECORD 


lOI 


I'o-day,  I  lie  discovery  of  Isotopes  has  shown  why 
Front’s  theory,  tliough  basically  correct,  did  not  get  the 
simple  proof  hoped  for.  It  may  he  that  some  analogous 
discovery  still  awaits  biologists.^ 

The  other  half  of  the  truth  may  now  be  stated  : 
“  Darwin  and  Huxley  were  both  pakpontologists. 
[  I  omit  Lamarck,  for,  though  he  was  technically  an 
Invertebrate-palaeontologist,  his  geological  knowledge 
was  not  such  as  to  contribute  towards  his  ideas  of  evolu¬ 
tion.]  Of  the  palaeontologists  of  the  present  day  1 
cannot  think  of  one  who  rejects  evolution.  The  reason 
why  the  older  generation  of  palaeontologists  (Cuvier, 
d’Orbigny,  Agassiz,  Barrande)  rejected  it  seems  to  be 
that  they  wATe  taught  from  boyhood  that  species  wAre 
se])arately  created.” 

*  *  * 

I  pass  to  another  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  claims  on  F’alceon- 
tologv  as  a  “hostile  wu'tness  ”  :  — 

“  Darwin  and  his  followers  confidently  expected  that  every 
new  fossil  would  furnish  fresh  evidence  of  the  truth  of  their 
theory,  d'his  expectation  has  not  been  realized  ”  (D.,  p.  95). 

Apart  from  the  absurd  exaggeration  involved  in  the 
wArd  “  every,”  there  is  much  truth  in  this  statement. 
Early  Darwdnian  enthusiasts  did  not  always  realize 
(as  Huxley  did,  see  quotation  on  p.  51)  what  a  small 
fraction  of  the  extinct  forms  of  life  were  ancestral  to 
existing  forms.  If  they  had  given  full  consideration  to 
the  diagram  facing  p.  117  of  the  first  edition  of  the 
Origin  of  Species  they  might  have  been  saved  some 
disillusionment.  Their  disappointment  was  amply 

1  Since  this  was  written  I  find  that  the  same  analogy  has  been  drawn 
from  the  chemical  side  by  E.  A.  Paneth,  “  Die  Entwicklung  und 
der  heutige  Stand  unserer  Kenntnisse  fiber  das  natiirliche  System 
der  Elemente,”  Die  N aturwissenschajten,  t8  Jahrg.,  Heft.  47-49 

(1930)- 


102 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


('unipcnsated,  for  witli  it  tliey  gained  new  guiding  ideas 
of  the  course  of  evolution ;  yet,  sucli  as  it  was,  it  may  be 
compared  to  that  of  a  man  who  should  take  up  the 
study  of  English  History  in  the  expectation  of  finding 
abundant  records  of  the  ancestors  of  men  who  are 
prominent  in  the  newspapers  to-day.  In  his  surprise 
at  finding  that  most  of  the  famous  names  in  history  can 
only  be  traced  a  little  way  backwards  and  forwards — 
names  like  Cromwell,  Pitt,  Nelson,  Canning,  Glad¬ 
stone,  li)israeli — he  may  possibly  jump  to  the  conclu¬ 
sion  that  there  has  been  a  periodic  destruction  and  crea¬ 
tion,  if  not  of  human  beings,  at  least  of  surnames;  but 
he  will  not  do  this  if  he  keeps  his  liead  as  well  as  the 
palaeontologists  have  done. 

Mr.  Dewar  quotes  with  approval  from  Cuenot  :  — 

“It  is  very  strange  .  .  .  that  on  every  occasion  when  a  new 
fossil  is  discovered  that  does  not  belong  to  any  of  the  known 
groups  and  is  anterior  to  them,  it  is  placed  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  animals  to  which  it  approaches  most  nearly,  not 
on  the  same  stem,  but  as  a  little  lateral  branch.  ...  It  is  sin¬ 
gular  that  the  main  stem  and  the  petioles  (of  the  genealogical 
tree)  are  always  without  representatives,  that  the  missing  link 
remains  always  a  missing  link  ”  (D.,  p.  135P. 

I  have  little  to  disagree  with  in  this  except  the  words 
“  It  is  very  .strange,”  and  ”  It  is  singular.”  I  submit 
that  there  is  nothing  .strange  or  singular  here.  Other 
things  being  equal  (though  often  they  are  not),  those 
species  stand  the  greatest  chance  of  being  preserved  as 
fossils  which  live  in  the  greatest  numbers,  and  these  are 
such  as  are  most  perfectly  adapted  to  conditions  pre¬ 
vailing  over  as  wide  as  possible  an  area,  and  which 
continue  to  live  with  the  least  cliange  for  the  largest 
number  of  generations.  On  the  other  hand  those 

1  l  have  not  verified  this  quotation,  and  it  is  so  unlike  Cuenot’s 
general  views  on  palaeontology,  that  I  wonder  if  Mr.  Dewar  has 
accidentally  made  a  mistake  in  his  reference. 


THE  PAL.T:ONTOT.OGICAL  record  103 

lineag'cs  which  are  rapidly  undergoing  change  and 
are  giving  rise  to  new  species,  genera  or  families, 
are  necessarily  fewer  in  numbers  and  stand  a 
smaller  chance  of  preservation.  The  metaphor  of  leaf 
and  petiole  is  a  very  good  one  :  if  you  fired  a  charge  of 
small  shot  into  a  leafy  bush,  you  would  hit  many 
leaves,  but  rarely  a  petiole ;  and  the  process  of  collect¬ 
ing  fossils  is  analogous  to  that. 

I  have  tried  to  indicate  my  ideas  of  the  palaeonto¬ 
logical  record  by  the  triple  diagram  {Fig.  17).  The  left- 
hand  figure  represents  an  imaginary  genealogical  tree 
ending  at  the  top  in  19  living  species.  The  thickened 
lines  (leaves  as  against  stems  and  petioles)  represent 
those  species  which  have  dominated  contemporary 
faunas  :  I  have  shown  most  of  them  as  dead-ends,  not 
stages  towards  later  forms.  The  middle  figure  shows 
the  actual  palaeontological  record  of  this  same  group  : 
all  the  thickened  “  leaves  ”  are  there,  but  only  here  and 
there  is  there  anything  else.  The  right-hand  diagram 
shows  a  first  attempt  to  reconstruct  the  tree — full  of 
mistakes,  to  some  of  which  attention  is  called  by  letters. 
Thus  at  a,  f,  and  li  we  see  trivial  mistakes,  equivalent 
to  taking  a  man’s  uncle  for  his  father.  At  e,  owing  to 
lack  of  evidence,  a  convergence  is  taken  for  a  close  re¬ 
lationship  :  this  error  is  more  serious,  since  the  common 
ancestor  is  no  longer  a  grandfather,  but  something 
more  remote.  But  at  h,  c  and  g  we  see  blunders  more 
and  more  serious,  the  joining  up  of  species  of  very  dis¬ 
tant  relationship  brought  near  by  convergence  :  it  is 
mistakes  of  this  kind  that  give  anti-evolutionists  their 
greatest  opportunity  for  destructive  criticism.  At  d, 
the  temptation  to  make  an  equally  bad  mistake  has  been 
avoided. 

In  a  passage  too  long  to  quote  in  full,  Mr.  Dewar 


CO 

K. 

'O 


00 

O 

OVJ 


Cn 


5P 


K 

»>i 


**».  ■  -  ■ 


••.  . . . 

._.-• . •- .  Jn  • 

. -.bo  V 

.^V-.  — -. 

-<  ♦T'.. 

^•••.  N  •• 

••  •  * 

^ . * 

•*  .*  •* 

...  --•••>...•• 


V.. 


<D 


N 


/ 


V 


boV 


s 


0 

/ 


^  V 


>  ^ 


00 

'O 

to 

CM 


.vO 


N. 


IMG.  17. — Diagram  illustrating  the  reconstruction  of  pal/Eontological  genealogies. 

The  left-hand  diagram  represents  an  imaginary  genealogy,  the  thickened  lines  representing  species  temporarily 
dominant  in  numbers.  The  middle  diagram  represents  the  actual  palaeontological  record,  the  top  line  showing 
species  surviving  to-day.  The  right-hand  diagram  is  an  attempted  restoration,  with  mistakes  at  the  lettered 
points,  for  details  of  which  see  text. 


THE  PAL.EONTOLOGICAL  RECORD 


105 

i^ives  us  his  idea  of  the  kind  of  paheontological  record 
that  ought  to  exist  if  evolution  were  a  reality.  Briefly, 
every  group  should  be  represented  first  by  one  species, 
then  by  increasing  numbers  which  gradually  diverge 
until  they  become  distinct  genera,  these  in  turn  give 
rise  to  variants  whose  new  features  mark  a  distinction 
of  family  rank,  and  so  on  to  orders  and  classes — every 
step  being  traceable  as  in  itself  a  mere  difference  of 
species.  Mr.  Dewar  is  too  honest  a  man  of  science  to 
make  a  good  advocate.  A  less  scrupulous  propa¬ 
gandist  of  his  own  views  would  trv  to  show  that  this  is 
what  the  palaeontological  record  does  actually  show  up 
to  a  certain  point  only — tlie  point  at  which  new  families 
appear — and  then  abruptly  changes  its  character.  But 
this  is  just  what  it  does  not  show,  except  in  a  few  special 
cases  (see  ante,  Chap.  Ill  and  below,  pp.  125- 131). 
Thus  if  Cuvier  and  Agassiz  could  return  to  life,  and 
Mr.  Dewar  were  to  try  converting  them  to  his  idea  of 
evolution  within  the  family,  they  would  quickly  turn 
his  own  paleontological  guns  upon  him  and  drive  him 
to  admit  that  it  is  the  species,  not  the  family,  which  is 
the  limit  within  which  evolution  is  possible. 

*  *  * 

The  justification  for  believing  in  tlie  extreme  im¬ 
perfection  of  the  paleontological  record  may  be  stated 
in  a  series  of  propositions,  thus:  — 

1.  The  proportion  of  individuals  of  any  species  which 
have  any  chance  of  being  preserved  as  fossils  is  always 
very  small  indeed. 

2.  This  proportion  varies  (a)  according  to  the  struc¬ 
ture  of  the  animal  and  especially  of  its  hard  parts,  and 
{b)  according  to  the  circumstances  accompanying  its 
death. 


EVOI.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


I  of) 

S.  Of  the  fossils  actually  preserved  in  the  rocks,  only 
a  very  small  proportion  are  within  the  reach  of  collectors 
— on  natural  outcrops,  in  quarries,  cuttings,  mines  and 
occasionally  tunnels  and  borings. 

4.  Of  those  which  can  potentially  be  collected,  only 
a  very  small  proportion  find  their  way  into  the  posses¬ 
sion  or  control  of  capable  palceontologists. 

We  will  take  these  propositions  in  turn  :  — 

1.  This  scarcely  needs  proving.  When  we  try  to 
estimate  the  number  of  individuals  in  a  common 
species,  even  when  we  confine  ourselves  to  those  living 
at  a  particular  moment,  we  soon  have  to  abandon  the 
ordinary  method  of  arithmetical  expression  and  adopt 
the  abbreviated  form  ax  10*.  For  instance,  Mr.  F.  M. 
Davis^  estimates  the  numbers  of  the  bivalve  Spisula  in 
one  patch  of  700  square  miles  in  the  North  Sea  as  four 
and  a  half  million  millions — 4,500,000,000,000 — or 
45  X  io“.  When  we  multiply  such  numbers  by  the  num¬ 
ber  of  million  years  each  species  is  supposed  to  have 
endured,  the  value  of  .v  is  much  increased.  If  any 
appreciable  percentage  of  the  individuals  capable  of 
fossilization  had  actually  been  preserved  as  fossils,  a 
famine  in  calcium  carbonate  and  phosphate  would  have 
set  in  far  back  in  the  geological  record. 

2  (a).  This  also  is  self-evident.  An  animal  that  has 
no  mineral  skeleton  obviously  has  far  less  chance  of 
being  preserved  than  one  that  has  a  strong  skeleton 
capable  of  standing  battering  by  waves  or  other  rough 
treatment ;  and  between  these  extremes  lie  manv  inter¬ 
mediate  grades. 


4f  *  * 

^  Ministry  of  Agriculture  and  Fisheries;  Fishery  Investigations, 
vols.  vi  and  viii,  1923-25. 


Till-;  PAL.EONTOI.OUICAL  RECORD  107 

2(b).  This  is  really  the  most  important  consicdera- 
tion,  because  it  is  so  easily  overlooke(d  by  anyone  who 
is  not  familiar  with  the  facts. 

When  the  trawl-net  is  let  (down  in  the  English  Chan¬ 
nel  an(d  (drawn  along  just  above  the  sea-bottom,  it 
brings  up  a  woniderful  variety  of  life — especially  fishes 
such  as  anglers,  John  Dorys,  co(d,  whiting,  <dabs, 
(dragonets,  gurnards  and  dogfish;  also  squids,  scallops 
(but  few  other  molluscs),  crabs,  starfish  and  some 
bryozoa  and  hydroids.  If  the  dredge  is  put  down  and 
the  bottom  deposit  sampled,  we  get  a  number  of  mol¬ 
luscs  both  living  and  dead,  but  no  fish-remains.  1 
have  searched  such  deposits  carefully  and  systematically, 
but  the  only  trace  of  fishes  I  have  found  are  a  very  few 
small  otoliths.^  These  otoliths  are  not  bones,  having 
neither  the  structure  nor  the  composition  of  bone  :  they 
are  masses  of  pure  calcium  carbonate  secreted  in  the 
internal  ear  and  assuming  (in  the  case  of  bony-fishes) 
very  definite  shapes.  Their  presence  proves  that  bony 
fishes  had  lived  and  died  near  the  site  of  the  deposit, 
but  those  fishes  have  left  no  other  trace.  I  asked  Mr. 
E.  Ford,  of  the  Plymouth  Marine  Biological  Station, 
whether  they  ever  dredged  dead  fish,  and  he  replied  : 
“  Yes,  after  a  very  severe  winter,  sometimes.”  I  doubt 
if  even  these  dead  fish  are  potential  fossils  :  the  destruc¬ 
tive  agents  are  probably  only  delayed  in  action. 

Nevertheless  fishes  are  found  fo.ssil.  Under  what 
conditions  are  their  remains  saved  from  vanishing  as 
they  seem  to  do  in  the  English  Channel  now?  Fishes 
are  often  found  in  special  fish-beds,  packed  with  skele¬ 
tons,  sometimes  of  one  species  only,  indicating  the 
sudden  destruction  and  rapid  burial  of  a  complete 


’  In  warmer  seas,  sharks’  teeth  would  probably  be  commoner  than 
these  otoliths. 


KVOTAniON  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


loS 

shoal.  The  sudden  destruction  must  be  due  to  some 
external  condition  such  as  intense  cold,  a  spate  of  fresh 
water  or  poisonous  volcanic  gases;  rapid  burial  might 
also  be  due  to  a  rush  of  muddy  water  followed  by  quiet 
in  which  the  mud  subsided.  It  is  possible  that  excep¬ 
tional  chemical  conditions  in  the  bottom-water  may  be 
a  third  requirement  for  preservation  of  fish-bones. 

hixamples  of  fish-beds  are  (i)  that  in  the  Osborne 
beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  full  of  the  little  herring 
Diplomystiis  vectensis;  (2)  the  repeated  fish-beds  in  the 
Alveolina-limestones  (lowest  Middle  Eocene)  of  Monte 
Bolca,  North  Italy ;  (3)  the  Cretaceous  fish-beds  of 
Mount  Lebanon,  which  Voltaire  explained  as  an  ac¬ 
cumulation  of  the  unpalatable  fish  rejected  by  fastidious 
Roman  diners;  (4)  the  fish-beds  in  the  Trias  of  South 
Africa,  which  represent  dried-up  freshwater  pools; 
(5)  I'riassic  fish-beds  in  Spitsbergen  ;  (6)  the  thin  bed 
in  the  Lower  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Achanarras,  full  of 
the  little  lamprey-like  species  Palccospondylus  gnnni, 
cjuite  unknown  in  any  other  place  or  formation  and 
without  any  near  ally.  There  are  many  other  beds  in 
which  remains  are  sparser,  though  equally  perfect,  as 
in  the  Lower  Lias  of  Lyme  Regis;  or  in  which  frag¬ 
mentary  remains,  especially  shark’s  teeth,  are  fairly 
abundant. 

(d'here  are  also  occasional  beds  full  of  Amphibia  of 
one  single  species,  as  in  the  Permian  of  Autun  and 
Dresden,  and  the  “  inter-trappean  ”  beds  of  Bombay.) 

The  conditions  under  which  fossil  fishes  are  most 
likely  to  be  preserved  have  been  recently  stated  by 
Prof.  D.  M.  S.  Watson,  whose  experience  is  wide  :  — 

“  Whilst  fragmentary  remains  of  fishes  such  as  isolated  teeth, 
spines  and  bones  are  widely  distributed  in  sedimentary  rocks  of 
aqueous  deposition  of  all  ages  from  the  Downtonian  to  the  pre¬ 
sent  day,  complete  specimens  of  fossil  fish  (and  of  the  aqualic 


TTIE  rAL/KONTOT.Or.ICAL  RECORD 


loq 

amphibia)  arc  usually  fouiul  only  in  definite  small  areas  and 
only  on  one  horizon  or  through  a  very  small  thickness  of  sedi¬ 
ments.  The  actual  materials  of  the  rocks  in  which  they  are 
found  is  very  variable;  .  .  .  all  these  various  types  may  be  of 
marine  or  freshwater  origin,  .  .  The  one  factor  common  to  all 
is  that  they  are  exceedingly  fine-bedded,  often  showing  a  rhyth¬ 
mical  sedimentation.  'Fhe  explanation  is,  of  course,  that  only 
very  rapid  burial,  usually  under  quiet  conditions,  will  ensure  that 
a  fish  skeleton  remains  articulated  and  preserved  as  a  whole. 

d'he  extraordinary  abundance  of  individuals  on  a  single  bedding 
plane  which  sometimes  exists  seems  to  demand  a  sudden  and 
nearly  simultaneous  death  of  complete  shoals.  In  the  case  of 
freshwater  deposits,  desiccation,  or  a  sudden  rise  or  fall  of  tem- 
j)erature  may  bring  about  such  destruction  ;  in  the  sea,  the  pro¬ 
duction  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  may  have  the  same  effect  ” 
(Proc.  Gcol.  Assoc.,  vol.  xlvi  (1935),  P-  437)- 

Watson  has  also  stated  the  conditions  under  which 
land  Vertebrates  are  most  likely  to  be  preserved  :  — 

“  'rhe  Permian  and  Triassic  Karroo  rocks  of  South  Africa, 
which  have  yielded  hundreds  of  well-preserved  fossil  reptiles, 
consist  very  largely  of  great  masses  of  the  kind  of  mudstone 
,  .  .  which  is  quite  unbedded,  breaking  up  into  irregular  cuboid 
fragments.  These  mudstones  are  comparable  with  loess ;  they 
were  laid  dcnvn  by  wind  acting  in  a  setni-arid  region.  .  .  . 

d'he  Tertiary  mammal-bearing  deposits  of  North  and  South 
America,  and  the  Trias  of  several  areas  are  of  the  same  general 
type.  .  .  . 

It  is  largely  because  it  is  only  in  the  deposits  of  semi-arid 
regions  that  complete  mammalian  deposits  are  easily  preserved 
that  our  knowledge  of  extinct  forest  animals,  including  monkeys 
and  great  apes,  remains  so  incomplete  ”  {Proc.  GcoJ.  .46\s'or.,  vol. 

xlvi  (1935)^  P-  438). 

*  *  * 

There  is  no  need,  however,  to  rely  upon  these 
general  considerations.  Here  are  two  cases  where,  in 
the  few  years  since  Mr.  Dewar’s  book  was  published, 
unexpected  discoveries  of  fossils  have  been  made,  not  in 
some  half-known  region  of  the  world,  but  in  England, 
where  collectors  have  been  at  work  for  considerablv 
more  than  a  century. 

The  Carboniferous  Limestone  of  England  is  one  of 


I  lO 


EVOLUTIOK  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


our  best-known  formations  :  it  has  the  largest  area  of 
outcrop  of  any,  except  perhaps  the  Chalk.  It  forms 
rather  barren  uplands  which  have  never  invited  much 
settlement,  and  include  many  bare  rock-exposures. 
These  have  long  attracted  the  fossil-collector,  and  the 
opening  of  numerous  quarries,  some  of  the  largest  size, 
lias  added  to  his  opportunities.  Carboniferous  Lime¬ 
stone  fossils  have  been  collected  since  the  days  of 
Martin  Lister,  250  years  ago,  and  if  museums  were 
feeling  satiated  with  them  towards  the  end  of  the  last 
century,  a  new  incentive  to  collecting  was  supplied 
thirty  years  ago  by  A.  Vaughan’s  discovery  that  tlu* 
limestone,  hitherto  thought  of  as  a  single  unit,  could 
be  divided  into  a  number  of  fossil  zones.  Collecting 
has  since  been  more  active  and  more  precise  than  ever. 
Yet  quite  recently  Prof.  Hawkins  was  able  to  announce 
the  discovery  of  new  species  of  sea-urchins  in  the  fol¬ 
lowing  circumstances:  — 

Hyattechinus ,  a  peculiarly  specialized  genus  of  the  Lepido- 
centridee,  known  by  three  American  species  and  one  from 
Belgium,  has  been  found  to  occur  in  the  Zi  zone  of  the  South- 
Western  province  near  Pembroke.  Two  new  species  are 
described,  of  which  one  is  represented  by  scores  of  examples.  .  .  . 

The  occurrence  of  these  echinoids  is  peculiar.  They  are 
restricted  to  a  small  patch  (a  few  scjuare  feet)  on  a  bedding- 
plane  of  shaly  limestone,  and  associated  with  perfectly  preserved 
crinoids.  On  the  patch  there  must  be  many  hundreds  of  tests, 
almost  all  lying  in  the  position  of  life;  but  on  the  rest  of  the 
plane  (of  which  a  large  area  is  exposed)  no  trace  of  any  others 
can  be  seen.  The  concentration  of  so  many  fragile  but  undam¬ 
aged  organisms  into  so  small  a  space  I'aises  problems  of  strati- 
graphical  and  ecological  interest  ”  (Proc.  Gcol.  Soc.,  June  22nd, 

On  this  Mr.  K.  E.  L.  Dixon  commented  :  — 

“In  the  Pembrokeshire  cliffs  .  .  .  zai)hrentid-phase  lime¬ 
stones  of  various  Avonian  horizons,  including  Zi,  are  widely 

1  I  quote  from  the  preliminary  abstract  for  convenience.  The  refer¬ 
ence  to  the  full  account  is  Hawkins,  H.  L.,  1935.  “  Two  genera 

of  Carboniferous  Echinoids  new  to  Britain.”  Quart.  Jourti. 
Geol.  Soc.,  xci,  239-250,  pis.  xiv,  xv. 


THE  PALAEONTOLOGICAL  RECORD 


1 1 1 


exposed,  and  on  many  of  them,  owing  to  the  weathering  of  shaly 
partings,  rich  and  varied  faunas  are  minutely  displayed  to  an 
altogether  unusual  extent.  They  afford,  in  fact,  the  best 
Tournaisian  collecting  grounds  in  Britain.  But  .  .  .  nowhere 
in  them  has  such  a  colony  been  seen — and  it  may  be  added  that 
little  escaped  the  observation  of  Col.  Lambton  of  Brownslade. 
Isolated  crinoids  complete  with  pinnules  are  almost  unknown, 
and  recognizable  remains  of  sea-urchins  are  rare. 

It  is  well,  therefore,  to  have  this  reminder  of  the  imperfection 
of  our  record  impressed  upon  us.” 

*  *  * 

'File  second  example  is  taken  from  the  beds  near  the 
limits  of  the  Silurian  and  Devonian  systems,  which 
have  long  been  famous  as  the  home  of  the  earliest  re¬ 
mains  of  fishes  known  in  Europe.  These  beds  have  in 
recent  years  been  studied  in  great  detail  by  Mr.  Wick¬ 
ham  King,  a  very  careful  and  patient  stratigraphical 
geologist.  His  observations  suggested  a  further  searcli 
for  fossil  fish  to  Prof.  Wills,  of  Birmingham,  and  his 
son,  with  tlie  following  results  (45)  :  — 

”  The  section  is  in  a  small  stream  course.  .  .  .  At  the  par¬ 
ticular  spot  in  question  there  is  (in  normal  years)  a  waterfall 
over  a  4-foot  band  of  very  tough  calcareous  pellet  rock  and 
conglomerate  with  occasional  quartz-pebbles  up  tg  about  i  inch 
diameter.  'This,  especially  its  lowest  few  inches,  had  yielded  the 
specimens  that  King  had  found,  and  from  it  we  also  collected 
abundant  fragments  of  Corvaspis.  Nearly  all  the  specimens  of 
Phialaspis  .  .  .  came  from  this  rock.  .  .  .  Below  this  rock  there 
is  about  18  inches  of  grey  shale,  in  which  King  had  noted  black 
streaks.  This  rests  on  several  feet  of  red  clay. 

Owing  to  the  drought  there  was  the  merest  trickle  down  the 
section  in  August,  1933,  but  we  found  it  very  difficult  to  collect 
anything  from  the  very  tough  conglomerate  even  with  a  4-lb. 
sledge-hammer.  We  were  about  to  give  up  when  my  son  found 
the  first  bit  of  glittering  black  Anglaspis  in  the  grey  shale.  On 
closer  inspection  we  could  sec  the  edges  of  the  Anglaspis  head- 
shields  and  of  the  plates  of  Tessaraspis  projecting  where  the 
water  had  washed  away  the  soft  shale  from  the  harder  fossils. 
We  took  a  few  bits  of  the  shale  back  with  us  and  with  a  needle 
and  brush  developed  enough  to  whet  our  appetites  for  more. 
We  spent  several  days  collecting,  and  many  hours  were  occupied 
in  developing  the  specimens,  various  difficulties  being  experienced 


I  12 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


because  of  the  rapid  and  great  contraction  of  the  shale  as  the 
water  dried  out  in  the  summer  heat.  The  fossils  contracted  less 
than  the  matrix,  and  in  many  cases  good  specimens  of  Anglaspis 
broke  up  as  a  result.  Large  cracks  also  developed  right  through 
the  lumps  of  shale.  We  had  to  keep  the  blocks  of  shale  wrapped 
in  cotton-wool  until  each  one  was  to  be  developed.  .  .  . 

Practically  all  the  specimens  came  from  about  i  inch  of  the 
grey  shale,  the  Tcsseraspis  lying,  I  think,  always  just  below  the 
Anglaspis.  .  .  .  The  dark  streaks  noted  by  King  probably  repre¬ 
sent  decomposed  Ostracoderm  plates  and  scales.  We  noted  them 
throughout  the  shale,  except  in  the  i-inch  ‘  pay  streak  ’  in  which 
the  well-preserved  fossils  lay.  .  .  . 

In  no  case  were  dorsal  and  ventral  headshields  of  Anglaspis  in 
their  natural  positions  with  respect  to  one  another,  and  all  the 
branchial  plates  and  scales  also  were  lying  haphazard.  It  seems 
likely  that  the  school  of  fish  were  killed,  and  the  soft  parts  more 
or  less  completely  decomposed  before  they  were  finally  entombed. 
Possibly  the  associated  pebbly  seams  may  indicate  that  the  fish 
were  washed  down  together  with  the  small  pebbles  into  a 
back-water.  There  is  a  remarkable  uniformity  of  size  in  the 
Anglaspis  specimens,  and  it  is  clear  that  the  whole  ‘  school  ’ 
consisted  of  individuals  of  one  age.” 

Thus,  in  this  one-inch  band  of  shale  were  preserved 
two  shoals  (out  of  untold  millions  of  shoals  which 
must  have  lived  and  died  without  leaving  traces), 
one  belonging  to  a  hitherto  unknown  genus  and 
species  (though  probably  to  a  known  family,  Dre- 
panaspidai),  the  other  to  a  species  hitherto  very  rare 
and  imperfectly^  known.  Their  discovery  was  only 
made  possible  by  a  combination  of  happy  circum¬ 
stances — an  exceptional  drought  coincident  with  the 
visit  of  collectors  whose  interest  in  these  fossil  fishes 
was  strong  enough  to  overcome  the  extremely  dis¬ 
couraging  nature  of  their  material.  But  for  these  for¬ 
tunate  coincidences,  all  that  we  should  have  known  of 
this  fauna  would  have  been  the  black  streaks  in  the 
grey  shale. 


*  *  * 

3.  In  this  connexion  Dr.  Broom,  the  South  African 


THE  PAE.HONTOLOGICAL  RECORD 


worker  on  mammal-reptiles,  has  given  some  interesting 
estimates.  These  need  not  be  accepted  uncritically,  but 
they  deserve  serious  consideration. 

“  Compared  with  any  other  fossil  deposit  in  the  world  the 
Karroo  must  be  regarded  as  phenomenally  rich.  ...  I  estimate 
that  there  are  lying  to-day  exposed  to  view  the  fossil  remains 
of  five  animals  on  the  average  in  every  square  mile.  .  .  .  For 
every  fossil  that  is  exposed  to  view  there  must  be  a  i,ooo  hidden 
by  dust  and  talus.  .  .  . 

I  thus  estimate  that  in  the  whole  Karroo  formation  there  are 
preserved  the  fossil  remains  of  at  least  800,000,000,000  animals. 
We  have  collected  about  1,200  skulls  which  belong  to  about  350 
species.  It  thus  seems  probable  that  there  are  millions  of 
species  yet  to  be  described,  and  at  any  time  there  are  at  least 
a  million  of  specimens  lying  on  the  surface  to  be  picked.  Of 
this  million  specimens  probably  100,000  are  weathered  into  dust 
every  two  or  three  years  and  a  fresh  100,000  exposed.  .  .  . 

Though  we  have  only  collected  so  far  about  1,200  skulls  we 
have  a  fairly  good  idea  of  the  general  fauna,  and  though,  of 
course,  we  cannot  connect  up  all  the  different  types,  we  can 
even  now  be  pretty  certain  of  the  relationships.  If  any  intensive 
collecting  is  done  in  the  next  20  or  50  years  we  will  know  not 
350  species,  but  20,000  to  50,000  species,  and  we  may  then  not 
only  be  able  to  trace  the  lines  of  evolution,  but  perhaps 
be  able  to  see  what  has  been  the  guiding  or  compelling  force 
behind  it  all.  ...”  (5,  pp.  308-9). 

The  largest  figure  here  suggested  (8  x  io“)  is  that 
of  the  total  number  of  specimens  enclosed  in  the  solid 
bulk  of  the  Karroo  rocks  :  at  the  estimated  present  rate 
of  denudation  it  would  take  twenty  million  years  to  lay 
them  all  at  the  disposal  of  collectors.  The  final  sen¬ 
tence  of  the  quotation  must  be  regarded  as  a  very 
.sanguine  estimate.  To  describe  new  species  at  the  rate 
of  a  thousand  a  year  would  require  more  than  intensive 
collecting  :  it  would  need  an  enormous  increase  in  the 
number  of  skilled  whole-time  paleontologists  working 
out  the  collected  material.  However,  if  Dr.  Broom  is 
too  hopeful  of  the  rate  at  which  the  paleontological 
record  can  be  added  to,  his  figures  will  give  .some  idea 
of  the  infinitesimal  character  of  the  fraction — one  seven- 


8 


114  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

millionth  of  one  per  cent. — of  the  potential  knowledge 
which  has  actually  been  determined  in  an  exceptional!}’ 
favourable  case,  that  potential  knowledge  being  in  turn 
insignificant  beside  that  which  is  hopelessly  lost. 

Mr.  Dev/ar,  however,  produces  figures  of  Indian 
mammalian  genera  to  show  that  the  palceontological 
record  is  much  more  complete  than  evolutionists  admit. 
I  have  not  checked  his  figures,  but  do  not  doubt  their 
accuracy.  The  gist  of  them  is  that,  of  living  Indian 
mammals,  75  per  cent,  of  the  terrestrial  genera,  20  per 
cent,  of  the  arboreal,  and  50  per  cent,  of  the  aquatic 
genera  are  known  as  fossils.  The  fossil  beds  in  which 
they  occur  are  the  famous  beds  of  the  Siwalik  Hills  at 
the  foot  of  the  Himalayas.  'Fhese  deposits  do  not  come 
under  Watson’s  generalization  (ante,  p.  109)  :  they  are 
fluviatile  beds  formed  by  the  torrents  coming  down 
from  the  mountain-chain  during  the  time  of  its  gradual 
upheaval,  deposits  particularly  favourable  for  the  pre¬ 
servation  of  jungle  species.  (Incidentally,  that  even  in 
these  favourable  conditions  the  percentage  of  arboreal 
genera  is  as  low  as  20  is  striking  evidence  of  the  highly 
imperfect  record  for  those  forms  of  life.)  These  Siwalik 
beds  have  been  intensively  studied  by  Indian  pakneon- 
tologists  for  over  a  century,  since  Falconer  and  Caut- 
ley  started  on  them  about  1830.  Pilgrim’s  latest  work 
distinguishes  at  least  seven  distinct  horizons,  ranging 
from  Middle  Miocene  to  early  Pleistocene — the  whole 
period  of  upheaval  of  the  Himalayan  range.  To  this 
we  may  add  the  Murree  and  Bugti  faunas  of  N.W. 
India  and  Baluchistan,  which  carry  the  record  back  to 
the  beginning  of  the  Miocene  epoch.  But  if  we  ask 
what  is  known  of  Indian  fossil  mammals  earlier  than 
these  later  Tertiary  beds,  the  answer  is — very  little. 
The  only  earlier  mammalian  fauna  of  any  importance  is 


THE  PAL/EUNTOLOGICAL  RECORD  115 

I.  \  il 

from  the  Upper  Eocene  Pondaung  beds  of  Burma,  and 
that  is  rather  scanty  (9  species,  7  of  which  belong  to 
the  extinct  family  Anthracotheriidai).  The  Paleocene, 
lanver  and  Middle  Eocene,  and  Oligocene  faunas  are 
entirely  unrepresented.  Yet  the  peninsula  of  India  was 
a  land-area  all  through  that  time.  In  the  “  intertrap- 
ptean  beds”  of  Bombay  (lacustrine  deposits  between 
tlie  great  basalt-sheets,  and  of  the  very  latest  Cretaceous 
or  earliest  Tertiary  age),  there  are  abundant  remains  of 
frogs — usually  very  rare  fossils — but  no  mammals. 
Tliere  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  mammalian  life  was 
as  plentiful  in  India  in  the  first  half  of  the  Tertiary  era 
as  in  the  second,  yet  the  geological  record  is  as  barren 
in  the  one  case  as  it  is  fertile  in  the  other. 

Mr.  Dewar  adds  to  his  statistical  table  some  com¬ 
ments,  with  the  object  of  showing  that  the  percentage 
of  figures  should  actually  be  taken  as  higher. 

(1)  “  Of  the  55  genera  of  which  fossils  have  not  yet  been 
found,  24  are  genera  that  contain  only  one  species  apiece ;  this 
indicates  that  such  are  either  comparatively  new  genera  that 
have  not  yet  had  time  in  which  to  split  up  into  several  species, 
or  genera  on  the  verge  of  extinction  ”  (D.,  p.  148). 

d'his  cuts  both  ways  :  if  the  genus  is  a  new  one,  no 
fossil  record  can  be  expected;  but  if  it  is  a  dying  one, 
why  is  there  no  record  of  its  prime? 

(2)  “  India  has  not  yet  been  fully  explored  palamntologically, 
and  it  is  highly  probable  that  fossils  will  yet  be  found  of  some 
mammals  of  which  fossils  are  not  now  known  ”  (D.,  p.  148). 

d'his  is  simply  a  sttitement  of  one  of  the  factors  of 
the  imperfection  of  the  record  ! 

(3)  “  An  analysis  of  the  33  arboreal  Indian  genera  of  which 
fossils  are  not  known  shows  that  3  of  these  are  members  of  the 
Muridae  (rat  family),  measuring  less  than  5  inches  from  snout  to 
vent  [and  13  are  bats  of  still  smaller  size].  Fossils  ...  of  such 
minute  forms  are  apt  to  be  overlooked  ”  (D.,  j),  148). 


ii6  EVOLU'l'ION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

Another  factor  of  the  imperfection  !  In  the  next 
paragraph,  Mr.  Dewar  quite  fairly  suggests  that  genera 
not  recognized  among  the  fossils  may  have  been  attri¬ 
buted  to  allied  or  ancestral  genera,  and  extends  the 
examples  of  minute  forms  to  8  of  the  terrestrial  genera, 
d  hus  the  main  outcome  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  criticism  of 
the  statistics  is  that  the  record  would  be  more  perfect 
if  only  it  were  not  so  imperfect ! 

*  *  * 

Mr.  Dewar  seems  completely  to  misunderstand  the 
relation  of  denudation  to  the  geological  record,  as  he 
writes  :  — 

“  It  is  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  that  all  the  above  fossils 
are  from  comparatively  recent  layers  [the  Siwalik  beds],  which 
have  not  been  subjected  to  so  much  denudation  as  older  strata. 
In  consequence  the  latter  may  be  less  rich  in  fossils  owing  to 
some  which  they  once  held  having  been  swept  away ;  but 
probably  many  of  those  so  disturbed  are  preserved  in  an  incom¬ 
plete  state  in  their  new  resting-place  ”  (D.,  p.  149). 

Actually,  the  age  of  a  formation  is  no  criterion  of  the 
amount  of  denudation  it  has  undergone,  nor  has  the 
amount  of  denudation  any  necessary  bearing  on  the 
richness  of  the  fauna.  Fossils  are  collected  mainly 
from  outcrops  (mines,  tunnels  and  borings  supply  an 
insignificant,  if  useful,  supplement).  Denudation  ex¬ 
poses  new  outcrops  as  fast  as  it  destroys  those  pre¬ 
viously  exposed.  When,  in  the  process  of  those  greal 
earth-movements  which  form  so  striking  a  feature  of 
geological  history,  a  sea-bed  is  upheaved  to  form  a 
land-surface,  the  strata  that  had  been  accumulating 
below  sea-level  for  ages  begin  to  be  attacked  by  rain, 
wind,  changes  of  temperature  and  other  agents  of  de¬ 
nudation.  It  is  the  latest-deposited  strata  which  are 
the  first  to  emerge,  and  are  raised  to  the  greatest 


THE  PAL/EONTOLOGICAL  RECORD  1,7 

avemge  height  above  the  sea  :  it  is  they,  therefore, 
which  are  first  attacked,  and  run  the  greatest  chance  of 
complete  destruction.  Only  in  proportion  as  these 
youngest  strata  are  destroyed  do  older  strata  become 
uncovered  and  in  their  turn  suffer  attack.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  oldest  and  deepest  strata  of  the  old  sea- 
bottom  may  not  be  exposed  at  all  :  under  the  East  of 
hingland  tliere  are  Palaeozoic  rocks  the  existence  of 
wiiich  is  only  known  from  deep  borings,  as  they  arc 
covered  by  a  great  thickness  of  later  strata.  Fortun¬ 
ately,  neither  upheaval  nor  denudation  is  equally  dis¬ 
tributed,  and  in  a  country  like  England  the  result  of 
this  inequality  is  that  strata  of  almost  all  ages  can  be 
found  in  one  part  or  another.  But  in  many  other  coun¬ 
tries  there  is  far  less  varietv  in  tlie  asfc  of  the  rocks 
exposed. 

Idle  last  clause  of  the  (piotation  refers  to  what  are 
called  “derived  fossils.”  Such  fossils  may  be,  accord¬ 
ing  to  circumstances,  very  useful  to  the  stratigraphical 
geologist,  or  a  great  nuisance  to  him  ;  but  they  are  of 
very  little  importance  in  pure  paheontology,  and  can 
rarely  have  any  bearing  on  the  question  of  evolution. 

The  real  importance  of  denudation  in  reference  to  the 
geological  record  is  of  another  kind.  At  any  moment  of 
geological  time,  as  at  the  present,  there  must  have  been 
a  great  variety  of  sediments  in  process  of  simultaneous 
deposition — deep  and  shallow  marine,  freshwater, 
deltaic;  gravelly,  sandy,  muddy,  calcareous-organic, 
etc.;  cold-water,  tropical,  etc. — constituting  what  are 
termed  the  different  facies  of  a  particular  formation 
(Fig.  13).  Each  facies  has  its  own  fauna.  It  is  the  un¬ 
equal  destruction  of  deposits  of  different  facies  that  adds 
seriously  to  the  imperfection  of  the  record.  I  doubt  if 
there  is  a  single  geological  age  for  which  anything  like 


KVOLU'J'ION  AN])  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


I  i(S 

a  complete  set  of  facies  is  known.  As  a  rule  one  facies 
predominates.  Thus  the  White  Chalk  is  known  over  a 
wide  area  of  Europe,  but  the  contemporary  shallow- 
water  deposits  of  the  marguns  of  the  Chalk  Sea  are  only 
known  in  a  few  places.  In  the  formations  of  Permian 
age,  on  the  other  hand,  in  most  parts  of  the  world, 
abnormal  deposits  in  enclosed  seas  and  on  land-surfaces 
predominate,  normal  marine  deposits  being  confined  to 
limited  areas,  mostly  (as  it  happens)  distant  from  the 
centres  of  civilization. 

*  *  * 

4.  'Fliis  has  already  been  illustrated  under  the  last 
head;  but  a  few  points  may  be  added.  Fossils  of  strik- 
ing  appearance  often  attract  the  attention  of  unscientific 
observers,  who  collect  them,  keep  them  for  a  time, 
eventually  either  throwing  them  away  or  taking  them 
to  another  part  of  the  country  and  forgetting  where 
they  came  from.  I  understand  that  the  London  speci¬ 
men  of  ArchcEOpteryx  was  luckily  rescued  from  a  casual 
collector  of  this  kind.  The  unique  skeleton  of 
Wynyardia  (see  later,  p.  214)  lay  for  many  years  in  the 
Hobart  Museum,  identified  as  the  recent  genus  Halma- 
luriis,  before  Baldwin  Spencer  found  and  described  it. 

Geologists  and  pakeontologists  are  not  the  only 
investigators  who  have  to  work  on  very  incomplete 
records.  Historians  are  sometimes  no  better  off.  Those 
wlio  deal  with  modern  times  certainly  suffer  from  an 
excess  rather  than  a  deficiency  of  evidence,  but  it  is 
otlierwise  with  students  of  the  dark  ages.  In  English 
history  we  find  the  two  centuries  that  followed  the 
Roman  evacuation  very  sparsely  documented.  With 
the  opening  of  the  7th  century  documents  begin  to  be 
frecpient.  Birch’s  CarUilarinm  Anglo-Saxonicu7n  gives 


THE  PALEONTOLOGICAL  RECORD  119 

about  one  a  year  on  the  average,  at  first ;  but  there  is  a 
gap  of  21  years,  a.d.  643-663,  without  a  single  record, 
ddie  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle,  compiled  from  oral  tradi¬ 
tion  long  after,  gives  information  about  most  of  those 
years,  but  is  silent,  for  instance,  about  the  last  two, 
A.D.  662-3.  Shall  we  say,  like  the  schoolboy  who  failed 
to  get  information  from  his  date-book  :  “  Nothing  hap¬ 
pened  in  those  two  years”  ?  Even  when  we  know  that 
a  particular  thing  was  done  in  one  year,  it  may  have 
little  or  no  relation  to  what  we  know  about  the  year 
before  or  the  year  after.  ”  Not  a  few  missing  links,  but 
scores  of  whole  lengths  of  chain  ”  (to  quote  Mr.  Dewar 
on  the  ancestry  of  birds)  must  be  found  before  we  can 
liave  a  complete  history  of  England,  and  there  is  only 
the  remotest  chance  of  finding  them.  Most  of  the  doings 
of  Englishmen  in  those  centuries  went  unrecorded  : 
only  a  few  transactions,  chiefly  grants  of  land  to  re¬ 
ligious  bodies,  and  some  statements  of  law,  were  com¬ 
mitted  to  parchment,  and  many  of  these  have  been 
destroyed  in  later  times.  We  know  that  such  a  precious 
document  as  Domesday  Book  was  at  one  time  taken 
about  by  the  King  on  his  journeys,  and  it  was  lucky 
not  to  have  been  with  King  John  when  he  lost  his 
treasure  in  the  Wash  :  probably  many  valuable  histori¬ 
cal  documents  were  lost  on  that  occasion.  Thus,  just 
as  in  the  case  of  fossils,  we  have  a  fragmentary  and  lop¬ 
sided  record. 

Out  of  this  scanty  material  a  few  men  of  genius  like 
Seebohm  and  Maitland  have  been  able  to  reconstruct 
much  of  the  forgotten  social  structure  of  those  dark 
centuries.  That  they  differ  among  themselves  in  some 
of  their  conclusions  is  no  discredit :  rather  does  it  show 
the  critical  alertness  without  which  truth  may  never  be 
reached.  With  their  work  as  model  many  humbler 


120 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


workers  are  tentatively  filling  up  gaps  in  the  direct 
historical  evidence.  Anyone  may  legitimately  criticize 
these  deductions,  great  or  small,  either  by  pointing  out 
evidence  apparently  discordant  with  them,  or,  less  help¬ 
fully,  by  objecting  to  the  inadequate  amount  of  evidence 
supporting  them.  But  there  is  a  third  form  of  criticism 
that  would  not  be  legitimate,  and  that  is  the  Chesterton 
method  of  ridiculing  any  conclusion  on  the  ground  that, 
if  it  were  true,  we  should  be  “  perpetually  stumbling 
over”  documentary  evidence  of  it. 

In  that  priceless  document,  the  Bayeux  Tapestry, 
there  burst  unexpectedly  into  the  continuity  of  the  story 
two  figures — ”  unus  clericus  et  Ailfgyva  ” — who  seem 
to  have  nothing  to  do  with  what  precedes  or  follows. 
Presumably  their  story  was  so  familiar  to  the  designer’s 
contemporaries  that  mere  mention  of  them  was  con¬ 
sidered  sufficient.  Later  generations  have  forgotten 
them  completely,  and  their  portrayal  on  the  tapestry 
only  serves  to  remind  us  that  a  great  many  things 
were  going  on  in  Normandy  about  the  year  1062  of 
which  the  modern  historian  knows  nothing.  In  the 
same  way  an  unexpected  fossil  sucli  as  Archceopteryx 
tells  us  that  during  the  Jurassic  period  much  was  hap¬ 
pening  in  the  animal  world  at  which  we  can  do  little 
more  than  guess.  And  may  we  not  imagine  some  his¬ 
torical  crank,  whose  pet  theory  was  not  supported  by 
the  Bayeux  Tapestry,  pouring  scorn  upon  it  on  the 
ground  that,  liad  it  any  value,  we  should  be  ”  per¬ 
petually  stumbling  over”  contemporary  documents  full 
of  references  to  Ailfgyva  and  her  priest? 

*  *  * 

The  paleontological  evidence  for  Evolution  may  be 
summed  up  as  follows:  — 


THE  PAL.1-:0NT0L0GICAL  KECORD 


I2I 


(1)  It  is  often  possible  to  trace  a  succession  of  forms 
showing  a  change  in  time  from  one  species  into  another 
or  into  several  others,  the  difference  between  the  extreme 
forms  being  sometimes  sufficient  to  put  them  into  dif¬ 
ferent  genera  or  even  families.  Some  such  cases  have 
already  been  described  in  Chap.  II  {Anomia-Placenta, 
LimncEa-Valenciennesia) ;  others  are  given  below  (pp. 
I25-I30- 

(2)  Much  more  extended  series  are  known  in  whicii 
there  are  various  gaps  in  the  continuity,  but  these  gaps 
are  not  greater  than  could  be  bridged  by  such  con¬ 
tinuous  series  as  are  given  above.  Examples  :  Equidce, 
Halicoridse  (both  dealt  with  in  Cliap.  Ill)  and  many 
other  families,  both  among  vertebrates  (especially  mam¬ 
mals)  and  invertebrates  {e.g.  the  Rudists,  see  below, 
i).  130). 

(3)  In  many  Orders  it  is  possible  to  dr^lw  up  an  out¬ 
line  pedigree  with  many  gaps  and  doubtful  connexions, 
but  the  gaps  are  not  so  wide  as  the  difference  between 
the  extreme  members  of  the  series  given  under  (2). 

(4)  There  remain  gaps  wider  than  those  under  (3), 
but  even  in  these  we  get  an  occasional  link  which, 
though  still  leaving  a  gap  on  either  side,  shows  how 
the  original  gap  may  have  been  bridged.  Archc^opteryx 
and  Archevornis,  for  instance  (see  Chap.  VI),  are  like 
fragments  of  piers  in  mid-stream,  indicating  where  a 
complete  bridge  once  existed. 

(5)  Einally  there  remain  the  greatest  gaps  of  all, 
between  the  great  phyla  which  had  already  diverged 
before  the  Cambrian  period.  Palasontology  can  pro¬ 
vide  no  evidence  here,  since  the  rocks  formed  during 
their  evolution  have  yielded  no  fossils  with  organic 
structure.  The  evidence  for  evolution  in  these  earlier 
periods  must  rest  on  comparative  anatomy  and  em- 


122 


EVOJ.UTION  ANJ)  ITS  MODfIRN  CRITICS 


liryology,  which  show  that  the  gaps,  though  great,  are 
unequal,  which  they  should  not  be  if  each  phylum 
represented  an  independent  creative  plan.  Chordata 
and  Echinoderma,  for  instance,  and  Mollusca  and 
Annelida  seem  more  nearly  related  pairs  than  either 
pair  is  to  the  other;  while  Arthropoda  are  not  near 
either.  This  is  in  accord  with  the  palaeontological  fact 
that  while  Cliordata,  Echinoderma  and  Mollusca  were 
near  the  very  beginning  of  their  evolutionary  career  at 
the  opening  of  the  Cambrian  period,  Arthropoda  had 
already  branched  out  and  specialized  to  a  considerable 
extent. 

'Fhat  the  evidence  should  thus  proceed  step  by  step 
from  the  precise  to  the  less  definite  is  quite  in  accord 
with  what  happens  in  other  branches  of  knowledge. 
In  History,  for  instance,  there  are  lives  of  some  famous 
men  so  fully  known  that  they  can  be  followed  almost 
day  by  day  from  cradle  to  grave;  there  are  others  in 
whose  career  there  are  gaps — of  one  year  in  Dr.  John¬ 
son’s  life  nothing  is  known  ;  there  are  others  who  spring 
suddenly  into  prominence  apparently  from  nowhere. 
Yet  no  one  believes  these  last  were  specially  created,  or 
that  Dr.  Johnson  died  and  was  re-incarnated  after  a 
vear’s  interval. 

In  language  again,  we  cannot  trace  all  the  changes 
l)y  which  Modern  English  evolved  from  Anglo-Saxon, 
or  Erench,  Spanish  and  Italian  branched  out  from 
spoken  Latin  :  some  of  them  can  be  proved  by  docu¬ 
mentary  evidence,  others  inferred  by  analogy,  others 
perhaps  guessed  at.  Still  less  direct  evidence  is  there 
as  to  the  differentiation  of  the  various  Aryan  tongues 
from  an  original  ancestry.  As  to  the  relations  of  the 
agglutinative  and  inflectional  languages,  they  are  as 
uncertain  as  those  of  the  great  animal  phyla.  The 


THE  rAL.EONTOLOGlCAT.  RECORD 


123 


legend  of  the  Tower  of  Babel  does  not  seem  ever  to 
have  been  as  seriously  believed  in  as  the  legend  of  the 
four  days’  creation  of  living  things.  As  a  boy,  how¬ 
ever,  I  remember  being  told  by  an  educated  Welshman 
that  English  was  not  a  language,  as  Welsh  was  :  it  was 
only  a  “speech.”  I  understood  him  to  mean  that 
Welsh  was  created  ready-made  in  the  year  B.c.  2247, 
while  English  had  been  naturally  evolved  at  a  later 
date.  The  difference  between  “language”  and 
“  speech  ”  corresponded  to  that  drawn  by  Linnaeus 
between  “species”  and  “variety,”  or  by  Dewar  be¬ 
tween  “family”  and  “genus.” 

*  *  * 

Why  should  cases  such  as  are  cited  under  the  first 
heading  above  be  so  few  in  number,  if  evolution  is 
universal  ?  For  a  very  simple  reason.  Such  lines  can 
only  be  traced  completely  and  certainly  when  the  whole 
evolution  takes  places  within  a  single  area  of  con¬ 
tinuous  sedimentation,  so  that  successive  “  mutations” 
(in  the  paleontological  or  Waagenian  sense  of  the  term) 
are  preserved  in  successive  strata.  But  that  implies 
conditions  of  life  that  remain  constant,  or  change  very 
slowly.  Consequently  the  evolution  itself  may  be  very 
slow.  This  increases  the  chance  of  preservation  of  a 
complete  record,  but  gives  a  wrong  idea  of  the  rate  at 
which  evolution  can  take  place.  A  very  good  example 
is  the  evolution  of  the  genus  Micraster  in  the  White 
Chalk.  This  deposit  accumulated  in  the  course  of  a 
long  period  of  time  during  which,  over  a  large  area  of 
North-Western  Europe,  conditions  remained  almost 
unchanged,  except  for  a  gradual  deepening  of  the  sea- 
bottom  (with  one  or  two  interruptions).  Parallel  evolu¬ 
tion  took  place  in  Echinocorys  and  in  several  species 


T24  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

(or  lineages)  of  Micraster — changes  in  shape,  in  the 
details  of  the  respiratory  and  feeding  organs,  etc.,  all 
probably  related,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  increasing 
depth  of  habitat — so  that  the  Linn^ean  nomenclature 
altogether  fails  as  a  means  of  distinguishing  the  con¬ 
temporaneous  and  successive  forms.  These  “muta¬ 
tions  ’’  have  proved  of  great  value  in  geological  map¬ 
ping,  and  in  such  practical  matters  as  boring  for  water, 
since  they  are  the  surest  means  by  which  the  position  of 
a  particular  bed  within  nearly  a  thousand-feet  thickness 
of  Clialk  can  be  determined.  But  the  rate  of  change 
shown  by  these  forms  is  far  too  slow  to  account  for  the 
evolution  of  the  genus  Micraster  itself  from  the  earliest 
Irregular  Echinoid,  which  lived  a  little  before  the 
middle  of  tlie  Jurassic  period.  Rapid  evolution  must 
have  occurred  during  critical  periods,  when  conditions 
were  rapidly  changing,  when  the  successive  faunas  pre¬ 
served  in  one  locality  show  that  there  was  continual 
migration,  mingling  of  faunas,  with  continually  new 
interactions.  And  in  such  cases  it  is  doubly  difficult  to 
get  a  complete  record  :  first,  because  the  short  duration 
of  any  transitional  form  makes  its  chance  of  preserva¬ 
tion  very  small ;  and,  secondly,  because  constant  migra¬ 
tion  breaks  the  local  continuity  of  such  records  as  there 
arc.  A  rare  exception  is  presented  in  the  case  of  Valen- 
ciennesia,  the  forerunners  of  which  had  to  adapt  them¬ 
selves  to  rapidly  changing  conditions  in  a  confined  area 
from  which  there  was  no  escape  by  migration  ;  but,  as 
might  be  expected,  the  transitional  forms  are  far  rarer 
than  the  stable  form  finally  evolved. 

*  *  * 

The  following  are  some  of  the  chief  cases  in  which 
“evolution  within  the  family’’  is  most  completely 
proved. 


TiiE  PAL.KONTOLOGICAL  RECORD  125 

(i)  The  Viviparids  of  the  Levantine  facies  of  the 
1  Miocene  of  the  Near  East.  A  brief  account  has  already 
been  given  of  the  peculiar  brackish-water  faunas  of  the 
AI io-Pliocene  of  the  Near  East  (p.  78).  Over  a  wide 
area  these  faunas  are  followed  in  time  by  normal  fresh¬ 
water  faunas  with  great  abundance  of  Unio  and  Vivi- 
pariis — the  Levantine  facies  (see  Figs.  13,  18,  19).  The 
earliest  species  of  Viviparus  show  the  typical  rounded 
whorls  of  that  genus  (Fig.  i8a),  but  successive  forms 
show  the  following  changes — flattening  of  the  whorl- 


Fig.  18. — Four  species  of  Viviparus. 
a,  Viviparus  suevicus.  Middle  Miocene,  one  of  the  common  type,  with 
rounded,  non-carinate  whorls,  h ,  a  form  between  V .  fuchsi  and 
V.  sadleri,  Lower  Rumanian,  c,  V.  dezfnanianus ,  Rumanian,  a 
carinate  species,  d,  V.  bijarcinatits ,  I.ower  Rumanian,  carinate. 


sides,  appearance  of  a  raised  and  rounded  keel  on  the 
shoulder  of  the  whorl  (Figs.  iSc,d),  and  finally  the 
formation  of  tubercles  on  this  keel.  Such  a  series 
defies  satisfactory  naming  on  the  Linnean  system  :  i( 
would  seem  to  fu-lfil  even  the  extravagant  demands 
uf  Chesterton,  for  the  palaeontologists  of  Austria, 
Rumania  and  neighbouring  states  might  be  said  to  be 
“perpetually  stumbling  over  stones  and  rocks  that 
record  a  myriad  intermediate  .stages.”  Over  a  hundred 


120 


EVULU'J'ION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


specific  names  have  been  given  to  these  transitional 
forms,  of  which  in  Figs.  i8  and  19  1  have  only  made  a 
small  selection  ;  but  even  this  large  number  is  inade¬ 
quate  and  specimens  often  have  to  be  described  as 
“  between  this  species  and  that,”  as  in  the  case  of  Fig. 
iSb.  Some  of  these  intermediate  forms  may  very  prob¬ 
ably  be  hybrids. 

Parallel  clianges  were  undergone  by  geographically 
separated  stocks  at  different  rates  in  different  lineages, 

SLAVONIA  &c.  ISLE  OF  COS 


some  never  reaching  the  tuberculate  stage.  Tylopoma, 
a  gastropod  of  another  family,  went  through  similar 
changes  at  the  same  time,  in  the  same  region.  And 
Annandale  has  described  similar  variations  in  the  Vivi- 
parida?  now  living  in  the  lakes  of  the  Shan  plateati  of 
Upper  Burma  (1),  related  to  difference  in  habitat  and 
correlated  with  different  rates  of  fertility,  as  well  as  with 
differences  in  radula,  gill-lilaments  and  central  nervous 
system.  Thus  three  species  of  l^aia  live  in  Lake  Into. 
7\  intha  lives  in  the  very  clear  central  waters,  with 
abundant  algal  food,  no  competitors  and  almost  no 
enemies  :  it  is  the  most  highly  sculptured  and  least  pro¬ 
lific,  bearing  only  one  embryo  at  a  time.  T.  shanensis 


THE  PAI.T<:ONTOLOGlCAL  RECORD 


127 


lives  among  floating  islands,  where  the  water  is  con¬ 
taminated  with  rotten  vegetation,  where  competitors  are 
plentiful,  where  it  is  preyed  upon  by  wading  birds 
(which  may  also  spread  cercarial  infection)  and  fishes: 
it  produces  5  embryos  at  a  time.  T.  elitoraHs  lives  in 
intermediate  conditions  and  has  3  embryos  on  the  aver¬ 
age.  All  three  of  these  are  more  ornamented  than  T. 
naticoides,  which  lives  in  swamps  and  backwaters, 
produces  30  young  at  a  time,  ranges  back  to  Pleistocene 
time,  and  is  regarded  by  Annandale  as  the  ancestral 
species.  He  concludes  that — 

“In  certain  regions  of  the  earth’s  surface  there  is  or  has 
been  some  influence  at  work  which  has  produced  a  similar 
collective  peculiarity  in  the  shells  of  the  Viviparidae  on  diverse 
occasions  and  in  different  parts  of  the  world.  In  many  countries 
there  is  no  evidence  that  anything  of  the  kind  ever  occurred. 
What  the  influence  is  or  was  we  do  not  know.  I  would  hazard 
the  suggestion  that  it  had  something  to  do  with  a  peculiar 
chemical  stimulus  in  the  water  which  exerted  its  influence  for 
long  periods  and  from  generation  to  generation,  ultimately 
affecting  the  germ-plasm  as  well  as  the  soma  of  the  molluscs  ’’ 
(b  P-  73)- 


*  *  * 

(2)  In  the  early  d'ertiary  strata  of  Alabama,  Burnett 
Smith  (39)  has  traced  the  evolution  of  a  lineage  (with 
side-branches)  in  the  gastropod  family  Volutid^e,  start¬ 
ing  with  V olutocorbis  liniopsis  of  the  Paleocene  (Mid¬ 
way  stage).  This  shell  (Plate  III,  A),  in  its  life-history, 
passes  through  a  smooth  stage,  a  stage  with  vertical 
ribs,  and  a  cancellate  stage  (vertical  and  spiral  ribs  of 
equal  strength  intersecting)  in  which  it  stays  through  its 
adult  life.  In  its  descendants  of  Lower  Eocene  age  the 
early  smooth  stage  is  passed  through  more  quickly  (3 
turns  of  the  spiral  instead  of  4),  the  cancellate  stage 
begins  proportionately  early,  and  is  succeeded  in  the 
adult  shell  by  a  .stage  with  a  shoulder  to  the  whorl,  with 


128 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


spines,  but  with  a  general  decay  of  the  finer  ornament. 
This  change  is  technically  taken  as  generic,  so  the 
species  is  now  called  Volutospina  petrosa.  In  the 
highest  beds  of  the  Lower  Eocene  this  species  shows 
what  are  regarded  as  “old-age  characters” — the 
shoulder-spines  tending  to  unite  into  a  keel,  the  mantle 
protruding  and  covering  the  outer  surface  with  a  callus 
deposit,  etc.  (Plate  III,  C,D).  But  branch-lineages  are 
given  off  early  in  Lower  Eocene  time  which  develop 
some  of  these  same  characters  more  rapidly  (Plate  III,  B). 
The  reader  who  is  sufficiently  interested  is  advised  to 
refer  to  Burnett  Smith’s  original  paper  (39). 

(3)  Vaughan,  in  his  studies  of  the  Carboniferous 
Limestone  of  the  Avon  Gorge  at  Bristol,  was  able  to 
recognize  several  lineages  (or  gentes,  as  he  termed 
them)  among  the  Corals,  the  stage  of  evolution  of  a 
species  being  of  definite  value  for  stratigraphy.  The 
most  beautiful  example,  however,  was  that  described  by 
Carruthers  from  the  Scottish  Lowlands — the  lineage  of 
Zaphrentis  delaiioiiei.  It  would  need  far  too  much 
space  to  make  the  nature  of  the  evolution  clear  to  any¬ 
one  unfamiliar  with  the  technical  features  involved, 
'fhose  interested  are  referred  to  the  original  paper  (7), 
from  which  I  will  only  quote  the  following  :  — 

“  The  corals  here  dealt  with  are  the  only  ones  that  range 
through  most  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  rocks  of  Scotland.  .  .  . 
I'ortunately,  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Scottish  rocks  is  so  well 
known,  that  collections  can  be  made  all  over  the  country,  from 
horizons  the  positions  of  which  in  the  sequence  is  fixed  more 
or  less  definitely.  Although,  therefore,  section  after  section  of 
some  particular  limestone  may  be  searched  in  vain,  the  same 
bed  can  often  be  identified  elsewhere,  and  may  then  yield  a 
large  number  of  specimens.  Accordingly,  by  spreading  the  in¬ 
vestigations  over  a  wide  area,  a  considerable  amount  of  data 
has  been  got  altogether.  In  the  end,  the  evolution  of  the  gens 
has  proved  to  be  so  slow  and  gradual,  that  the  separation  of  the 
various  fossiliferous  horizons  by  considerable  vertical  intervals  of 
barren  strata  has  offered  no  material  check  to  the  completion  of 
the  chain  of  evidence  ”  (7,  pp.  523-4). 


[PLATE  IIL 


C  D 

INVOLUTION  IN  Eocene  Volutid.e. 

A.  V olutocorbis  limofsis.  Upper  Paleocene,  IMatthews  Landing, 
Alabama. 

B.  V olulocorbis  rugata,  an  offshoot  from  the  main  lineage,  keeping 
the  limopsis  ornament  in  its  earlier  whorls  only.  Same  age  and 
locality. 

C.  D.  V ohiiosfina  petrosa  var.  taomeyi.  Lower  Eocene,  Wood’s, 
Bluff,  Alabama.  This  shows  limopsis  ornament  in  earlier  whorls, 
changing  later  into  comparative  smoothness  with  sparse  strong 
spines;  the  ornament  is  partly  buried  under  a  thick  plastering  of 
('alius.  All  natural  size. 

To  face  page.  128.]  'VPhotographs  by  Dr.  IP.  F.  Whitiard._ 


Callus 


Callus 


Callus 


PI. ATE  IV. J 


Dibunophyllum  Zone 


Zaphrentis  Zone 


Evolution  of  Syringothyris. 

This  shows  the  progressive  changes  in  size  and  shape  in  a  brachio- 
pod,  as  traced  from  lower  to  higher  zones  in  the  Carboniferous 
Limestone.  Eront  views  on  the  left,  side  views  on  the  right. 
About  I  natural  size. 

\_From  N ortJi^ s  “  Limestones.'*'' 


Final  Stage  of  Gryph/Ea  Arcuata. 

About  half  natural  size.  For  comparison  with  Fig.  20. 

To  face  -page  129.] 


\_From  North's  “  Limestones.'" 


THE  pal.t:ontological  record 


129 


Evidently,  in  this  case,  if  the  evolution  had  been 
even  moderately  rapid,  there  would  have  been  many 
“  missing  links  ”  from  what  is  actually  a  very  perfect 
chain. 

(4)  The  brachiopods  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone 
also  show  evolutionary  series,  of  which  one — that  of 
Syringothyns — is  illustrated  in  Plate  IV,  upper  figure. 

(5)  One  of  the  best-known  of  British  fossils  is  the 
“devil’s  toe-nail,’’  Gryphcea  arcuata  (or  incurva). 


Eig.  20. — Evolution  of  Gryph^a  in  the  Lower 
Jurassic  period  (Lower  Lias). 

A,  Ostrea  irregularis ;  B,  transitional  form;  C, 
Gryphcea  arcuata.  The  area  of  attachment  is 
seen  in  A  as  a  flattening  of  the  left  upper  out¬ 
line  ;  in  B  it  is  much  smaller,  in  a  right  upper 
position ;  in  C  it  is  too  small  to  be  shown.  The 
curvature  of  the  left  valve  shows  a  progressive 
increase  from  A  to  C. 


which  occurs  in  prodigious  numbers  in  certain  beds  of 
the  Lower  Lias  (Plate  IV,  lower  figure).  Trueman  (43) 
has  traced  its  evolution  from  a  normal  small  species 
of  Oyster  found  in  the  Rhsetic  beds.  This  oyster  (Ostrea 
irregularis)  has  fairly  flat  valves,  not  strikingly  un¬ 
equal  in  size  and  shape,  of  which  the  left  valve  (as 
usual)  is  cemented  (Fig.  20,  A). 


130 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


In  successive  zones  the  following  changes  occur 
simultaneously — (a)  the  area  of  attachment  becomes 
progressively  smaller,  indicating  the  breaking  off  of 
the  shell  from  its  support  in  later  life,  attachment  finally 
becoming  practically  a  larval  feature;  (b)  the  left  valve 
becomes  steadily  thicker,  thus  enabling  it  to  lie  on  the 
sea-floor  by  its  own  weight,  without  need  of  attachment ; 
(c)  the  umbo  of  the  left  valve  becomes  more  and  more 
incurved,  owing  to  unequal  growth,  and  its  backward 
(opisthogyral)  twist  becomes  practically  symmetrical 
(orthogvral) ;  (d)  a  groove  which  at  first  appears  late  in 
life  on  the  left  valve,  becomes  more  deeply  marked  and 
appears  early ;  (e)  the  right  valve  becomes  flattened  and 
then  concave ;  (/)  the  size  of  the  whole  shell  steadily  in¬ 
creases  {Fig.  20,  B,C). 

It  seems  possible  that  these  changes  are  adaptations 
to  increased  muddiness  in  the  water.  They  are  repeated 
time  after  time  in  different  stocks  during  the  Jurassic 
period.  The  end-forms  of  each  lineage  seem  to  have 
become  extinct,  but  their  striking  features,  differing  so 
much  from  those  of  ordinary  oysters,  has  led  to  their 
being  united  as  a  separate  genus  Gryphcea.  This  is  a 
good  example  of  a  “  polyphyletic  genus,”  due  to  re¬ 
peated  parallel  development. 

(6)  The  genus  Inoceramns,  after  an  uneventful  his¬ 
tory  in  the  Jurassic  period,  underwent  in  the  later  Cre¬ 
taceous  period  a  series  of  changes,  along  several 
lineages,  remarkably  like  those  Gryphcea.^ 

(7)  The  Rudists  are  a  group  of  fossils,  mainly  Cre¬ 
taceous,  which  greatly  puzzled  the  earlier  palaeonto¬ 
logists,  who  referred  them  to  several  different  divisions 
of  the  animal  kingdom.  It  was  eventually  shown  that 

1  Woods,  H.,  1912,  “  The  Evolution  of  Inoceramus  in  Cretaceous 
time.”  Quart,  lourn.  Geol.  Soc.,  Ixviii,  1-20. 


THE  PAL.EONTOLOGICAL  RECORD  131 

they  were  highly  aberrant  lamellibranchs,  and  they  can 
be  traced  back,  to  Upper  Jurassic  fossils  which  diverge 
very  slightly  from  the  ordinary  cockles  of  the  period. 
The  Riidists  have  been  given  the  status  of  a  super¬ 
family  of  several  families,  so  that  even  if  their  origin 
from  the  family  Cardiidas  be  doubted,  they  are  a  case  of 
evolution  beyond  the  limits  of  a  family.' 


1  Eor  general  accounts  of  the  Rudists,  see  Douville,  H.,  1936,  “  Les 
Rudistes  et  leur  evolution,”  Bull.  Soc.  GeoL,  France  (5),  v,  319- 
358,  pi.  XV ;  and  Cox,  L.  R.,  1933,  “  The  Evolutionary  History  of 
the  Rudists,”  Free.  Geol.  Assoc.,  xliv,  379-388. 


CHAPTER  V 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING) 
PRINCIPLES  OF  EVOLUTION 

We  have  already  noted  how  the  simple  ideas  of  the 
“ladder  of  life”  were  gradually  replaced  by  the  in¬ 
creasingly  complex  idea  of  a  “tree  of  life.”  By  the 
process  of  trial  and  error  some  progress  towards  a  true 
conception  of  Evolution  has  been  made,  though  far 
more  remains  to  be  accomplished.  In  the  work  of  un¬ 
ravelling  the  very  tangled  skein  of  life,  some  guiding 
principles  have  been  eagerly  sought  for  and  believed 
to  have  been  found.  These  have  been  dignified  by  the 
name  of  “laws,”  a  term  better  avoided.  Even  in 
Physics  and  Chemistry,  the  term  “  law  ”  is  not  a  happy 
one,  since  the  analogy  which  it  suggests  with  human 
laws,  which  can  be  and  often  are  disobeyed,  is  apt  to 
suggest  false  philosophical  ideas.  But  at  least  in  those 
sciences  the  term  “law”  stands  for  generalizations 
which  are  precise;  and  no  such  precision  can  be  claimed 
for  the  “laws”  of  evolutionary  Biology.  I  prefer  to 
call  them  Principles,  a  term  applicable  to  generaliz^i- 
tions  which  cover  a  large  field  but  fade  away  at  its 
margin  into  vagueness  and  inaccuracy. 

I.  Cuvier’s  Principle  of  Correlation 
I  start  with  Cuvier’s  famous  principle  of  correlation, 
although  if  treated  as  a  rigid  law  it  is  rather  anti¬ 
evolutionary  than  evolutionary ;  but  taken  as  a  guiding 


13a 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  133 

principle,  it  may  be  very  useful.  1  translate  Cuvier’s 
own  statement;  — 

“  Happily,  comparative  anatomy  possessed  a  principle  which, 
when  well  developed,  could  clear  away  all  difficulties  :  that  of  the 
correlation  of  forms  in  organized  beings,  by  means  of  which 
every  kind  of  organism  could,  d.  la  rigueur,  be  recognized  by  any 
fragment  of  any  of  its  parts. 

Every  organized  being  forms  a  whole,  a  unique  and  closed 
system,  of  which  all  parts  mutually  correspond  and  cooperate  by 
reciprocal  reaction  for  the  same  definite  end.  None  of  these 
parts  can  change  without  the  others  changing  also ;  consequently 
each  of  them,  taken  separately,  indicates  and  gives  all  the 
others  ”  (10,  Vol.  I,  p.  xlv). 

He  then  points  out  how  a  digestive  system  adapted 
to  a  flesh  diet  implies  jaws  and  teeth,  claws,  limbs, 
sense-organs,  all  appropriate  to  hunting  and  eating 
flesh-food.  He  goes  on  to  the  muscles,  bones,  etc.  :  — 

“  Claw,  shoulder-blade,  condyle,  femur  and  all  other  bones 
each  taken  separately,  determine  tooth  or  one  another  reciproc¬ 
ally;  and,  starting  with  any  one  of  them,  he  who  truly  under¬ 
stood  {celui  qui  possederoit  rationellement)  the  laws  of  organic 
economy,  could  reconstruct  the  whole  animal  ”  {Op.  cit.,  p. 
xlvii). 

So  far  he  has  dealt  with  rational  correlation,  of  which 
tile  meaning  is  obvious;  but  there  are  also  empirical 
correlations,  the  reason  for  which  at  present  escapes 
us  :  — 

“  I  doubt  if  one  would  have  guessed,  if  observation  had  not 
shown  it,  that  the  Ruminants  should  all  have  the  cloven  hoof, 
and  they  alone  should  have  it ;  I  doubt  if  one  would  have  guessed 
that  frontal  horns  would  be  found  only  in  this  class ;  that  only 
those  of  them  with  sharp  canines  should  have  no  horns,  etc. 

Nevertheless,  since  these  relations  are  constant,  they  must 
have  a  sufficient  cause ;  but  as  we  do  not  know  it  we  must 
supplement  theory  by  observation ;  by  its  means  we  establish 
empirical  laws  almost  as  certain  as  the  rational  laws  when  they 
rest  upon  sufficiently  repeated  observations,  so  that  to-day  anyone 
who  sees  only  the  print  of  a  cloven  hoof  can  deduce  that  the 
animal  that  left  this  footprint  was  a  ruminant,  and  this  con¬ 
clusion  is  as  certain  as  any  other,  physical  or  moral.  This 
single  track  thus  gives  the  observer  the  form  of  the  teeth,  of 


134 


EVOLUTION  AND  Ti  S  xMODERN  CRITICS 


the  jaws,  of  the  vertebrae,  of  all  the  limb-bones,  the  shoulders 
and  pelvis  of  the  animal  that  has  gone  by.  It  is  a  surer  mark 
than  all  those  of  Zadig  ”  (Op.  cit.,  p.  xlix). 

Cuvier  was  able  to  silence  the  doubters,  too  easily 
as  it  has  since  turned  out,  by  a  dramatic  demonstration 
in  the  case  of  the  famous  little  fossil  opossum  of  Mont¬ 
martre  (Fig.  2i).  The  workmen  in  the  gypsum  quarries 


Part  of  slab  of  gypsum  with  part  of  vertebral 
column,  hip-girdle  and  part  of  hind- 
limbs.  Natural  size,  a,  a,  marsupial 
bones  (pre-pubis). 

(from  which  “  plaster  of  Paris  ”  got  its  name)  were  con¬ 
stantly  finding  mammalian  bones,  many  of  which  came 
to  Cuvier  for  determination.  In  this  case  a  slab  of 
gypsum  about  6  inches  by  3  had  been  split  open  and  the 
skeleton  of  a  small  mammal  was  preserved,  partly  on  one 
surface,  partly  on  the  other,  partly  still  buried  in  both 


.S()A[R  LHADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  135 

slabs.  Cuvier  recognized  the  mandible  as  identical  with 
one  previously  described  by  Delametherie  as  that  of  a 
bat,  but  he  pointed  out  that  it  had  a  pointed  angle  and 
the  coronoid  process  rising  above  the  condyle,  so  that  it 
must  belong  to  his  “  carnassiers,”  a  group  which  at 
that  time  included  Carnivora,  Insectivora,  and  Marsu- 
pialia.  He  then  dug  out  the  angle  and  found  in  it  the 
characteristic  inflexion  known  only  in  marsupials. 
Since  it  was  a  marsupial,  the  teeth  showed  that  it  was 
either  an  opossum  or  a  dasyure.  After  describing  the 
teeth  carefully  he  goes  on  to  say  :  — 

“  But  in  all  these  characters  there  is  so  little  difference  between 
opossums  and  dasyures,  that  a  cautious  naturalist  finds  himself 
unable  to  decide  between  these  two  genera  ”  (10,  Vol.  iii,  Article 
iii  :  D’une  petite  espece  de  Sarigue,  p.  290). 

Had  the  jaw  been  complete,  the  number  of  teeth 
should  have  settled  the  question.  Failing  that,  Cuvier 
dug  out  one  of  the  hind-limbs  and  found  the  5th  meta¬ 
tarsal  shorter  than  the  4th  as  in  opossums,  not  equal  as 
in  dasyures.  Thus  he  proved  an  American  type  of 
mammal  to  have  lived  in  Europe  at  the  time  the  Paris 
gypsum  was  being  formed — a  most  unexpected  dis¬ 
covery.  Cuvier  next  proceeded  to  his  dramatic  demon¬ 
stration.  Since  the  fossil  had  a  marsupial  type  of  jaw, 
it  should  have  marsupial  bones  in  front  of  the  pelvis 
(Fig.  21,  a,  a).  But  the  pelvis  was  largely  buried  in  the 
slab  ;  — 

“  I  dug  with  caution,  using  a  fine  steel  point,  and  had  the 
satisfaction  of  exposing  all  the  front  part  of  the  pelvis,  with  the 
two  supernumerary  or  marsupial  bones  which  I  had  sought  for 
in  their  natural  position,  quite  like  their  analogues  in  the 
opossums. 

This  operation  was  performed  in  the  presence  of  several  per¬ 
sons  to  whom  I  had  announced  the  result  in  advance,  with 
the  intention  of  proving  the  correctness  of  our  zoological  theories, 
since  the  true  test  of  a  theory  is,  without  contradiction,  the 
faculty  which  it  gives  of  foretelling  phenomena  ”  (Op.  dt.,  p. 
292). 


136  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

Cuvier  had  every  right  to  be  proud  of  such  a  beauti¬ 
ful  demonstration,  and  his  critics  must  have  been 
silenced.  Now,  however,  more  than  a  century  later, 
we  may  allow  ourselves  to  be  more  critical.  What 
Cuvier  had  proved  was  that  the  empirical  correlation 
between  jaw  and  pelvis  known  in  living  marsupials 
also  held  good  for  an  extinct  opossum  which  had  lived 
in  a  continent  far  from  the  home  of  any  modern  marsu¬ 
pial.  Cuvier  was  lucky  in  having  hit  upon  an  Eocene 
fossil  belonging  to  the  same  actual  genus  (Didelphys) 
as  the  modern  opossum.  But  he  had  done  nothing  to 
justify  the  claim  that  the  whole  animal  could  be  recon¬ 
structed  from  a  single  tooth.  He  had  not  been  able  to 
predict  from  the  teeth  whether  the  4th  and  5th  meta¬ 
tarsals  would  be  of  equal  or  unequal  length.  His  refer¬ 
ence  of  the  fossil  to  its  family  and  genus  was  based  on 
a  combination  of  characters,  not  on  a  single  one. 

Even  the  broad  correlation  between  jaw-angle  and 
marsupial  bones  does  not  hold  universally.  The  Aus¬ 
tralian  Koala  or  native  bear  (Phascolarctos)  has  marsu¬ 
pial  bones  but  no  inflexion  of  the  jaw-angle. 

As  knowledge  of  extinct  mammals  increased,  the 
uncertainty  of  Cuvier’s  principle  became  obvious. 
Owen  invented  the  term  “synthetic  type”  to  describe 
genera  which  showed  a  combination  of  characters  which 
Cuvier’s  principle  would  have  made  impossible.  It  is 
evident  that  a  wide  “margin  of  elasticity”  must  be 
allowed  around  a  principle  which  Cuvier  believed  to  be 
exact  and  rigid.  Nevertheless  the  myth  survives  among 
literary  men  that  Cuvier  “  reconstructed  a  whole  animal 
from  a  single  tooth”  or  that  Owen,  still  more  miracu¬ 
lously,  “  reconstructed  a  whole  bird  from  a  single 
feather.”  The  only  basis  for  this  last  statement  is  that, 
after  a  single  feather  had  been  found  in  the  Solnhofen 


SOME  r.EADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  137 

limestone,  the  easy  prediction  that  a  bird  would  some 
day  be  found  was  soon  fulfilled. 

2.  The  Principle  of  Recapitulation 

If  we  dissect  a  plant-bud  we  find  in  it  all  the  elements 
of  a  leafy  branch  or  a  flower,  tightly  packed  together 
and  only  requiring  unrolling  and  expansion  to  form 
the  full-grown  structure.  So  it  was  once  believed  to  be 
the  case  with  the  young  animal  :  all  its  parts  were 
supposed  to  be  present  in  miniature  in  the  egg.  Wil¬ 
liam  Harvey  (1578-1658),  the  discoverer  of  the  circula¬ 
tion  of  the  blood,  was  the  first  to  dispute  this  view, 
maintaining  from  his  observations  that  the  embryo 
passed  through  a  series  of  stages  very  unlike  the  adult. 
The  dispute  between  these  rival  views — preformation 
and  epigenesis — dominated  embryological  research  for 
two  centuries,  from  the  time  of  Harvey  to  that  of  von 
Baer  (1792-1876),  who  founded  modern  embryology. 
He  recognized  in  1834  that  embryos  of  allied  animals 
are  more  alike  than  the  adults  and  the  younger  the 
embryos  the  closer  the  likeness.  He  formulated  his 
conclusions  in  the  four  “laws”  : — ^ 

1.  In  development  from  the  egg  the  general  characters  appear 
before  the  special  characters. 

2.  From  the  more  general  characters  the  less  general  and 
finally  the  special  characters  are  developed. 

3.  During  its  development  an  animal  departs  more  and  more 
from  the  form  of  other  animals. 

4.  The  young  stages  in  the  development  of  an  animal  are  not 
like  the  adult  stages  of  other  animals  low  down  on  the 
scale,  but  are  like  the  young  stages  of  those  animals. 

About  this  time  palaeontologists  were  coming  to  re¬ 
cognize  that  the  succession  of  animals  in  time  was  a 

1  I  take  these  from  G.  R.  de  Beer’s  Embryology  and  Evolution  (13), 
not  having  seen  von  Baer’s  original  work. 


K\’()LUT10N  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


progressive  series,  and  in  1844  Louis  Agassiz  declared 
that 

“  Successive  creations  have  gone  through  phases  of  develop¬ 
ment  analogous  to  those  that  the  embryo  goes  through  in  its 
growth,  and  like  the  gradations  that  the  living  creation  shows 
us  in  the  ascending  series  which  in  its  totality  it  presents  ” 
(Monographie  des  poissons  fossiles  dii  Vieitx  Gres  Rouge,  Intro¬ 
duction,  p.  xxvi). 

When  Darwin’s  Origin  of  Species  had  brought  the 
theory  of  Evolution  to  the  front,  Ernst  Haeckel  (1834- 
1919)  put  the  ideas  of  Agassiz  into  evolutionary  form 
in  his  “  Biogenetic  Law,”  or  Principle  of  Recapitula¬ 
tion  :  — 

“  Every  animal,  in  its  individual  development  (ontogeny)  from 
egg  to  adult  repeats,  in  an  abbreviated  and  modified  form,  the 
evolution  of  its  race  (phylogeny).” 

d'his  has  been  picturesquely  expressed  in  the  phrase  : 
Every  animal  climbs  up  its  own  genealogical  tree. 

d'here  is  an  important  difference  between  von  Baer 
and  Haeckel,  since  the  former  implies  that  the  em¬ 
bryonic  stages  are  not  like  the  adult  but  like  the 
embryonic  stages  of  ancestral  forms,  whereas  phylo¬ 
geny  is  a  succession  of  adult  forms.  However,  these 
various  views  can  find  a  greatest  common  measure, 
which  may  be  expressed  thus:  — 

The  structural  stages  through  which  an  animal 
passes  in  its  ontogeny,  if  they  are  not  accounted  for 
exclusively  by  the  immediate  necessities  of  life,  are  a 
valuable  indication  of  the  ancestral  history. 

In  any  rigid  sense  recapitulation  of  ancestral  history 
is  a  sheer  impossibility.  The  one  fundamental  neces¬ 
sity  of  a  developing  animal  is  that  at  every  stage  of  its 
growth  it  should  be^able  to  live  in  its  particular  sur¬ 
roundings;  and  as,  in  the  case  of  air-breathing  Verte¬ 
brates,  for  instance,  those  surroundings  are  quite  unlike 


S(;M1':  lALWnNG  (AND  MISLK ADIND)  PRINCIPLES  139 

those  of  adult  fislies,  the  embryonic  mammal  cannot  be 
exactly  like  any  adult  fish.  For  instance  there  are 
formed  in  the  throat  of  the  embryo  mammal  gill- 
pouches  (or  rudimentary  gill-slits)  which  do  not  per¬ 
forate  the  side  of  the  throat  :  according  to  von  Baer  the 
stage  at  which  these  are  formed  corresponds  to  the 
embryo  fish  ;  according  to  Haeckel  it  is  the  stage  of  the 
adult  fish  modified. 

*  *  * 

It  is  chiefly  among  palaeontologists  that  adherents 
to  the  principle  of  recapitulation  are  still  to  be  found  ; 
but  it  is  important  to  note  that  pakeontologists  are 
rarely  concerned  with  embryonic  or  larval  stages. 
Their  illustrations  of  recapitulation  are  generally 
drawn  from  the  adolescent  stage.  A.  S.  Hyatt  {1838- 
1902),  C.  E.  Beecher  (1856-1904),  S.  S.  Buckman  (1859- 
1929),  R.  T.  Jackson  and  others  have  applied  Haeckel’s 
principle  to  fossil  Molluscs,  Brachiopods,  and  Echino- 
derms  (to  shell-characters  only,  of  course).  Within  these 
adolescent  stages  they  recognize  that  the  recapitulation 
may  not  only  be  abbreviated,  but  unequally  abbreviated 
for  different  characters  and  even  relatively  retarded, 
while  “skipping”  of  intermediate  stages  and  short- 
circuiting  of  roundabout  courses  may  often  occur. 
Thus  the  phylogenetic  history  may  undergo  consider¬ 
able  distortion  :  the  one  thing  which  the  principle  of 
recapitulation  would  not  allow  is  an  absolute  reversal 
of  the  order  of  ancestral  stages.  Yet,  as  we  shall  see, 
something  like  this  does  sometimes  occur. 

Those  who  deal  with  living  organisms,  on  the  other 
hand,  can  now  draw  upon  the  vast  series  of  observa¬ 
tions  coming  under  the  head  of  Experimental  Embryo- 
logv  and  Genetics,  and  can  apply  physiological  as  well 


140  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

^ls  morphological  ideas  to  their  interpretation.  Only 
those  actually  engaged  in  such  research  are  qualified 
to  expound  the  modern  views. 

G.  R.  de  Beer  (13)  recognizes  eight  possible  ways  in 
which  ontogeny  and  phylogeny  may  be  related,  and  of 
these  only  one  strictly  conforms  to  Haeckel’s  principle. 
To  this  one  case  he  gives  the  name  hypermorphosis  (or 
overstepping),  and  remarks  that  the  phylogenetic  effect 
that  it  may  produce  is  not  great.  Actually  this  seems 
to  be  borne  out  by  the  palaeontological  evidence  itself. 

One  of  the  clearest  cases  of  Haeckel’s  principle  is 
that  of  the  Alabama  Eocene  Volutid^e,  already  referred 
to  in  Chap.  IV.  Here  we  see  the  several  stages  of 
ontogeny  actually  “pressed  back’’  as  new  adult 
characters  are  “  piled  on  ’’ ;  but  the  whole  stock  is  mori¬ 
bund,  and  it  is  “old-age  characters’’  which  in  branch 
after  branch  are  “piled  on’’  until  extinction  comes. 
So  with  the  Rugose  Corals  of  the  Carboniferous  (7)  : 
the  ontogeny  of  the  later  forms  recapitulates  the  phylo¬ 
geny  but  the  lineages  are  short-lived,  apparently  not 
even  lasting  into  Upper  Carboniferous  time.  The 
whole  order  Rugosa  becomes  extinct  at  the  end  of  the 
Palaeozoic  and  is  replaced  by  corals  of  modern  type. 
These  resemble  the  Rugosa  only  in  the  very  earliest 
stages  of  ontogeny,  and  a  process  of  doubling  the 
number  of  septa  which  only  occurs  in  the  adult  Rugosa 
begins  early  in  the  modern  Corals  and  is  repeated 
several  times.  These  new  forms  are  not  the  direct 
descendants  of  the  Rugosa  ;  their  Palasozoic  ancestors 
may  have  been  soft-bodied  forms  like  sea-anemones, 
for  one  such  (Mackenzia)  has  been  preserved  in  that 
marvellous  repository  of  soft-bodied  animals,  the  Cam¬ 
brian  shales  of  Mount  Stephen,  British  Columbia.^ 

1  See  Raymond,  P.  E.,  1921.  “  History  of  Corals  and  the  ‘  Limeless  ’ 

Oceans.”  Amer.  Jnl.  Sci,  (5),  ii,  343-347. 


SOMK  LEADING  (AND  MISLP:ADING)  PRINCIPLES  14 1 

Among'  the  various  ways  in  which  the  ancestral 
record  may  be  modified  in  ontogeny,  Haeckelians 
recognize  (besides  abbreviation,  lengthening  of  phase 
and  skipping  of  stages)  the  developments  of  special 
structures  adapted  to  the  conditions  of  life  of  the 
developing  organism.  Such  structures  are  termed 
coenogenetic :  good  examples  are  the  amnion  and  other 
embryonic  membranes  of  the  higher  Vertebrates.  It 
is  inconceivable  that  such  structures  should  ever  have 
existed  in  any  adult  animal,  and  on  the  strict  theory  of 
recapitulation  they  are  mere  intercalations  in  the  record 
and  can  never  have  any  effect  on  phylogeny. 

But  it  is  with  regard  to  such  structures  or  modifica¬ 
tions  of  structure  that  the  recapitulation  theory  breaks 
down,  since  there  is  now  good  evidence  that  they  may 
influence  the  adult  structure.  The  most  striking  case 
is  found  in  Man.  In  all  amniotic  Vertebrates  (reptiles, 
birds,  mammals)  the  cramped  position  of  the  embryo 
within  the  amnion  causes  a  cranial  flexure,  by  which 
the  head  and  brain  are,  as  it  were,  doubled  up.  In 
nearly  all  cases  this  flexure  is  eventually  straightened 
out,  but  in  Man,  with  his  erect  attitude,  it  is  necessary 
to  keep  the  cranial  flexure,  so  that  the  face  may  look 
forwards  instead  of  up  in  the  air.  This  makes  it 
appear  as  though  Man,  on  the  recapitulation  theory, 
were  ancestral  to  the  other  Amniota  !  Haeckelians  can 
get  over  this  difficulty  by  saying  that  in  Man’s  phylo¬ 
geny  the  flexure  was  first  straightened  out  and  then  a 
new  flexure  developed,  while  ontogeny  skips  the 
straightened  phase.  But  this  is  not  a  satisfactory  ex¬ 
planation.  There  are  other  features  in  Man  (hair, 
skin-pigment,  teeth)  in  which  he  retains  features  shown 
in  the  embryo  of  anthropoids  :  on  the  strict  Haeckelian 
theory  these  would  show  Man  to  be  ancestral  to  the 
apes. 


142 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Recognition  of  the  possibility  that  characters 
originating  as  adaptations  to  embryonic  or  larval  con¬ 
ditions  may  afterwards  continue  into  the  adult  stage — a 
process  termed  “clandestine  evolution’’  by  de  Beer — 
may  explain  many  difficulties.  For  instance,  the 
torsion  of  gastropods,  by  which,  even  in  such  a  prim, 
tive  form  as  the  limpet  (Patella)  the  anus,  gills  and 
kidneys  are  twisted  round  to  the  head-region,  involv¬ 
ing  greater  or  less  asymmetry,  has  been  incomprehen¬ 
sible  as  a  useful  adaptation  for  the  adult.  But  Garstang 
(17)  has  shown  that  it  is  a  useful  adaptation  in  the 
larva,  and  can  take  place  easily  and  quickly  in  the  larval 
stage,  whereas,  had  it  originated  in  the  adult  stage  a 
number  of  transitional  conditions  would  have  to  be 
passed  through,  of  which  no  trace  is  retained.  Prob¬ 
ably  this  is  a  case  of  clandestine  evolution. 

Dewar  quotes  de  Beer’s  statement  of  clandestine 
evolution  with  only  the  feeble  criticism  that 

“  clandestine  evolution  followed  by  neoteny  [the  shortening  of 
ontogeny  by  precocious  sexual  maturity]  would  not  account  for 
the  absence  of  fossils  linking  ordinary  mammals  with  whales 
and  bats  ”  (D.,  p.  153). 

Certainly,  clandestine  evolution  does  not  solve  all  the 
difficulties  of  evolution,  only  a  limited  number. 

*  *  * 

Many  cases  quoted  as  examples  of  recapitulation  are 
rather  illustrations  of  what  I  have  called  the  greatest 
common  measure  of  von  Baer’s  and  Haeckel’s  prin¬ 
ciples.  Such  is  the  case  of  that  strange  parasite  on  the 
Crab,  known  as  Sacculina.  I  cannot  do  better  than 
translate  what  W.  R.  Thompson  says  of  it,  as  he  is  at 
once  an  authority  on  parasites  and  a  disbeliever  in 
evolution  :  — 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  14;, 

“  Among  the  group  of  Cirripedes  is  found  a  collection  of  extra¬ 
ordinary  creatures  known  as  the  Rhizocephala.  of  which 
Sacculina  is  the  classical  type.  Here  the  adult  is  little  more  than 
a  digestive  apparatus  which  sends  multiple  ramifications  through¬ 
out  the  body  of  its  host,  to  which  are  attached  reproductive 
glands.  But  the  larvae  issuing  from  the  eggs  shed  by  this 
almost  shapeless  creature  hatch  out  as  a  Naupliiis,  a  type^  char¬ 
acteristic  of  the  free  Cirripedes.  Further,  after  a  series  of 
moults,  this  larva  is  transformed  into  the  Cypris  type,  equally 
characteristic  of  the  Cirripedes.  For  a  time,  on  account  of  the  like¬ 
ness  existing  between  these  larval  forms  and  the  morphological 
type  of  certain  lower  Crustacea,  cases  of  this  kind  have  been 
considered  examples  of  the  so-called  biogenetic  law  of  Haeckel. 

.  .  .  The  existence  of  larval  forms  like  those  of  free  organisms 
in  the  life-cycle  of  a  parasite  with  very  ‘  degraded  ’  adult 
structure  would  indicate,  on  this  notion,  the  secondary  acquisi¬ 
tion  of  the  parasitic  habit  ”  (T.,  pp.  135-6). 

“  [This  explanation]  is  based  implicitly  on  the  view  that  these 
[larval]  forms  have  no  actual  significance.  But  that  is  not  only 
impossible  to  prove,  it  is  in  itself  not  very  probable.  As  M. 
Vialleton  says  :  ‘  One  is  astonished  to  see  these  parasites  develop 
organs  of  movement  {organes  de  relation)  destined  to  disappear. 
But  if  one  reflects  that  the  possession  of  these  organs  and  the 
development  of  complex  larval  forms  are  absolute  necessities  to 
ensure  the  dispersal  of  these  creatures  and  indeed  to  enable  them 
to  find  a  host,  one  sees  that  there  is  nothing  useless  or  super¬ 
fluous  in  their  life-history,  which,  far  from  being  due  to  some 
ancestral  memory,  is  necessitated  by  the  very  life  of  the  in¬ 
dividual  ’  ”  (T,,  pp.  141-142). 

Frankly,  this  reminds  one  of  the  absurd  riddle, 
“  Why  does  a  hen  rush  across  the  road  just  in  front  of 
a  motor-car  ? — Because  she  wants  to  get  to  the  other 
side.”  No  evolutionist  needs  to  be  told  that  Sacculina 
must  have  a  free-swimming  larva  in  order  to  find  a 
host ;  nor  does  he  doubt  that,  if  some  easier  way  of  find¬ 
ing  a  host  were  available,  “ancestral  memory”  would 
be  powerless  to  preserve  this  significant  life-history. 
That  is  what  has  probably  happened  in  the  case  of  the 
Cestodes  (tape-worms),  from  whose  life-cycle  all  “an¬ 
cestral  memory”  has  probably  vanished  completelv. 
What  creationists  have  to  explain  is  not  why  the  hen 
wants  to  get  across  the  road,  but  why  she  chooses  that 


'44 


EVOI.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


particular  method  and  moment  for  doing  it.  Granted 
that  Sacculina  must  have  a  free-swimming  larva,  why 
should  it  not  have  a  ciliated  larva  like  a  Trematode,  or 
like  so  many  echinoderms,  worms  and  molluscs?  Why 
does  it  have  two  successive  larval  stages,  thereby  in¬ 
creasing  the  risk  of  death  before  reaching  a  host  ?  Why 
should  those  larvae  be  of  Arthropod  type,  moving  by 
muscular  appendages  and  entirely  devoid  of  cilia? 
Why  should  the  first  larval  form  be  one  common  to 
most  of  the  lower  Crustacea,  and  the  second  be  that 
characteristic  of  the  ordinary,  non-parasitic  Cirripedes  ? 
Evolution  gives  a  meaning  to  all  these  peculiarities  : 
Creation  can  only  suggest  a  storage-place  with  an 
inadequate  number  of  pigeon-holes,  so  that  a  parasite 
has  to  get  shoved  in  along  with  some  group — no  matter 
which — to  which  it  has  no  resemblance. 

We  must  note,  however,  that  this  is  not  actually  a 
case  of  recapitulation.  Sacculina  must  have  had 
ordinary  non-parasitic  Cirripedes  in  its  ancestry,  but  it 
passes  through  no  such  stage  :  it  only  goes  through  the 
larval  stages,  not  the  adult  stage,  of  the  ordinary  Cirri¬ 
pedes,  thus  supporting  von  Baer  against  Haeckel. 
Moreover,  the  so-called  Cypris  stage  is  not  the  adult 
stage  of  Ostracods,  but  only  superficially  resembles  it. 

*  *  * 

Again,  when  Mr.  Dewar  tries  to  show  that  the  phases 
passed  through  by  the  circulatory  system  of  the  higher 
Vertebrates  have  nothing  to  do  with  their  fish-ancestry, 
but  are  all  explicable  by  the  physiological  needs  of  the 
developing  embryo,  he  is  able  to  make  out  a  very 
plausible  case.  Certainly  those  needs  are  paramount, 
but  they  are  not  satisfied  in  the  simplest  conceivable 
way  :  Mr.  Dewar  explains  this  by  saying  that  the  cir- 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  145 

dilation  is  formed  on  the  “  Vertebrate  plan,”  but  this 
is  really  a  fish  plan,  elaborately  readjusted  to  meet  the 
needs  of  an  air-breathing  animal. 

Before  justifying  this  last  statement,  I  would  offer 
an  analogy  in  modern  engineering.  Certain  railway¬ 
lines  were  originally  constructed  as  single  lines  of 
secondary  importance,  and  many  years  later  recon¬ 
structed  as  double  lines  of  primary  importance.  As  it 
was  necessary  not  only  to  add  a  second  line,  but  also 
to  improve  the  curves  and  gradients,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  utilize  the  old  line  as  much  as  possible,  the 
curious  result  was  that  the  up  and  down  lines  do  not 
everywhere  run  side  by  side  but  diverge  in  line  and 
level,  in  a  way  they  would  never  do  had  the  line  been 
constructed  for  express  traffic  from  the  beginning.  Two 
cases  of  this  kind  are  well  known  to  me  because  I  have 
travelled  over  the  lines  before,  during  and  after  the 
reconstruction  (the  Severn  Tunnel  line  and  the  line 
from  High  Wycombe  to  Prince’s  Risborough,  both  on 
the  Great  Western  Railway);  but  when  I  saw  similar 
features  in  Austria  on  the  railway  between  Salzburg  and 
Schwarzach,  I  inferred  that  that  line  must  have  under¬ 
gone  a  similar  evolution. 

The  case  of  the  Vertebrate  circulation  is  analogous. 
The  heart  of  bird  and  mammal  is  a  double  organ  : 
physiologists  find  it  convenient  to  speak  of  the  right 
heart  and  left  heart  as  though  they  were  separate 
organs,  and  there  is  no  physiological  reason  why  they 
should  not  have  been  created  as  separate  hearts,  like  the 
systemic  and  branchial  hearts  of  the  cuttle-fish.  But 
the  single,  individual  heart  is  physiologically  appro¬ 
priate  to  fishes,  as  in  them  all  the  blood  has  to  be  driven 
to  the  gills  first,  flowing  thence  to  the  dorsal  aorta  and 
other  arteries.  As  there  are  at  least  five  gill-pouches  in 


10 


i4(J  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

any  lish  (6  or  7  in  some  sharks  and  the  lampreys),  there 
must  beat  least /oitr  pairs  of  aortic  arches  through  which 
blood  passes  on  its  way  from  the  heart  to  the  dorsal  aorta. 
In  air-breathing  Vertebrates  there  is  no  need  for  more 
than  one  arch  (half  a  pair)  and  that  is  the  final  stage 
reached  independently  in  birds  and  mammals,  the  single 
arch  being  on  the  right  side  in  birds  and  the  left  in 
mammals.  But  in  amphibians  and  reptiles  we  see  several 
stages  in  the  reduction  of  the  number  of  arches — 3  pairs 
in  amphibians,  2  in  reptiles,  in  general.  These  transi¬ 
tional  forms  show  various  “ingenious  devices”  by 
which  the  arterial  and  venous  blood  is  prevented  from 
mixing  in  the  ventricle,  which  still  keeps  its  fish-like 
undivided  condition.  Only  when  the  ventricle  is  com¬ 
pletely  divided  into  right  and  left  cavities  (in  crocodiles, 
birds  and  mammals,  so  far  as  our  actual  knowledge 
goes,  though  most  probably  in  many  of  the  extinct 
“  reptiles”  also)  is  it  possible  for  the  complete  simpli¬ 
fication  of  the  aortic  arch  system  to  take  place. 

If  therefore  we  accept  Mr.  Dewar’s  interpretations 
that  creative  activity  is  under  compulsion  to  conform 
to  a  certain  “  Vertebrate  plan,”  we  must  infer  that  that 
plan  was  originally  chosen  with  a  view  to  the  creation 
of  water-breathing  fishes,  and  that  the  air-breathing 
vertebrates  were  an  afterthought,  the  original  fish-plan 
being  in  them  patched  up  in  various  ingenious  ways  to 
suit  cold-blooded  and  warm-blooded  air-breathers.  If 
the  evidence  were  in  the  contrary  direction — if  the  fish- 
circulation  showed  features  which  could  only  be  ex¬ 
plained  as  modifications  of  a  plan  primarily  designed 
for  air-breathers,  it  would  provide  an  argument  for 
creation.  As  it  is,  the  opposite  is  the  case. 


SOME  I.EADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  147 

A  very  pretty  example  of  the  way  in  which  palajonto- 
logy  and  embryology  may  help  and  check  one  another 
is  the  case  of  the  origin  of  the  tritubercular  molar  teeth, 
a  type  found  in  primitive  mammals,  from  which  most 
of  the  more  elaborate  types  of  the  higher  mammals  can 
be  derived.  In  this  simple  type  the  crown  of  each  tooth 
has  three  conical  tubercles,  arranged  in  a  triangle — one 
towards  the  inner  (lingual)  side  and  two  towards  the 
outer  (labial)  side  in  upper-jaw  teeth,  with  the  reverse 
arrangement  in  the  lower-jaw  teeth.  Osborn  proposed 
the  theory  that  this  type  was  derived  from  the  type 
shown  by  the  Jurassic  Triconodonts,  where  there  are 
three  tubercles  in  line  :  the  middle  tubercle  of  the  three 
(representing  the  single  reptilian  cone)  having  shifted 
lingually  (inwards,  towards  the  tongue)  in  the  upper 
jaw  of  later  mammals,  and  labially  (outwards,  towards 
the  lip)  in  their  lower  jaw.  Embryological  evidence  of 
the  order  of  appearance  of  these  cones  confirmed  this 
theory  for  the  lower  jaw  but  not  for  the  upper  :  thus  for 
some  years  there  seemed  to  be  a  conflict  of  evidence 
(28).  More  extensive  palaeontological  discoveries,  how¬ 
ever,  especially  in  the  Cretaceous  of  Mongolia,  have 
shown  that  while  Osborn  was  right  about  the  lower 
teeth,  the  three  cones  of  the  upper  teeth  originated  in  a 
different  manner,  and  embryology  and  palaeontology  are 
now  in  accord. 

One  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  objections  to  the  recapitulation 
theory  is  that  it  does  not  apply  to  plants.  But  the 
growth  of  a  plant  is  so  largely  a  question  of  vegetative 
repetition  of  similar  structures — not  very  different  from 
the  budding  of  a  colonial  animal  such  as  a  coral — that  it 
is  difficult  to  isolate  the  true  ontogeny.  As  I  am  not 
a  botanist  I  cannot  venture  further,  but  will  only  point 
out  that  Prof.  Birbal  Sahni,  of  Lucknow,  has  claimed 


148  EVOLUTUJN  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

“  that  the  phenomenon  of  recapitulation  is  of  wide  occurrence 
among  plants.  .  .  .  Indeed,  botanists  have  often  tacitly  accepted 
the  principle,  though,  curiously  enough,  few  have  cared  to 
avow  it.  One  reason  for  this  hesitation  may  be  the  fact  that 
much  of  the  evidence  is  derived,  not  from  the  embryo  or  ‘  seed¬ 
ling  ’  as  ordinarily  understood,  but  from  the  development  of 
individual  organs  produced  at  intervals  during  the  adult  life  of 
the  plant. 

It  would  seem  that  Prof.  vSahni  is  not  thinking  of  the 
strictly  Haeckelian  principle,  but  rather  of  what  I  have 
suggested  as  the  “greatest  common  measure”  of 
Haeckel  and  von  Baer.  And  1  think  the  same  would 
apply  to  the  support  of  the  Recapitulation  Theory  by 
many  palaeontologists. 

3.  The  Principle  of  Change  of  Function 

When  the  mechanical  view  of  creation  prevailed  and 
Paley’s  analogy  between  a  watch  and  an  organism  was 
regarded  with  respect  and  admiration,  it  was  natural  to 
think  of  an  animal  as  created  by  the  putting  together  of 
a  series  of  separate  organs  each  endowed  with  its  defi¬ 
nite  duty  or  function.  Paley  even  suggested  that  the 
spleen,  to  which  physiologists  could  not  then  ascribe 
any  function,  may  have  been  created  to  serve  as  “  pack¬ 
ing  ”  for  the  other  viscera. 

This  attitude  of  mind  must  have  received  a  shock 

when  Claude  Bernard  published  his  researches  on  the 

functions  of  the  liver,  in  which  he  showed  that  that 

organ,  in  addition  to  its  obvious  function  of  secreting 

bile,  had  the  function  of  storing  excess  carbohydrate 

in  the  form  of  glycogen  and  so  standardizing  the  sugar- 

content  of  the  blood.  (Later  researches  have  proved  a 

third  function  of  the  liver,  that  of  preparing  the  blood 

for  the  excretory  function  of  the  kidney.)  When  the 

1  Sahni,  B.,  1925.  “  The  Ontogeny  of  Vascular  Plants  and  the 

Theory  of  Recapitulation,”  ]nl.  Indian  Bot.  Soc.,  iv,  202-216. 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  i4(, 

liver’s  glycogenic  function  is  taxed  to  full  capacity, 
other  organs  begin  to  store  glycogen — the  root-sheath 
of  the  hairs,  for  instance.  Such  unusual  conduct  may 
be  called  pathological,  but  as  long  as  a  reaction  to  un¬ 
usual  conditions  is  compatible  with  continued  life,  how 
can  we  draw  a  line  between  the  pathological  and  the 
normal  ?  Should  we  not  think  of  the  function  of  an 
organ  as  that  which  it  actually  does  perform  under 
given  conditions,  rather  than  as  that  which  it  was  de¬ 
signed  to  perform  ? 

The  bearing  of  this  on  Evolution  was  first  clearly 
perceived  by  Anton  Dohrn,  the  founder  of  the  Naples 
Zoological  Station,  who  enunciated  the  “principle  of 
change  of  function  ’’  (Princip  des  Functionwechsels)  in 
1875.  ^  principle  is  that  an  organ  may  have,  in 

addition  to  its  primary  function,  one  or  more  sub¬ 
sidiary  functions,  and  that  when  changed  conditions 
render  the  original  function  unnecessary  one  of  the 
minor  functions  may  assume  primary  importance  and 
lead  to  new  developments  in  the  organ.  The  value  of 
this  principle  lay  in  its  clearing  away  those  formidable 
obstacles  to  the  acceptance  of  evolution  presented  by 
organs  or  systems  of  organs  which  would  apparently  be 
quite  useless  until  fully  developed. 

Striking  illustrations  of  this  principle  are  provided 
by  the  change  in  mode  of  life  from  microphagous  to 
carnivorous  among  primitive  Vertebrates,  and  the  re¬ 
lated  evolution  of  the  endocrine  or  “ductless”  glands. 
As  these  glands  serve  to  pour  secretions  into  the  blood, 
it  matters  little  where  they  are  placed  on  the  course  of 
the  circulation  :  they  might  serve  as  packing,  like 
Paley’s  spleen.  One  of  these  is  the  thyroid,  which 
varies  in  position  from  near  the  front  of  the  jaw  (in 
sharks)  to  near  the  heart  (in  birds),  being  alongside  the 


150 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


windpipe  in  mammals.  From  its  embryology  and  com¬ 
parative  anatomy  it  is  clearly  homologous  with  the 
cndostyle  of  the  Amphioxus  and  the  Tunicates — a 
ciliated  groove  along  the  floor  of  the  pharynx,  which 
plays  much  the  same  part  in  the  feeding  of  those  lowly 
forms  as  the  hibial  palps  of  Lamellibranchs,  though 
quite  different  morphologically.  When  the  early  Verte¬ 
brates  changed  their  microscopic  diet  for  one  requiring 
crushing  between  jaws,  the  endostyle  lost  its  original 
food-carrying  function,  but  as  it  had  presumably  already 
acquired  its  endocrine  function  it  did  not  disappear,  but 
gradually  fitted  itself  to  the  changes  in  the  throat  region 
and  shifted  its  position  to  suit  other  structures. 

In  connexion  with  the  later  change  from  a  water-  to 
a  land-habitat  and  water-  to  air-breathing,  we  have  con¬ 
siderable  changes  of  function  in  the  gill-clefts  and 
supporting  skeletal  arches.  The  morphological  corre¬ 
spondence  (homology)  between  the  structures  in  ques¬ 
tion  throughout  Vertebrata,  in  spite  of  their  very 
different  functions,  is  accepted  by  Mr.  Dewar,  who  ex¬ 
plains  it  on  the  theory  that  there  is  a  certain  Vertebrate 
plan  within  which  the  creative  power  is  constrained  to 
work.  A  list  of  the  homologies  of  the  first  six  gill- 
arches  is  given  by  him  (D,  p.  48)  and  need  not  be  re¬ 
peated  here,  except  as  regards  the  points  which  he 
regards  as  fatal  to  an  evolutionary  explanation  :  — 

“  5.  The  fifth  arch — third  visceral  arch — gives  rise  to  the 
third  gill  arch  in  fish,  disappears  in  amphibians,  reptiles  and 
birds,  and  forms  part  of  the  thyroid  cartilage  in  mammals. 

6.  The  sixth  arch — fourth  visceral  arch— gives  rise  to  the 
fourth  gill  arch  in  fish,  disappears  in  amphibians,  reptiles  and 

birds,  and  gives  rise  to  the  epiglottis  in  mammals . ”  (D., 

p.  48). 

“  The  fate  of  the  third  and  fourth  visceral  arches  demonstrates 
that  the  evolutionary  interpretation  of  embryological  phenomena 
is  incorrect,  and  indeed  is  of  itself  almost  sufficient  to  disprove 
the  recapitulation  theory.  According  to  this  theory,  these  two 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  i^i 

arches  exist  only  because  the  amphibia  evolved  from  fish,  they 
are  of  no  use  to  the  amphibia.  This  being  so,  they  should  have 
undergone  atrophy,  as  the  hind  limbs  of  whales  are  supposed  to 
have  done,  and  by  the  Trias  all  traces  of  them  should  have  been 
lost.  The  recapitulationist  has  to  suppose  that  they  not  only  did 
not  undergo  atrophy,  but  after  many  millions  of  years  suddenly 
acquired  the  power  of  developing  into  the  epiglottis  and  contribut¬ 
ing  to  the  formation  of  the  thyroid  cartilage  in  mammals.  Had 
not  the  history  of  these  two  arches  been  different  from  that  of 
any  other  useless  organ  mammals  could  not  have  evolved  ”  (D., 
PP-  50,  51)* 

Tlie  fallacy  here  is,  as  in  other  arguments  of  Mr. 
Dewar’s,  that  he  assumes  that  because  in  existing 
adult  amphibians  and  reptiles  these  two  visceral  arches 
have  disappeared  from  want  of  function,  that  they  had 
already  disappeared  or  were  functionless  in  those  primi¬ 
tive  amphibia  and  reptiles  through  which  mammals  are 
derived. 

4.  Parallel  Development,  Convergence  and 
Adaptative  Radiation 

As  we  have  seen,  Lamarck,  in  the  process  of  emanci¬ 
pating  himself  from  the  false  idea  of  the  “ladder  of 
life,”  came  to  recognize  not  only  that  there  had  been 
divergence  in  evolution,  but  also  that  there  had  been 
repetition,  as  in  the  case  of  the  “  flying  squirrels”  and 
“flying  lemur”  which  developed  a  similar  parachute- 
mechanism  to  that  through  which  the  bat’s  wing  must 
have  evolved.  The  earlier  post-Darwinian  evolutionists 
did  not  sufficiently  realize  the  extent  to  which  such 
repetition  had  occurred,  hence  the  too  simple  pedigrees 
which  they  constructed. 

The  results  of  repetition  in  evolution  are  expressed  by 
the  terms  “parallel  development”  and  “convergence.” 
No  sharp  distinction  can  be  drawn  between  the  two,  but 
the  former  term  expresses  very  clearly  the  case  where 


152  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

two  closely  allied  forms,  evolving  along  similar  lines  in 
adaptation  to  similar  conditions,  keep  the  same  points 
of  difference  with  which  they  started;  while  the  latter 
is  applied  to  lineages  which  start  from  much  more  dis¬ 
tantly  related  forms  but  end  with  forms  in  which  the 
external  resemblances  are  more  conspicuous  than  the 
differences.  But  before  there  can  be  convergence  there 
must  be  divergence.  The  cause  of  divergence  of  races 
and  species  is  sometimes  a  complete  mystery,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  Pacific  Island  land-snails  (pp.  177-9),  and 
among  fossil  mollusca  it  is  often  difficult  to  suggest  any 
reason  for  divergence ;  but  there  are  cases  where  we  are 
obviously  dealing  with  adaptations  to  varied  conditions. 
The  most  beautiful  illustrations  are  found  among  land- 
vertebrates  (reptiles  and  mammals)  which  show  what 
Osborn  has  termed  “  adaptative  radiation.”  This  is 
shown  most  clearly  by  the  limbs  and  teeth.  Thus  a 
small  quadruped,  with  short  limbs  scarcely  lifting  the 
body  off  the  ground,  each  with  five  digits  ending  in 
claws,  is  most  at  home  on  the  ground,  but  can  make 
some  attempt  at  scrambling  up  trees  or  scratching  a  hole 
in  the  ground,  or  even  venture  into  water;  and  from 
such  a  form  as  ancestor,  specialization  may  take  place 
in  at  least  four  directions,  leading  to  (i)  swift-running 
(cursorial)  forms  like  dog  or  horse,  with  body  lifted  high 
up,  limbs  vertical  and  with  only  the  toe-tips  touching 
the  ground  (digitigrade  or  unguligrade) ;  (2)  digging 
forms  like  the  rabbit  (still  living  on  the  surface)  or  the 
mole  (almost  entirely  underground,  with  limbs  highly 
specialized  for  digging) ;  (3)  water-animals,  either  am¬ 
phibious  like  the  beaver,  or  thoroughly  aquatic  like  the 
Siren ians,  the  body  tending  to  become  fish-like,  and  the 
arms  fin-like ;  and  (4)  arboreal  animals,  with  hands  and 
feet  (and  sometimes  the  tail)  adapted  to  grasping 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  i.e, 


branches — from  these,  hying  forms  may  have  been 
evolved. 

Similarly  with  the  teeth  :  starting  witli  omnivorous 
forms,  subsisting  on  insects,  worms,  snails,  fruits  and 
herbs,  we  may  have  specialization  towards  (i)  a 
purely  insectivorous  diet,  marked  by  small,  pointed, 
transfixing  teeth,  or  with  increasing  use  of  the  tongue, 
by  eventual  suppression  of  teeth,  as  in  the  ant-eaters; 
(2)  a  carnivorous  diet,  for  which  certain  teeth  eventually 
come  to  have  the  form  and  action  of  scissor-blades ;  (3) 
an  herbivorous  diet,  which  leads  to  various  forms  of 
gnawing  and  grinding  teeth. 

Since  each  habitat  can  be  combined  with  almost  any 
diet,  the  radiations  may  be  very  complex.  Still  further 
complexity  arises  from  the  fact  that  even  after  an  animal 
lineage  has  advanced  some  distance  on  the  road  of 
specialization  it  may  strike  out  in  some  new  direction. 
One  of  the  most  surprising  instances  of  this  is  the 
family  Chalicotheriid^e  {Figs.  8  and  9),  which,  after 
advancing  in  the  direction  of  a  liooved,  galloping  life 
turned  towards  a  clawed,  scratching  or  digging  habit. 
And  there  is  good  evidence  that  all  the  Australian  mar¬ 
supials  are  descended  from  arboreal  forms;  yet  they 
exhibit  an  adaptative  radiation  closely  parallel  to  that 
of  the  placental  mammals  as  a  whole,  as  shown  in  this 
table  :  — 


Habit. 
Carnivorous 
Ant-eating 
Digging 
Arboreal 
Arboreal  with 
parachute 
Aquatic 


Marsupials.  Placentals. 

Dasyuridae,  Thylacinida^  Cats,  dogs,  etc. 

Myrmecobius  Ant-eater 

Nptoryctes  (marsupial  mole)  Mole 
Dendrolagus  (tree-kangaroo)  Squirrel 
Pctaurus  (flying  phalanger)  Flying-squirrel 

and  Galeopithecus 

Chironectes  (a  South  Ameri-  Otter,  etc. 
can,  not  Australian,  mar¬ 
supial) 


'54 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


The  convergence  shown  by  some  of  these  parallel 
forms  is  very  striking  :  in  external  appearance  a  Thyla- 
cine  (Tasmanian  wolf)  is  very  much  like  a  wolf,  for 
instance. 


-X-  *  -x- 

Opponents  of  the  evolution  theory  profess  doubt  as  to 
the  possibility  of  an  animal  abandoning  a  habit  of  life 
to  which  it  was  adapted  in  favour  of  another  to  which 
it  is  less  adapted.  Thus  Mr.  Dewar  writes  :  — 

“If  the  evolution  theory  be  true,  the  reptiles  were  the  first 
vertebrates  to  adapt  themselves  to  a  fully  terrestrial  existence. 
Does  it  not  seem  strange  that,  having  accomplished  this  great 
feat,  half  a  dozen  orders  should  have  returned  to  the  liquid  ele¬ 
ment?”  (D.,  p.  128). 

Not  at  all  strange,  if  we  consider  that  a  successful 
group  soon  fills  up  its  habitat  and  the  pressure  of  popu¬ 
lation  drives  its  marginal  members  to  venture  into  other 
habitats.  That  such  change  of  habitat  may  actually 
occur  is  shown  by  the  following  quotation  from  Wc  H. 
Hudson  :  — 

“  There  are  two  interesting  opossums,  both  of  the  genus 
Didelphys,  but  in  habits  as  far  apart  as  cat  from  otter.  One  of 
these  marsupials  appears  so  much  at  home  in  the  plains  that  I 
almost  regret  having  said  that  the  vizcacha  [a  rodent  of  the 
Chinchilla  family]  alone  gives  us  the  idea  of  being  in  its  habits 
the  product  of  the  pampas.  This  animal — Didelphys  auritur — 
has  a  long  slender,  wedge-shaped  head  and  body,  admirably 
adapted  for  pushing  through  the  thick  grass  and  rushes ;  for  it 
is  both  terrestrial  and  aquatic,  therefore  well  suited  to  inhabit 
low,  level  plains,  liable  to  be  flooded.  .  .  .  The  other  opossum 
is  the  black  and  white  Didelphys  azarae ;  and  it  is  indeed  strange 
to  find  this  animal  on  the  pampas.  ...  It  shuffles  along  slowly 
and  awkwardly  on  the  ground.  ...  In  every  way  it  is  adapted 
to  an  arboreal  life,  yet  it  is  everywhere  found  on  the  level  country, 
far  removed  from  the  conditions  which  one  would  imagine  to  be 
necessary  to  its  existence.  For  how  many  thousands  of  years 
has  this  marsupial  been  a  dweller  on  the  plain,  all  its  best 
faculties  unexercised,  its  beautiful  grasping  hands  pressed  to  the 
ground  and  its  prehensile  tail  dragged  like  an  idle  rope  behind  it ! 


SOMK  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  155 

Vet,  if  one  is  brought  to  a  tree,  it  will  take  to  it  as  readily  as  a 
duck  to  water,  or  an  armadillo  to  earth,  climbing  up  the  trunk 
and  about  the  branches  with  a  monkey-like  agility  ” 
{The  Naturalist  in  La  Plata,  1892,  pp.  17-19). 

So  far  as  one  can  judge  from  this  description  (and  1 
have  no  further  information),  since  Didelphys  is  an 
arboreal  genus,  it  would  seem  that  these  two  species 
have  changed  their  habitat  at  different  times — D.  azarcu 
so  recently  that  it  has  not  yet  made  any  perceptible 
progress  in  adaptation  to  pampas  life,  D.  auritur  at  a 
much  earlier  date  so  that  it  has  made  great  progress  in 
that  direction.  Whether  this  be  so  or  not,  they  do  both 
illustrate  change  of  habitat. 

'Fhat  convergence,  at  least  in  a  single  feature,  may 
occur  among  lineages  of  varied  degrees  of  nearness  or 
remoteness  is  shown  by  the  prehensile  tail.  Among 
mammals  this  feature,  for  some  reason  unknown  to  me, 
is  specially  South  American  :  it  is  shown  by  the  Cebidas 
(spider-monkeys)  among  Primates,  the  kinkajou  among 
Carnivores,  the  tree-porcupines  among  Rodents,  and 
the  opossums  among  Marsupials.  In  our  own  little 
harvest-mouse  we  see  it  in  an  incipient  stage.  But  it  is 
also  found  in  the  chameleon  among  Reptiles,  and  the 
“sea-horse”  (Hippocampus)  among  Fishes. 

Where  parallel  development  is  shown  by  a  single 
organ,  and  in  animals  so  far  apart  as  fishes,  reptiles 
and  mammals,  it  is  not  likely  to  be  confused  with  blood- 
relationship.  Only  a  crank  would  suggest  that  the  sea¬ 
horse  was  ancestral  to  the  chameleon  and  that  to  the 
opossum  :  both  sea-horse  and  chameleon  are  much  too 
specialized  in  their  own  classes  to  be  ancestral  to  other 
classes.  But  where  parallel  development  affects  a  num¬ 
ber  of  organs  in  several  nearly-allied  groups,  it  may 
often  lead  to  mistakes  in  phylogeny.  Only  by  atten¬ 
tion  to  all  the  characters  that  can  be  studied  can  such 


156  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

mistakes  be  avoided.  (The  reader  may  refer  again  to 
Tig.  17  and  its  explanation,  p.  103.) 

A  good  example  of  parallel  development  of  a  simple 
kind  is  afforded  by  the  mammie  of  Mammalia.  In  all 
primitive  forms,  where  a  numerous  litter  is  produced  at 
a  birth,  these  are  necessarily  many  in  number,  and  are 
arranged  in  two  sub-parallel  rows  extending  from  the 
pectoral  to  the  inguinal  region.  This  condition  persists 
in  a  few  advanced  types,  as  the  dog.  In  most  others, 
diminution  in  the  number  of  offspring  is  accompanied 
by  a  reduction  of  the  mamm^,  sometimes  from  one  end 
of  the  series,  sometimes  from  the  other.  Thus  in  the 
Marsupialia,  the  true  Ungulata,  and  the  Cetacea,  as  well 
as  in  a  few  special  cases  among  Insectivora  (SoJenodon) 
and  Rodentia  (guinea-pig),  and  the  seals  among  Car¬ 
nivora,  the  mammas  are  confined  to  the  abdomen  ;  while 
in  the  Subungulata  (Elephants,  Hyrax  and  Sirenians), 
Xenarthra  (South  American  Edentates),  Bats  and  Pri¬ 
mates  they  are  pectoral.  (Some  lemurs  retain  some  ab¬ 
dominal  mammae  in  addition  to  the  pectoral.)  As  these 
two  plans  for  restriction  exhaust  the  possibilities,  it  is 
probable  that  in  each  category  there  are  forms  associated 
through  blood-relationship  and  others  through  acci¬ 
dental  parallelism.  The  Elephants,  Hyrax  and 
wSirenians  are  linked  together  in  various  ways  :  that  they 
should  also  agree  in  having  pectoral  mammai  is  a  valu¬ 
able  confirmation  of  affinity;  but  there  are  no  such 
grounds  for  associating  Xenarthra  and  Primates 
closely.  Again,  the  abdominal  mammae  of  the  guinea- 
pig  are  “true”  teats,  while  those  of  Ungulates  are 
“false”  teats  (the  difference  is  explained  in  Dewar, 
pp.  91-92),  hence  the  convergence  is  only  in  respect  of 
position,  not  of  structure.  Dewar  regards  the  inde¬ 
pendent  evolution  of  “true”  teats  in  Marsupials, 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  LRINCIPLI-S  157 


}\()dents  and  l^rimates  as  improbable;  and  asserts  that 
“  an  intermediary  between  the  two  [kinds]  is  unimagin¬ 
able  ”  (D.,  p.  92).  The  difficulty  is  not  obvious  to  me, 
perhaps  from  want  of  exact  knowledge,  but  the  inde¬ 
pendent  evolution  of  both  kinds,  in  more  than  one  line 
of  descent,  from  the  primitive  depressions  of  the  Mono- 
tremata,  does  not  seem  beyond  the  limits  of  the  prob¬ 
able. 


*  *  * 

Failure  to  recognize  the  difference  between  con¬ 
vergence  and  affinity  has  led  to  some  very  regrettable 
theories  of  particular  phylogenies,  on  which  much  time 
has  been  wasted.  The  earliest  known  Vertebrates  and 
their  contemporaries,  the  Eurypterids  (Arthropods) 
show  some  striking  resemblances  in  form,  due 
to  adaptation  to  a  similar  mode  of  life.  On  this 
basis  Gaskell  and  others  elaborated  with  perverse  in¬ 
genuity  a  theory  of  the  descent  of  Vertebrata  from 
Eurypterida.  It  involved  a  complete  disregard  of 
embryological  and  histological  evidence,  and  strained 
the  principle  of  change  of  function  to  breaking-point, 
and  its  place  in  the  history  of  evolution-theory  might 
well  bear  the  inscription  :  “  How  not  to  do  it.” 

Again,  G.  Steinmann  propounded  the  theory  that 
Cetacea  (marine  mammals)  are  descended  from  Ichthyo- 
sauria  (marine  reptiles),  basing  it  on  similarities  due  to 
adaptation  to  a  similar  life,  and  ignoring  the  differences 
which  show  that  the  starting-point  of  the  adaptative 
process  was  quite  different  in  the  two  cases. 

*  *  * 

Unfortunately,  the  principle  of  convergence  is  now  in 
danger  of  being  overworked.  It  is  too  readily  appealed 


158  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

to  as  an  explanation  of  similarities  between  faunas  in 
areas  far  apart,  such  as  have  hitherto  been  accounted 
for  by  migration.  We  may  grant  that  in  certain  cases 
the  new  explanation  may  be  justified,  but  migration  re¬ 
mains  the  true  cause  in  many  others.  The  extreme  view 
is  expressed  by  what  is  called  the  principle  of  Holo- 
genesis  (Italian,  Ologenese),  propounded  by  an  Italian 
palaeontologist,  Daniele  Rosa.  It  is  with  some  diffi¬ 
dence  that  I  criticize  it,  not  having  seen  the  original 
thesis,  and  having  to  rely  on  the  fairly  detailed  account 
given  by  Prof.  Fraipont  and  Dr.  Suzanne  Leclerq  (16). 
According  to  them,  the  essential  and  novel  principle 
propounded  by  Rosa  is  that 

“  species  have  not  extended  their  area  of  dispersion  by  migra¬ 
tions,  but,  after  having  occupied  the  whole  of  the  earth,  they 
have  diminished  their  areas.” 

In  illustration,  they  give  a  series  of  world-maps  show¬ 
ing  how  particular  families  or  genera,  once  spread  over 
a  very  wide  area,  are  now  (or  in  the  case  of  extinct 
forms  were,  just  before  extinction)  limited  to  a  small 
area.  I  give  the  cases  in  tabular  form  on  the  following 
page. 

Interesting  and  valuable  as  I  he  gathering  together 
of  these  facts  undoubtedly  is,  what  they  prove  is  not 
“  Holo-Genesis  ”  but,  if  I  may  invent  a  term  for  the 
moment,  “  Mero-Exodus  ” — extinction  area  by  area, 
not  simultaneous.  In  no  case  is  the  maximum  distri¬ 
bution  quite  world-wide.  Why,  for  instance,  were 
no  Proboscidea  evolved  in  Australia?  That,  however, 
is  a  minor  point.  To  prove  Hologenesis  it  must  be 
shown  that  the  same  large  area  occupied  by  a  group  at 
its  acme  was  also  occupied  by  its  ancestors,  step  by  step 
back  as  far  as  they  can  be  traced  :  failing  that,  there 


SOM1-:  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES 


Table  illustrating  the  restriction  to  limited  areas  of 

GROUPS  THAT  HAD  PREVIOUSLY  BEEN  ALMOST  WORLD-WIDE  IN 

THEIR  DISTRIBUTION. 


Family  or  Genus 
(and  larger 
group) 

Period  of 
maximum 
extension 

Maximum 

area 

occupied 

Last  Period 
of  existence 

Area  finally 
occupied 

Danasidae 

(Marattiales, 

Ferns) 

Carboniferous 
to  Lias 

A  1 1  continents, 
except  extreme 
N  and  S. 

Recent 

Tropical  America 

Engelhardtia 

(Walnut 

family) 

Eocene 

Parts  of  all  con 
tinents.  partly 

temperate,  partly 
tropical 

Recent 

S.E.  Asia  and 
Malay  Archipel¬ 
ago 

Juglans 

(Walnut) 

Cretaceous 

Temperate  zone 
of  Old  World, 
most  of  N.  Amer¬ 
ica,  tropical  S. 
America. 

Recent 

Seven  isolated 
areas  within  the 
maximum  area 

Gin  koales 
( Maiden  -  hair 
tree  group, 
G  V  m  n  o  - 
sperms) 

Mesozoic 

Practically  a  1  1 
lands  of  the  globe 

Recent 

China  and  Japan 

Araucaria 

(Monkey 

puzzle, 
Gym  no  - 
sperms) 

Mesozoic 

Nearly  all  lands, 
Arctic  and  part 
of  N.  Temperate 
zones  excepted 

Recent 

Malaya,  N.E. 
Australia,  New 
Zealand,  parts  of 
S.  America 

Athyridae 

(Brachiopoda) 

Devonian  and 
Carboniferous 

All  the  known 
world 

Triassic 

Alpine  region  of 
Europe 

Rhynchocepha- 
lia  (Reptiles) 

Permian  and 

Triassic 

Most  of  Old 
World  and  N. 
America 

Recent 

New  Zealand 

Mastodon 

(Proboscidea) 

Miocene  and 

Pliocene 

Nearly  all  lands 
except  Australa¬ 
sia 

Pleistocene 

N.  America,  iso¬ 
lated  spots  in  Asia 
and  S.  America 

Elephas  '  ^ 
(Proboscidea) 

Pleistocene 

Nearly  all  lands 
except  Australa¬ 
sia  and  S,  Amer¬ 
ica 

Recent 

Tropical  Africa, 
India,  Indo- 
China,  Malay  Is¬ 
lands 

i6o  KVOLirriON  AND  i'l'S  MODERN  CRITICS 

must  have  been  migration  (unless  creation  be  brought 
in).  The  Proboscidea,  for  instance,  appear  rather  sud¬ 
denly,  at  the  long-snouted  Mastodon  stage,  in  North 
America,  Europe,  and  Asia,  at  the  same  time  as  that 
stage  was  reached  in  Africa.  According  to  the  Holo- 
genesis  theory,  they  were  evolved  independently  in  these 
continents.  But  Africa  is  the  only  continent  in  which 
their  ancestral  forms  have  been  found  (except  one  late 
transitional  form  in  India).  The  late  Eocene  and  Oligo- 
cene  faunas  of  Europe  and  North  America  are  more 
fully  known  than  those  of  Africa,  yet  they  have  yielded 
no  trace  of  the  ancestors  of  the  Mastodons. 

*  *  * 

Eraipont  and  Leclerq  say,  quite  correctly,  that  the 
alternative  to  hologenesis — migration — implies  “  nur¬ 
series  ”  or  “  cradles  ”  (herceaiix)  from  which  migrations 
start;  but  they  are  sceptical  as  to  their  existence  :  — 

“I  do  not  know  that  palaeontology  Informs  us  of  a  single 
well-established  case  of  a  nursery  (berceau)  ”  {Op.  cit.,  p.  8). 

Mr.  Dewar  makes  a  similar  assertion  ;  — 

“  This  [migration]  would  be  a  satisfactory  explanation  but  for 
the  fact  that  in  no  case  in  which  an  altogether  new  type  appears 
has  there  been  found  in  any  part  of  the  earth  a  fossil  indicating 
that  the  new  type  has  evolved  from  any  other  ”  (D.,  p.  15 1). 

Read  literally,  this  is  merely  a  truism  ;  for,  once  its 
nursery  is  discovered,  the  immigrant  can  no  longer  be 
called  “an  altogether  new  type.”  What  is  important 
is  that,  in  a  number  of  cases  apparently  new  types 
have  been  traced  to  their  nurseries.  Granting  that 
some  supposed  nurseries,  based  on  inadequate  facts 
or  false  ideas  of  phylogeny,  have  been  rightly  dis¬ 
credited,  there  are  other  cases  that  seem  beyond 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  i6t 

question.  That  Africa  was  the  nursery  of  the  Pro- 
boscidea  is  shown  not  only  by  the  presence  there  of 
M oerithermm  and  Palccomastodon  in  the  Upper  Eocene 
and  Oligocene,  but  also  by  their  association  with  early 
forms  of  Hyracoidea  and  Sirenia — the  two  groups  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  Proboscidea  on  anatomical  grounds  as 
the  sub-order  Subungulata.  The  presence  of  Hemi- 
mastodon  in  the  earliest  Miocene  of  India  suggests  that 
region  as  the  doorway  through  which  migration  from 
Africa  started,  while  the  absence  of  any  forms  earlier 
than  Tetrabelodon  (the  long-snouted  Mastodon)  in 
Europe  and  America  shows  their  presence  there  to  be 
due  to  migration,  not  to  local  evolution.  Dinotherium 
shared  in  this  migration  as  far  as  Southern  Asia  and 
Europe,  but  never  reached  America  :  how  does  holo- 
genesis  explain  that  ? 

Other  cases  of  nurseries  are  shown  by  the  trilobites 
of  the  family  Asaphidse,  which  appear  so  abruptly  in 
Europe  at  the  beginning  of  the  Ordovician  (Tremado- 
cian),  but  existed  in  Western  North  America  as  early 
as  the  Middle  Cambrian ;  by  the  Pentameridae  (brachio- 
pods)  of  which  large  and  striking  forms  mark  the  open¬ 
ing  of  Silurian  time  in  Western  Europe,  while  their 
less  specialized  ancestors  are  found  in  the  Ordovician  of 
the  Baltic  States  and  Cambrian  of  North  America; 
by  the  Eurypterida,  the  sudden  appearance  of  gigan¬ 
tic  forms  of  which  in  Europe  at  the  end  of  the 
Silurian  gave  one  of  the  most  plausible  cases  of 
creation  until,  one  by  one,  smaller  North  American 
forms  were  found,  carrying  the  range  back  to  Upper 
Cambrian  ;  by  several  gastropod  families  which  appear 
suddenly  in  the  Miocene  of  Europe,  but  are  now  known 
from  the  earlier  Tertiaries  of  South  America  or  else¬ 
where.  There  are  still  many  cases  of  what  Neumayr 


i62  evolution  and  its  modern  critics 

termed  “  cryptogenetic  types,”  appearing  suddenly 
without  known  tore-runners;  but  the  cases  I  have  just 
given  have  all  been  taken  out  of  the  “cryptogenetic” 
category  since  Neumayr’s  day,  and  justify  the  belief 
that  the  same  will  happen  to  other  cases  in  future. 
Probably  some  of  these  problems  would  be  found 
already  solved  if  anyone  would  critically  examine  the 
whole  available  evidence. 

*  *  * 

There  is  still  an  immense  field  for  palaeontological 
research.  Hitherto  the  rate  of  emergence  of  new 
problems  for  solution  has  equalled  the  rate  at  which 
old  problems  have  been  solved,  but  that  cannot  go  on 
for  ever.  The  mistaken  notions  to  which  Fraipont  and 
Leclerq  refer  (such  as  those  of  Ameghino,  whose  inten¬ 
sive  study  of  South  American  mammals  led  him  to 
make  them  ancestors  of  almost  all  other  mammals),  are 
due  to  too  much  concentration  on  one  line  of  work  :  true 
explanations  must  solve  many  problems  at  once. 

But  the  recognition  of  parallel  development  in  turn 
raises  the  difficulty — “Why  is  there  no  parallel  de¬ 
velopment  in  certain  cases  where  it  seems  reasonable  to 
expect  it?”  Thus  Mr.  Dewar,  parodying  Darwin’s 
questions  on  the  peculiar  faunas  of  oceanic  islands,  and 
the  difficulty  of  accounting  for  their  negative  characters 
on  the  creation  theory,  asks : — 

“  As  living  matter  seems  to  have  originated  in  the  sea  and  all 
land  faunas  to  have  evolved  from  aquatic  forms,  why  have 
marine  organisms  given  rise  to  terrestrial  forms  only  on  the 
shores  of  the  mainland,  why  has  this  not  taken  place  on  the 
shores  of  any  true  oceanic  island?  In  view  of  the  fierce  struggle 
for  existence  in  the  sea,  is  it  not  surprising  that  some  marine 
organisms  did  not  escape  from  it  by  seeking  refuge  on  oceanic 
islands  as  others  have  done  on  the  mainland?  It  cannot  be  said 
on  the  ordinary  view  of  evolution  that  there  has  not  been  time 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  163 

for  the  evolution  of  amphibians  from  aquatic  organisms ;  many 
oceanic  islands  are  sufficiently  ancient  ”  (D.,  p.  19). 

A  very  shrewd  criticism,  such  as  only  a  naturalist 
could  make — a  welcome  change  from  the  verbal  diffi¬ 
culties  raised  by  literary  critics.  It  is  not,  of  course, 
possible  to  give  a  certain  and  proven  answer  :  I  can 
only  suggest  possible  reasons.  The  change  from  a 
water-life  to  a  land-life  involves  so  many  and  complex 
adaptations  that  there  must  necessarily  be  many  failures 
to  one  success,  and  this  ratio  of  failure  to  success  must 
be  repeated  time  after  time  as  each  step  forward  is  at¬ 
tempted.  There  is  needed,  therefore,  a  great  variety  of 
conditions  tempting,  as  it  were,  the  making  of  a  great 
number  of  experiments,  if  one  successful  move  is  to  be 
made ;  and  there  must  be  a  number  of  successful  first 
moves  to  make  a  second  move  possible.  I  suggest  that 
the  limited  area  of  an  oceanic  island  shore,  and  the 
scattered  nature  of  the  islands  may  not  give  sufficient 
opportunity  for  an  adequate  number  of  experiments. 
Again,  the  absence  of  large  rivers  from  oceanic  islands 
shuts  off  the  best  path  by  which  a  change  from  marine 
to  terrestrial  life  may  take  place — the  path  by  which 
the  Amphibia  certainly  came  from  lung-fishes. 

Yet  the  Palaeozoic  ancestors  of  the  Amphibia  are  not 
the  only  fishes  that  have  tried  to  adapt  themselves  to  a 
land  life.  There  is  a  marine  fish,  Periophthalmus,  which 
during  ebb-tide  hops  about  on  muddy  foreshores  in  the 
Indo-Pacific  region,  seeking  small  Crustacea  and  other 
organisms.  It  appears  well-adapted  to  its  peculiar  life, 
but  whether  its  habit  originated  on  the  shores  of  the 
mainland  or  of  any  of  the  islands  of  the  Malay  Archi¬ 
pelago  is  not  known.  Periophthalmus  belongs  to  the 
Goby  family,  but  among  the  Blennies  there  is  a  very 
similarly  modified  form,  Alticus.  Among  the  mugiliform 


164 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


fishes,  there  are  three  genera  adapted  to  breathing  air  : 
Ophiocephaliis  (Asiatic)  and  Channa  (African)  have 
large  siiprabranchial  cavities  into  which  project  vascu¬ 
lar  folds  from  the  walls.  Anahas,  the  tree-climbing 
fish  (Africa  and  E.  Indies)  has  still  more  elaborate 
vascular  lamelke,  and  though  it  lives  partly  in  the  rivers 
it  will  drown  if  prevented  from  rising  to  the  surface. 
Among  Siluridm,  Saccohranchus  (Asiatic)  has  a  large 
hollow  sac  extending  back  from  the  branchial  cavity 
below  the  trunk-muscles,  which  acts  as  a  lung.  These 
are  only  a  few  of  the  Teleostei  which  have  adapted  them¬ 
selves  to  air-breathing.  In  the  Dipnoi  (lung-fishes  of 
Africa,  S.  America  and  Australia)  the  swim-bladder 
serves  as  a  lung ;  and  this  must  have  been  the  case  also 
with  the  ancestral  fish-amphibia  (Osteolepidae). 

Are  any  of  these  modern  air-breathing  fishes  poten¬ 
tial  ancestors  of  a  new  class  of  terrestrial  Vertebrates? 
Who  can  tell  ?  It  is  doubtful  if  any  of  them  shows  the 
range  of  variation  in  structure  that  is  necessary  to  pro¬ 
vide  a  chance  for  further  development. 

5.  Irreversibility 

The  principle  of  irreversibility  in  evolution  is  often 
termed  “  Dollo’s  Law,”  after  the  distinguished  Belgian 
palaeontologist  who  propounded  it,  Louis  Dollo  (1857- 
1931).  It  has  been  much  misunderstood.  It  was  never 
intended  as  a  denial  of  the  possibility  of  evolution 
reversing  its  direction,  but  of  the  possibility  of  such 
reversal  being  exact.  A  man  may  walk  out  from  home 
in  the  snow  and  walk  back  again,  but  he  cannot  walk 
homewards  in  his  outward-bound  footsteps,  unless 
he  be  the  fabled  Red  Indian  of  schoolboy  stories. 

Ecological  reversal — return  to  an  ancestral  habitat  or 
mode  of  life — is  common  enough,  but  it  does  not  result 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  165 

in  morphological  reversion.  “The  past  is  indestruc¬ 
tible,”  said  Dollo,  and  he  showed  in  case  after  case  how 
it  was  possible  to  distinguish  between  primary  and 
secondary  adaptation  to  a  particular  life.  Thus  the 
sharks  have  a  typical  fish-body,  laterally  compressed, 
with  the  gill-openings  on  the  side  of  the  throat.  The 
skates  are  descended  from  sharks,  but  they  have  adapted 
themselves  to  a  bottom-life  :  their  bodies  are  flattened 
dorsi-ventrally,  and  their  gill-openings  are  on  the  ven¬ 
tral  surface.  The  saw-fish  (Pristida?)  are  in  turn  de¬ 
scended  from  skates,  and  have  re-adapted  themselves 
to  the  swimming  life,  regaining  the  laterally  com¬ 
pressed  and  stream-lined  form  ;  but  their  gill-openings 
remain  on  the  ventral  surface,  proving  their  distinct¬ 
ness  from  sharks  and  their  closer  relation  to  the  skates. 

The  Australian  marsupials  show  evidence  in  the 
structure  of  their  feet  that  they  are  derived  from  arboreal 
ancestors.  Dcndrolagus,  the  tree-kangaroo,  has  re¬ 
adapted  its  feet  to  the  arboreal  life,  but  its  terrestrial 
ancestors  had  lost  the  opposable  hallux  (great  toe)  of 
the  opossums  and  it  has  not  been  able  to  recover  it. 
Ichthyosaurs  and  whales  are,  respectively,  reptiles  and 
mammals  which  have  reverted  to  the  aquatic  life  of  their 
remote  fish-ancestors  :  they  have  regained  the  fish- 
shape,  their  limbs  have  become  fin-like,  but  the  detailed 
structure  of  the  limb-skeleton  is  that  of  a  land-animal, 
not  of  a  fish,  and  they  have  not  been  able  to  recover  the 
o'ills  that  were  lost  when  their  ancestors  became  land- 
animals. 

The  Cephalopoda  started  their  career  in  very  early 
Palaeozoic  times  with  chambered  shells  that  were 
straight  or  slightly  curved.  These  rapidly  evolved  into 
more  or  less  tightly  coiled  spiral  shells,  of  whicli  the 
pearly  Nautilus  is  chief  survivor.  At  intervals,  some  of 


i66  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

these  coiled  shells  reverted  to  a  straight  form.  Some 
palceontologists  (Hyatt,  Buckman)  seem  to  have  re¬ 
garded  such  reversion  as  a  sort  of  inevitable  fate — 
an  old  age  of  the  race;  but  Dollo’s  explanation  of  it  as 
a  reversion  to  an  original  floating  life  from  a  crawling 
or  swimming  life  seems  more  probable.  The  point  of 
immediate  interest  is  that  these  secondarily  straight 
shells  can  always  be  distinguished  from  the  primitively 
straight  shells  in  one  or  more  of  three  ways — (i)  they 
start  life  as  coiled  shells,  which  the  primitive  shells  such 
as  Orthoceras  do  not;  (2)  they  have  a  more  elaborate 
suture-line;  (3)  they  have  a  more  elaborate  margin  to 
the  shell-aperture — these  two  last  being  features  ac¬ 
quired  during  the  coiled  stage  of  their  ancestral  history 
(15,  31> 


6.  Vestigial  Organs 

The  existence  in  many  animals  of  structures  to  which 
no  use  can  be  assigned,  but  which  are  obviously  identi¬ 
cal  with  structures  that  are  useful  in  other  animals,  has 
always  been  a  fact  easier  to  reconcile  with  evolution 
than  with  creation.  Such  useless  structures  are  usually 
smaller  than  where  they  are  useful,  and  are  called 
vestigial  structures. 

Sir  Thomas  Browne  denied  that  there  could  be  any 
such  structures ;  and  though  he  was  evidently  puzzled 
by  the  dew-claw  of  the  dog,  he  was  content  to  suggest 
that  its  function  would  be  a  good  subject  for  research.^ 

Paley  knew  of  only  one  such  case,  of  a  rather  special 
kind — the  presence  of  rudimentary  mammae  in  males  of 
the  Mammalia.  He  wrote:  — 

“  I  confess  myself  totally  at  a  loss  to  guess  at  the  reason, 
either  final  or  efficient,  for  this  part  of  the  animal  frame,  unless 

1  Common  Place  Books:  Vol.  iv,  p.  393  of  the  1835  edition  of  Sir 
Thomas  Browne’s  Works. 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  167 

there  be  some  foundation  for  an  opinion,  of  which  I  draw  the 
hint  from  a  paper  of  Mr.  Everard  Home’s  {Phil.  Transac.,  1799, 
p.  2),  viz.,  that  the  mammae  of  the  foetus  may  be  formed  before 
the  sex  is  determined  ”  (30,  chap,  xxiii,  footnote,  pp.  293-4). 

Sir  Everard  Home’s  explanation  was  substantially 
the  right  one,  whatever  refinements  modern  knowledge 
of  hormones,  etc.,  may  add  to  it.  But  it  was  essentially 
a  biological  explanation,  not  a  teleological  one.  The 
order  of  development  of  organs  is  as  much  a  part  of  the 
design  as  is  their  relative  position.  Paley’s  favourite 
analogy  of  a  watch  may  serve  us  here  with  slight  modi¬ 
fication.  Supposing  we  saw  on  the  dial  of  an  electric 
clock  the  two  key-holes  which  are  appropriate  to  a  clock 
worked  by  springs,  we  should  naturally  ask  why  they 
are  there.  If  we  were  told  that  when  the  clock-maker 
made  the  dial  he  had  not  yet  decided  which  motive 
power  he  would  use,  the  anomaly  would  be  explained, 
but  only  at  the  cost  of  the  clockmaker’s  character  for 
foresight. 

This  particular  case  is  only  one  of  a  number  in  which 
traces  of  the  structures  of  one  sex  are  found  in  the  other. 
These  are  not  however  typically  vestigial  organs  : 
rather  are  they  undeveloped  or  rudimentary  structures, 
for,  with  disturbance  of  the  normal  sex-hormones,  they 
may  develop  even  to  the  extent  of  causing  a  change  of 
sex. 

Truly  vestigial  structures  are  admitted  by  Dewar  as 
existing,  though  he  eliminates  from  the  list  certain  cases 
commonly  included.  We  may  therefore  quote  him  :  — 

“  All  the  alleged  vestigial  structures  fall  into  one  or  other  of 
the  following  categories  : 

I.  Structures  that  are  truly  vestigial,  i.e.,  those  that  were 
well-developed  in  ancestral  forms,  but,  having  ceased  to  be  use¬ 
ful,  have  undergone  gradual  atrophy.  Examples  of  such  are  the 
splint  bones  of  the  horse,  the  lateral  toes  of  deer  and  other 
artiodactyls,  the  teeth  that  appear  in  the  foetus  of  toothless 


i68  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

whales,  the  eyes  of  some  animals  that  live  in  dark  caverns,  prob¬ 
ably  the  stumps  of  winf^s  exhibited  by  some  flightless  insects,  and 
possibly  the  wings  of  struthious  birds  and  the  vermiform  appen¬ 
dix  of  man.  The  splint  bones  of  the  horse  are  apparently  of 
no  use  whatever  to  the  animal ;  that  they  are  relics  of  once 
functional  digits  seems  to  be  proved  by  the  fact  that  the  fossils 
of  members  of  the  horse  family  indicate  that  the  lateral  toes 
have  undergone  gradual  atrophy.  ... 

II.  Structures  that  are  not  vestigial/'  [For  continuation  of 
quotation,  see  page  opposite]  (D.,  pp.  27-28). 

Many  cases  might  be  added.  Among  Opisthobranch 
Gastropoda,  we  have  every  stage  of  disappearance  of 
the  shell.  In  some  (Actceon)  the  shell  is  as  complete 
a  protection  for  the  body  as  in  any  other  gastropod ;  in 
others  {Bulla)  while  still  enclosing  the  body,  it  is  simpli¬ 
fied  in  structure  and  largely  enveloped  in  mantle-folds; 
in  others  (Aplysia),  while  still  keeping  the  simplified 
form  it  is  completely  internal,  soft  (uncalcified)  and  use¬ 
less ;  in  the  large  group  of  Nudibranchs  it  has  disap¬ 
peared  altogether.  The  terrestrial  slugs  show  similar 
cases  :  the  carnivorous  slug  Testacella  (not  uncommon 
in  some  places  in  England)  carries  its  useless  vestigial 
shell  on  its  back  for  all  to  see ;  but  the  commoner  Limax 
has  it  buried  under  its  skin. 

Now,  how  can  these  cases  befitted  into  Dewar’s  theory 
that  evolution  is  confined  within  family  limits?  He 
admits  the  case  of  the  splint  bones  of  the  horse,  because 
he  accepts  the  Eohippiis-E quits  series  as  a  family;  pre¬ 
sumably  the  same  applies  to  the  deer,  though  it  means 
uniting  Cervidas  and  Tragulidae  into  one  family.  But 
what  about  the  toothless  whales  :  are  they  of  the  same 
family  as  the  toothed  whales?  Do  all  the  opistho¬ 
branch  gastropods  belong  to  one  family?  Keeping  to 
Mr.  Dewar’s  own  list  of  truly  vestigial  organs,  they 
seem  to  demand  such  a  widening  of  the  scope  of  the 
family  that  it  is  difficult  to  see  why  he  should  object  so 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  169 

Strongly  to  Abel’s  pedigree  of  Sirenia  (Chap.  Ill; 
pp.  87-94)  oi"  deny  the  vestigial  character  of  the  Sirenian 
pelvis.  A  partial  answer  to  this  is  given  by  him  in  the 
continued  quotation  :  — 

“11.  Structures  that  are  not  vestigial. 

(a)  Embryonic  remains,  i.e.,  structures,  apparently  of  no  use 
to  the  adult,  resulting  from  the  manner  in  which  embryos 
develop,  and  which  may  or  may  not  have  assisted  in  embryonic 
growth.  Examples  of  such  are  the  organ  of  Rosenmiiller  in 
female  mammals,  the  mammae  of  male  mammals,  the  right 
ovary  and  oviduct  of  birds,  the  hidden  bony  tail,  the  muscles  of 
the  external  ear  and  the  semi-lunar  fold  of  the  eye  of  man. 

(b)  Structures  homologous  with  those  of  other  organisms,  hut 
which  are  of  unusual  form  because  they  serve  peculiar  functions 
in  the  animals  in  question.  Examples  of  such  are  the  pelvis 
(and  hind  limbs  where  these  exist)  of  whales  and  sea-cows,  the 
claws  and  supporting  bones  on  each  side  of  the  vent  of  pythons, 
the  pineal  body  in  mammals,  the  pinna  of  the  human  ear  ” 
(D.,  p.  28). 

We  have  already  referred  to  the  case  of  male  mam¬ 
mas.  That  the  vestigial  right  ovary  and  oviduct  of  birds 
result  from  “the  manner  in  which  embryos  develop’’ 
tells  us  nothing  :  they  would  seem  to  be  structures  that 
“may  not,’’  rather  than  “may,’’  assist  in  embryonic 
growth.  Here  we  may  mention  a  curious  suggestion 
made  by  Vialleton  in  respect  of  the  bird’s  wing.  In 
its  embryonic  stage  this  shows  rudiments  of  five  fingers, 
though  only  three  remain  in  the  adult  :  the  evolutionary 
explanation  is  that  birds  are  descended  from  a  penta- 
dactyle  ancestor.  Vialleton  compares  this  embryonic 
wing  to  an  artist’s  first  symmetrical  sketch  for  an  asym¬ 
metrical  design.  This  is  an  ingenious  explanation 
which  will  only  convince  those  who  wish  to  be  con¬ 
vinced.  If  a  symmetrical  sketch  were  needed,  why  should 
it  be  based  on  the  number  five  ?  Why^  not  six,  or  four 
or  even  three?  Even  this  idea  of  Vialleton’s,  though  it 
may  account  for  the  bird’s  right  ovary,  will  hardly  ex- 


170  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

plain  the  foetal  tail  of  man,  with  its  vertebrae  and 
muscles  :  it  is  far  from  making  a  symmetrical  balance  to 
the  foetal  head  at  the  other  end  ! 

The  muscles  of  the  external  ear  can  be  used  by  some 
human  beings,  though  not  by  the  majority,  which  is 
what  might  be  expected  of  organs  on  the  way  to  dis¬ 
appearance  :  it  is  only  by  an  act  of  faith  that  one  can 
believe  them  to  have  assisted  in  embryonic  growth. 

The  structures  listed  under  llh,  though  somewhat 
arbitrarily  chosen,  may  be  taken  as  illustrating  the 
principle  of  change  of  function.  The  fact  that  the  pel¬ 
vis  of  the  manatee  is  always  larger  in  the  male  than  in 
the  female  suggests  that  it  serves  some  secondary  sexual 
function  that  has  saved  it  from  complete  disappearance. 

7.  Unequal  Rates  of  Evolution  and  Persistent 

Types  of  Life 

The  persistence  unchanged  through  long  geological 
ages  of  certain  forms  of  life  has  sometimes  been  quoted 
as  an  objection  to  the  theory  of  evolution.  It  is  cer¬ 
tainly  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  idealistic  notion  of 
evolution  as  a  steady  and  inevitable  progress  towards  a 
state  of  perfection.  But  if  we  think  of  evolution  as  es¬ 
sentially  a  process  of  continual  readjustment  to  a  con¬ 
tinually  changing  environment,  it  is  clear  that  by  re¬ 
ducing  the  changes  in  the  environment  to  a  minimum 
in  relation  to  the  existing  adaptation,  evolution  can  also 
be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

The  standard  example  of  a  persistent  type  is  the 
brachiopod  Lingula,  which  lives  now  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean  in  shallow  water,  burrowing  in  sand.  It  is  the 
only  burrowing  brachiopod,  and  the  Upper  Cambrian 
beds  of  North  Wales  are  known  as  the  “  Lingula 
Flags  ”  because  some  beds  are  full  of  shells  very  similar 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  171 

to  the  modern  form.  However,  careful  observation  of 
exceptionally  well-preserved  specimens  shows  that  these 
fossils  differ  in  details  from  the  true  Lingula  and  they 
have  been  named  Lingulella.  They  seem  to  be  inter¬ 
mediate  between  the  true  Lingula,  which  is  oblong  in 
shape,  and  the  nearly  circular  forms  (such  as  Obolus) 
which  abound  in  the  Cambrian,  and  were  certainly  not 
burrowers.  As  the  oblong  shape  is  the  best  possible 
for  a  burrowing  form,  we  may  reasonably  regard 
Lingulella  as  a  stage  in  adaptation  to  a  burrowing  life. 
From  the  Ordovician  period  onward,  however,  the  true 
Lingula  is  found  at  sufficiently  frequent  intervals  to 
justify  belief  in  its  absolute  continuity. 

There  is,  it  is  true,  a  possible  alternative  :  it  may  be 
that  this  succession  of  Lingula-like  species  is  not  a  true 
lineage,  but  a  succession  of  forms  of  diverse  origin 
which  have  acquired  the  same  shape  in  adaptation  to 
the  same  mode  of  life  (homoeomorphs).  Such  false 
lineages  are  known,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Jurassic  species 
grouped  under  the  name  Gryphcea,  which  are  the  end- 
forms  of  several  parallel  lines  of  development  from 
simple  oysters  (ante,  p.  130).  Many  species  of  Lingula 
have  been  referred  to  that  genus  on  account  of  form  and 
shell-texture  only  :  until  the  internal  characters  of  the 
shells  have  been  determined,  the  possibility  that  they 
are  not  true  Lingulae  must  be  borne  in  mind.  But  it  is 
an  improbability,  since  we  have  not  (as  we  have  in  the 
case  of  the  Gryphaeas)  a  series  of  non-burrowing  brachio- 
pods  of  all  geological  ages  from  which  lingula-like 
burrowers  could  be  evolved. 

The  usually-accepted  explanation  is  the  more  prob¬ 
able  one — that  Lingula  has  persisted  with  only  trivial 
changes  because  it  is  adapted  to  life  in  conditions  so 
common  and  constant  that  they  can  never  have  been 


172 


p:volution  and  its  modern  critics 


wanting  at  any  time,  and  subsists  on  microscopic  food 
any  variation  in  which  can  hardly  have  any  selective 
reaction  on  the  Lingida.  There  is  no  need  to  introduce 
any  mystic  notion  of  loss  of  capacity  for  change,  for 
Lingula  has  (in  very  late  times,  as  far  as  can  be  judged) 
given  rise  to  an  offshoot,  Glottidia,  which  has  aban¬ 
doned  the  burrowing  life  and  become  the  only  free- 
moving  brachiopod.  Thus  Lingula  has  remained  Lin¬ 
gula  for  hundreds  of  millions  of  years  because  it  had  no 
need  to  change,  not  because  it  could  not  change  if 
change  were  useful. 

The  severe  criticisms  which  Mr.  Dewar  makes  (D., 
pp.  12-13)  01^  idea  that  a  phylum  can  exhaust  its 
evolutionary  possibilities  are,  on  the  whole,  well  justi¬ 
fied.  One  of  the  most  cautious  expressions  of  this  idea 
is  the  dictum  :  “  Over-specialization  leads  to  extinc¬ 
tion.”  There  is  much  virtue  in  that  qualifying  prefix 
“  over-.”  Extreme  specialization  is  often  followed  by 
extinction,  as  in  that  strange  group  the  Rudists  (Chap. 
IV)  or  the  various  extinct  groups  of  reptiles  and  mam¬ 
mals.  The  obvious  explanation  is  that  they  were  “  in 
a  groove  ”  from  which  they  could  not  escape,  and  when 
changed  conditions  arrived  could  not  re-adapt  them¬ 
selves.  Such  groups  may  have  been  o'l’cr-specialized, 
while  Lingula  is  only  just  “specialized”  since  it  sur¬ 
vives.  But  there  seem  to  be  no  other  criteria  than  the 
fact  of  survival  or  extinction  by  which  we  may  judge 
whether  the  “over-”  be  justified  or  not. 

If  we  may  trust  the  evidence  of  comparative  anatomy 
and  embryology  on  the  common  ancestry  of  the  true 
Vertebrata  and  those  lowlier  forms  included  with  them 
in  the  wider  category  Chordata,  there  must  have  been 
in  existence  during  late  pre-Cambrian  times  a  great 
host  of  aquatic  animals  with  a  structure  and  mode  of 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  17.^ 

life  fundamentally  those  of  Amphioxus  and  the  Tuni- 
cates  to-day,  but  with  probably  a  far  greater  range  of 
form  and  habitd  They  played  the  same  part  in  the 
waters  of  that  time  as  the  lamellibranchs  (bivalve 
molluscs)  play  now — that  is,  they  were  very  perfectly 
adapted  to  a7nicrophagoiis\[ie,  swallowing  a  continuous 
stream  of  water  and  filtering  off  through  the  pharyngeal 
gill-slits  the  minute  organisms  which,  caught  in  the 
slimy  secretion  of  the endostyle,  passed  onto  the  diges¬ 
tive  tract.  One  group  of  these  primitive  Chordates  was 
beginning  to  adapt  its  mouth-region  to  the  seizing  of 
larger  prey,  and  from  this  group  the  true  Vertebrata 
were  to  be  evolved.  Yet  a  zoologist  from  another 
planet,  studying  the  late  pre-Cambrian  or  Cambrian 
fauna  of  the  earth,  might  easily  have  judged  these 
earliest  Vertebrates  to  be  “over-specialized”  and 
doomed  to  early  extinction. 

Among  the  lamellibranchs  to-day  there  is  a  small 
group,  the  Septibranchia,  which  have  adapted  them¬ 
selves  to  feed  on  larger  prey  by  strange  changes  in  the 
gills.  I  do  not  assert  that  they  are  the  beginning  of  a 
new  phylum,  indeed  I  can  see  several  difficulties  in  the 
way  of  their  continued  evolution  along  the  road  they 
liave  started  on.  I  only  point  out  that  they  might  con¬ 
ceivably  be  such  a  beginning  if  the  history  of  the  Verte¬ 
brata  were  to  have  a  parallel. 

♦  *  * 

This  leads  us  on  to  a  question  often  asked  by 
critics  of  Evolution — Where  are  the  living  species  to¬ 
day  that  mark  the  beginning  of  new  families,  orders, 
classes?  The  implication  is  that  there  are  no  such 

1  Since  this  sentence  was  written^  a  remarkable  confirmation  of  it  has 
been  announced  in  the  curious  fossil  Ainiktozoon.  See  Scour- 
field^  D.  J,,  1937,  Proc.  Roy,  Soc.  London  (B),  cxxi,  533-547. 


174  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

species,  but  one  is  reminded  of  the  pessimist  who,  after 
reading  the  Old  Year’s  Obituary  in  the  Times  of  New 
Year’s  Day,  asked,  “What  is  the  world  coming  to? 
Here  are  all  these  great  men  dead  during  the  year  and 
not  a  single  great  man  born  !’’  What  are  the  stigmata 
marking  a  future  great  man  in  his  cradle  ?  or  marking 
the  first  species  in  a  new  Order  of  evolution  ? 

This  last  question  suggests  another  sometimes  asked 
by  thoughtful  critics  :  “Is  every  new  species  supposed 
to  arise  from  a  single  pair,  and  if  so,  how  can  it  be 

determined  that  a  male  and 
female  who  happen  to  vary 
in  the  same  way  shall  have 
the  opportunity  to  pair?’’ 
It  may  be  pointed  out,  in 
preliminary  answer,  that  if 
this  is  a  difficulty  for  new 
species  it  is  equally  a  diffi¬ 
culty  for  the  races  of  Man. 
Are  all  negroes  descended 
from  a  single  pair,  and,  if 
so,  what  face  did  their 
parents  belong  to  ?  The 
actual  answer  to  our  ques¬ 
tion  is — that  only  in  very 
rare  cases,  such  as  the  trans¬ 
port  of  small  animals  to  an  island  on  floating  timber,  is  it 
likely  that  a  new  species  arises  from  a  single  pair.  The 
usual  case  is  the  gradual  divergence  of  a  whole  inter¬ 
breeding  population.  I  have  tried  to  express  this  in 
Fig.  22  :  here  we  see  a  network  of  individual  relations, 
representing  unrestricted  interbreeding,  but  as  we  go 
upwards  we  see  a  tendency  to  separation  into  two  stocks 
which  finally  are  unable  to  meet  and  inter-breed — either 


Fig.  22. — Diagram  of  a  Species 

SPLITTING  INTO  TWO. 


The  network  indicates  the  inter¬ 
breeding  of  individuals. 
Viewed  from  such  a  distance 
that  individuals  are  lost 
sight  of,  the  divergence  ap¬ 
pears  as  the  simple  Y  on 
the  left. 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  175 

from  internal  physiological  differences  or  from  differ¬ 
ences  of  external  habitat.  If  we  looked  at  this  diagram 
from  a  distance  at  which  the  individuals  are  indis¬ 
tinguishable  we  should  see  a  simple  Y-shaped  bifurca¬ 
tion,  and  conversely,  in  such  diagrams  as  Figs.  8,  9, 
17  or  19,  we  must  imagine  every  simple  bifurcation  to 
have  this  network  character.^ 

8.  Non-adaptative  Variation 
Darwin  may  be  said  to  have  inherited  from  Paley  the 
conception  that  all  characters  in  an  organism  are  use¬ 
ful  :  the  idea  of  Natural  Se¬ 
lection  as  the  main  cause 
of  evolution  is  based  on 

that  idea.  Paley,  not  hav¬ 
ing  a  detailed  knowledge 
of  Biology,  overlooked  the 
existence  of  those  trivial 

differences  which  mark 
distinct  species  and  for 
which  it  is  difficult  to 
find  a  utilitarian  explana¬ 
tion.  Darwinians  have  generally  explained  them  on 

the  supposition  that  they  were  correlated  with 

some  useful  difference,  that  they  were  by-products  of 
some  more  important  but  less  noticeable  development 
in  body  structure.  To  take  a  possible  example  already 
referred  to  :  if  it  could  be  shown  that  Acila  differed  in 
some  essential  feature  of  its  digestive  system  from 

Nticida,  it  could  be  plausibly  argued  that  the  divaricate 
ornament  was  necessarily  linked  with  that  feature. 

(Actually,  as  we  have  seen,  the  evidence  on  this  point 

1  For  the  latest  views  on  this  subject,  see  the  discussion  on  “  Genetics 
and  Race  ”  at  the  British  Association  meeting  at  Blackpool,  Sep¬ 
tember,  1936,  Brii.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  Refort,  1936,  pp.  458-463. 


Fig.  23. 

Two  species,  i 
handed.  > 
ton. 


— Partula. 

ight-  and  left- 
f.  After  Cramp- 


1 40“  1 60“  1 80°  1 60°  1 40“ 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


176 


o 


o 

n 


O 


o 

r» 


O 


140“  160°  180“  160“  140° 

Fig.  24. — Geographical  Range  of  the  land- snails  Partula  and  Achatinella. 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEAr>ING)  PRINCIPLES  177 

is  negative.)  Modern  methods  in  Genetics  have  even 
brought  the  experimental  testing  of  such  a  theory  of 
linkage  within  the  range  of  possibility. 

There  are  certain  facts  difficult  to  reconcile  with 
the  theory  of  universal  utility  (direct  or  corre¬ 
lated).  The  most  striking  are  those  shown  by  certain 
land-snails  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  belonging  to  the 
genera  Partula  and  Achatinella.  The  shells  of  two 
species  of  Partula,  one  right-handed  the  other  left- 
handed,  are  shown  in  Fig.  23,  while  Fig.  24  shows  the 
areas  of  the  Pacific  over  which  these  two  genera  range. 

The  local  distribution  of  the  species  and  varieties  of 
these  snails  has  been  studied  during  the  last  three- 
quarters  of  a  century,  first  by  Garrett  in  1861-88,  and 
last  by  Crampton  from  1907-32  (9).  Fig.  25  is  a 
map  of  Moorea,  near  Tahiti,  one  of  the  islands  that 
has  been  most  intensively  studied.  As  Partula  is 
viviparous,  Crampton  has  been  able  to  make  obser¬ 
vations  on  heredity  and  fecundity  and  he  claims  to 
have  examined  over  116,000  individuals  from  this 
one  island  alone.  There  are  10  species  on  Moorea, 
not  separated  by  uniform  degrees  of  difference,  so  that 
the  number  may  be  reduced  to  7  if  the  others  are 
called  “  varieties.”  Of  these  7,  about  4  have  ”  couples  ” 
or  “representative  species,”  i.e.  closely  allied  forms, 
in  the  neighbouring  islands  of  Tahiti  and/or  Raiatea. 
Salt  water  is  rapidly  fatal  to  Partula,  so  that  its  wide 
distribution  seems  to  show  conclusively  that  all  these 
islands  once  formed  a  continuous  tract  of  land,  what¬ 
ever  objections  to  that  possibility  may  be  raised  by  one 
school  of  geologists. 

It  is  the  detailed  distribution  of  the  species  on  the 
island  that  is  most  remarkable.  As  Fig.  25  shows,  it  is 
furrowed  by  radiating  valleys,  each  of  which  harbours 


12 


178 _  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

one  species  or  a  small  number  of  species.  The  same 
statement  applies  to  Tahiti,  and  again  to  the  islands  of 
the  Sandwich  group,  though  there  Achatinella  replaces 
Partiila.  The  natural  tendency  of  a  Darwinian  is  to 
explain  these  facts  on  the  supposition  that  there  are 
slight  differences  in  conditions  in  these  several  valleys 
and  that  the  species  have  diverged  from  an  ancestral 
form  in  adaptation  to  these  slight  differences.  But  that 


Fig.  25. — Map  op  the  Island  of  Moorea,  near 
Tahiti  (after  Crampton). 

The  dividing  lines  are  the  main  watersheds  be¬ 
tween  radiating  groups  of  valleys.  The  num¬ 
bers  show  the  distribution  of  certain  species 
and  varieties  of  Partula,  as  determined  by 
Garrett  in  1882.  The  complete  distribution  as 
now  determined  is  more  complex. 

can  only  be  a  matter  of  faith,  unsupported  by  any  evi¬ 
dence,  and  countered  by  certain  negative  evidence. 

Thus,  certain  species  live  in  more  than  one  valley, 
their  ranges  overlapping  in  a  way  that  is  not  com¬ 
patible  with  such  delicate  adjustment  to  imperceptible 
differences  in  the  surroundings.  Again,  Crampton  has 
shown  clearly  that  there  have  been  some  changes  in 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  179 

distribution  since  1861,  and  even  since  1907.  He 
writes  :  — 

“  Throuf^hout  the  whole  investigation  an  effort  has  been  made 
to  determine  the  value,  if  any,  of  environmental  circumstances 
as  causes  of  organic  differentiation.  The  result  is  entirely  nega¬ 
tive.  It  is  true  that  ecological  conditions  do  indeed  limit  the 
areas  where  the  snails  can  live,  but  not  a  single  item  of  proof 
has  come  to  light  that  such  conditions  are  causal  with  respect 
to  organic  qualities  ”  (9,  p.  4). 

In  striking  contrast  to  these  genera  of  high  local 
instability,  we  have,  as  Robson  and  Richards  point  out 
(32,  p.  137),  such  cases  as  the  land-snails  of  the 
Scilly  Isles  and  Hebrides,  which  are  indistinguish¬ 
able  as  species  or  varieties  from  those  of  the  main¬ 
land  of  Great  Britain,  the  range  of  which  extends 
far  over  the  continent  of  Europe.  The  contrast  is 
between  forms  of  life  which  have  attained  a  state 
of  stability,  and  others  which  have  become  en¬ 
dowed  with  an  extreme  variability  which  is  yet  com¬ 
bined  with  a  stability  of  its  own,  since  there  is  no  merg¬ 
ing  of  species.  Differing  from  both  these  cases  is  that 
of  the  Viviparids  described  bv  Annandale  {ante,  p.  126).^ 
Tlie  explanation  of  these  phenomena  must  be  found  by 
the  geneticist,  not  the  systematist.  When  it  has  been 
found,  a  great  advance  in  the  understanding  of  evolu¬ 
tion  will  have  been  made.  I  cannot  see  that  a  belief 
in  creation  can  give  us  any  help  in  such  problems. 

The  case  of  PartiiJa  warns  us  that  in  other  cases  we 
may  too  readily  have  assumed  that  specific  or  varietal 
differences  were  adaptative.  For  instance,  J.  A.  Allen 
(1838-1921),  an  authority  on  North  American  mammals 
and  their  distribution,  liad  stated  with  reference  to  the 
ground-squirrels  (Tarnias),  that  the  genus  is 

“  found  from  the  Arctic  regions  to  the  high  mountain  ranges  of 
Central  Mexico,  and  has  developed  some  twenty  to  thirty  verv 
palpable  local  phases,  ,  .  .  Some  of  them  easily  take  rank  as 


i8o  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

species,  others  as  sub-species.  Probably  a  more  striking  illustra¬ 
tion  of  evolution  by  environment  cannot  be  cited  ”  (Bull.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  iii  (1891),  pp.  51-54)- 

Bateson  commented  on  this  that,  though  some  of  the 
differences  might  be  adaptative  {e.g.  the  colours  of 
desert  and  forest  forms),  such  characters  as  size,  length 
of  ears  or  tail,  number  of  dorsal  stripes,  colour-pattern, 
etc.,  could  not  be  referred  to  environmental  differences 
“save  as  a  simple  expression  of  faith”  (Problems  of 
Genetics,  1913,  pp.  132-3). 

The  outcome  of  these  criticisms  was  the  feeling  ex¬ 
pressed  in  a  phrase,  of  the  authorship  of  which  I  am 
uncertain  :  “  Natural  selection  is  an  explanation  of  the 
origin  of  adaptations,  not  of  the  origin  of  species.” 

*  *  * 

I  must  warn  the  reader  against  the  easy  misrepresen¬ 
tation  of  these  results.  Firstly,  as  the  term  “  Dar¬ 
winism  ”  is  used  sometimes  for  evolution  in  general, 
and  sometimes  for  the  theory  of  Natural  Selection,  it  is 
easy  to  transfer  any  discredit  from  the  latter  to  the 
former,  quite  unjustifiably.  Secondly,  it  must  not  be 
forgotten  that  if  Natural  Selection  is  an  explanation  of 
the  origin  of  adaptations,  not  of  the  origin  of  species, 
it  remains  a  theory  of  the  origin  of  genera,  families  and 
higher  categories;  and  indeed  it  remains  an  explanation 
of  the  origin  of  some  species,  if  not  of  all.  •  Thirdly, 
nothing  could  be  farther  from  the  truth  than  to  suggest 
that  such  discredit  as  these  considerations  cast  on  Dar¬ 
win  mean  a  victory  for  Paley.  For  they  discredit  pre¬ 
cisely  what  Darwin  and  Paley  have  in  common — the 
belief  that  all  the  characters  of  organisms  are  useful 
adaptations :  indeed  they  discredit  Paley  more  than 
Darwin,  since  while  the  former  regarded  organisms  as 


SOME  LEADING  (AND  MISLEADING)  PRINCIPLES  i8i 

perfectly  adapted,  the  latter  regarded  them  as  becoming 
adapted,  and  therefore  admitted  a  certain  degree  of 
imperfection  in  the  adaptation  which  Paley  could  not. 

It  is  well  to  remember  here  that  Paley,  though  his 
argument  for  design  was  based  mainly  upon  the  posi¬ 
tive  facts  of  adaptation,  found  support  for  it  in  the 
apparent  absence  of  adaptation  in  inorganic  nature. 
Discussing  the  mystic  “principle  of  order”  in  nature 
which  had  been  offered  as  a  substitute  for  design,  he 
wrote  :  — 

“Where  order  is  wanted,  there  we  find  it;  where  order  is 
not  wanted,  i.e.,  where,  if  it  prevailed,  it  would  be  useless,  there 
we  do  not  find  it.  In  the  structure  of  the  eye  ...  in  the  figure 
and  position  of  its  several  parts,  the  most  exact  order  is  main¬ 
tained.  In  the  forms  of  rocks  and  mountains,  in  the  lines  which 
bound  the  coasts  of  continents  and  islands,  in  the  shape  of  bays 
and  promontories,  no  order  whatever  is  perceived,  because  it 
would  have  been  superfluous.  No  useful  purpose  would  have 
arisen  from  moulding  rocks  and  mountains  into  regular  folds, 
bounding  the  channel  of  the  ocean  by  regular  curves,  or  from  the 
map  of  the  world  resembling  a  table  of  diagrams  in  Euclid’s 
elements,  or  Simpson’s  Conic  Sections  ”  (30,  Ch.  v,  p.  56). 

We  cannot  blame  Paley  for  failing  to  foresee  the  rise 
of  the  science  of  Geomorphology,  though  it  is  surpris¬ 
ing  that  he  should  never  have  noticed  the  geometrical 
curve  of  the  Chesil  Bank  or  the  many  beautiful  “  tom- 
bolos  ”  of  the  Mediterranean  and  Baltic,  which  must 
have  been  shown  in  contemporary  atlases.  It  is  less 
strange  that  he  should  have  been  unaware  that  the  rocks 
of  the  Jura  mountains  are  strikingly  “moulded  into 
regular  folds,”  though  this  was  known  in  his  day.  We 
know  now  that  there  is  order  and  regularity  in  much 
topography  that  at  first  sight  seems  confused,  and  that 
this  order,  whether  it  serve  any  useful  purpose  or  not, 
is  the  result  of  adaptation  by  natural  selection  on  the 
part  of  the  denuding  and  other  natural  forces — 
that  is,  by  the  continued  action  of  constant  forces  on  a 


i82  evolution  and  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

mixture  of  materials  which  react  differently  to  them. 
The  Chesil  Bank,  with  its  beautiful  curve  and  the  steady 
decrease  in  the  size  of  its  pebbles  from  Portland  to 
Swyre,  was  not  created  thus  to  serve  any  useful  pur¬ 
pose,  but  is  the  result  of  natural  selection  by  moving 
water.  The  river-system  of  the  Kentish  Weald,  that 
of  Southern  Ireland  and  many  others,  with  long  stream- 
courses  along  the  outcrop  of  softer  rocks  and  short 
courses  across  those  of  harder  rocks  illustrate  natural 
selection  of  the  more  easily  denuded  beds  in  a  very 
striking  wa)^  So  do  tlie  “  shapes  of  bays  and  promon¬ 
tories  ”  in  which  Paley  could  see  no  order.  All  these 
have  now  become  tlie  commonplaces  of  elementary  text¬ 
books  of  Physical  Geography,  but  they  have  not  ceased 
to  be  instructive  examples,  not  of  any  metaphysical 
“  principle  of  order,”  but  of  the  orderly  result  of  natural 
selection  in  the  inorganic  world. 


CHAPTER  VI 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS 

1'hat  birds  may  be  descended  from  reptiles  seems  a 
peculiarly  repugnant  idea  to  some  persons.  The  late 
Mr.  G.  K.  Chesterton  poured  fierce  contempt  upon  it, 
a  contempt  so  intense  that  it  prevented  him  from  even 
trying  to  understand  the  theory  he  scorned,  since  he 
repeatedly  asserted  that  Darwinians  believed  birds  to 
be  descended  from  serpents  ! 

W e  all  tend  to  be  sentimental  about  birds  ;  there  is 
a  fascination  in  the  apparent  resemblances  and  real 
profound  differences  between  their  behaviour  and  our 
own,  which  makes  it  easy  for  us  to  idealize  them.  We 
picture  an  imaginary  bird,  combining  the  graceful  flight 
of  the  swallow,  the  sweet  song  of  the  nightingale,  the 
beauty  of  the  kingfisher,  and  we  forget  the  clumsy 
dodo,  the  bloodthirsty  vulture,  the  hoarse  corncrake  and 
the  child-abandoning  cuckoo;  but  we  need  not  carry 
our  sentimentalism  so  far  as  to  shrink  with  loathing 
from  the  graceful  and  harmless  little  lizard  or  grass- 
snake,  while  unmoved  at  the  thought  of  birds  pecking 
out  the  eyes  of  living  lambs  or  fishes. 

If  we  should  avoid  sentimentality  about  birds,  neither 
should  we  allow  our  judgment  to  be  warped  by  the  use 
of  “reptile”  as  a  term  of  vituiDeration.  What  is  a 
reptile?  Etymologically  the  word  means  a  “creeping 
thing,”  and  “creeping”  connotes  two  ideas — slowness 


i84  evolution  and  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

of  movement  and  contact  of  the  lower  surface  of  the 
body  with  the  ground.  The  poet  Cowper,  in  a  well- 
known  poem,  refers  to  the  snail  as  a  reptile.  I  have 
heard  zoological  students  laugh  rather  contemptuously 
at  this,  but  in  doing  so  they  were  exposing  not  Cow- 
per’s  ignorance  but  their  own.  In  Cowper’s  day  a  snail 
was  a  reptile  :  it  is  one  of  the  most  typical  of  “  creeping 
things”  and  the  poet  cannot  be  blamed  for  failing  to 
foresee  that,  some  years  after  his  death,  a  French  zoolo¬ 
gist,  Lamarck,  would  define  the  term  in  a  new  and 
restricted  sense. 

Linnaeus  divided  the  Animal  Kingdom  into  six 
“classes,”  the  first  four  of  which  were  afterwards 
grouped  by  Lamarck  as  “Animals  with  vertebrae”  or 
Vertebrata.  Three  of  these  classes — Mammalia,  Aves 
(birds)  and  Pisces  (fishes) — are  still  generally  recog¬ 
nized,  with  some  modifications,  as  classes  to-day.  The 
remaining  one  Linnaeus  called  “  Amphibia,”  and  he 
divided  it  into  three  Orders — crawlers,  creepers  and 
swimmers  (Reptiles,  Serpentes,  Nantes).  Linnaeus’s 
use  of  the  term  “  reptile”  seems  strictly  adjectival  and, 
in  spite  of  the  discord  of  gender,  to  be  a  qualifying 
term  to  Amphibia.^  His  “reptile  Amphibians”  were 
the  four  genera  Testiido  (tortoise),  Draco  (dragon), 
Lacerta  (lizard)  and  Rana  (frog);  his  “serpent  Am¬ 
phibians”  include  three  genera  of  true  snakes  {Cro- 
ialiis,  Boa,  Coluber)  and  three  snake-like  forms 
{Anguis,  Amphisbcena,  Coecilia);  while  his  “swim¬ 
ming  Amphibians”  include  Petromyzon  (lamprey)  and 
five  genera  of  true  fishes  (Raja,  Squalus,  Chimcera, 
Lophius  and  Acipenser). 

1  One  can  speak  of  a  “  carnivorous  slug  ”  or  “  carnivorous  crus¬ 
tacean  ”  without  implying  that  those  animals  belong  to  the  mam¬ 
malian  Order  Carnivora ;  and  so  could  a  snail  be  termed  a  rep¬ 
tile  mollusc. 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS 


185 

Lamarck  greatly  improved  the  classification  of  In- 
vertebrata,  increasing  Linnaeus’s  two  classes  to  ten ; 
but  he  made  little  change  in  the  Vertebrata.  He  did, 
however,  change  Linnaeus’s  name  Amphibia  to  Rep- 
tilia,  excluding  the  fish-genera  from  its  scope,  and 
dividing  it  into  four  Orders — Batrachia  (the  modern 
Class  Amphibia),  Ophidia  (snakes),  Sauria  (lizards  and 
crocodiles)  and  Chelonia  (tortoises).  This  classifica¬ 
tion  was  adopted  by  Cuvier,  and  was  the  basis  of  later 
classifications.  The  separation  of  the  first  of  these 
orders  as  a  Class  left  the  other  three  as  “vertical” 
divisions,  but  Lamarck  and  his  contemporaries  had  no 
notion  that  these  three  orders  were  only  the  few 
remnants  of  an  enormous  multitude  of  extinct  forms. 
The  term  Reptilia  soon  became  a  mere  name,  not  a 
description.  While  truly  creeping  things  such  as  the 
newt  had  to  follow  Cowper’s  snail  into  banishment  from 
the  “reptiles,”  there  came  to  be  included  in  that  Class 
many  forms  that  were  not  creeping  things  at  all — swim¬ 
ming  reptiles  like  Ichthyosaurus  (1814)  and  Plesio¬ 
saurus  (1821),  quadrupedal  “reptiles”  with  the  body 
lifted  high  on  vertical  limbs  like  Triceratops  and  Diplo- 
docus,  bipeds  like  Iguanodon  (1825)  and  Compsog- 
nathus,  and  even  flying  “reptiles”  like  PterodactyliiS 
(1809).  The  word  “reptile”  had  lost  the  last  trace  of 
its  etymological  meaning  from  the  day  when  Cuvier 
declared  the  pterodactyl  to  be  a  “  flying  reptile.”  In 
saying  this  he  was  allowing  “empirical  correlation” 
greater  weight  than  “rational  correlation.”  Because 
the  pterodactyl  was  obviously  a  flying  animal,  yet 
neither  bird  nor  bat  (flying  mammal)  and  certainly  not 
a  flying  fish,  and  because  its  skeleton  showed  reptilian 
characters,  therefore  it  must  be  a  reptile,  he  argued. 
He  might  have  taken  another  line,  as  Huxley  and  others 


i86  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

did  at  a  later  date,  and  inferred  from  its  flying  habits 
that  it  must  have  been  warm-blooded,  with  a  complete 
double  circulation  and  other  non-reptilian  characters  : 
thus  being  neither  reptile,  bird  nor  mammal,  it  must 
belong  to  an  extinct  Class.  Had  Cuvier  given  the 
weight  of  his  reputation  to  that  view,  the  subsequent 
history  of  Vertebrate  classification  might  have  been  very 
different,  and  the  misleading  term  “Reptilia”  might 
have  become  obsolete  or  restricted  to  harmless  propor¬ 
tions,  and  palaeontologists  might  long  since  have  recog¬ 
nized  a  number  of  extinct  Classes  in  its  place. 

If  this  very  miscellaneous  “reptile”  crowd  were 
split  up  by  vertical  divisions  in  this  way,  we  should 
have  two  main  stems — (i)  the  mammal-reptiles,  known 
mainly  from  the  Permian  of  Texas  and  the  Ural  Moun¬ 
tains  and  the  Permian  and  Trias  of  South  Africa,  of 
which  the  Australian  Monotremata  may  be  considered 
the  terminal  twig ;  (2)  the  Archosauria  or  Thecodont- 
Crocodile-Dinosaur  stock ;  with  two  highly-specialized 
offshoots  from  this  last,  namely  (3)  Pterosauria  and 
(4)  Birds;  and  five  branches  coming  off  much  nearer  the 
base,  namely  (5)  Rhynchocephalia  (the  New  Zealand 
tuatara  and  its  extinct  allies),  (6)  Squamata  (lizards  and 
snakes),  (7)  Chelonia  (tortoises),  (8)  Ichthyosauria  and 
(9)  vSauropterygia  (Plesiosaurus  and  allies).  The  lop¬ 
sided  classification  which  the  dead  hand  of  Cuvier  still 
imposes  on  us  lumps  eight  of  these  together  as  a  single 
class  “  Reptilia,”  while  it  grants  an  equal  status  to  the 
ninth,  as  a  class  “  Aves.”  Huxley’s  more  logical  union 
of  reptiles  and  birds  in  a  single  class  Sauropsida  has 
not  been  generally  accepted. 

Evidently,  in  considering  the  possibility  of  birds 
being  descended  from  reptiles,  we  must  bar  out  from 
possible  ancestry  not  only  Chesterton’s  serpents,  but 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS 


187 

seven  out  of  the  nine  divisions  just  enumerated.  The 
only  possible  origin  of  birds  is  from  the  Archosauria, 
and  of  these  the  only  living  representatives  are  the 
Crocodilia,  which  do  show  an  approach  to  birds  in  the 
structure  of  the  heart  and  of  the  hip-girdle,  apart  from 
the  many  features  that  are  common  to  birds  and  most 
living  reptiles.  But  Archosauria  is  the  biggest  of  all 
the  divisions  of  reptiles  and  within  its  limits  the  croco¬ 
diles  and  birds  are  about  as  far  apart  as  they  could  be. 
There  are  grounds  for  believing  that  they  may  Iiave 
had  a  common  biped  ancestor,  crocodiles  being  the 
result  of  a  reversion  to  the  quadrupedal  state,  while 
birds  gradually  developed  their  fore-limbs  into  wings. 

*  *  * 

The  greatness  of  the  still  unfilled  gap  between  birds 
and  bipedal  archosaurs  cannot  be  denied.  It  would  be 
far  greater  but  for  the  series  of  lucky  chances  which 
have  provided  the  museums  of  South  Kensington  and 
Berlin  with  one  specimen  each  of  a  Jurassic  bird,  as 
well  as  one  other  solitary  feather.  All  three  came  from 
the  same  formation,  the  lithographic  limestone  of  Soln- 
hofen  and  Eichstatt  in  Bavaria.  The  feather  was  found 
in  i860,  the  “  London  specimen,”  named  Archceop- 
teryx  niacriira  was  saved  from  a  private  collection  in 
1861,  and  the  ”  Berlin  specimen,”  now  called  Archceor- 
nis  sicnncnsi,  was  discovered  in  1877.  None  has  been 
found  since,  although  fossils  are  carefully  sought  for, 
being  a  commercially  valuable  by-product  of  the  litho¬ 
graphic  stone  industry.  Although  the  finding  of  these 
three  specimens  roused  some  excitement,  they  seem  to 
liave  occasioned  less  surprise  than  the  finding  of  mam¬ 
malian  remains  in  the  Stonesfield  Slate  forty  years 
before.  This  may  have  been  partly  due  to  the  erroneous 


i88  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

notion  that  birds,  being  “lower”  than  mammals, 
should  occur  earlier ;  and  partly  to  the  fact  that  supposed 
“bird”  footprints  had  long  been  known  in  the  red 
sandstones  (Jura-Trias)  of  Connecticut — footprints  now 
recognized  as  those  of  bipedal  archosaurs. 

The  lithographic  stone  of  Bavaria  is  a  very  excep¬ 
tional  sedimentary  rock.  Its  commercial  value,  which 
has  led  to  its  exploitation  for  the  last  century  and 
a  half,  is  due  to  its  very  fine  and  even  grain,  most  prob¬ 
ably  explained  by  its  originating  as  a  deposit  of  cal¬ 
careous  dust.  Many  facts  about  the  fossils  it  contains 
indicate  that  it  was  a  wind-borne  dust  from  nearby 
coral-reefs,  deposited  between  tide-marks  so  as  to  form 
a  very  sticky  mud.  In  this  mud,  marine  animals,  drift¬ 
ing  in  with  the  tide,  and  insects,  blown  out  from  the 
land,  as  well  as  occasional  flying  vertebrates  pursuing 
them,  all  alike  became  helplessly  stuck,  died  in  a 
struggle  to  escape,  and  were  quickly  buried  by  further 
dust.  Hence  a  number  of  unique  features  among  the 
fossils.  It  is  one  of  the  very  few  rocks  in  which  the 
remains  of  jelly-fish  are  preserved  (the  others  being 
almost  entirely  Palseozoic,  mainly  Cambrian).  While 
there  are  many  rocks  in  which  footprints  or  tracks  are 
preserved,  there  is  no  other  case  in  which  tracks  can  be 
followed  up  to  the  dead  body  of  the  animal  which  made 
them.  Although  the  lithographic  stone  has  furnished 
a  very  rich  series  of  fossils  to  the  museumsof  the  world, 
this  has  been  due  to  its  immense  commercial  exploita¬ 
tion,  for  fossils  are  not  really  abundant.  If  the  art  of  litho¬ 
graphy  had  never  been  invented,  it  is  quite  possible 
that  the  Solnhofen  stone  would  have  only  got  casual 
mention  in  geological  text-books  as  one  of  the  “  un- 
fossiliferous  fine-grained  limestones”  with  which  all 
field-geologists  are  familiar. 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS  189 

From  this  remarkable  deposit  there  have  been  obtained, 
in  the  course  of  a  century  and  a  half,  the  skeletons  of 
two  birds  (and  a  much  large  number  of  pterosaurs) 
distorted  in  their  death-struggles  after  accidentally 
touching  the  sticky  surface  of  the  mud  when  skimming 
too  near  it  after  insects.  We  can  only  speculate  as  to 
the  proportion  which  this  number  two  bears  to  (a)  the 
number  of  individual  birds  actually  preserved  in  the 
rock,  the  remainder  being  either  still  buried  or  destroyed 
in  earlier  quarrying ;  (b)  the  total  number  of  birds  which 
actually  got  bogged  during  the  few  centuries  which  the 
stone  is  estimated  to  have  taken  in  formation,  including 
those  not  buried  quickly  enough  for  preservation;  (c) 
the  total  number  which  flew  after  insects  and  returned 
safely ;  (d)  the  total  number  living  on  the  coral-islands 
which  did  not  fly  after  insects,  because  they  were  not 
insectivorous;  (e)  the  total  bird-population  of  the 
Jurassic  world  out  of  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of 
sticky  inter-tidal  mud. 

To  generalize  about  Jurassic  birds  on  the  basis  of 
these  two  unlucky  individuals  is  like  generalizing  on 
the  whole  human  race  on  the  basis  of  the  first  two  per¬ 
sons  one  meets  in  the  street.  Yet  we  can  only  go  on 
such  evidence  as  is  before  us. 

*  *  * 

If  the  combination  of  unlikely  events  just  explained 
had  failed  to  reveal  the  existence  of  Archceopteryx  and 
ArchceorniSy  the  earliest  known  birds  would  have  been 
those  of  the  Middle  Cretaceous  period.  In  England, 
the  peculiar  deposit  known  as  the  Cambridge  Green¬ 
sand  has  yielded  fragments  of  the  skeleton  of  at  least 
two  species  of  which  little  more  can  be  said  than  that 
they  were  certainly  birds,  but,  as  neither  the  wing  nor 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


190 

the  sternum  is  known,  and  only  doubtful  fragments  of 
skull,  they  cannot  be  assigned  to  any  Order  of  birds. 
In  North  America,  Marsh  was  able  to  describe  much 
more  perfect  skeletons.  In  1880  (25),  he  enumerated 
8  genera  and  20  species  of  Cretaceous  birds,  but  4  of 
these  genera  and  8  species  are  from  the  marls  and 
greensands  of  New  Jersey,  now  recognized  as  Lower 
Eocene.  The  remaining  4  genera  and  12  species  all 
come  from  the  Pteranod on-beds  of  W.  Kansas  (except 
one  fragment  from  Texas).  Some  of  these  species  are 
based  on  single  bones  (tarso-metatarsals,  very  distinc¬ 
tive  of  birds)  and  only  2  genera  (3  species)  are  known 
with  fair  completeness.  These  two  genera  both  agree 
with  the  Jurassic  birds  in  having  teeth  in  their  jaws, 
and  both  were  probably  marine  birds.  Hesperornis  was 
a  diving  bird  with  vestigial  wings  and  a  flat  sternum  ; 
Ichthyornis,  sl  swimmer  with  keeled  sternum.  The  rest 
of  the  American  Cretaceous  birds  (including  one  from 
Chile),  like  their  English  contemporaries,  can  only  be 
described  as  “just  birds.’’  We  must  add  to  the  list 
a  possible  flamingo  from  Sweden,  and  a  cormorant  from 
Hungary,  also  of  Upper  Cretaceous  age.  Thus,  so  far 
as  they  are  determinable,  all  these  late-Cretaceous  birds 
were  water-birds,  which  Archceopteryx  and  Archceornis 
were  certainly  not. 

In  the  Tertiary  strata  (especially  in  the  Miocene  and 
Pliocene)  remains  of  birds  become  much  commoner, 
largely  because  of  the  much  greater  abundance  of  fresh¬ 
water  deposits,  and  the  duck-tribe  are  the  commonest 
of  all. 

We  may  fairly  ask  the  creationist  how  he  inter¬ 
prets  this  record.  If  he  accepts  it  as  approximately 
perfect,  he  must  infer  that  two  species  of  land-living 
birds  with  reptilian  tails  and  teeth  were  created  (or  their 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS  191 

common  ancestor  created)  in  the  late  Jurassic  period, 
and  that  the  Class  was  then  allowed  to  become  extinct. 
Fifty  or  sixty  million  years  later,  at  least  two  new 
families  of  birds  were  created,  with  avian  tails  but  with 
reptilian  teeth,  and  one  of  them  with  useless  wings,  both 
adapted  to  a  water-life.  In  the  Paleocene  epoch  these 
Cretaceous  birds  had  become  extinct,  but  a  number  of 
new  families  were  created,  some  equally  doomed  to 
early  extinction,  but  some  surviving  to  the  present  time 
(Gulls,  Cranes,  Plovers),  water-birds  still  predominat¬ 
ing.  Then  by  gradual  extinctions  and  new  creations 
the  bird-fauna  came  more  and  more  like  that  of  to-day. 

Why  should  the  creation  of  birds  during  the  Jurassic 
and  Cretaceous  periods  have  been  so  spasmodic  and 
capricious,  in  contrast  to  the  steady  programme  of  the 
Tertiary  ?  If  the  creationist  does  not  believe  that  it  was 
spasmodic,  then  he  must  admit  a  very  great  imperfec¬ 
tion  in  the  record  and  cannot  complain  if  the  evolu¬ 
tionist  claims  the  same. 

Mr.  Dewar’s  opinion  on  the  two  solitary  individual 
birds  from  the  Upper  Jurassic  lithographic  limestone  of 
Bavaria  is  of  value,  since  he  is  an  ornithologist.  He 
accepts  Petronievic’s  view  that  they  are  of  distinct 
genera,  but  does  not  tell  us  whether  he  also  agrees  that 
they  are  of  distinct  families,  so  that  we  are  left  in  doubt 
as  to  their  representing  two  creations  or  only  one.  After 
stating  that  “they  differ  in  structure  from  any  other 
bird,  living  or  extinct,”  he  tries  to  minimize  the  im¬ 
portance  of  these  differences  by  pointing  out  that  some 
of  the  alleged  reptilian  characters  (teeth  and  long  tail) 
may  be  present  or  absent  in  a  single  order  among  mam¬ 
mals — a  very  far-fetched  argument.  He  omits  men¬ 
tion  of  the  thoroughly  reptilian  skull,  the  simple 
vertebrae  devoid  of  saddle-shaped  articulations,  the 


192 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


non-pneumatic  character  of  the  bones.  All  these 
differences  are  dismissed,  as  they  “count  for  little 
against  the  possession  of  feathers — essentially  avian 
characters.”  Certainly,  if  feathers  are  made  the  crucial 
test  between  birds  and  reptiles,  then  Archceopteryx  and 
Archceornis  are  birds.  But  feathers  are  very  rarely  pre¬ 
served  in  the  fossil  state.  While  skeletons  of  nearly 
700  species  of  birds  occur  in  the  Tertiary  rocks,  Lam- 
brecht  gives  a  list  of  only  seven  cases  of  fossil  feathers. 
If  the  lithographic  stone  had  not  added  an  eighth  case, 
how  would  palaeontologists  have  classed  those  two 
skeletons?  Probably  as  reptiles.  And  how  can  it  be 
proved  that  any  of  the  fossil  bipedal  “  reptiles”  did  not 
possess  feathers?  To  an  evolutionist  the  lucky  preser¬ 
vation  of  the  plumage  of  those  two  unfortunate  birds 
proves  that  in  the  course  of  bird-evolution  feathers  “  led 
the  way,”  reaching  their  fullest  development  at  a  stage 
when  many  other  structures  were  still  at  the  reptilian 
level. 


*  *  * 

It  is  quite  a  fair  argument  against  the  evolution  of 
birds  that  there  are  very  big  gaps  in  the  sequence.  As 
Mr.  Dewar  tells  us  (the  italics  are  his)  :  — 

In  order  to  prove  their  theory  evolutionists  have  to  find,  not 
a  few  missing  links,  hut  scores  of  whole  lengths  of  chain.  That 
these  Jurassic  fossils  are  not  links  between  reptiles  and  birds  is 
evident  from  the  fact  that  they  do  not  even  suggest  the  order  of 
reptiles  from  which  birds  evolved.  There  is  no  agreement  among 
evolutionists  as  to  the  group  of  reptiles  that  gave  birth  to  the 
birds.  At  least  three  reptilian  orders  have  been  named  in  this 
connection  ”  (D.,  p.  129). 

The  italicized  sentence  is  certainly  true  :  no  evolu¬ 
tionist  can  deny  the  enormous  width  of  the  gap  between 
Archceopteryx  and  the  nearest  reptile ;  he  can  only  point 


REP'I'ILES  AND  BIRDS  193 

out  that  but  for  an  unlikely  combination  of  lucky  chances 
the  gap  would  be  still  greater.  But  the  remainder  of 
the  quotation  is  seriously  misleading.  What  are  the 
three  orders  of  Reptiles  to  which  Mr.  Dewar  refers? 
He  does  not,  I  presume,  include  Mr.  Chesterton’s  Ser¬ 
pents,  since  Mr.  Chesterton  was  not  an  evolutionist. 
He  cannot  seriously  include  Lamarck’s  wild  surmise, 
made  in  entire  ignorance  of  extinct  reptiles,  that  the 
Chelonia  were  the  ancestors  of  birds.  Apart  from  these 
two  fantastic  notions,  no  one  has  ever  suggested  any 
group  of  Reptiles  outside  Baur’s  Sub-class  Archosauria, 
of  which  there  are  five  orders — Thecodontia,  Crocodilia, 
Pterosauria,  Saurischia  and  Ornithischia.  Of  these,  the 
first  is  an  “annectant”  or  ancestral  group,  related  to 
all  the  others,  while  the  two  last  are  often  united  under 
the  name  Dinosaurs.  As  possible  bird-ancestors  we 
may  at  once  dismiss  the  crocodiles,  since  they  have 
abandoned  the  bipedal  habit.  The  Pterosauria,  Cuvier’s 
“  flying  reptiles,”  were  at  one  time  favoured  by  Owen 
as  nearest  to  birds,  at  a  time  when  the  guiding  principles 
of  evolution  were  little  understood ;  but  their  resem¬ 
blances  to  birds  are  either  features  common  to  most 
archosaurians  or  parallel  developments  due  to  similarity 
of  life.  The  three  orders  Thecodontia,  Saurischia  and 
Ornithischia  are  presumably  those  to  which  Mr.  Dewar 
refers,  but  it  is  obviously  misleading  of  him  to  write  of 
them  as  though  they  were  as  widely  divergent  as,  say, 
Chelonia,  Ichthyosauria  and  Plesiosauria. 

If  a  man  says  that  he  is  uncertain  whether  a  certain 
I.ondon  suburb  is  in  Middlesex,  Surrey  or  Kent,  his 
ignorance  may  be  reprehensible ;  but  it  would  hardly  be 
fair  to  say  that  he  did  not  know  in  which  county  of 
England  the  place  lay  and  had  suggested  at  least  three  ! 
(To  complete  the  analogy,  Lamarck  must  be  supposed 


13 


194 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


to  have  imagined  the  place  to  be  in  Cornwall,  and 
Chesterton  to  have  accused  the  hesitant  man  of  having 
definitely  asserted  that  it  was  in  Northumberland.) 

In  such  closely-allied  and  rapidly  evolving  groups  as 
these  three  orders,  there  is  inevitably  much  parallelism 
in  development ;  and  it  is  not  easy  to  decide  whether  the 
bird-line  separated  off  at  a  point  within  the  limits  of  the 
Thecodontia  or  at  one  slightly  above  the  base  of  the 
Saurischian  stem.  (The  Ornithischia  seem,  apart  from 
other  difficulties,  to  have  originated  too  late  in  time.) 
Huxley,  in  1876,  chose  one  of  the  Saurischia,  Compso- 
gnathus,  as  the  most  bird-like  Dinosaur  then  known, 
but  that  genus  was  a  contemporary  of  Archceopteryx 
and  so  out  of  court  as  an  ancestor. 

Heilmann  (20),  after  a  thorough  scrutiny  of  the  evi¬ 
dence,  has  selected  Euparkeria,  one  of  the  Thecodontia 
of  the  Lower  Trias  of  South  Africa  as  having  the  best 
claim  to  be  considered  a  true  bird-ancestor  and  not  a  mere 
collateral  :  its  near  ally  Ornithosuchus  even  had  scales 
which  show  what  may  prove  to  be  the  first  rudimentary 
feather-characters,  but  that  is  speculative  at  present. 

Between  Etiparkeria  and  Archceopteryx  there  is  a  gap 
of  some  hundred  million  years;  between  Archceopteryx 
and  the  late  Cretaceous  birds  perhaps  sixty  million 
years.  Does  Mr.  Dewar  believe  that  no  birds  at  all  were 
created  during  those  long  periods?  If  the  creation  of 
a  Class  is  a  continuous  and  not  a  spasmodic  process, 
then  there  must  have  been  many  forms  of  bird  life  in 
existence  during  the  late  Jurassic  and  most  of  the  Cre¬ 
taceous  period,  yet  the  palaeontological  record  includes 
no  trace  of  them.  Why  may  there  not  equally  have  been 
predecessors  of  Archceopteryx,  bird-reptiles  and  reptile- 
birds  which  have  likewise  left  no  trace?  To  this  ques¬ 
tion,  Mr.  Dewar  has  an  answer  :  he  maintains  that  if 


REP'i'lI>ES  AND  BIRDS 


^^5 

there  were  any  such  intermediate  forms  they  ought  to 
be  more  abundant  as  fossils  than  the  typical  reptiles  or 
typical  birds  :  — 

“  An  animal  in  the  process  of  acquiring  the  power  of  flight 
is  peculiarly  liable  to  meet  with  fatal  accidents.  Human  ex¬ 
perience  in  aviation  demonstrates  this.  The  acquisition  of  wings 
by  the  accumulation  of  variations  or  mutations  must  in  each 
case  have  taken  many  thousands  of  years.  For  a  considerable 
part  of  this  period  the  casualties  as  the  result  of  accidents  among 
the  animals  so  evolving  must  have  been  exceedingly  numerous. 
In  consequence  the  deposits  laid  down  during  the  period  in  ques¬ 
tion  should  contain  many  fossils  of  these  incipient  flying 
animals  :  the  Devonian  should  hold  thousands  of  fossils  of  what 
may  be  termed  pro-insects,  the  Trias  a  multitude  of  those  of 
pro-pterosaurs,  the  Trias  and  Lower  Jura  a  great  many  of  those 
of  pro-Aves,  and  the  Eocene  a  large  number  of  those  of  pro- 
Chiroptera.  It  is  submitted  that  these  pro-creatures  exist  only 
in  the  imagination  of  evolutionists  ”  (D.,  p.  136). 

In  all  this  there  is  a  serious  fallacy— the  notion  that 
a  species  imperfectly  adapted  to  its  surroundings  is 
more  likely  to  be  preserved  as  a  fossil  than  one  well- 
adapted.  I  have  tried  to  express  the  real  state  of  things 
in  a  series  of  population-graphs  of  a  very  diagrammatic 
kind  {Fig.  26),  in  which  the  numbers  of  a  species  are 
indicated  by  vertical  measurements  and  the  passage  of 
time  by  horizontal  measurements  (left  to  right).  The 
graphs  are  smoothed,  temporary  fluctuations  being 
ignored.  The  straight  and  horizontal  line  AB  denotes 
a  stable  species,  in  which  death-rate  and  birth-rate  just 
balance  and  the  average  numbers  remain  unchanged. 
AC  is  the  graph  of  a  species  so  completely  out  of  har¬ 
mony  with  its  surroundings  that  death-rate  greatly 
exceeds  birth-rate,  and  it  nose-dives  to  swift  extinction. 
AD  starts  in  similar  plight,  but  the  destructive  agents 
are  selective  and  the  death-rate  begins  to  fall  off  (giving 
a  curve  with  upward  concavity)  though  not  quickly 
enough  to  avoid  extinction.  In  AEF  we  see  a  case  in 
which  selection  results  in  adaptation  and  the  nose-dive 


196 


EVOT.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


CQUh 


flattens  out  successfully,  the  death-rate  falling  to 
equality  with  the  birth-rate  at  E  and  then  below  it,  so 

that  numbers  increase 
until  stability  is 
reached  at  F.  These 
three  curves,  AC,  AD 
and  AEF,  represent 
very  crudely  the  state 
of  things  in  animals 
undergoing  transition 
from  one  mode  of  life 
to  another — unsuccess¬ 
fully  in  AC  and  AD, 
successfully  in  AEF, 
while  AB  represents 
the  state  of  stability 
which  AEF  will  show 
beyond  F. 

The  chance  that  any 
species  will  have  one 
of  its  individuals  pre¬ 
served  as  a  fossil  de¬ 
pends,  other  things 
being  equal,  upon  (i) 
the  actual  number  of 
individuals  in  a  gener¬ 
ation,  and  (2)  the 
number  of  orenerations 
through  which  it  main¬ 
tains  its  identity  as  a 
species.  In  the  case  of 
the  stable  form  AB,  the 
first  of  these  is  measured  by  the  height  AX  or  BY,  the 
second  by  the  length  of  AB,  so  that  the  total  chance  is 


c/5 

w 


O 

K 


W 

« 

H 

c/5 

Q 

Z 

< 

P 

1 

C/l  XT', 
c/5 
W 
U 

D  d 

c«  0-1 

tT 

8  ^ 
o 

c/5  C 

o 

3  •- 

°  § 

Pm  at 
< 

«  1-^ 
o  o 


H 


PM 

o 

Pm 


50 

(N 

o 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS 


197 

measured  by  the  area  AXYB  at  the  very  least,  for  there 
is  no  si^n  of  stability  falling  off  attlieend.  In  the  next 
two  cases  the  corresponding  chances  are  measured  by  the 
areas  AXC  and  AXD,  which  are  much  smaller.  In  the 
last  case,  the  area  AEFYX  measures  the  chances  not  for 
one  species  but  for  a  lineage  of  successive  species.  Evi- 
dentlv  the  chances  of  fossilization  are  far  greater  for 
stable  species  than  for  evolving  forms. 

This  principle  applies  generally,  but  in  the  case  of 
transitional  forms  between  pedestrian  and  flying  verte¬ 
brates  there  are  additional  reasons  why  fossilization  is 
improbable.  We  may  picture  successive  stages  thus — 
(i)  the  “  squirrel  ”  stage,  when  the  animal  is  equally  at 
home  on  the  ground  and  in  the  trees;  (2)  the  “  flying- 
phalanger,”  “flying-squirrel”  or  “flying-lemur” 
stage  when  a  parachute  mechanism  has  been  developed  ; 
(3)  the  “  bat  ”  or  “  bird  ”  stage,  when  genuine  flight  has 
been  acquired.  Now  in  the  middle  stage  the  animals 
are  far  more  confined  to  the  trees,  are  far  more  exclu¬ 
sively  arboreal,  than  in  either  the  first  or  the  last  stage. 
Therefore  death  by  drowning,  the  usual  prelude  to 
fossilisation,  is  far  less  likely  in  the  middle  stage.  For 
instance,  if  there  were  living,  alongside  of  Archcsop- 
teryXy  “  pro-aves  ”  in  the  parachute-stage,  they  would 
not  attempt  to  fly  out  after  the  wind-blown  insects, 
and  so  would  run  no  risk  of  getting  bogged. 

The  parallel  which  Mr.  Dewar  suggests  between 
human  aviation  and  the  evolution  of  flying  animals  is 
a  particularly  unhappy  one  for  his  argument.  Let  us 
imagine  that  every  man  who  died  while  flying  or  at¬ 
tempting  to  fly,  from  Icarus  down  to  the  present  (those 
deliberately  killed  in  war  excepted)  had  had  a  durable 
monument  erected  to  him,  on  which  full  details  of  his 
flying  methods  were  inscribed  or  modelled.  Let  us 


igS  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

imagine  a  traveller  setting  forth,  without  special  guid¬ 
ance,  to  hunt  out  and  study  as  many  as  possible  of  these 
monuments  in  order  to  reconstruct  from  them  the  his¬ 
tory  of  aviation.  He  would  learn  much  about  the  com¬ 
paratively  safe  aeroplanes  of  recent  years,  less  about 
the  more  experimental  ones  of  25  years  ago,  and  I  doubt 
if  he  would  discover  anything  about  the  earliest  types. 
The  aviation  death-rate  may  be  lower  to-day  than  in 
the  days  of  early  experimenting,  but  the  actual  number 
of  casualties  is  far  greater  because  there  are  far  more 
aviators.  The  parallel  with  the  evolution  of  natural 
flight  may  not  be  exact,  but  it  is  suggestive. 

*  *  -X- 

Mr.  Dewar  devotes  the  second  appendix  of  his  book 
to  “  Some  anatomical  characters  of  birds  difficult  to 
reconcile  with  the  doctrine  of  evolution.”  From  a  long 
and  valuable  collection  of  facts  about  the  skull,  limb- 
muscles,  feather-tracts,  etc.,  he  draws  the  general  con¬ 
clusion  that  the  distribution  of  the  various  characters 
among  birds  is  comparable  to  the  distribution  of  play¬ 
ing-cards  in  the  various  possible  hands — that  is,  it  is 
a  matter  of  mathematical  permutations  and  combina¬ 
tions  ;  and  that,  consequently,  any  number  of  different 
phylogenies  can  be  made  for  Birds,  according  to  the 
characters  which  are  taken  as  capable,  or  not  cap¬ 
able,  of  being  developed  independently  in  different 
lineages.^ 

To  all  appearance,  then,  we  have  in  Birds  a  striking 
example  of  Cuvier’s  ”  network  relationship,”  far  beyond 
anything  that  Cuvier  would  have  admitted,  since  it  con- 

^  I  am  not  surprised  at  this,  as  the  case  appears  to  be  much  the  same 
(so  far  as  can  be  judged  from  fossilisable  structures  alone)  with 
some  divisions  of  the  Brachiopoda ;  but  it  is  not  a  state  of  things 
characteristic  of  most  divisions  of  the  animal  kingdom. 


REPTILES  AND  BIRDS 


199 

tradicts  all  his  ideas  of  correlation.  Mr.  Dewar  tells 
us  :  — 

“  Thus,  from  the  fact  that  a  bird  possesses  a  desmognathous 
skull  we  cannot  tell  whether  or  not  it  has  an  ambiens  muscle,  or 
an  oil  gland,  or  a  fifth  secondary,  or  coeca,  or  powder-down 
feathers,  or  what  the  nature  of  its  deep  plantar  tendons  is.  We 
are  not  able  to  assert  that  a  bird,  of  which  the  skull  is  schizo- 
gnathous,  must  lack  some  organ  commonly  found  in  birds  " 
(D.,  pp.  170-1). 

and  he  gives  many  other  examples  of  the  same  kind. 
When,  however,  we  analyse  these  cases  of  what  we  may 
term  correlation-failure,  we  get  the  following  results — 
26  of  them  refer  to  families  or  groups  larger  than 
families,  5  of  them  to  genera  within  a  single  family,  2 
to  species  within  a  genus  and  2  to  individuals  within  a 
species.  (These  figures  may  not  be  quite  accurate,  as 
it  is  not  always  easy  to  say  whether  a  complicated  state¬ 
ment  should  count  as  one  or  as  several,  but  they  are  sub¬ 
stantially  correct.)  Evidently  then,  the  same  “difficul¬ 
ties  of  the  evolution  theory  ’’  are  found  within  the  family 
as  outside  it,  in  birds.  For  instance  :  — 

“  Some  species  of  the  storks,  awks,  petrels,  pigeons,  terns  and 
parrots  possess  the  [ambiens]  muscle  fully  developed,  while  in 
others  not  a  trace  can  be  found  ”  (D.,  p.  173). 

As  Mr.  Dewar  believes  that  all  the  species  in  a  family 
have  been  naturally  evolved  from  one  ancestral  species, 
which  must  have  been  created  either  with  or  without  an 
ambiens  muscle,  he  must  believe  that  in  each  family  this 
muscle  has  either  been  lost  in  some  species  and  kept  in 
others,  or  newly-developed  in  some  and  not  in  others. 
Why  may  not  an  evolutionist  be  allowed  to  believe  the 
same  sort  of  thing  about  groups  higher  than  the  family  ? 
As  the  ambiens  muscle  is  found  in  crocodiles,  the  evolu¬ 
tionist  regards  it  as  an  inheritance  in  birds  from  their 
reptile  ancestors,  and  explains  its  very  erratic  occur- 


200 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


rence  as  a  sign  that  it  is  of  little  or  no  use  and  is  being 
eliminated. 

“  The  fact  that  such  an  organ  as  the  gall-bladder  may  be 
entirely  absent  in  an  individual  of  a  species  in  which  it  ordinarily 
occurs  affords  food  for  thought  to  those  who  believe  evolution 
to  have  been  merely  a  gradual  piling  up  of  small  variations  ” 
(D.,  p.  170). 

Undoubtedly;  and  also  to  those  who  believe  evolu¬ 
tion  to  proceed,  in  part  at  least,  by  abrupt  mutations; 
and  most  of  all,  perhaps,  to  those  who  follow  Sir 
Thomas  Browne  and  Paley  in  believing  that  there  can 
be  no  such  thing  as  a  useless  or  unnecessary  organ.  If 
some  individual  birds  of  a  species  can  live  comfortably 
without  a  gall-bladder,  then  surely  that  organ  in  the 
rest  of  the  species  must  be  a  “  superfluity  or  part  with¬ 
out  use  or  office,”  which  Sir  Thomas  Browne  declared 
could  not  exist. 


CHAPTER  VII 


ORIGIN  AND  E\^OLUTION  OF  MAMMALS 

The  improbability  of  a  reptile  being  transformed  into 
a  mammal  is  one  of  the  points  on  which  Mr.  Dewar 
repeatedly  insists.  Collecting  the  arguments  from  dif¬ 
ferent  parts  of  his  book  we  may  summarize  them 
thus  :  — 

(а)  There  are  20  important  points  of  difference  between 
reptiles  and  mammals.  “Some  of  these  necessary 
changes  do  not  present  any  insuperable  difficulty  : 
others  do”  (D.,  pp.  74-77). 

(б)  The  most  reptilian  of  mammals,  the  Monotremes, 
ought  (on  the  evolution  theory)  to  appear  earliest  in 
geological  time  :  actually  they  appear  latest  (D.,  pp.  134, 

179)- 

(c)  The  marsupials  should  appear  before  the  placental 
mammals.  Instead,  they  appear  at  the  same  time,  and 
their  geological  and  geographical  range  can  only  be 
explained  on  evolutionary  grounds  by  complicated  and 
improbable  migrations  (D.,  pp.  16-18). 

(d)  As  a  final  rediictio  ad  ahsiirdum,  the  transforma¬ 
tion  of  reptiles  into  mammals  must  have  taken  place  on 
at  least  two  separate  occasions,  possibly  four  or  five  ; 
while  Sir  Arthur  Keith  and  others  find  it  impossible 
to  derive  mammals  from  reptiles  at  all  and  are  driven  to 
deriving  them  directly  from  amphibians  (D.,  pp.  75, 

130). 


201 


202 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Let  US  consider  these  arguments  in  order. 

(a)  Several  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  twenty  points  may  be 
taken  collectively,  as  different  aspects  of  one  feature. 
Thus,  in  nos.  i,  2  and  18,  we  find  that  the  lower  jaw  of 
the  reptile  is  composed  of  a  number  of  bones  and  articu¬ 
lates  with  the  skull  indirectly  through  a  quadrate  bone, 
while  there  is  only  one  rod-like  ear-bone  {stapes  or 
columella  aiiris)  conveying  the  sound-waves  from  ear¬ 
drum  to  inner  ear.  In  mammals,  the  jaw  is  a  single 
bone  (on  each  side),  articulating  directly  with  the  skull, 
but  there  is  a  chain  of  three  little  bones  {malleus,  incus, 
stapes)  in  the  middle  ear.  The  morphological  explana¬ 
tion  of  these  differences  is  that  all  but  three  of  the  lower 
jaw  bones  of  the  reptile  are  missing  in  the  mammal,  one 
{dentary)  composes  the  actual  jaw,  one  {angular)  sup¬ 
ports  the  ear-drum,  one  {articular)  has  become  the  mal¬ 
leus,  and  the  quadrate  has  become  the  incus.  This  is 
not  a  matter  of  evolutionary  theory,  but  of  comparative 
anatomy,  accepted  by  creationists  as  due  to  different 
modifications  of  a  common  Vertebrate  plan  ;  and  indeed, 
on  the  face  of  it,  such  complete  changes  of  function  in 
particular  bones  are  more  plausibly  explained  by  the 
intervention  of  creative  power  than  by  gradual  evolu¬ 
tion.  A  sarcastic  creationist  might  get  quite  good  fun 
out  of  an  imaginary  picture  of  the  transitional  reptile- 
mammal,  obliged  to  stop  eating  in  order  to  hear,  since 
the  bone  articulating  his  jaw  also  transmitted  sound¬ 
waves.  Actually,  the  transitional  condition  is  closely 
approached  in  the  mammal-reptiles  of  the  Karroo  beds 
of  South  Africa  ;  and  although  in  the  modern  Mono- 
tremes  of  Australia  the  mammalian  condition  is  found, 
yet  the  stapes  keeps  its  rod-like  reptilian  form  instead  of 
having  the  stirrup-shape  of  other  mammals.  The  em¬ 
bryos  of  Xenarthra  also  have  a  rod-like  stapes. 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS  203 

3,  4  and  5.  These  points  refer  to  the  hip-girdle,  which 
is  certainly  very  different  in  modern  reptiles  and  mam¬ 
mals,  but  if  we  take  all  reptiles  into  account  we  find  the 
differences  converging  backwards  in  time  into  a  very 
simple  type  from  which  the  various  later  types  can  be 
derived. 

Mr.  Dewar  omits  any  reference  to  the  shoulder-girdle, 
in  respect  of  which  the  differences  between  reptiles  and 
ordinary  mammals  are  greater  than  in  the  case  of  the 
hip-girdle.  He  has  to  do  this  because  the  monotremes, 
which  are  classified  as  mammals,  have  a  thoroughly 
reptilian  shoulder-girdle.  This  last  statement  was,  I 
know,  disputed  by  Vialleton,  on  the  ground  that  the 
monotreme  shoulder-girdle  does  not  form  part  of  the 
thoracic  wall  as  in  reptiles.  But  this  is  an  obvious 
adaptation  to  the  new  method  of  respiration — the 
“thoracic  suction-pump,’’  replacing  in  mammals  the 
“buccal  force-pump’’  of  primitive  reptiles — which  de¬ 
mands  greater  freedom  of  movement  of  the  ribs  than  the 
rigid  connexion  with  the  girdle  found  in  most  reptiles 
would  allow.  Vialleton  refused  to  admit  the  homology 
of  the  “  pretended  coracoids  ’’  of  monotremes  with  those 
of  ordinary  reptiles ;  but  the  monotreme  type  of 
shoulder-girdle  can  be  traced  back  without  a  break  of 
any  importance  to  the  primitive  “mammal-reptiles’’  of 
Triassic  and  Permian  times,  and  the  ordinary  reptile — 
and  bird — type  can  be  traced  back  to  a  similar  origin. 

*  *  * 

“12.  Reptiles  are  cold-blooded;  mammals  are  warm¬ 
blooded.’’  It  is  well-understood  that  these  terms  denote 
more  than  the  mere  difference  of  temperature.  Existing 
reptiles  have  practically  no  control  over  their  body-tem¬ 
perature  :  it  changes  with  that  of  the  surrounding 


204 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


atmosphere.  The  highest  mammals,  on  the  contrary, 
have  an  almost  perfect  automatic  control,  effected  by 
means  of  the  nervous  system  through  the  respiratory 
system  and  skin-glands.  Thus  if  we  plot  a  graph,  in 
which  external  temperature  is  measured  horizontally 
and  body-temperature  vertically,  the  reptile  should  give 
a  diagonal  line,  the  mammal  a  horizontal  one.  The 
results  of  C.  j.  Martin’s  actual  experiments  (26)  thus 
plotted  are  shown  in  Fig.  27.  The  lizard  Cyclodns 
(taken  as  a  typical  reptile)  gives  a  line  practically  iden¬ 
tical  with  the  theoretical  one.  The  Cat  gives  one  very 
nearly  perfect  in  horizontality ;  the  Rabbit’s  tempera¬ 
ture-control  is  not  quite  so  perfect.  A  group  of  marsu¬ 
pials  show  lines  which,  for  Tow  external  temperatures, 
are  even  steadier  than  the  cat’s,  but  above  30°  C.  the 
control  falls  off  in  efficiency  :  in  the  case  of  the  dasyure, 
the  most  primitive  of  the  three,  the  loss  of  control  begins 
earlier.  In  all  three  the  normal  body-temperature  is 
well  below  that  of  the  tw^o  Placentals.  The  Monotremes 
are  represented  by  one  individual  of  Ornithorhynchus 
and  three  of  Echidna.  The  normal  body-temperature  is 
in  each  case  far  below  that  of  Placentals  or  Marsupials, 
and  the  loss  of  control  at  high  external  temperatures  is 
more  marked  than  in  the  latter  :  in  fact  there  is  an 
almost  total  failure,  the  graphs  rising  at  the  right-hand 
end  about  as  steeply  as  that  of  the  lizard.  Further, 
although  Ornithoriiynchus  is  for  ordinary  temperatures 
quite  as  steady  as  the  rabbit.  Echidna  has  much  less 
control  at  any  temperature,  and  the  individual  range  is 
great.  Is  there  anything  unreasonable  in  the  supposi¬ 
tion  that  if  we  could  restore  some  of  the  Triassic  mam¬ 
mal-reptiles  to  life  and  test  them  in  the  same  way,  their 
graphs  would  occupy  some  of  the  left  lower  quarter  of 
the  diagram,  between  Echid^ia  and  Cyclodus? 


Temperature  of  animal  in  degrees  Centigrade 


ORIGIN  AND  evolution  OF  MAMMALS 


205 


2o6  evolution  and  its  modern  critics 

Points  6  and  7  refer  to  the  ribs  and  diaphragm,  10  to 
the  single  aortic  arch,  13  to  the  hair  and  14  to  the 
mammary  glands — all  very  distinctive  differences  of 
mammals  from  modern  reptiles  and  all  closely  inter¬ 
related  as  they  represent  adaptations  to  an  active,  terres¬ 
trial,  air-breathing  life.  An  additional  point,  omitted 
by  Mr.  Dewar  (because  it  is  found  in  the  crocodiles  as 
well  as  in  mammals)  is  the  complete  separation  of  the 
right  and  left  cavities  of  the  heart.  On  the  evolutionary 
view,  the  surviving  reptiles  of  to-day  are  branches  of 
the  reptilian  tree  which,  by  easy  immediate  adaptation 
to  their  surroundings,  blocked  their  own  way  towards 
a  higher  type  of  adaptation,  reached  more  slowly  by  the 
mammals.  It  is  doubtful  if  we  shall  ever  learn  how  the 
diaphragm  arose,  with  the  gradual  substitution  of  a 
thoracic  for  a  buccal  breathing-mechanism,  but  that 
does  not  mean  that  it  could  not  have  arisen  bv  natural 
evolution. 

Hairs  are  developmentally  quite  different  from  scales 
and  feathers  :  they  originate  in  the  embryo  as  down- 
growths  of  the  epidermis  into  the  dermis,  not  as  surface- 
upgrowths.  It  seems  probable  that  they  served  first  as 
tactile  organs,  but  their  use  in  checking  evaporation 
from  the  skin  may  have  saved  the  mammals  from  losing 
their  skin-glands  in  a  dry  climate.  (The  reptiles  relied 
on  scales  as  a  protection,  and  lost  their  skin-glands, 
which  the  birds  were  unable  to  recover  though  they 
would  have  been  very  useful  to  them.)  It  is  from  the 
skin-glands  that  the  milk-glands  have  been  evolved. 
The  tendency  for  the  young  to  get  nourishment  from 
some  kind  of  parental  secretion  has  shown  itself  again  and 
again  when  conditions  were  favourable  :  in  some  vivi¬ 
parous  skates  the  oviduct  secretes  a  fluid  very  like  milk, 
and  “pigeon’s  milk’’  is  a  secretion  of  the  bird’s  crop. 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS  207 

In  monotremes  it  is  the  sweat-glands  which  have  become 
modified  to  secrete  milk  :  ordinary  sweat-glands  are  un¬ 
known  in  Echidna  and  found  only  on  the  bill  of  Orni- 
thorhy7ichus  (this  may  partly  account  for  their  imper¬ 
fectly  warm-blooded  character).  In  the  higher  mammals 
the  sebaceous  glands  (associated  with  the  hairs)  have 
become  similarly  modified.  In  all  these  cases  we  may 
suppose  that  a  secretion  originally  serving  as  a  moisten¬ 
ing  or  lubricating  fluid  and  only  accidentally  and  in  a 
trivial  degree  nutritive  was  habitually  absorbed  by  the 
young,  and  a  gradual  increase  in  nutritive  quality 
proved  of  survival-value.  The  evolutionist  will  infer, 
from  the  differences  between  monotremes  and  other 
mammals,  that,  when  their  ancestors  diverged  from  the 
common  “reptilian”  stock,  either  the  milk-forming 
habit  had  not  been  started,  or  it  had  started  for  both 
kinds  of  skin-glands,  to  be  restricted  later  to  one  or 
other  in  the  respective  branches. 

*  *  * 

15.  “  Amphibia  and  Mammals  excrete  urea.  Reptiles 
and  Birds  excrete  uric  acid.”  A  change  in  excretory 
metabolism  is,  according  to  Mr.  Dewar,  difficult  to 
account  for,  but  a  double  change — from  urea  to  uric 
acid  as  amphibians  evolved  into  reptiles,  and  back  again 
to  urea  as  reptiles  passed  into  mammals — is  most  im¬ 
probable.  The  facts,  however,  are  not  so  simple  as  his 
sweeping  generalization  implies.  Needham  has  com¬ 
piled  tables  showing  all  that  is  known  on  the  subject 
(27,  Vol.  II,  pp.  1 139-41).  His  recorded  analyses  are 
of  very  unequal  value,  but  they  show  that  Dewar’s 
statement  is  only  broadly  correct.  The  three  chief 
nitrogenous  excretions  are  Ammonia,  Urea  and  Uric 
Acid ;  but  there  are  others — Amino-acids,  Creatine, 


2o8  evolution  and  EL'S  MODERN  CRITICS 

etc.  Among  Fishes,  uric  acid  is  almost  unknown  and 
ammonia  predominates,  except  in  Elasmobranchs  where 
urea  is  found.  The  very  few  Amphibia  examined  (2 
species  of  frog  and  a  toad)  agree  in  a  predominance  of 
urea,  with  some  ammonia  and  very  little  uric  acid  or 
none.  Among  Reptiles,  the  Chelonia  are  like  the  Am¬ 
phibia,  except  that  there  is  more  uric  acid,  though, 
measured  by  the  amount  of  nitrogen  removed,  it  is  not 
half  so  important  as  the  urea.  In  most  other  reptiles  80 
to  90  per  cent,  of  the  excreted  nitrogen  is  carried  by  the 
uric  acid ;  but  in  the  Alligator  ammonia  accounts  for 
75  per  cent.,  urea  for  7  per  cent,  and  uric  acid  13 
per  cent,  of  the  nitrogen.  The  figures  for  Birds  are 
— uric  acid  65-80,  urea  o-io,  ammonia  0-17  per 
cent.  In  mammals  urea  greatly  predominates,  but  uric 
acid  is  never  absent,  though  usually  giving  a  fractional 
percentage;  rising  to  5  per  cent,  in  the  Rat  and  8  per 
cent,  in  the  Badger.  Evidently  there  is  no  need  to 
assume  an  abrupt  change  in  evolution  from  one 
chemical  process  to  another  ;  a  gradual  increase  in 
one  constituent  and  decrease  in  the  other  is  suffi¬ 
cient. 

Needham  explains  these  chemical  differences  in  ex¬ 
cretion  as  adaptations  to  the  varying  needs  of  embryonic 
life  in  (a)  aquatic  animals,  (b)  terrestrial,  amniotic, 
oviparous  forms,  and  (c)  terrestrial,  amniotic,  viviparous 
forms.  But  it  seems  hardly  necessary  to  assume  that 
the  needs  of  embryonic  existence  would  determine  meta¬ 
bolism  throughout  adult  life.  There  is  a  close  correla¬ 
tion  between  the  excretory  activity  of  the  skin  and  that 
of  the  kidneys ;  and  it  may  tentatively  be  suggested  that 
uric  acid  metabolism  is  bound  up  with  the  absence  of 
skin-glands  in  typical  reptiles  and  birds;  and  that  urea- 
metabolism  and  a  glandular  skin  mav  have  existed  con- 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS  209 

tinuously  in  the  ancestry  of  mammals,  from  Amphibia 
through  Therapsida  to  the  present  time. 

*  *  * 

16.  “The  cheek-teeth  of  Mammals  have  divided 
roots  and  more  complex  crowns  than  those  of  Reptiles.” 
This  is  hardly  true  of  the  living  toothed  Cetacea  or 
Xenarthra,  but  apart  from  that — if  the  highly  complex 
teeth  of  the  modern  horse  have  been  evolved  from  the 
simple  quadritubercular  teeth  of  Eohippus,  why  should 
not  the  latter  have  been  evolved  from  the  still  simpler 
reptilian  tooth  ?  The  mammalian  canine  is  still  essen¬ 
tially  a  reptilian  tooth,  and  in  some  primitive  mammals 
there  is  a  gradual  transition  along  the  jaw  from  canines 
to  incisors  in  one  direction  and  cheek-teeth  in  the  other. 

8.  “In  Reptiles  the  ankle-joint  is  between  the  two 
rows  of  ankle-bones ;  in  Mammals  it  is  at  the  root  of  the 
toes.”  The  former  statement  does  not  apply  to  the 
mammal-reptiles  (Therapsid^l).  Moreover,  both  types 
are  derived  from  a  flexible  form  in  which  articular  move¬ 
ment  is  not  yet  concentrated  at  either  level. 

17.  “The  mammalian  internal  ear  has  an  organ  of 
Corti,  not  found  in  reptiles.”  Increasing  elaboration 
of  sense-organs  is  a  natural  feature  of  evolution  towards 
a  higher  type  of  life;  and  an  organ  of  Corti  would  have 
been  useless  in  the  absence  of  the  refinement  of  trans¬ 
mission  due  to  the  substitution  of  a  chain  of  small 
ossicles  for  the  rod-like  columella  auris. 

There  remain  a  few  of  Mr.  Dewar’s  points  (9,  ii,  19 
and  20)  referring  to  anatomical  points  which  I  am  not 
competent  to  discuss.  For  instance,  his  statement  that 
in  reptiles  and  birds  the  longitudinal  muscle-layer  of 
the  alimentary  canal  is  internal  to  the  circular  layer, 
while  in  mammals  it  is  external,  is  a  sweeping  state- 


14 


210 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


ment  and  one  which  over-simplifies  the  facts.  Only  a 
specialist  on  the  alimentary  canal  could  deal  with  it. 
Anyhow,  there  is  no  need  to  assume  that  longitudinal 
muscles  were  gradually  transformed  into  circular  and 
vice  versa,  which  Mr.  Dewar  seems  to  think  is  the  only 
possible  evolutionary  method. 

It  will  have  been  noted  in  the  above  discussion  that 
the  monotremes  in  several  cases  agree  with  reptiles 
rather  than  with  mammals.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say 
that  in  respect  of  their  reproductive  organs  and  their 
limbs  and  limb-attachments  the  monotremes  are  reptiles 
showing  slight  advances  towards  the  mammalian  grade, 
while  in  respect  of  their  circulation,  skull  and  other 
structures  they  are  mammals  retaining  some  reptilian 
characters.  If  the  monotremes  were  transferred  from 
the  class  Mammalia  to  the  class  Reptilia,  it  would  be 
possible  to  add  to  Mr.  Dewar’s  20  points  several  others 
of  importance — mammals  viviparous,  without  coracoid 
bones,  with  certain  of  the  sebaceous  glands  specialized 
to  secrete  milk.  On  the  other  hand,  several  of  his 
other  points  would  have  to  be  cancelled. 

Cuvier,  although  he  kept  the  monotremes  in  his  Order 
Edentata,  was  fully  convinced  of  their  reptilian  affini¬ 
ties  by  Blainville’s  work  of  1812.  He  wrote  thus  in  1823 
(my  translation)  :  — 

“  With  the  outer  form  and  fur  of  mammals,  with  their  cir¬ 
culation,  brain,  sense-organs  and  a  large  part  of  their  organs  of 
movement,  with  the  pelvis  of  marsupials,  they  in  many  respects 
resemble  birds  and  reptiles  in  their  shoulder-girdle  and  repro¬ 
ductive  organs,  are  without  mammae,  and  may  quite  crediblv 
(assez  vraisemhlahlement)  lay  eggs  or  something  equivalent,  in¬ 
stead  of  bearing  living  young  ”  (10,  Vol.  V,  pt.  i,  p.  144). 

Cuvier’s  belief  that  they  might  be  oviparous  may  have 
been  an  inference  from  their  anatomy  confirming  an 
unverified  report.  Yet  the  fact  must  have  long  been 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS 


21  I 


known  to  Australian  settlers  and  to  some  European 
naturalists;  thus  Frank  Buckland  in  his  Curiosities  of 
Natural  History  (2nd  series,  i860,  p.  301)  quotes  from 
a  letter  in  the  Sydney  Morning  Herald  of  1847  the  state¬ 
ment  that  in  Australia  “the  moles  lay  eggs  and  have 
ducks’  bills.’’  In  spite  of  this,  the  fact  was  never  ad¬ 
mitted  in  text-books  of  Zoology  until  after  1884,  when 
Caldwell  went  out  to  Australia  to  investigate  the  life- 
history  of  these  and  other  Australian  animals,  and 
cabled  home  “  Monotremes  oviparous,  ova  mero- 
blastic.’’  After  this  “sensational’’  announcement,  the 
oviparity  could  no  longer  be  ignored. 

“  No  fossil  has  been  discovered  that  represents  a  half- 
formed  type  of  animal,’’  writes  Mr.  Dewar  (D.,  p.  135). 
In  one  sense  that  is  doubtless  true,  and  we  may  safely 
add  that  no  such  fossil  ever  will  be  discovered,  since 
every  species  that  ever  existed  must  have  been  capable 
of  living  a  full  life.  But  in  another,  more  practical 
sense  a  monotreme  may  fairly  be  called  a  “  half-formed 
type  ’’  of  mammal. 

*  *  * 

(b)  But  what  use  is  it  to  assert  the  reptilian  charac¬ 
ters  of  the  monotremes? 

“  Whereas  the  marsupials  and  placentals  appear  simultane¬ 
ously  in  the  Upper  Cretaceous,  the  earliest  monotremes  do  not 
occur  until  the  Pleistocene,  perhaps  fifty  million  years  later 
(D.,  p.  179).  .  .  .  The  evolutionist  explains  this  fact  by  asserting 
that  the  monotremes  evolved  from  an  unknown  ancestor  in  an 
unknown  part  of  the  world,  and,  after  they  had  fully  evolved, 
migrated  to  Australasia  ”  (D.,  p.  134). 

I  do  not  know  what  evolutionist  has  propounded  this 
hypothesis,  but  I  am  confident  that  all  the  others  will 
agree  in  repudiating  it.  Let  us  consider  the  evidence, 
direct  and  indirect,  as  to  the  past  history  of  the  mono- 


212 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


tremes  (and,  incidentally,  of  the  marsupials),  working 
backwards  in  time. 

Australasia  (from  the  island  of  Lombok  to  Tasmania) 
has  a  mammalian  fauna  composed  essentially  of  marsu¬ 
pials  and  monotremes.  Excluding  Celebes  and  other 
islands  within  easy  reach  of  the  Oriental  Region,  the 
few  indigenous  placentals  are  bats  and  small  rodents, 
easily  transported  across  narrow  seas.  These  we  may 
leave  out  of  account,  except  to  note  in  passing  that, 
besides  the  ubiquitous  genus  Mtis,  there  are  5  peculiar 
genera  of  the  same  family,  which  Mr.  Dewar  will  agree 
have  been  evolved  on  the  Australian  continent.  The 
monotremes  belong  to  two  families  and  three  genera  ; 
the  marsupials  are  much  more  numerous — at  least  six 
(possibly  ten)  families  and  35  genera  with  about  120 
species. 

In  Pleistocene  deposits  both  orders  are  represented, 
by  members  of  both  families  of  monotremes  and  nearly 
all  the  families  of  marsupials.  In  addition  there  are  9 
extinct  genera  of  marsupials,  two  of  which  (Diprotodon 
and  N otothenufii)  are  not  referable  to  any  existing 
family,  being  “  annectant  types”  (or  links)  between 
kangaroos,  wombats  and  phalangers.  The  Pleistocene 
species  include  both  living  and  extinct  forms,  some  of 
the  latter  being  much  larger  than  their  living  allies. 
These  are  the  usual  features  of  the  Pleistocene  faunas  of 
other  continents,  where  the  genera  of  many  families 
show  a  steady  increase  of  size  during  the  Tertiary  era, 
culminating  in  gigantic  forms,  after  which  follows 
partial  or  total  extinction.  We  should  therefore  expect 
by  analogy  (whether  we  believe  in  evolution  or  creation) 
to  find  in  Australia  earlier  faunas  of  marsupials  and 
monotremes  gradually  leading  up  to  those  of  the  Pleis¬ 
tocene.  Instead  of  this  we  find  an  almost  complete 
blank  in  the  fossil  record  :  fifty  years  ago  the  blank  was 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS  213 

complete,  and  for  the  moment  we  may  consider  the 
problem  as  it  appeared  then. 

There  can  be  no  question  as  to  the  existence  of  Aus¬ 
tralia  as  a  land-area  during  the  Tertiary  era.  Marine 
deposits  of  Miocene  and  Pliocene  age  occur  along  the 
southern  and  western  coasts,  dying  out  inland  in  such  a 
way  as  to  show  that  though  the  sea  encroached  on  these 
shores  it  did  not  greatly  diminish  the  area  of  the  con¬ 
tinent.  In  Eocene  times  the  continental  area  may  have 
extended  farther,  for  only  in  one  part  of  Western 
Australia  has  marine  Eocene  been  found. 

The  absence  of  mammalian  Tertiary  fossils  is  simply 
explained  by  the  almost  total  absence  of  known  deposits 
in  which  they  would  be  likely  to  occur.  How  a  Cuvierian 
palceontologist  would  have  dealt  with  such  negative 
evidence  I  do  not  know.  Believing  as  he  would,  that 
the  Pleistocene  and  Recent  species  of  mammals  were 
all  separately  created,  he  would  recognize  the  possi¬ 
bility  that  no  earlier  mammals  had  ever  been  created  in 
Australia ;  but  he  could  hardly  have  regarded  that  as 
probable,  since  it  would  involve  so  great  a  departure 
from  the  ways  of  the  Creator  in  other  continents ;  still 
less  would  he  have  insisted  on  that  possibility  as  a 
proved  fact  from  negative  evidence.  How  should  the 
believer  in  “  evolution-within-the-family-only  ”  logic¬ 
ally  deal  with  the  problem  ?  According  to  the  accepted 
classification  there  are  several  Pleistocene  families  each 
represented  by  two  or  more  species.  If  those  species 
are  descended  from  a  common  ancestor,  the  family  must 
be  carried  back  at  least  into  the  Pliocene,  in  spite  of 
the  absence  of  palaeontological  evidence.  The  only 
alternative  is  to  assert  that  each  Pleistocene  species  was 
separately  created  and  constitutes  a  family  in  itself. 
Which  alternative  would  Mr.  Dewar  choose? 


2T4  KVOIATTION  AND  IIS  MODERN  CRITICS 

I>et  US  now  consider  the  evidence  found  within 
the  last  half-century.  In  1895,  Mr.  W.  S.  Dun  dis¬ 
covered  remains  of  a  gigantic  O rnithorhynchiis ,  a  large 
Echidna,  a  kangaroo  and  other  marsupials,  associated 
with  a  considerable  flora  already  recognized  as  Plio¬ 
cene,  in  the  “Deep  Leads”  (gold-bearing  gravels 
below  the  lava-flows)  of  Gulgong,  New  South  Wales. 
The  fact  that  these  discoveries  have  been  overlooked 
bv  all  text-books  (except  Chapman’s  Australasian 
Fossils,  1914)  suggested  that  the  reference  of  these 
fossils  to  the  Pliocene  might  have  been  a  mis¬ 
take  later  corrected,  but  Mr.  Chapman  (late  Com¬ 
monwealth  palaeontologist)  assures  me  that  this 
is  not  so.  Monotremes  and  marsupials,  then,  already 
existed  in  Australia  in  Pliocene  time.  This  slightly 
earlier  creation  of  monotremes  does  not,  of  course, 
seriously  affect  Mr.  Dewar’s  argument,  though  it 
should  lead  him  to  regard  this  giant  Ornithorhynchus 
as  the  first  created  species  of  the  genus,  from  which  the 
smaller  Pleistocene  and  Recent  species  are  derived. 
But  we  may  use  his  own  arguments  against  him,  and, 
as  he  so  often  challenges  evolutionarv  palaeontologists 
to  produce  intermediate  links,  ask  him  for  the  evidence 
of  transitional  forms  showing  how  the  Pliocene  giant 
gradually  dwindled  into  the  little  animal  of  to-day. 
Evolutionists  do  not,  of  course,  believe  that  it  did  so  : 
giants  are  usually  the  end-forms  of  a  lineage,  and 
small  species  are  more  commonly  (though  not  always) 
survivors  from  an  earlier  date. 

In  1900,  Baldwin  Spencer  (42)  described  under  the 
name  Wynyardia  hassiana  an  imperfect  marsupial 
skeleton  from  the  marine  sandstone  of  the  Table  Cape, 
Tasmania — a  bed  then  regarded  as  Eocene,  but  now 
generallv  accepted  as  Miocene.  The  skeleton  had 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS 


215 


suffered  doubly,  first  while  drifting  out  to  sea  before 
being  buried  in  the  sandy  deposit,  and  secondly  be¬ 
tween  the  fall  of  the  block  containing  it  from  the  cliff 
and  its  discovery  by  a  collector.  Thus  the  teeth, 
shoulder-girdle  and  fore-limbs,  and  bones  of  the  foot 
are  all  missing — so  that  its  exact  classification  was 
difficult,  especially  as  the  parts  preserved  showed 
affinities  with  various  families. 

“  If  we  had  only  the  anterior  part  of  the  skull  preserved,  there 
is  but  little  doubt  that  it  would  be  referred  to  the  Phalangeridae  ; 
but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  we  had  only  the  hinder  part  ...  it 
would  be  referred  to  the  Dasyuridae  [Tasmanian  wolves];  the 
ilium  alone  would  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  an  animal  more 
allied  to  Dendrolagus  [tree-kangaroo]  than  to  any  existing  mar¬ 
supial  ;  while  the  head  of  the  fibula  would  be  regarded  as 
indicating  affinity  to  Phascolomys  [wombat]”  (42,  p.  794). 

Baldwin  Spencer  concludes  from  all  the  evidence  that 
]Vynyardia  is 

‘‘  indicative  of  a  stage  in  the  development  of  Australian  mar¬ 
supials  when  the  ancestors  of  the  recent  Diprotodontia  [kan¬ 
garoos,  wombats  and  phalangers]  were  beginning  to  diverge 
from  the  original  Polyprotodontid  stock  [opossums  and  Tas¬ 
manian  wolves]  from  which  they  have  been  developed  within  the 
limits  of  the  Australian  region.” 

Thus  we  know  that  at  least  one  species  of  marsupial, 
not  referable  to  any  existing  family,  lived  in  Australia 
in  Miocene  times  {Fig.  28).  Most  palaeontologists  will 
infer  that  it  was  only  one  species  in  a  whole  fauna, 
ancestral  to  the  Pliocene  and  later  Australian  faunas; 
and  that  since  there  were  marsupials  in  Australia  then, 
there  were  probably  monotremes  also.  What  other  in¬ 
ferences  can  a  creationist  draw  from  the  same  evidence  ? 
That  Wynyardia  hassia^ia  was  a  specially-created  and 
solitary  species  of  marsupial  in  the  Australian  con¬ 
tinent  ? 

Dr.  Sherbon  Hills  has  quite  recently  described  a  fish- 


2i6 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Fig,  28. — Geological  and  Geographical  Distribution  of  Marsupials. 

The  development  from  the  polyprotodont  to  the  diproto  dont  grade,  appears  to  have  occurred  independently, 
by  parallel  evolution,  in  S.  America  and  Australia;  but  that  from  Diadactyl  to  Syndactyl  in  Australia 
only.  The  latter  therefore  gives  a  more  natural  basis  for  classification. 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS  217 

fauna  from  freshwater  deposits  in  Queensland,  to  which 
he  provisionally  assigns  an  age  not  later  than  Oligo- 
cene.  Unfortunately  there  are  no  mammals,  but  the 
fishes  include  a  species  of  that  characteristic  Australian 
lung-fish,  Epiceratodus,  the  rest  of  the  fauna  showing- 
definite  affinities  with,  as  well  as  differences  from,  the 
modern  Australian  freshwater  faunad  If,  then,  the 
rivers  of  Queensland  already,  in  or  about  the  Oligo- 
cene  period,  supported  a  fish-fauna  partly  resembling 
that  of  to-day,  what  may  we  reasonably  infer  as 
to  the  dry  land  through  which  they  ran  ?  That  it 
was  entirely  destitute  of  mammalian  life  ?  That  it 
was  occupied  by  mammals  altogether  unlike  those  of 
modern  Australia  ?  Or  that  it  supported  the  fore¬ 
runners  (whether  by  evolution  or  creation)  of  the  mono- 
tremes  and  marsupials  of  to-day?  Mr.  Dewar  tacitly 
assumes  the  third  of  these  suggestions  to  be  impossible, 
but  does  not  say  which  of  the  others  he  prefers. 

*  *  * 

The  trail  of  the  Australian  mammals  certainly  fades 
away  as  we  work  back  through  the  Tertiary  era.  Can 
we  pick  it  up  anywhere  else?  Ever  since  Owen  in  1845 
described  A.  G.  Bain’s  newly  discovered  South  African 
Dicynodon  and  recognized  in  it  “an  additional  and 
much  more  important  step  towards  the  Mammalian 
type  of  dentition  ’’  than  was  yet  known  in  any  “  reptile,’’ 
South  Africa  has  been  recognized  as  the  headquarters 
of  the  mammal-reptiles  of  the  Triassic  period.  The 
thick  series  of  Karroo  beds  in  which  their  remains  are 
buried  now  end  abruptly  in  the  great  scarps  of  the 
Drakensberg  and  other  mountains,  which  look  east, 

1  Hills,  E.  S,,  1934,  “  Tertiary  Freshwater  Fishes  from  Southern 
Queensland,”  Mem.  Queensland  Mus.,  x,  1 57-174,  pi.  xviii-xxv. 


2i8 


KVOIAITIOX  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


soLitli  and  west  towards  Australia,  Antarctica  and  South 
America.  These  beds  must  have  been  deposited  in  at 
least  a  partial  basin  :  in  most  directions  they  must  have 
lapped  up  against  a  rising*  shore-line  or  basin-margin. 
Either  the  lands  that  formed  the  sides  of  the  basin  have 
sunk  below  sea-level,  or  they  have  drifted  away  to  form 
separate  continents.  In  either  case,  a  former  land  con¬ 
nexion  between  South  Africa  and  one  or  more  of  the 
three  continents — Australia,  Antarctica,  South  America 
— may  be  assumed. 

'Fhe  Beaufort  beds  of  the  Karroo  system,  in  which 
are  six  well-marked  consecutive  faunas  mainlv  of 
Therapsida  (mammal-reptiles)  are  correlated  with  the 
Upper  Permian  and  Lower  and  Middle  Triassic  of  the 
Northern  Hemisphere.  They  are  followed,  in  rising 
succession,  by  the  Molteno  (Lower  Stormberg)  beds  in 
which,  owing  to  a  change  of  facies,  there  are  no  verte¬ 
brate  fossils  but  abundant  plant-remains.  When 
vertebrates  re-appear  in  the  Middle  Stormberg  beds, 
the  Therapsida  are  in  a  minority  and  Archosauria 
(Thecodontia),  of  which  a  few  had  appeared  in  the 
Upper  Beaufort,  are  dominant.  In  the  highest  Storm¬ 
berg  beds  the  Therapsida  have  disappeared  altogether. 
Higher  beds  have  been  lost  by  denudation,  and  there  is 
a  break  in  the  geological  record  until  the  Tendaguru 
beds  of  Tanganyika  (highest  Jurassic  or  lowest  Cre¬ 
taceous,  with  many  dinosaurs). 

In  Eastern  Australia  the  Hawkesbury  series,  ap¬ 
proximately  of  Upper  Beaufort  age,  has  yielded  no 
vertebrates  higher  than  Amphibia,  but  that  does  not 
prove  that  the  mammal-reptiles  had  not  already  spread 
into  Western  Australia.  If  we  assume  that  they  had 
done  so,  and  that  Australia  was  separated  from  Africa 
before  the  Archosauria  (Dinosaurs)  had  obtained  a 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS 


219 


footing,  we  shall  have  made  all  the  assumptions  neces¬ 
sary  to  account  for  the  survival  in  Australia  of  the 
monotremes — last  of  the  mammal-reptiles,  raised  to  the 
level  of  reptile-mammals.  No  “  unknown  part  of  the 
world  ”  need  be  drawn  upon. 

*  *  * 

(c)  The  history  of  the  marsupials  is  not  so  easily 
reconstructed.  The  Cretaceous  strata  of  Queensland 
have  not  yielded  any  marsupial  remains;  in  fact, 
none  earlier  than  Wy?iyardia  have  been  found 
anywhere  in  Australasia.  On  the  other  hand  Cre¬ 
taceous  marsupials  have  been  found  in  North  and 
South  America,  and  they  are  present  in  Eocene 
beds  in  Europe  and  South  America.  They  probably 
reached  Europe  from  North  America,  but  whether 
they  originated  in  the  Northern  or  the  Southern 
Hemisphere  is  a  matter  for  guess-work  in  view  of  the 
small  amount  of  evidence.  My  own  guess  would 
be  that  they  originated  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere, 
either  in  Australia  or  South  America  or  some  land  con¬ 
necting  the  two.  Mr.  Dewar’s  assertion  that  “Pata¬ 
gonia  was  inhabited  by  placentals  before  any  marsupial 
reached  it’’  was  justifiable  in  the  light  of  palaeontolo¬ 
gical  knowledge  a  few  years  back,  when  the  “  Sparasso- 
donts’’  were  believed  to  be  newcomers  in  the  Santa 
Cruz  beds  (Miocene) ;  but  now  their  ancestors  have 
been  recognized  in  the  earliest  Tertiary  fauna  of  South 
America  (Casamayor  formation,  probably  rather  late 
Eocene),  alongside  the  first  of  the  purely  South  Ameri¬ 
can  orders  of  placentals. 

The  simultaneous  appearance  of  marsupials  and 
placentals,  stressed  by  Mr.  Dewar,  is  in  no  way 
anomalous.  Ever  since  Hill  and  Wilson  in  1895  showed 


220 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


that  the  bandicoot  (Perameles)  had  an  allantoic  placenta 
resembling  that  of  some  Insectivora,  it  has  been  obvious 
that  the  marsupial  condition  must  have  been  reached 
by  degeneration  from  a  primitive  placental  stage. 
Cuvier’s  “law  of  correlation’’  can  no  longer  be  ac¬ 
cepted  in  its  original  rigidity,  and  when  a  modern 
paleontologist  recognizes  certain  fossils  from  the  Cre¬ 
taceous  of  Mongolia  as  “  placentals,’’  on  the  evidence 
of  their  bones  and  teeth,  he  means  that  they  belong  to 
the  original  stock  from  which  some  or  all  of  the  modern 
placental  orders  have  sprung, — he  does  not  mean  that 
their  placentation  was  of  as  advanced  a  grade  as  it  is  in 
their  modern  descendants.  For  all  we  can  tell,  Delta- 
theridium  of  the  Mongolian  Cretaceous  may  have  had 
the  same  primitive  type  of  placentation  as  its  Canadian 
and  Patagonian  contemporaries  Eodelphis  and  Proteo- 
didelphys,  although  it  is  convenient  to  include  the  first 
in  the  placentals  and  the  two  others  in  the  marsupials. 

(d)  These  considerations  lead  us  on  to  Mr.  Dewar’s 
final  point — the  necessity  of  assuming  that  mammals 
have  been  evolved  from  reptiles  (or  amphibians)  several 
times  over.  He  softens  the  severity  of  his  censure  by 
the  curious  admission  that  the  little  mammals  whicli 
have  left  their  jaw-bones  in  the  Stonesfield  Slate  and 
Purbeck  dirt-bed  may  have  been  reptiles.  That  is  a 
blow  to  Cuvier  and  to  Mr.  Dewar’s  own  twenty  points. 
When  Dean  Buckland,  in  i8i8,  showed  Cuvier  the 
first  little  jaw  of  Aynphitherium  from  Stonesfield, 
Cuvier,  in  spite  of  his  previous  belief  that  no  mammals 
were  created  before  the  Tertiary,  recognized  it  as  that 
of  a  mammal  both  from  its  teeth  and  because  it  was  a 
single  bone,  not  an  aggregate  of  bones  like  a  reptilian 
jaw.  In  spite  of  the  weight  of  Cuvier’s  authority,  this 
conclusion  was  strongly  disputed  by  other  zoologists 


ORIGIN  AND  EVOLUTION  OF  MAMMALS 


221 


who  thought  they  could  detect  sutures  in  the  jaw,  and 
it  was  not  until  Owen,  with  more  material  at  his  dis¬ 
posal,  showed  that  the  supposed  reptilian  sutures  were 
not  sutures,  that  the  mammalian  nature  of  these  jaws 
was  generally  accepted.  Yet  now  Mr.  Dewar  thinks 
that  these  mammalian  jaws  with  mammalian  teeth  may 
very  possibly  have  belonged  to  reptiles,  thereby  reject¬ 
ing  the  only  two  of  his  twenty  points  that  can  be  tested 
on  these  fossils  ! 

The  whole  question  as  to  whether  Mammalia  have 
descended  along  several  independent  lines  from  Rep- 
tilia  or  directly  from  Amphibia  without  passing  through 
a  reptilian  stage  is  essentially  a  verbal  dispute.  It  is  a 
question  of  how  we  first  define  an  amphibian,  a  reptile 
and  a  mammal,  and  how  we  can  then  classify  fossils 
which  give  us  no  information  on  essential  points  of  our 
definition.  The  boundary-lines  between  these  three 
classes  are  essentially  horizontal,  not  vertical,  divisions; 
and  it  is  difficult  to  draw  a  horizontal  line  that  shall  not 
cut  more  than  one  of  the  rising  lines  of  a  genealogical 
tree. 

A  few  words  on  Mesozoic  mammals  may  be  added. 
Instead  of  having,  as  in  the  case  of  Mesozoic  birds,  a 
very  small  number  of  nearly  complete  skeletons,  we 
have  a  fairly  large  number  of  very  fragmentary  remains. 
Not  a  single  perfect  skeleton  is  known ;  only  a  few 
fairly  complete  skulls  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Mongolia. 
For  the  rest,  we  have  only  upper  and  lower  jaws  and 
isolated  teeth,  and  a  few  odd  limb-bones  which 
(in  spite  of  Cuvier’s  doctrine  of  correlation)  cannot  be 
confidently  allotted  to  any  of  the  families  founded  on 
jaws  and  teeth. 

These  scattered  remains  come  from  a  limited  series 
of  deposits,  of  which  the  two  most  famous  are  found  in 


222 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


England — the  Stonesfield  Slate  and  the  Purbeck  dirt- 
bed,  both  rather  exceptional  formations. 

The  so-called  “slate”’  of  Stonesfield,  near  Oxford, 
is  not  a  slate  in  the  strict  geological  sense  :  it  is  a  cal¬ 
careous  sandstone  which  splits  into  slabs  thin  enough 
to  serve  for  roofing  purposes,  and  has  been  worked  for 
that  purpose  from  the  Roman  period  down  to  the  mid¬ 
nineteenth  century  when  railway-transport  led  to  the 
use  of  Welsh  slates  in  its  place.  If  the  interest  of  Ox¬ 
ford  scientists  in  fossils  had  not  been  awakened  before 
the  closing  down  of  the  slate-mines,  the  existence  of  the 
Stonesfield  mammals  might  never  have  been  discovered. 

An  equally  lucky  chance  of  a  slightly  different  kind 
led  to  the  discovery  of  the  Purbeck  jaws  and  teeth. 
These  are  almost  entirely  confined  to  the  basal  “dirt- 
bed” — an  old  land-soil  in  which  the  cycads  of  the 
famous  “fossil  forest”  of  Lulworth  grew.  As  on 
modern  soils,  there  were  occasional  “pockets”  in 
which  the  bones  of  small  land-animals  accumulated. 
One  of  these  pockets  happened  to  lie  at  just  the  point 
reached  by  the  working  back  of  the  Purbeck  cliffs  in  the 
middle  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  pocket  was 
soon  exhausted  by  collectors  and  no  remains  have  been 
found  for  many  years.  Such  are  the  lucky  chances 
on  which  our  knowledge  of  Mesozoic  mammalia 
depends. 


CHAPTER  \TII 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN  AND  THE  VALUE 

OF  EVIDENCE 

If  Evolution  be  accepted  as  true  of  living  things  in 
general,  Man  cannot  be  excluded.  He  bears  too  many 
stigmata  of  his  relationship  to  other  animals.  Let  us 
consider  some  of  them,  and  see  if  they  can  be  explained 
on  the  hypothesis  of  creation. 

Man  has  only  a  slight  vestige  of  a  tail,  but  in  the 
foetal  stage  this  tail  is  not  only  proportionately  much 
longer  but  provided  with  the  muscles  found  in 
animals  with  movable  tails.  The  creationist  must  either 
show  that  this  tail  serves  some  useful  temporary  pur¬ 
pose,  which  would  not  be  easy  ;  or  he  must  fall  back  on 
some  such  fanciful  explanation  as  Vialleton  used  for  the 
bird’s  wing  {ante,  p.  169). 

The  human  hand  has  often  been  quoted  as  an  example 
of  creative  design.  Its  plan  is  that  of  all  primitive 
tetrapods,  with  the  full  number  of  five  fingers.  But 
this  number  five  is  the  basis  of  our  arithmetical  sys¬ 
tem,  our  decimal  notation.  A  duodecimal  basis  would 
be  far  more  convenient — witness  the  pfeneral  tendencv 
to  count  by  dozens,  the  constant  struggle  between  10 
and  12  in  our  English  weights  and  measures,  leading 
in  one  case  to  that  most  unhappy  compromise  that 
makes  5J  yards  one  rod,  pole  or  perch.  It  would  per¬ 
haps  have  been  impossible  to  design  an  efficient  hand 

223 


224  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

with  less  than  five  fingers,  but  what  difficulty  would  a 
six-fingered  hand  have  raised,  that  would  not  have 
been  far  out-weighed  by  the  gain  in  all  our  arithmetical 
calculations  ? 

Again,  the  eye  of  vertebrates  (including  that  of  man) 
has  that  remarkable  imperfection,  a  blind  spot,  which 
seems  to  have  escaped  the  attention  of  both  Sir  Thomas 
Browne  and  Paley.  Most  people  go  through  life  with¬ 
out  discovering  it,^  but  anyone  who  has,  temporarily  or 
permanently,  lost  the  use  of  one  eye  may  at  times  be¬ 
come  unpleasantly  aware  of  its  existence,  and  it  must  be 
an  inconvenience  to  those  animals  whose  two  eyes  have 
different  fields  of  vision.  Embryologically  it  results 
from  the  mode  of  origin  of  the  eye  as  a  hollow  out¬ 
growth  of  the  brain,  with  the  sensitive  layer  facing 
inwards,  instead  of  towards  the  light  as  in  nearly  all 
invertebrates.  This  is  accepted  by  creationists  as  part 
of  the  mystic  “  Vertebrate  plan  ”  within  which  creative 
power  is  constrained  to  work,  though  no  explanation  is 
offered  of  the  purpose  of  this  strange  inversion.  It  is 
as  though  the  designer  of  a  dwelling-house  had  put  the 
door-knocker  on  the  inside  of  the  door,  with  a  hole  cut 
through  the  door  to  enable  the  visitor  to  reach  it. 

The  evolutionary  explanation,  based  on  the  facts  of 
embryology,  is  simple.  I  have  tried  to  show  the  course 
of  events  in  a  series  of  diagrams  (Fig.  29  A-D).  We  must 

1  A  very  simple  experiment  will  prove  its  existence.  These  two  spots 

•  • 

are  3  inches  apart.  Close  the  left  eye  and,  holding  the  book 
about  a  foot  from  the  eyes,  look  steadily  with  the  right  eye  at 
the  left-hand  spot  :  both  spots  will  be  clearly  visible.  Now  bring 
the  book  nearer  and  nearer  to  the  eye,  still  gazing  steadily  at 
the  left-hand  spot.  The  right-hand  spot  will  presently  disappear 
and  it  will  re-appear  as  the  book  is  brought  still  nearer  to  the 
eye.  This  is  because  the  image  of  the  right-hand  spot  travels 
across  the  retina  as  the  book  is  moved,  and  passes  over  the  blind 
spot  in  its  course.  The  experiment  can  be  repeated  for  the 
other  eye — reading  left  for  right,  and  vice  versa. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


225 


Start  with  the  pre-Cambrian  ancestors  of  the  Chordata,  in 
what  we  may  term  the  pre-Amphioxus  stage  (A),  prob¬ 
ably  rather  flattened  animals,  swimming  more  by  ciliary 
than  by  muscular  action  and  having  the  dorsal  region 
between  two  longitudinal  ciliated  folds  (the  neural  plate) 
sensitive  to  light,  but  not  giving  actual  vision.  The 
figure  shows  a  cross-section  of  this  dorsal  region  :  I 
have  inserted  four  symbolic  marks,  looking  like  pins, 
to  facilitate  comparison  with  the  other  figures.  The 
shaft  of  the  pin  represents  the  sensitive  element,  pointed 
towards  the  light,  while  the  head  of  the  pin  represents 
the  nerve  cell,  not  itself  sensitive  to  light  but  trans¬ 
mitting  the  stimulus  to  other  parts  of  the  nervous  sys¬ 
tem  or  to  muscles. 

Next  we  have  the  Amphioxus-stage  (B),  where  the 
typical  fish  form  has  been  assumed,  the  consequent 
lateral  compression  folding  up  the  neural  plate  into  a 
neural  tube  (spinal  cord),  the  sensitive  layer  thus 
becoming  internal,  so  that  light  has  to  traverse  the 
nerve-layer  (as  shown  by  the  “pin-heads”)  to  reach 
the  retina — a  condition  implying  translucency  in  the 
animal.  The  living  Amphioxus  is  translucent,  and  has 
along  the  interior  of  its  spinal  cord  a  row  of  light- 
sensitive  organs,  which  might  be  called  rudimentary 
eyes  or,  more  correctly,  photostatic  organs,  since  they 
cannot  give  images  of  external  objects  but  only^  guide 
the  animal  as  to  the  direction  and  intensity  of  light  and 
shade. 

Amphioxus  has  no  true  head,  but  in  the  post- 
Amphioxus  stage  (C)  when  the  neural  tube  of  the  head- 
region  is  expanding  into  a  brain,  with  its  developing 
higher  sense-organs,  the  growing  opaqueness  of  this 
region  induces  the  growth  outwards  from  the  neural 
tube  (rudimentary  brain)  of  hollow  projections  (optic 


226 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


B 


O.V.2. 


O.V.  I. 


Fig.  29. — Evolution  of  the  Vertebrate  Eye  (very  diagrammatic). 

Four  sections  across  the  dorsal  part  of  the  head-region,  in  four 
stages  of  evolution  and  development — A,  pre-Amphioxus  stage ; 
B,  Amphioxus  stage;  C,  post-Amphioxus  stage;  D,  primitive 
Vertebrate  stage.  The  arrows  indicate  light  falling  on  the  retina 
or  its  rudiment.  The  pin-like  symbols  indicate  the  light-sensitive 
elements  (rods  and  cones  or  their  rudiments),  the  black  pin-head 
showing  the  end  where  the  transmissive  nerve-cells  (neurones)  are 
placed. 

br.f.,  brain-floor.  o.s.,  optic  stalk  (optic  nerve), 

br.w.,  brain-wall.  o.v.i,  primary  optic  vesicle, 

ec.,  epidermis.  0.V.2,  secondary  optic  vesicle. 

1.,  lens.  p,  pineal  outg^rowth. 

n.f.,  neural  folds.  p.l.,  lens  of  pineal  eye. 

n.p.,  neural  plate  P-r.,  retina  of  pineal  eye. 

n.t.,  neural  tube.  p.s.,  stalk  of  pineal  eye. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


227 


vesicles)  which  bring  the  light-sensitive  layer  as  close 
as  possible  to  the  surface,  where  a  thickening  of  the 
epidermis  begins  to  act  as  a  lens,  concentrating  the 
light.  Finally  (D)  the  outer  wall  of  the  optic  vesicle 
became  doubled  in,  changing  its  shape  from  a  bulb 
to  a  goblet  :  this,  with  the  full  separation  of  lens  from 
skin,  increasing  the  optical  efficiency.  These  are  the 
essential  stages  in  the  evolution  of  the  Vertebrate  eye, 
repeated  to-day  in  every  developing  Vertebrate 
embryo. 

In  adapting  its  form  to  its  surroundings,  es¬ 
pecially  to  the  neighbouring  blood-vessels,  the  optic 
vesicle  became,  not  a  perfect  goblet,  but  one  with  a 
deep  notch  in  its  side  {choroid  fissure)  continued  as  a 
groove  along  the  stem  of  the  goblet  (optic  stalk).  No 
attempt  has  been  made  to  show  this  in  Fig.  29,  which 
consists  of  simplified  diagrams  conveying  general 
ideas.  In  Fig.  30,  however,  I  have  given  as  accurate 
a  drawing  as  practicable  of  an  actual  section  across  the 
head  of  an  embryo  chick  of  3  days’  incubation,  sketched 
under  the  microscope.  The  section,  being  slightly 
oblique,  passes  along  the  optic  stalk  and  the  choroid 
fissure  on  the  left  side,  where  it  appears  as  though  the 
chamber  of  the  eye  had  no  floor ;  on  the  right  side  it 
misses  all  but  the  base  of  the  optic  stalk  and  also  the 
choroid  fissure,  so  that  the  eye  is  seen  to  have  a  floor 
but  is  apparently  disconnected  from  the  brain.  This 
section  should  make  clear  the  nature  of  the  choroid 
fissure. 

In  later  stages  of  development  the  choroid  fissure 
closes  up  as  completely  as  possible,  but  leaves  a  small 
scar  (the  blind  spot)  at  its  base.  Here  the  continuity 
of  the  retina  is  broken  (i)  by  the  blood-vessels  enter¬ 
ing  the  main  chamber  of  the  eye,  (2)  by  the  nerve  fibres 


228 


EVOLUTIOxN  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


growing  back  from  the  nerve-layer  (nearer  the  light  than 
the  sensitive  rods  and  cones)  to  the  brain.  Given  this 
mode  of  evolution  a  blind  spot  seems  inevitable,  though 
it  might  have  been  placed  at  the  extreme  edge  of  the 
field  of  vision,  instead  of  well  within  it  as  it  is. 


Fig,  30. — Cross-section  of  the  head  of  a  chick  in  the  third  day 

OF  incubation. 


(Sketched  from  one  of  a  series  of  sections  in  the  Zoological  Depart¬ 
ment  of  the  Royal  College  of  Science.)  x  50. 


b.v,,  blood-vessel, 
br.c.,  brain-cavity, 
br.w.,  brain-wall, 
ch.f.,  choroid  fissure. 

C.O.S.,  cavity  of  optic  stalk, 
ec,,  epidermis 
1.,  lens. 

mes.,  mesoderm. 


n. l.,  nerve-layer  of  retina. 

O.S.,  stump  of  optic  stalk. 

o. v.i,  cavity  of  primary  optic 

vesicle  (nearly  obliterated), 
r.c.,  position  of  rods  and  cones  of 
retina. 

X,  outer  layer  of  retina. 


This  “inversion  of  the  layers”  is  often  referred  to 
as  the  essential  feature  of  the  Vertebrate  eye,  and  the 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


229 


inanlle-eyes  of  tlie  scallops  (Pectinidae)  and  the  gastro¬ 
pod  Oncidium  are  sometimes  said  to  be  of  the  Verte¬ 
brate  type  because  they  show  a  similar  inversion, 
reached  by  quite  another  process.  The  real  funda¬ 
mental  character  of  the  Vertebrate  eye  is  that  it  origi¬ 
nates  from  the  brain,  not  from  the  epidermis  as  do 
all  Invertebrate  eyes.  There  seems  to  have  been 
in  many  extinct  lower  vertebrates  a  third  eye  —  the 
median  or  pineal  eye — most  fully  developed  among 
surviving  forms  in  the  New  Zealand  lizard  Sphenodon. 
This  is  also  a  hollow  outgrowth  of  the  brain,  but  the 
retina  is  formed  from  the  deeper  half  of  the  optic  bulb, 
the  half  next  the  surface  never  becoming  doubled-in 
but  acting  as  the  lens  {Fig.  29,  C,  D).  In  this  eye  there 
is  consequently  no  inversion  of  the  layers  and  no  blind 
spot.  It  is  eAudent,  therefore,  that  a  blind  spot  is  not 
an  inevitable  consequence  of  the  formation  of  the  eye  on 
the  “  Vertebrate  plan,”  but  only  of  the  particular  way 
in  which  the  paired  eyes  were  evolved. 

A  minor  feature  of  the  vertebrate  eye  is  the  group  of 
eye-muscles  by  which  it  can  be  moved  in  various 
directions.  These  are  six  in  number,  and  show  remark¬ 
ably  little  variation  throughout  the  vertebrate  series, 
from  the  lamprey  to  man.  A  single  small  nerve  would 
adequately  supply  all  six  muscles,  but  there  are 
actually  three  nerves,  one  supplying  four  of  the  muscles 
and  the  others  one  muscle  each  ;  the  three  nerves  take 
quite  separate  courses  from  the  same  nerve-centre  in  the 
brain  to  the  muscles.  The  evolutionary  explanation  is 
simple.  Every  fish-eater  knows  how  the  masses  of 
muscle  are  arranged  in  segments  along  the  whole  length 
of  body  and  tail,  the  flexible  part  of  the  fish,  while  in  the 
inflexible  head  such  muscle-segments  are  wanting.  In 
the  Amphioxus  stage  of  vertebrate  evolution  these 


230  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

iRuscle-segments  continue  to  the  front  end,  there  being 
no  true  head.  As  the  true  inflexible  head,  with  its  eyes 
and  other  sense-organs  and  inflated  brain,  gradually 
developed,  the  muscles  disappeared  except  when  they 
were  needed  for  new  functions.  The  eye,  pushing  out 
from  the  brain  in  one  segment,  obtained  most  of  its 
needful  muscles  from  that  segment,  but  it  also  bulged 
backwards  into  two  other  segments  and  utilized  their 
muscles  to  a  smaller  extent :  each  segment  had  its  own 
motor  nerve.  Can  Creation  afford  any  explanation 
except  caprice  ? 


*  *  * 

Mr.  Dewar  devotes  a  short  chapter  (D.,  Chap.  V)  to 
the  subject  of  blood-reactions,  based  on  the  researches 
of  Nuttall,  Graham-Smith  and  Strangeways.^  I  hesi¬ 
tate  to  deal  with  this  subject,  on  which  much  further 
research  has  been  done  since  1904,  of  which  I  have  only 
very  limited  and  second-hand  information ;  but  I  can¬ 
not  refrain  from  indicating  how  unjustifiable  are  Mr. 
Dewar’s  criticisms.  It  would  take  too  long  to  explain 
here  the  nature  of  the  blood-tests  involved  :  a  short  ex¬ 
planation  is  given  by  Mr.  Dewar  in  the  chapter  in 
question.  Briefly,  they  provide  a  means  of  comparison 
of  the  blood-chemistry  of  different  animals.  It  will  save 
words  if  we  refer  to  the  degrees  of  divergence  in  the 
terms  applied  to  school  examinations.  Thus  species 
which  show  full  agreement  in  blood-reactions  with  those 
of  Man  may  be  said  to  obtain  full  marks ;  those  show¬ 
ing  no  agreement,  to  fail ;  while  those  showing  partial 
agreement  are  allotted  to  first,  second  or  third  class,  as 
they  deserve. 

•  Nuttall,  G.  H.  F.,  1904,  “  Blood  Immunity  and  Blood  Relation¬ 
ship  ”  (Cambridge  Univ.  Press). 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


231 


Anyone  wlio  will  ex^imine  for  himself  the  table  given 
by  Mr.  Dewar  will  see  that  it  shows  (subject  to  the  two 
exceptions  given  below)  a  steady  decrease  in  blood- 
affinity  to  Man  as  we  pass  through  anthropoid  apes, 
monkeys,  marmosets  and  lemurs,  in  which  last  group 
(as  also  in  monotremes,  reptiles,  amphibians,  fishes  and 
invertebrates)  no  affinity  at  all  is  shown.  The 
“examination-lists”  show  these  percentages:  — 

r'liH  Marks  ist  Cl.  2nd  Cl.  3rd  Cl.  Fail 


Men  .  71  21  8  —  — 

Anthropoid  Apes  .  100  -  —  —  — 

Old-World  Monkeys  .  10  8  72  —  10 

New-World  Monkeys  .  —  23  38  15  24 

Marmosets  .  —  ---  25  25  50 

Lemurs  (and  lower)  .  —  —  —  —  100 


'Lhe  first  exception  is  seen  in  the  curious  fact  that,  to 
cjuote  Mr.  Dewar  :  — 

“  some  of  the  human  beings  experimented  on  were  less  closely 
related  than  the  anthropoid  apes  to  their  fellow-men,  since  all 
anthropoids  but  only  71  per  cent,  of  humans  show  full  reaction  to 
anti-human  serum.  Moreover,  three  of  the  humans  [the  8  per 
cent,  in  the  above  table,  the  total  number  being  35]  exhibit  closer 
relationships  to  some  Old  World  monkeys  than  they  do  to  some 
of  their  fellow-men.  .  .  .  This,  as  Euclid  would  say,  is  absurd  ” 
(D.,  pp.  31-32). 

What  is  actually  shown  is  that  the  range  of  varia¬ 
tion  in  blood-chemistry  in  35  men  of  4  races  is  greater 
than  that  in  8  anthropoid  apes  of  3  species  (those  being 
the  actual  numbers  tested).  The  figures  suggest  that 
“Man”  may  not  be  a  true  species,  but  a  hybrid  from 
several  species,  and  at  any  rate  they  harmonize  with 
the  more  recent  discovery  that  there  are  two  distinct 
chemical  types  of  human  blood,  transmitted  hereditarily 
in  Mendelian  fashion.^  Certainly,  the  fact  that 
anthropoid  apes  are  apparently  “  more  human  than 

1  See,  for  instance,  Millott,  J.,  1935,  “  Blood-Groups  and  Race,” 
Antiquity ,  ix,  pp.  399-409. 


232 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


man  ”  can  hardly  count  as  evidence  against  the  blood- 
relationship  of  the  two. 

The  second  exception  is  that  certain  mammals,  well 
off  the  line  of  human  descent,  such  as  carnivores, 
rodents  and  ungulates,  show  nearer  approach  to  man 
in  their  blood-chemistry  than  do  lemurs.  Although 
from  57  to  96  per  cent,  of  these  other  mammalian  orders 
“fail”  in  the  test,  a  few  of  them  (as  high  as  27  per 
cent,  of  ungulates)  pass  third-class,  and  still  fewer  (16 
per  cent,  the  maximum)  even  enter  the  2nd  class.  Of 
Cetacea,  all  those  tested  passed  3rd  class — but  they 
were  only  3  individuals  belonging  to  2  species.  Mr. 
Dewar’s  comments  are  :  — 

% 

“  Some  of  them  [the  humans]  are  as  nearly  related  to  carnivores, 
rodents  and  ungulates  as  to  their  own  kind.  .  .  . 

These  anti-serum  reactions  regarded  as  tests  of  kinship  teem 
with  similar  absurdities.  They  show  that  some  whales  are 
more  nearly  related  to  man  than  some  monkeys  are.  .  . 

(D.,  pp.  31-32). 

The  onl}^  absurdity  lies  in  the  attempt  to  reason  on 
too  narrow  a  basis.  The  resemblances  referred  to  are 
very  natural  cases  of  convergence.  The  possibilities 
of  divergence  in  blood-chemistry  are  not  infinite,  and  it 
is  not  surprising  that  the  chemical  characters  of  the 
blood  of  two  diverging  lineages  should  occasionally 
converge  into  accidental  (and  not  very  close)  similarity. 

The  same  remark  applies  to  the  one  solitary  bird  out 
of  328  (of  219  species)  which  “  passed  3rd  class  ”  when 
all  the  others  failed,  by  slight  convergence  on  Man  in 
respect  of  its  blood. 

*  *  * 

The  palaiontological  evidence  for  the  ancestry  of  Man 
has  been  treated  so  fully^  by  men  far  more  familiar  with 
the  evidence  than  I  am,  that  I  can  best  refer  enquirers  to 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


233 

tlie  bibliography  (2,  4,  12,  19,  40,  41,  44),  confining' 
myself  to  some  general  comments. 

When  Huxley  wrote  Man's  Place  in  Nature  in  1863, 
and  Darwin  published  his  Descent  of  Man  in  1871,  the 
palaeontological  evidence  on  this  subject  was  of  the 
slightest.  The  only  fossil  anthropoids  known  were  the 
very  imperfect  skeleton  (jaw  and  humerus)  of  Dryo- 
pithecus  described  by  Lartet  from  the  late  Miocene  of 
St.  Gaudens  (Haute  Garonne)  and  the  Middle  Miocene 
Pliopithecus  of  Sansan  (Gers) ;  and  the  only  fossil 
hominids  known  were  the  skulls  of  Homo  neander- 
thalensis  from  the  Pleistocene  of  near  Diisseldorf  and 
Gibraltar.  Since  then  we  have  had  the  discoveries  of 
Sivapithecus,  Australopithecus,  Pithecanthropus,  Eoan- 
thropus  and  Sinanthropus  on  the  one  hand,  and  Homo 
heidelbergensis  and  Horno  rhodesiensis  on  the  other,  as 
well  as  various  annectant  types  prior  to  Dryopithecus . 
If  all  these  “links  ’’  had  been  discovered  within  a  year 
or  two  of  the  issue  of  Darwin’s  Descent  of  Man,  the 
cumulative  effect  of  the  evidence  would  have  been  over¬ 
whelming,  but  as  they  have  been  spread  over  half  a 
century  the  effect  on  public  opinion  has  been  slight. 
Recently  attempts  have  been  made  to  minimize  it,  by 
disputing  the  validity  of  the  evidence. 

Sir  Ambrose  Fleming,  F.R.S.,  a  very  eminent 
physicist,  has  recently  made  an  attack  on  the  theory 
of  the  evolution  of  Man  (F.).  He  claims  that  population 
statistics  prove  the  evolution  of  man  to  be  impossible. 
After  showing,  by  mathematical  calculations,  that  the 
human  race  has  approximately  doubled  its  numbers  in 
the  last  hundred  years,  whereas  in  earlier  historic  time 
it  must  have  taken  about  500  years  to  double,  he  con¬ 
cludes  that  in  prehistoric  times  the  rate  of  increase  must 
have  been  “  immensely  slower,’’  and  calculates  the  rates 


234  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

of  increase  appropriate  to  different  estimates  of  Man’s 
existence  on  the  earth  :  “for  100,000  years  the  mean 
doubling'  time  must  be  over  3,000  years,  and  for  a  mil¬ 
lion  years  over  30,000  years.” 

d'he  first  comment  on  this  is  that  there  must  be  special 
reasons  for  any  species  to  have  any  “mean  doubling 
time”  less  than  infinity.  A  stable  species,  one  fully 
adapted  to  the  conditions  of  its  life  and  occupying  the 
full  habitat  available  to  it,  should  not  show  any  mean 
increase  at  all.  The  population  may  have  fluctuations, 
sometimes  slight,  sometimes  large  (as  in  the  ofi-quoted 
cases  of  the  lemming  or  the  locust),  but  no  permanent 
increase.  In  the  case  of  Man,  the  abnormally  high 
rate  of  increase  during  historic  time  has  obviously  been 
due  to  the  progress  of  civilization,  making -it  possible 
for  larger  and  larger  numbers  to  occupy  the  same  area, 
as  well  as  adding  to  the  actual  area  inhabited.^  Among 
uncivilized  races  or  wild  animals  a  steady  increase  in 
population  must  be  due  either  to  the  occupation  of  a 
new  or  more  extended  habitat,  or  to  evolutionary 
change  perfecting  adaptation  to  the  surroundings.  Sir 
Ambrose  Fleming  goes  on  to  say  :  — 

“  Darwinian  evolution  requires  two  conditions  for  its  opera¬ 
tion.  First,  a  high  birth-rate  to  give  a  chance  to  useful  modi¬ 
fications  to  appear,  and  secondly  a  low  death-rate  to  allow  the 
individuals  possessing  these  useful  chance  modifications  to  live 
long  and  in  turn  to  breed  copiously  to  pass  on  the  useful 
modifications  for  augmentation  at  another  generation. 

But  high  birth-rate  coupled  with  low  death-rate  implies  a  high 
rate  of  population  increase.  We  have  seen  that  the  actual  limits 
of  our  present  population  forbid  this  ”  (F.,  pp.  19-20). 

Here  there  is  a  complete  fallacy.  So  far  from  a  low 
death-rate  being  required  for  Darwinian  evolution,  its 

^  Even  so,  the  increase  has  not  been  steady  ;  there  have  been  short 
periods  of  rapid  expansion  alternating  with  long  periods  of  stability 
in  numbers.  See  V.  Gordon  Childe,  Man  makes  himself,  1936 
(London  ;  Watts). 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


235 


effect  would  be  to  “swamp”  the  “useful  modific^i- 
tions,”  since  those  individuals  who  did  not  possess 
them  would  breed  as  effectively  as  those  who  did. 
What  is  required  is  a  high  hut  selective  death-rate. 
Provided  it  is  selective,  the  higher  the  better,  so  long  as 
it  does  not  lead  to  actual  extinction.  I  must  refer  the 
reader  again  to  the  diagrammatic  population-graphs  of 
Fig.  26,  where  the  lines  AD  and  AE  denote  a  high  but 
selective  death-rate,  while  EF  denotes  a  low  death-rate 
leading  to  increase  of  numbers. 

*  *  ^ 

The  other  line  of  attack  by  Sir  Ambrose  Fleming  is 
on  the  validity  of  the  palaeontological  evidence.  He 
declares  :  — 

“  There  is  not  a  shadow  of  proof  that  the  four  fragments 
of  bone  comprising  the  so-called  Pithecanthropus  erectus  be¬ 
longed  to  one  individual  or  were  deposited  in  the  ground  at  the 
same  time.  .  .  .”  (F.,  p.  5,  footnote). 

“  Suppose  anyone  found  in  a  field  a  bone  button  and  a  yard 
away  another  similar  button  and  the  top  of  an  old  bowler  cap 
[?  hat],  and  then  fifty  feet  away  part  of  one  leg  of  a  pair  of 
trousers,  would  it  be  legitimate  to  assert  that  all  these  frag¬ 
ments  were  parts  of  a  single  costume  and  to  proceed  to  make  a 
drawing  of  what  the  complete  dress  was  like  when  it  left  the 
outfitter’s  shop,  and  to  declare  that  long  ago  many  people  were 
arrayed  in  this  fashion?”  (F.,  p,  4). 

Putting  aside  for  the  moment  the  last  clause  of  this 
question,  which  needs  separate  consideration,  the 
answer  to  the  rest  must  be — It  depends  entirely  on  the 
circumstances.  In  a  country  like  England  of  to-day, 
with  a  large  population  of  untidy  persons  whose  prin¬ 
cipal  method  of  disposing  of  unwanted  bowler-hats, 
trouser-legs  and  buttons  is  to  drop  them  casually  about 
the  fields,  the  suggested  inference  would  be  a  rash  one. 
But  if  the  finds  were  made  in  a  tidy  country,  and  if  a 
thorough  search  over  a  wide  area  of  fields  around  re- 


236  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

vealcd  no  other  human  clothes,  only  dog-collars  and 
horse-shoes — then,  siirel)^  Sherlock  Holmes  would  be 
justified  in  adopting  as  a  working  hypothesis  the  unity 
of  source  of  the  relics.  He  would,  of  course,  subject 
the  hypothesis  to  every  possible  test,  and,  if  he  found 
that  the  bowler  fitted  a  small  boy  while  the  trouser-leg 
must  have  belonged  to  a  six-foot  man,  he  would  at  once 
abandon  his  hypothesis.  But  if  he  found  no  such  dis¬ 
crepancy  ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  he  found  indications  that 
the  hat  and  trousers  were  bought  in  the  same  town,  or 
had  been  smeared  with  the  same  coloured  paint,  he 
would  feel  confident  that  his  theory  was  sound.  It  is  by 
similar  methods  that  palaeontologists  from  Cuvier  down¬ 
wards  have  striven  to  build  up  the  perfect  animal  from 
its  fragments.  If  the  bone-bed  from  which  the  frag¬ 
ments  of  Pithecanthropus  were  obtained  were  full  of 
other  bones  of  Primates  from  which  these  four  were 
arbitrarily  selected,  then  the  reconstruction  would  have 
deserved  Sir  Ambrose’s  censure.  Actually,  only  one 
other  Primate’s  remains  were  found — the  tooth  of  a 
monkey  (probably  a  Macaciis),  not  to  be  confused  with 
an  anthropoid.  It  is  of  course  quite  possible,  though 
unlikely,  that  the  skull  and  femur  belonged  to  two 
individuals,  or  even  to  two  Primate  species  of  com¬ 
parable  size,  but,  as  Marsh  drily  remarked  in  1896, 
“that  would  simply  prove  that  Dr.  Dubois  had  made 
several  important  discoveries  instead  of  one.’’ 

It  must  be  remembered  that  Dubois’s  discovery  and 
inferences  were  at  once  subjected  to  very  severe  criti¬ 
cism  from  palaeontologists  thoroughly  familiar  with 
bones  of  this  kind  :  if,  at  present,  the  genuineness  of 
the  species  Pithecanthropus  erectus  is  generally  ac¬ 
cepted,  it  is  because  it  has  come  safely  through  the  fire. 
The  same  applies  to  Eoanthropns,  which  might  by  a 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


2.S7 

strange  coincidence  be  part  of  a  human  skull  plus  a 
chimpanzee  jaw.  Mr.  Dewar  lays  stress  on  the  fact 
(which  less  cautious  anti-evolutionists  have  loudly 
crowed  over)  that  several  supposed  “links,”  such  as 
Hesperopithecus,  have  proved  to  be  nothing  of  the  sort. 
But  who  proved  this?  Not  Sir  Ambrose  Fleming  or 
Mr.  Chesterton,  or  even  Prof.  Vialleton  or  Mr.  Dewar, 
who  had  the  technical  ability  to  do  so  :  it  was  critical 
palaeontologists  like  W.  D.  Matthew,  a  convinced 
evolutionist.  If  Pithecanthropus,  Eoanthropus  and 
Smanthropus  have  passed  safely  through  criticism 
which  Hesperopithecus  and  others  did  not  survive, 
their  status  is  all  the  more  assured. 

Now  let  us  turn  to  the  last  clause  of  Sir  Ambrose 
Fleming’s  rather  rhetorical  question.  Up  to  the  point 
where  he  suggests  the  reconstruction  of  a  complete  cos¬ 
tume  from  odd  relics,  the  analogy  with  palaeontology 
may  pass;  but  when  he  goes  on  to  the  inference  “  that 
long  ago  many  people  were  arrayed  in  this  fashion,” 
the  analogy  breaks  down  altogether.  There  is  no 
general  method  by  which  the  age  of  garments  scattered 
about  a  field  can  be  judged,  nor  is  a  costume  neces¬ 
sarily  a  species  capable  of  reproduction — it  may  be 
unique.  On  the  other  hand  geologists  have  for  a’ cen¬ 
tury  and  a  quarter  been  at  work  elaborating  with  critical 
care  a  stratigraphical  method  by  which  the  relative  age, 
and  within  certain  limits  the  absolute  age,  of  sedimen¬ 
tary  deposits  can  be  determined,  as  has  been  explained 
in  Chapter  II.  To  say  that  “  there  is  not  a  shadow  of 
proof  that  the  four  fragments  of  bone  .  .  .  were  de¬ 
posited  in  the  ground  at  the  same  time”  is  to  say  that 
the  whole  science  of  stratigraphical  geology  from  the 
days  of  William  Smith  to  the  present  has  been  founded 
on  an  imposture. 


238  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

In  the  case  of  Pitheca7ithropus  the  original  strati- 
graphical  observations  of  Dubois  have  been  extended 
by  the  very  thorough  researches  of  the  Selenka  expedi¬ 
tion,  continued  through  several  seasons  (eighteen  work¬ 
ing  months).  No  additional  remains  of  Pithecanthropus 
were  found,  but,  however  disappointing  that  fact  may 
be,  it  adds  to  the  probability  that  Dubois’  finds  be¬ 
longed  to  a  single  individual.  But  the  stratigraphical 
and  paleontological  investigations  of  the  Trinil  strata 
were  exhaustive  (36).  They  show  that  the  bone-bed 
was  laid  down,  at  a  time  when  the  Java  volcanoes  were 
already  active,  in  a  river  backwater  into  which  many 
mammalian  bones  were  washed  from  no  great  distance 
(being  scattered  but  scarcely  water- worn).  Below  and 
above  the  bone-bed  are  various  volcanic  and  fluviatile 
deposits,  some  with  abundant  fossil  leaves,  others  with 
freshwater  shells.  Underneath  the  whole  are  marine 
beds  with  corals,  gastropods,  etc. 

The  evidence  of  geological  age  is  as  follows  :  The 
corals  are  mainly  living  species,  but  a  few  are  extinct 
and  already  known  from  the  Miocene  or  Pliocene  of  the 
East  Indies,  others  being  hitherto  unknown.  The 
gastropods  comprise  over  100  species,  of  which  nearly 
90  per  cent,  are  still  living.  These  facts  indicate  a  late 
Pliocene  or  early  Pleistocene  age  for  the  marine  beds. 
The  plant-remains  (about  50  species)  in  the  volcanic 
series  indicate  a  rainier  climate  than  that  of  the  present 
day.  The  few  freshwater  gastropods  are  all  of  Recent 
species.  But  Mammalia  are  a  far  more  delicate  index 
of  age  than  Mollusca  and,  of  the  27  well-defined  species 
of  mammals  found  in  the  bone-bed,  not  one  seems  iden¬ 
tical  with  a  living  species,  though  most  of  them  belong 
to  existing  Malayan  genera.  There  are  however  5 
extinct  genera  (not  counting  Pithecanthropus) — an 


THE  I':VOLU'riON  OF  MAN  239 

elephant  (Stegodon),  a  buffalo  (Leptohos),  a  giraffe 
(Diiboisia),  a  cat  (Feliopsis)  and  a  dog  (Mececyon)  : 
to  these  may  be  added  Hippopotamus,  extinct  in  this 
region.  The  large  proportion  of  extinct  genera  argues 
for  a  Pliocene  age,  and  the  whole  fauna  seems  nearest  to 
that  of  the  Pinjor  stage  of  the  Upper  Siwaliks  of  India, 
which  has  usually  been  dated  as  Upper  Pliocene;  but 
the  genus  Elephas  is  represented,  and  there  is  a 
tendency  now  to  take  this  as  a  crucial  test  of  Pleistocene 
age.  The  exact  d/emarcation  of  the  boundary  between 
Pliocene  and  Pleistocene  is  one  of  the  unsettled  ques¬ 
tions  of  Geology  at  the  moment.  The  present  balance 
of  opinion  is  in  favour  of  an  early  Pleistocene  age  for 
the  Trinil  bone-bed  in  which  the  fragments  of  Pithecan- 
Ihropus  were  found;  but  it  is  quite  possible  that  in  ten 
or  twenty  years  from  now  the  balance  may  swing  in 
favour  of  late  Pliocene.  The  difference  is  of  little  im¬ 
portance  to  any  but  professional  geologists  and  palaeon¬ 
tologists.  It  is  like  a  dispute  between  antiquarians  as 
to  whether  a  particular  church  was  built  in  the  reign  of 
King  John  or  in  the  early  years  of  Henry  III  :  which¬ 
ever  way  the  decision  went,  the  historical  value  of  archi¬ 
tectural  styles  would  not  be  affected  in  the  least. 

It  is  this  mass  of  stratigraphical  and  palaeontological 
evidence  that  Sir  Ambrose  Fleming  dismisses  as  “not 
a  shadow  of  a  proof,”  and  compares  with  the  lack  of 
evidence  as  to  the  age  of  some  odd  garments  scattered 
on  the  surface  of  a  field  ! 

*  *  * 

There  is  one  other  suggestion  rather  hinted  at  than 
definitely  made  by  Sir  Ambrose.  He  mentions  the  case 
of  an  Australian  criminal  whose  skeleton  was  found  to 
have  “very  remarkable  anthropoid-ape  characters,” 


240 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  IMODERN  CRITICS 


which  he  details.  No  doubt  there  are  such  cases,  but 
what  proportion  do  they  bear  to  the  normal  members 
of  the  contemporary  population  ?  At  a  guess,  I  suggest 
one  in  a  million  ;  but  let  us  suppose  a  proportion  as  high 
as  one  in  a  thousand.  Is  it  likely  that,  out  of  a  large 
population,  the  one  solitary  individual  which  happened 
to  be  fossilized  should  be  one  of  these  rarities?  Let  us 
grant  this  violent  improbability  as  accounting  for  Pithe¬ 
canthropus :  are  we  to  suppose  that  this  rare  chance 
came  off  a  second  time  in  the  case  of  Eoanthropus? 
Even  this  wild  gamble  cannot  be  appealed  to  in  the  case 
of  Sinanthropus  (“Peking  man”),  for  that  is  repre¬ 
sented,  not  by  a  single  skull  but  by  at  least  24^  (44),  so 
that  there  can  be  no  question  of  an  atavistic  “sport.” 

Similar  remarks  apply  to  the  suggestion  made,  in  the 
course  of  the  Daily  Telegraph  discussion  of  Sir 
Ambrose  Fleming’s  original  lecture,  by  Mr.  J.  Barcroft 
Anderson,  of  the 

“  possibility  of  there  having'  been  ‘  crossing  ’  between  human 
and  non-human  forms  of  life  in  the  past,  such  as  is  alluded  to  in 
Leviticus  xviii,  23-24  and  Genesis  vi,  12  ”  {Daily  Telegraph,  i8th 
January,  1935). 

If  this  explanation  is  applied  to  the  case  of  Eoanthro- 
pus,  it  involves  the  assumption  that  in  the  early  Pleisto¬ 
cene  there  existed  in  Sussex  a  population  of  normal 
human  beings  and  a  population  of  anthropoid  apes,  the 
latter  living  in  a  climate  utterly  unsuitable  for  any 
known  antliropoid  ape;  and  the  further  assumption  that 
while  neither  of  these  populations  has  left  any  trace  in 
the  form  of  bones,  the  one  or  two  hybrid  offspring 
which,  against  all  likelihood,  were  born  and  grew  up, 
escaped  complete  post-mortem  destruction.  It  is  not 

1  The  additional  skulls  found  in  1936  must  bring  the  total  up  to 
about  30,  of  which  5  are  fairly  complete  skulls.  See  Weidenreich 
in  Nature,  13th  February,  1937. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


241 


for  those  who  accept  such  explanations  to  object  to  the 
far  more  reasonable  claims  made  by  evolutionists  on  the 
imperfection  of  the  record. 

Another  suggestion  of  Sir  Ambrose  Fleming,  that 
these  sub-human  species  are  degenerate  men — “stages 
on  the  way  down  “  (F.,  p.  8) — is  more  reasonable,  since 
degeneration  is  a  well-known  form  of  evolution,  though 
I  doubt  if  any  case  of  a  degeneration  of  brain  is  known 
among  Mammalia.  The  chief  objection  to  it  is  the 
necessary  corollary  that  Homo  sapiens  must  have  been 
already  in  existence  before  his  degenerate  descendants 
and  yet  has  left  no  traces.  The  imperfection  of  the 
paleontological  record  may  account  for  the  absence  of 
human  bones  in  the  early  Pliocene  or  Miocene  periods, 
but  should  not  intelligent  men  have  left  tools  and  draw¬ 
ings  of  the  Mastodon  and  Dinotherium,  as  they  later 
did  of  the  Mammoth  and  Reindeer  ? 

*  *  * 

Sir  Ambrose  Fleming  says  that  such  palceontological 
evidence  as  that  of  Pithecanthropus  would  be  rejected 
in  the  Law  Courts.  I  think  it  would  be  accepted  as  con¬ 
firmatory  evidence  in  a  case  already  strong,  which  is  all 
palaeontologists  claim  for  it.  But  the  Law  Courts,  hav¬ 
ing  to  make  decisions  that  may  affect  a  man’s  life, 
liberty  or  livelihood,  are  properly  cautious  about  rely¬ 
ing  on  circumstantial  evidence.  And  nearly  all  geo¬ 
logical  and  palaeontological  evidence  is  circumstantial. 
There  is  little  opportunity  for  the  experimental  method 
(though  where  it  can  be  used  it  may  give  as  brilliant 
results  as  in  physics  or  chemistry),  hence  physicists  are 
rather  inclined  to  despise  geological  methods.  But  it 
must  be  remembered  that  in  the  one  case  where  phy¬ 
sicists  and  geologists  found  themselves  in  flat  contra- 


16 


242 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


diction — that  of  the  age  of  the  Earth,  or  the  length  of 
geological  time — the  final  victory  was  to  the  geologists. 
The  physicists  in  their  calculations  omitted  the  factor 
of  radio-activity  :  when  that  was  allowed  for,  agreement 
was  reached. 

Even  in  experimental  science  the  value  of  circumstan¬ 
tial  evidence  generally  depends  upon  its  fitting  into  an 
existing  framework.  Tims,  when  Laue  in  1912  passed 
X-rays  through  a  crystal  of  zinc-blende  and  let  them  fall 
on  a  photographic  plate,  he  obtained  a  pattern  of  dots. 
It  might  seem  ludicrous  to  claim  for  that  pattern  a  revo¬ 
lutionary  advance  in  our  understanding  of  the  mole¬ 
cular  and  atomic  structure  of  crystals.  Any  idle  school¬ 
boy  in  a  geometry  lesson  might  have  produced  the  same 
pattern  with  his  instruments.  The  actual  pattern,  like 
the  pattern  of  a  key,  was  nothing  in  itself  :  the  essential 
thing  was  that  it  fitted  into  a  complex  structure  already 
in  existence.  So  with  palaeontological  discoveries  like 
Pithecanthropus,  Eoanthropus  and  Sinanthropus.  I 
will  not  pretend  that  these  keys  fit  their  locks  with  the 
same  mathematical  precision  as  did  the  X-ray  diffraction 
pattern  ;  but  they  do  fit. 

The  claim  1  have  just  made  is  attacked  from  two 
opposite  directions.  On  the  one  hand  we  are  told  that 
though  the  facts  may  fit  the  theory  they  do  not  prove  it 
to  be  true.  Discussing  evolutionary  theories  of  para¬ 
sitism,  Dr.  W.  R.  Thompson  writes,  after  giving  a 
number  of  actual  examples — 

“  Without  pressing  the  point  further,  we  see  already  in  what 
way  the  phenomena  of  parasitism  lead,  or  seem  to  lead,  to  a 
transformist  conception  of  the  origin  of  living  beings  (T.,  p.  138). 

“  This  explanation  attracts  naturalists,  in  the  first  place,  doubt¬ 
less,  because  it  seems  at  first  sight  simple  and  plausible,  but  still 
more  because,  in  the  several  cases  we  have  mentioned,  no  other 
explanation  has  presented  itself  (T.,  p.  139). 

The  accounts  of  the  phylogenetic  origin  of  parasites  to  be 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


243 

found  in  biological  works  are  often  interesting  and  even  plausible. 
They  are,  however,  without  exception — and  it  must  be  said 
firmly — purely  imaginary  stories.  The  transformation  of  a  free 
species  into  a  parasitic  species  has  never  been  observed  ”  (T., 
p.  150.  The  three  paragraphs  are  from  the  article  Le  Parasitisme 
el  la  doctrine  transformiste,  my  translation.) 

Now  let  us  contrast  with  this  criticism  made  by  a  man 
with  extensive  practical  knowledge  of  his  subject,  the 
following  paragraph  by  Chesterton  :  — 

“  If  Darwin’s  had  hardened  into  a  reality  like  Harvey’s 
hypothesis,  we  should  be  perpetually  stumbling  over  stones  and 
rocks  that  record  a  myriad  intermediate  stages  and  fine  shades 
of  such  a  slow,  everlasting  and  universal  growth  and  gradation, 
just  as  we  are  perpetually  testing  in  a  hundred  trivial  actions  the 
truth  of  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood  ”  (Illustrated  London  News, 
23rd  June,  1934). 

A  disbeliever  in  the  Circulation  of  the  Blood  might 
well  say  that  though  you  may  find  a  hundred  trivial 
actions  for  which  Harvey’s  theory  offers  an  “  interest¬ 
ing,  and  even  plausible,”  explanation,  they  do  not 
prove  it,  since  no  one  has  tracked  a  blood-corpuscle 
through  a  complete  circulation.  And  conversely,  any 
palaeontologist  may  claim  that  he  is  perpetually  testing 
on  a  hundred  trivial  fossils  the  truth  of  the  evolution 
theory.  Similar  claims  would  be  made  by  any  embryolo¬ 
gist  or  comparative  anatomist. 

The  one  point  which  Thompson’s  and  Chesterton’s 
criticisms  have  in  common  is  that  the  transformation  of 
one  species  into  another  has  never  been  observed.  But 
neither  has  the  creation  of  a  species  been  observed, 
unless  the  case  considered  in  the  paragraphs  that  follow 
be  claimed  as  an  example. 

*  *  * 

As  vSir  Ambrose  throws  doubt  on  the  validity  of 


244  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

l^al^eontological  evidence,  it  is  interesting  to  see  what 
are  his  own  ideas  of  valid  evidence.  He  writes  :  — 

“  We  cannot  reasonably  dismiss  as  simple  legend  and  myth 
the  accounts  of  the  power  of  the  historical  Jesus  Christ  to  create 
instantly  shoals  of  fish^^in  a  lake  where  no  fish  was  found  just 
before  ”  (F.,  p,  22). 

The  allusion  here  is  evidently  to  two  Gospel  narra¬ 
tives  (Luke,  V,  1-9;  John,  xxi,  1-6).  The  lake  in  ques¬ 
tion  is  the  Sea  of  Galilee  (also  known  as  Lake  Gen- 
nesaret  or  Tiberias),  which  is  60  square  miles  in  area 
and  reaches  a  depth  of  20  fathoms  at  least.  The  fact  that 
on  the  first  occasion  (in  a.d.  31)  two  boats,  and  on  the 
second  (a.d.  33)  one  boat,  had  failed  to  catch  any  fish 
by  blindly  casting  nets  all  night,  is  regarded  by  Sir 
Ambrose  as  adequate  evidence  that  the  abundant  fish- 
fauna  of  the  lake  had  ceased  to  exist,  and  that  those 
caught  next  morning  had  been  miraculously  created. 
This  seems  to  imply  two  miraculous  exterminations  pre¬ 
ceding  the  two  creations. 

Let  us  turn  to  the  account  of  the  Galilee  fishermen  of 
to-day,  given  by  Mr.  H.  V.  Morton^  from  his  personal 
experience  :  — 

“  One  of  the  fishermen  .  .  .  waded  into  the  lake  with  his  nets 
draped  over  his  left  arm,  .  .  .  Then,  with  a  swift  over-arm 
motion,  he  cast  the  hand-net.  .... 

But  time  after  time  the  net  came  up  empty . 

While  he  was  waiting,  Abdul  shouted  to  him  from  the  bank 
to  fling  to  the  left,  which  he  instantly  did.  This  time  he  was 
successful.  ,  .  . 

No  one  unfamiliar  with  the  fishermen  and  the  fishing  customs 
of  the  Lake  of  Galilee  could  have  written  the  twenty-first  chapter 
of  St.  John’s  Gospel.  It  happens  very  often  that  the  man  with 
the  hand-net  must  rely  on  the  advice  of  someone  on  shore,  who 
tells  him  to  cast  either  to  the  left  or  right,  because  in  the  clear 
water  he  can  often  see  a  shoal  of  fish  invisible  to  the  man  in  the 
water. 

1  Morton,  H.  V.,  1934,  "  In  the  Steps  of  the  Master  (London  : 

Rich  and  Cowan). 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  MAN 


245 


Time  and  again  these  Galilean  fishermen  are  in  the  habit 
of  casting  and  getting  nothing ;  but  a  sudden  cast  may  fall  over 
a  shoal  and  they  will  be  forced  to  ‘  draw  the  net  to  land  ’ — as 
St.  John  says  so  exactly — and  their  first  anxiety  is  always  to 
discover  if  the  net  has  been  torn  ”  {Op.  cit.,  Chap.  VI,  pp.  98-9). 

Mr.  Morton’s  observations  certainly  establish  the 
simple  truthfulness  of  St.  John’s  story;  but  they  also 
show  the  grotesque  distortions  of  which  simple  truthful¬ 
ness  may  be  the  victim,  when  imperfect  understanding 
of  the  circumstances  is  combined  with  a  readiness  to 
believe  in  the  miraculous. 

But  we  may  pursue  Sir  Ambrose’s  interpretation 
further.  We  must  not,  like  Stacy  Aumonier’s  fried- 
fish  merchant,  think  of  fish  as  “just  fish’’  :  there  is 
to-day  a  considerable  fish-fauna  in  the  Sea  of  Galilee, 
fully  described  by  Canon  H.  B.  Tristram  in  1884.^ 
He  tells  us  that 

“  the  Chromidae  arc  the  most  characteristic  and  abundant  of  all 
the  amazing  multitude  of  fishes  with  which  the  Lake  of  Galilee 
teems.  No  less  than  eight  species  are  now  known  from  its 
waters.  .  .  .  [One  of  these,  Chromis  tiheriadis]  is  found  in  the 
most  amazing  numbers  from  the  Lake  Huleh  to  the  head  of  the 
Dead  Sea.  It  is  by  far  the  most  abundant  of  all  the  species  in 
the  lakes.  1  have  seen  them  in  shoals  of  over  an  acre  in  extent, 
so  closely  packed  that  it  seemed  impossible  for  them  to  move. 

.  .  .  They  are  taken  both  in  boats  and  from  the  shore  by  nets 
run  deftly  round  and  enclosing  what  one  may  call  a  solid  mass 
at  one  swoop,  and  very  often  the  net  breaks  ”  {Op.  cit.,  pp. 

164-5)' 

If  this  is  the  species  concerned  in  the  “  miraculous’’ 
draughts,  then,  since  it  is  confined  to  the  Jordan  sys¬ 
tem,  Sir  Ambrose  has  some  justification  for  believing 
that  its  creation  may  date  from  a.d.  33.  But  what  about 
the  other  species  (20  in  all,  belonging  to  9  genera  and 
three  families)  ?  One  of  these,  not  much  less  plentiful 
than  the  first,  and  probably  the  one  observed  by  Mr. 

Fauna  and  Flora  of  Palestine :  Palestine  Exploration  Fund. 


1 


246 


EVOJ.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Morton,  the  musht,  is  identical  with  the  biilty  or  holti 
of  the  Nile  {Chromis  niloticus),  and  there  is  a  Silurid 
{Clarias  ^nacracanthns)  also  found  in  the  Upper  Nile. 
Other  species,  though  not  identical  with,  are  closely 
allied  to  African  species;  and  Canon  Tristram  remarks 
that 

“  the  occurrence  hi  such  variety  of  these  African  forms  in  the 
Jordan  basin  is  one  of  the  most  significant  links  which  attach  the 
Palestine  fauna  to  the  Ethiopian  ”  {Op.  cit.,  p.  168). 

The  relationship  of  Nile  and  Jordan  fishes  has  been 
recognized  since  the  days  of  Josephus,  who  explained  it 
by  a  subterranean  communication  {fide  Tristram).  No 
such  explanation  will  serve,  since  the  whole  Jordan  sys¬ 
tem  lies  far  below  sea-level.  Geologists  now  seek  other 
explanations,  and  the  same  Victoria  Institute,  which 
publishes  Sir  Ambrose  Fleming’s  pamphlet,  published 
in  1899  a  paper  by  the  late  Prof.  Edward  Hull,  the  title 
of  which  is  self-explanatory,  if  long  :  On  the  Physical 
Conditions  of  the  Mediterranean  Basin  which  have 
given  rise  to  a  community  of  some  Species  of  Fishes  in 
the  Nile  and  the  ]orda7i  Basm  (Jnl.  Trans.  Victoria 
Inst.,  xxxi,  111-122,  with  map).  Neither  Canon 
Tristram  nor  Prof.  Hull  seems  to  have  taken  into  con¬ 
sideration  that  the  whole  fish-fauna  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee 
had  been  twice  annihilated  and  re-created  in  the  years 
31-33.  If  Chromis  niloticus  has  been  created  at  least 
twice — once  in  the  Nile  and  once  (or  twice)  in  the  Sea 
of  Galilee,  what  becomes  of  Linnaeus’s  definition  of  a 
species  ? 


CHAPTER  IX 


CONCLUSION 

We  have  considered  the  objections  to  the  theory  of 
evolution  from  a  number  of  points  of  view,  and  found 
that  whatever  may  be  the  difficulties  of  the  theory,  they 
are  not  solved  by  Mr.  Dewar’s  proposed  limitation  of 
evolution  to  within  the  range  of  the  Family.  We  have 
seen  that  to  be  consistent  with  his  own  arguments,  he 
must  sometimes  narrow  the  limits  of  a  family  to  that 
of  a  genus  (as  in  Niicula  and  Acila),  and  in  other  cases 
expand  it  to  the  size  of  at  least  a  sub-order  (as  with  the 
Perissodactyls).  The  imperfection  of  the  fossil  record 
applies  as  much  to  families  as  to  wider  groups. 

My  object  in  this  book  has  been  to  uphold  Organic 
Evolution  as  a  fact  :  I  have  as  far  as  possible  avoided 
discussion  of  the  causes  of  evolution,  because  that  is  a 
far  more  difficult  subject.  The  day  has  gone  by  when 
the  natural  selection  of  immediately  useful  variations 
could  be  taken  as  the  all-sufficient  cause  of  evolution. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  the  idea  of  complete  independence 
of  the  germ-plasm  from  changes  affecting  the  soma 
must  be  given  up,  yet  the  simple  Lamarckian  idea  of  in¬ 
heritance  of  acquired  variations  cannot  be  accepted  as 
an  efficient  cause.  We  have  seen  how  some  species 
remain  stable  in  greatly  varying  surroundings;  others 
diverge  rapidly  in  an  environment  that  is  nearly  uni¬ 
form  ;  yet  others  vary  in  definite  correlation  with  their 


248  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

varied  habitats.  When  further  progress  has  been  made 
in  experimental  embryology  and  genetics,  it  may  be 
possible  to  explain  these  differences  of  behaviour.  For 
the  present  we  can  only  wait  in  patience. 

It  has  not  been  possible,  however,  to  avoid  all  refer¬ 
ence  to  causes,  and  there  are  several  passages  in  which 
I  have  argued  on  strictly  Darwinian  lines.  I  have  done 
this,  for  much  the  same  reason  that  I  have  written  this 
book  in  English  instead  of  French,  because  it  is  easier 
for  me.  A  convinced  Lamarckian  could  probably 
“translate”  those  passages  into  his  own  phraseology, 
just  as  I  could  translate  the  whole  book  into  French  if 
I  took  enough  trouble.  I  am  frankly  biassed  in  favour 
of  Darwinism  when  I  see  no  evidence  against  it.  My 
explanations  may  be  wrong,  but  belief  tliat  they  are 
should  not  affect  the  judgment  on  the  fact  of  Evolution. 

It  must  never  be  forgotten  that  however  far  has 
been  carried  the  analysis  of  Life  and  Evolution  in 
terms  of  Physics  and  Chemistry,  the  psychic  side  of 
Life  is  left  untouched.  Whatever  has  been  done  to  link 
the  living  to  the  not-living  by  the  discovery  of  the 
atomic  constitution  of  organic  compounds,  of  filter- 
passing  viruses,  hormones  and  enzymes,  nothing  has 
been  done  to  explain  the  relation  of  consciousness  to 
matter.  If  it  be  said  that  the  oxidation  of  the  proto¬ 
plasm  of  certain  nerve-cells  is  a  “cause  ”  of  conscious¬ 
ness,  it  is  a  form  of  causation  quite  unlike  that  which 
exists  through  the  range  of  chemistry  and  physics  :  it  is 
action  without  reaction.  So  far  as  observation  and 
experiment  can  show,  consciousness  is  produced  with¬ 
out  loss  of  either  matter  or  energy ;  both  are  trans¬ 
formed,  re-arranged,  but  not  diminished,  while  some¬ 
thing  new  has  appeared.  And  consciousness  itself  is 
only  the  beginning  of  the  mystery  of  Life.  That 


CONCLUSION 


249 


linkage  of  consciousness  which  we  call  Memory,  and 
the  stranger  linkage  that  we  call  Personality  :  these  are 
intimately  bound  up  with  bodily  structure  and  func¬ 
tion,  and  yet  those  present  a  complete  chain  of  cause 
and  effect  independent  of  the  psychic  phenomena.  As 
Eddington  has  well  put  it :  — 

“  The  physiologist  can  trace  the  nerve-mechanism  up  to  the 
brain  ;  but  ultimately  there  is  a  hiatus  which  no  one  professes  to 
fill  up.  Symbolically  we  may  follow  the  influences  of  the 
physical  world  up  to  the  door  of  the  mind;  they  ring  the  door¬ 
bell  and  depart. 

That  Consciousness,  Memory  and  Personality  have 
been  gradually  developed,  step  by  step  with  the  evolu¬ 
tion  of  bodily  structure  and  function  seems  unquestion¬ 
able,  yet  we  can  frame  no  theory  of  how  the  two  sides 
of  this  double  process  are  connected,  nor  how  their 
association  first  began. 

A  belief  in  Evolution,  therefore,  in  no  way  helps  us 
to  understand  the  mystery  of  conscious  life;  but  for  my 
part  I  cannot  see  that  a  return  to  belief  in  Creation  will 
help  us  any  better. 


Eddington,  A.  S.,  1928,  “  The  Nature  of  the  Physical  World,” 
Chap.  V,  p.  89. 


1 


GLOSSARY 


acetabulum,  the  socket  in  the  hip-girdle  in  which  the  head  of 
the  femur  articulates.  The  three  bones  ilium,  ischium  and 
pubis  all  form  part  of  it. 

adaptation,  the  fitting  of  a  structure  to  a  particular  function,  or 
of  an  organism  as  a  whole  to  a  particular  mode  of  life. 

allantois,  a  membranous  sac  continuous  with  the  urinary  bladder, 
extending  outside  the  body-wall  in  embryos  of  Reptiles, 
Birds  and  Mammals.  It  serves  primarily  as  a  respiratory 
organ,  but  in  Mammals  forms  the  foetal  part  of  the  placenta. 

alternation  of  generations,  a  method  of  reproduction  in  which  two 
different  forms  are  alternately  developed — the  first  produc¬ 
ing  the  second  without  sexual  action,  the  second  reproducing 
the  first  in  sexual  manner.  Found  in  all  plants  above  the 
grade  of  Algae,  and  in  certain  classes  of  animals,  especially 
parasites. 

ambiens  muscle,  a  leg  muscle  found  only  in  reptiles  and  birds, 
but  tending  to  disappear  in  the  latter.  It  originates  in  the 
ilium,  and  ends  in  the  long  tendon  which  passes  obliquely 
across  the  knee  and  joins  the  tendon  of  one  of  the  shank- 
muscles. 

amnion,  a  membrane  enveloping  the  embryo  in  reptiles,  birds 
and  mammals,  formed  from  the  body-wall  of  the  embryo 
itself. 

Amniota,  \"ertebrata  in  which  an  amnion  is  formed  (reptiles, 
birds  and  mammals). 

Amphibia,  Vertebrata  which  breathe  by  gills  in  the  larval  stage, 
by  lungs  in  the  adult.  Include  Newts  and  Salamanders, 
Frogs  and  Toads. 

Amphioxus,  a  small  fish-like  marine  animal,  without  distinct 
head  and  in  other  ways  differing  from  any  fish,  yet  having 
the  fundamental  features  of  a  very  primitive  Vertebrate, 
viz.,  tubular  spinal  cord,  notochord,  pharynx  perforated  by 
gill-silts,  etc. 

Amphitherium,  the  first-discovered  Mesozoic  Mammal,  found  in 
the  Stonesfield  Slate  of  Jurassic  age. 

Anchitherium,  a  three-toed  horse  from  the  Miocene  of  Europe. 

Anglaspis,  a  fish  belonging  to  the  extinct  Order  Ostracoderma. 

angle  of  lower  jaw,  the  point  of  junction  of  the  horizontal  lower 
margin  and  the  vertical  hinder  margin. 


250 


GLOSSARY 


251 


annectant,  forming  a  link  between  unlike  things, 
atheridium,  the  organ  in  which,  in  the  lower  plants,  the  active 
(male)  gametes  (antherozoids  or  spermatozoids)  are  formed, 
anthropoid,  having  a  likeness  or  affinity  to  Man — gorilla,  chim¬ 
panzee,  orang-utan,  gibbon  and  various  extinct  forms, 
aorta,  the  principal  artery  in  Vertebrates, 
arboreal,  living  in  trees. 

Archaeopteryx  and  Archaeornis,  the  two  oldest  known  birds,  of 
late  Jurassic  age. 

Arthropoda,  animals  with  jointed  (segmented)  bodies  and  jointed 
limbs  :  the  largest  phylum  of  animals,  comprising  insects, 
myriapods,  arachnids,  crustaceans,  etc. 
articular,  related  to  the  hinging  (articulation)  of  one  structure 
on  another.  Especially,  the  region  of  the  lower  jaw  (formed 
of  a  distinct  bone  in  reptiles  and  birds)  that  articulates  with 
the  skull  or  quadrate  bone. 

artiodactyl,  “  even-toed  ”  or  “  cloven-hooved,”  i.e.,  with  2  or  4 
digits  to  each  limb,  symmetrically  disposed,  the  axis  of  the 
limb  passing  between  two  digits.  The  name  of  a  division 
of  Ungulata. 

Asaphidae,  a  family  of  Trilobites. 

Balano^lossus,  a  worm-like  marine  animal,  the  structure  and 
ontogeny  of  which  shows  it  to  be  related,  on  the  one  hand 
to  the  Echinoderms,  and  on  the  other  to  primitive  Verte¬ 
brates. 

basin  {e.g.  Paris  Basin),  a  region  in  which  the  stratified  rocks 
are  so  arranged  that  the  youngest  are  in  the  centre,  with 
successively  older  strata  around  them, 
bedding-plane,  one  of  the  planes  by  which  stratified  (or  sedi¬ 
mentary)  rocks  are  divided  into  beds.  Such  a  plane  cor¬ 
responds  to  a  definite  time-interval,  a  pause  in  the  continuous 
process  of  sedimentation.  (See  Plate  I.) 
biyalve  shell,  one  composed  of  two  parts  (valves)  hinged  on 
one  another,  and  together  more  or  less  completely  enclosing 
the  soft  body  of  the  animal  that  secretes  the  shell. 
Brachiopoda,  a  group  of  marine  animals,  having  a  bivalve  shell, 
each  valve  being  symmetrical  in  itself, 
branchial,  relating  to  gills  (hranchice).  A  branchial  heart  is 
one  which  pumps  blood  to  the  gills. 

Bryozoa,  a  group  of  aquatic  animals,  in  which  by  repeated 
budding  massive  or  leaf-like  growths  are  formed, 
buccal,  related  to  the  mouth  ;  buccal  force-pump,  the  breathing 
mechanism  of  amphibians  and  some  reptiles,  in  which  air 
is  taken  into  the  mouth  and  throat  through  the  nostrils  and 
then  forced  down  into  the  lungs, 
byssus,  a  bundle  of  silky  threads  by  which  some  bivalves  (c.g. 
the  common  marine  mussel)  attach  themselves  to  rocks, 
etc. 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


252 

ceeoum,  any  blind,  pocket-like  outgrowth  of  a  tube  :  in  particular 
the  outgrowth  at  the  junction  of  small  and  large  intestine 
in  Mammalia. 

Cainozoic,  the  latest  great  Era  of  geological  time,  often  known 
as  Tertiary.  It  includes  the  Paleocene,  Eocene,  Oligocene, 
Miocene  and  Pliocene  periods.  (See  Fig.  i,  p.  24.) 
cancellate,  a  form  of  ornament  in  molluscan  shells  due  to  the 
crossing  of  lines  in  the  direction  of  growth  and  across  it, 
the  latter  being  the  stronger. 

canine  teeth  (eye-teeth),  in  mammals  and  mammal-reptiles,  the 
first  pair  of  teeth  in  the  maxillary  bone  of  the  upper  jaw, 
and  the  corresponding  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw,  always  with 
simple  conical  crowns,  often  very  sharp-pointed, 
carbohydrates,  compounds  of  carbon,  hydrogen  and  oxygen,  the 
two  latter  in  the  same  molecular  proportions  as  in  water. 
Examples  ;  sugar,  starch,  cellulose 
carpels,  the  modified  leaves  (megasporophylls)  in  the  centre  of 
a  typical  flower,  carrying  or  enclosing  the  ovules  (mega¬ 
sporangia). 

catastrophism,  the  doctrine  that  the  geological  history  of  the 
Earth  was  sharply  divided  into  periods  separated  by  uni¬ 
versal,  violent  and  destructive  changes, 
cement,  a  bony  deposit  on  the  outside  of  teeth  in  some 
mammals,  largely  filling  up  hollows  in  the  enamel. 
Cephalopoda,  a  class  of  Mollusca  in  which  the  mouth  is  sur¬ 
rounded  by  a  ring  of  tentacles  or  “  arms.”  Examples  : 
cuttle-fish,  pearly  nautilus  and  the  extinct  ammonites  and 
belemnites. 

cercaria,  the  larval  stage  of  a  Trematode  (”  fluke  ”),  adapted  to 
live  in  the  bodies  of  freshwater  snails, 
cervical,  belonging  to  the  neck. 

Ghelonia,  tortoises  and  turtles,  an  Order  of  Reptilia. 
chitin,  a  nitrogenous  organic  compound,  forming  the  external 
skeleton  of  Insects  and  other  Arthropods. 

Chordata,  a  phylum  comprising  the  Vertebrata  together  with  the 
most  nearly  related  Invertebrata — Amphioxus,  the  Tunica tes, 
Balano  gloss  us,  etc. 

Chromidae,  a  family  of  freshwater  fishes,  tropical  and  sub¬ 
tropical. 

chromosome,  one  of  the  units  of  the  cell-nucleus,  proved  to  be 
the  carrier  of  hereditary  factors  (genes)  in  the  gametes, 
ciliated,  bearing  cilia,  microscopic  flexible  hairs  which  move  in 
oar-like  fashion,  forcibly  in  one  direction,  passively  in  the 
other.  Acting  together  in  multitudes  they  either  drive  the 
body  bearing  them  through  the  water  like  a  rowing-boat, 
or,  if  the  body  is  fixed,  produce  a  water-current  in  one 
steady  direction.  Found  in  all  the  great  animal  phyla  except 
Arthropoda. 


GLOSSARY 


253 


Cirripedes  (barnacles),  an  Order  of  Crustacea  which,  in  an  adult 
stage,  are  permanently  fixed.  Owing  to  the  body  being 
enclosed  in  a  multivalve  shell,  they  were  thought  by  Lamarck 
to  be  intermediate  between  worms  and  molluscs. 

Class,  a  category  in  the  Linnaean  classification,  coming  between 
the  Sub-Kingdom  (or  Phylum)  and  the  Order, 
classification,  the  arrangement  of  things  of  varied  character 
(especially  animals  and  plants)  according  to  their  degrees 
of  resemblance  and  difference. 

co-aptation,  the  harmonious  adaptation  of  distinct  structures  for 
a  single  purpose. 

Goelenterata,  animals  the  structure  of  which  consists  of  two  cell- 
layers  enclosing  a  single  cavity.  Ex.:  Corals,  sea-anemones, 
the  fresh-water  polyp. 

columella  auris,  a  rod-like  bone  connecting  the  tympanic  mem¬ 
brane  (ear-drum)  to  the  internal  ear.  Found  in  amphibians, 
reptiles  and  birds,  and  corresponding  to  the  stapes  of 
mammals. 

community,  a  group  of  species  living  in  the  same  habitat  in 
more  or  less  dependence  on  one  another,  whether  as  enemies 
and  prey,  or  in  mutual  helpfulness, 
conchology,  the  study  of  molluscan  shells  alone,  apart  from  the 
study  of  the  soft  parts  of  the  mollusc, 
condyle,  a  rounded  protuberance  on  a  bone,  articulating  in  the 
concavity  of  another  bone;  especially  (i)  the  occipital  con¬ 
dyle  or  condyles  by  which  the  skull  articulates  upon  the 
atlas  vertebra,  (2)  the  condyle  of  the  lower  jaw  articulating 
with  the  skull. 

cone,  (i)  in  teeth,  a  simple  conical  protuberance  on  the  crown 
of  an  upper  cheek-tooth  ;  (2)  in  the  vertebrate  eye,  one  of  the 
sensory  elements  of  the  retina ;  (3)  in  plants,  a  collection  of 
sporophylls  closely  grouped  round  a  central  axis, 
conid,  corresponding  to  “  cone  ”  in  lower  cheek-teeth, 
conglomerate,  a  rock  composed  largely  of  pebbles  cemented 
together. 

convergence,  resemblance  between  two  forms  of  life  of  very 
different  origin,  brought  about  by  adaptation  to  similar 
conditions. 

coracoid,  the  postero-ventral  bone  of  the  complete  shoulder-girdle, 
coronoid,  the  upward  projection  of  the  lower  jaw  in  front  of  the 
articulation.  The  mouth-closing  muscles  pull  on  it. 
correlation,  (i)  in  zoology,  mutual  or  reciprocal  relationship  of 
two  (or  more)  structures,  so  that  when  one  changes  the  other 
must  change  also ;  (2)  in  geology,  the  recognition  of  rocks 
in  different  areas  as  belonging  to  the  same  geological  age, 
Creodonts,  primitive  Carnivora,  now  extinct. 

Crinoids,  “  sea-lilies,”  marine  animals  with  five-rayed  symmetry 
fixed  by  a  stalk  to  the  sea-bottom  :  one  of  the  Classes  of 
Echinoderma. 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


254 

cryptogenetic,  “  of  hidden  origin,”  applied  to  fossils  which 
appear  suddenly  at  some  stage  in  the  geological  series,  with¬ 
out  known  ancestors, 

Cycads,  “  Sago-palms,”  one  of  the  Orders  of  Gymnosperms, 
world-wi^  in  the  Jurassic  period,  now  confined  to  the 
Tropics. 

dasyure,  a  small  carnivorous  marsupial,  Australian. 

deductive,  the  kind  of  reasoning  which  proceeds  from  general 
principles  to  particular  cases,  from  abstract  to  concrete. 
Contrast  inductive. 

degeneration,  change  from  a  higher  to  a  lower  grade  of  organiza¬ 
tion. 

dentary,  the  bone  of  the  lower  jaw  which  carries  all  the  teeth. 

denudation,  the  natural  wearing  down  of  the  land-surface  by 
destructive  agencies  such  as  frost,  rain,  rivers,  etc. 

derived  fossils,  fossils  which  have  been  removed  from  their 
original  rock  in  the  course  of  denudation  and  re-deposited 
in  a  younger  rock. 

desmognathous  birds,  in  which  the  maxillo-palatine  processes 
unite  to  form  a  complete  bony  roof  across  the  palate. 

Dicynodon,  an  extinct  Therapsid  reptile.  South  African. 

digit,  fi  nger  or  toe. 

digitigrade,  walking  on  the  tips  of  the  toes,  e.g.  dog. 

Dinosauria,  extinct  (Mesozoic)  reptiles,  belonging  to  the  Archo- 
sauria,  including  the  two  orders — Saurischia  and  Orni- 
thischia. 

Dipnoi,  ”  lung-fishes,”  fishes  with  both  lung  and  gills,  sur¬ 
viving  only  in  the  rivei^s  of  tropical  Australia,  Africa  and 
South  America,  but  much  more  abundant  in  earlier  periods 
(from  Devonian  onwards). 

diprotodont,  having  only  one  pair  of  lower  incisors,  and  one,  two 
or  three  pairs  of  upper  incisors. 

divaricate  ornament,  in  the  form  of  a  chevron  or  V.  {¥\g.  9B). 

dorsal,  the  surface  which  usually  faces  upwards,  the  back.  Used 
also  of  structures  or  parts  which  are  nearer  that  surface, 
e.g.  the  dorsal  aorta.  Contrast  ventral. 

Dryopithecus,  an  anthropoid  of  Miocene  age,  allied  to  the  modern 
gibbon. 

Dysodonta,  a  group  of  lamellibranchs  typically  fixed  by  a  byssut 

Echidna,  spiny  ant-eater,  one  of  the  monotremes. 

Echinoderma,  one  of  the  great  phyla  of  the  Animal  Kingdom, 
generally  characterized  by  five-rayed  symmetry.  Includes 
sea-urchins,  starfish,  crinoids,  etc. 

Echinoid,  sea-urchin. 

ecology,  the  science  of  the  relationships  to  one  another  and  to 
their  surroundings  of  the  organisms  living  together  in  one 
local  habitat  or  community. 

Edentata,  ”  toothless  mammals,”  including  Xenarthra  (which 
see)  and  a  few  other  convergent  forms. 


GLOSSARY 


255 


embryology,  the  study  of  the  early  development  of  animals  from 
the  egg  to  the  adolescent  stage, 
endocrine  (or  ductless)  glands,  the  secretion  of  which  is  dis¬ 
charged  into  the  blood,  not  into  a  tube  or  duct, 
endostyle,  a  ciliated  groove  on  the  floor  of  the  pharynx  of 
Tunicates,  Amphioxus  and  Vertebrate  embryos, 
environment,  the  total  of  the  surroundings  of  an  organism  which 
affect  its  life. 

Eurypterida,  an  extinct  (Palaeozoic)  group  of  arthropods,  closely 
allied  to  the  Scorpions,  but  marine  in  habitat, 
extrapolation,  the  extension  of  a  curve  beyond  the  extreme  fixed 
points  on  its  course.  Example:  the  Census  returns  give 
the  population  of  Britain  for  every  tenth  year  from  1801  to 
1931.  Estimating  the  population  for  any  intermediate  year, 
such  as  1876,  is  a  process  of  intrapolation  ;  but  to  estimate 
it  for  any  year  before  1801  or  after  1931  is  extrapolation, 
facies,  the  total  of  the  characters  of  a  sedimentary  rock  which 
result  from  the  conditions  of  its  deposit.  (See  pp.  25-6.) 
family,  a  group  of  species  wider  than  a  genus,  but  not  so  wide 
as  an  Order. 

fauna,  the  totality  of  the  animal  species  inhabiting  a  given  area, 
or  found  in  a  particular  geological  bed,  zone  or  formation, 
femur,  the  thigh-bone,  the  lirst  division  of  the  skeleton  of  the 
hind-limb. 

fenestra,  a  portion  of  the  skeleton  which  remains  membranous 
when  the  surrounding  parts  become  bony, 
fibula,  one  (usually  the  smaller)  of  the  two  bones  of  the  middle 
leg  or  shank ;  post-axial  in  position,  i.e.  on  the  same  side 
as  the  little  toe. 
flying-lemur,  see  Galeopithecus. 

flying-phalanger  (Petaurus),  a  marsupial  with  parachute  exten¬ 
sions  of  the  skin  between  fore-  and  hind-limbs.  Australian, 
flying-squirrels,  members  of  the  squirrel-family  (Sciuridce)  possess¬ 
ing  a  parachute  like  that  of  the  flying-phalanger.  Mostly 
Oriental,  with  a  few  in  Northern  Europe  and  North  America, 
foetus,  the  unborn  young  of  a  mammal  in  its  later  stages, 
foramen,  a  hole  in  a  bone  through  which  pass  such  structures  as 
nerves  or  blood-vessels.  (More  generally,  any  perforation  in 
a  shell  or  skeleton.) 

Foraminifera,  a  class  of  Protozoa,  most  members  of  which  secrete 
shells  divided  internally  into  chambers, 
fossil,  any  trace  of  a  once-living  organism  now  forming  part  of 
a  rock  (in  the  geological  sense). 

fossil-zone,  a  bed  or  series  of  beds  in  sedimentary  rocks  char¬ 
acterized  by  the  presence  of  particular  fossil  species. 
Galeopithecus,  the  “  flying-lemur,”  not  a  true  lemur,  but  a  very 
isolated  mammal,  of  which  some  Eocene  relatives  only  are 
(very  imperfectly)  known.  It  has  a  parachute  mechanism. 


256  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

gamete,  a  reproductive  cell  which  by  fusion  with  another  forms 
a  zygote,  from  which  a  new  individual  is  developed.  The 
fusing  gametes  are  either  alike  (homozygous)  or  unlike 
(heterozygous,  male  and  female). 

gametophyte,  see  prothallus. 

Gastropoda,  snails,  Mollusca  which  move  by  crawling  with  the 
flat  ventral  surface  of  the  body  (foot). 
gastrula,  the  stage  in  embryonic  development  in  which  the  body 
consists  of  only  two  layers  of  cells  with  a  single  cavity, 
genealogy,  the  ancestral  history  of  any  species, 
generation,  (i)  the  process  of  reproduction,  (2)  the  average  num¬ 
ber  of  years  difference  of  age  between  parents  and  offspring, 
(3)  the  totality  of  individuals  of  a  species  living  at  any  one 
moment. 

gene,  a  hypothetical  unit  carried  by  the  chromosomes  of  the 
germ-cells  from  one  generation  to  another,  responsible  for 
the  appearance  of  the  recognisable  inherited  characters  of 
the  organism. 

generic,  relating  to  a  genus,  e.g.  generic  name,  the  name  of  the 
genus  ;  generic  character,  a  character  distinctive  of  a  genus, 
not  of  a  species  or  of  a  family. 

gens,  a  term  used  by  A.  Vaughan  for  what  is  here  termed  a 
lineage. 

genus,  a  collection  of  related  living  things  wider  than  a  species, 
but  less  wide  than  a  family. 

germ-plasm  or  germen,  that  part  of  an  organism  which  is  cap¬ 
able  of  giving  rise  to  new  individuals.  (See  soma.) 
glycogen,  the  form  of  carbohydrate  which  is  stored  in  the  liver, 
gypsum,  hydrated  sulphate  of  calcium,  which  is  converted  into 
plaster  of  Paris  when  heated, 
habitat,  the  geographical  location  of  a  species, 
heterogenesis,  the  supposed  origin  of  an  organism  of  relatively 
low  grade  from  the  decay  of  one  of  higher  grade,  e.g.  mag¬ 
gots  were  supposed  to  arise  out  of  decaying  meat,  before 
they  were  shown  to  be  developed  from  the  eggs  of  flies. 
Hexacoralla,  the  modern  type  of  Coral,  in  which  the  septa  are 
arranged  in  radiating  multiples  of  six. 
hip-girdle,  or  pelvis,  the  group  of  bones  within  the  trunk  to 
which  the  hind-limbs  are  attached. 

Hipparion,  the  most  abundant  of  extinct  3-toed  horses, 
hologenesis,  see  p.  158. 

homologous,  of  similar  origin  and  fundamental  structure,  how¬ 
ever  unlike  in  final  development  or  in  function, 
hormone,  a  definite  chemical  compound,  produced  in  one  organ 
and  transmitted  in  the  blood  to  others,  the  activities  of 
which  it  stimulates  or  inhibits. 

host  (of  a  parasite),  the  animal  on  which  the  parasite  feeds, 
humerus,  the  bone  of  the  upper  arm. 


GLOSSARY 


257 


Hyracodon,  a  light-limbed  Rhinoceros,  of  Oligocene  age. 

Hyrax,  the  Biblical  “  coney,”  found  in  most  parts  of  Africa, 
and  in  Syria. 

Indo-Pacific,  the  largest  marine  zoological  province,  including 
the  whole  Indian  Ocean,  and  the  tropical  parts  of  the 
Pacific  except  the  American  coastal  waters, 
inductive  reasoning  “  may  or  may  not  employ  hypothesis,  but 
what  is  essential  to  it  is  the  inference  from  the  particular  to 
the  general,  from  the  known  to  the  unknown.”  (Fowler, 
quoted  in  N.E.D.)  Contrast  deductive, 
inequivalve,  in  which  one  of  the  two  valves  (of  a  bivalve)  differs 
in  size  and/or  shape  from  the  other, 
inguinal,  in  the  region  of  the  groin. 

insectivore  (i)  in  general,  any  insect-eating  animal,  (2)  in  par¬ 
ticular,  a  member  of  the  Order  Insectivora,  such  as  the 
hedgehog,  mole,  etc. 

inter-trappean,  lying  between  two  “  traps,”  i.e.  lava-flows. 
Applied  especially  to  freshwater  deposits  among  the  basalt 
flows  of  the  Deccan  (India),  laid  down  in  lakes  formed  in 
hollows  on  the  surface  of  one  lava-flow  and  afterwards 
buried  by  a  later  flow. 

Karroo  (i)  geographically,  the  high  table-land  of  S.  Africa;  (2) 
geologically,  the  Karroo  beds  composing  this  table-land  are 
of  Permian-Triassic  age  and  the  principal  source  of  the  bones 
of  mammal-reptiles  (Therapsida). 
labial  palps,  soft,  flexible  bands  which,  in  lamellibranchs, 
guide  the  food  to  the  mouth, 
lamellibranch,  bivalve  mollusc. 

larva,  a  stage  in  the  development  of  an  animal  when  it  lives  a 
free  existence,  but  differs  greatly  in  structure  and  mode  of 
life  from  the  adult,  e.g.  tadpole  stage  of  frog,  caterpillar 
stage  of  butterfly. 

lineage,  in  Palaeontology,  a  series  of  genera  or  species  which 
form  an  evolutionary  series,  each  one  being  ancestral  to  its 
successor  in  the  geological  sequence. 

Linnaean  nomenclature,  the  system  of  naming  species  by  a  double 
name,  the  first  generic,  the  second  trivial,  the  whole  being 
the  specific  name;  e.g.  Felis  leo  is  the  specific  name  of  the 
Lion,  Felis  being  the  generic,  leo  the  trivial  name. 
Lophiodon,  an  Eocene  perissodactyl,  related  to  the  Tapir, 
low-crowned,  teeth  in  which  the  occlusal  (grinding)  surface  is 
not  far  removed  from  the  jaw-bone, 
lung-fish,  see  Dipnoi, 
mammae,  teats,  nipples. 

manatee,  one  of  the  Sirenia.  (See  pp.  87-91.) 
mandible,  lower  jaw. 

mantle-chamber,  in  molluscs  and  brachiopods,  a  cavity  really 
external  to  the  body,  but  covered  in  by  a  fold  of  the  skin 
(mantle)  and  containing  the  gills  and  excretory  openings. 


17 


25S 


EVOI.UTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


marsupials,  the  pouched  mammals,  c.g.  kangaroo,  opossum, 
maxilla,  upper  jaw. 

mega-sporangium,  -spore,  -sporophyll.  See  sporangium,  etc. 
meroblastic  egg,  one  in  which  only  a  part  segments  into  cells 
to  form  the  embryo,  the  rest  serving  as  a  food-store  (yolk) 
which  the  embryo  gradually  absorbs. 

Mesozoic,  one  of  the  great  geological  Eras,  comprising  the 
Triassic,  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  periods.  (See  Fig.  i, 
p.  24.) 

metabolism,  the  whole  of  the  chemical  actions  that  take  place 
in  an  organism  (or  any  definite  part  of  an  organism), 
metamorphism,  in  Geology,  the  processes  of  crystallization,  etc., 
by  which  the  original  characters  of  a  rock  may  be  completely 
changed. 

metamorphosis,  in  Zoology,  the  rapid  change  from  the  larval 
to  the  adult  stage,  e.g.  tadpole  to  frog;  caterpillar  to  butter- 
fly. 

metatarsal,  one  of  the  bones  in  the  sole  of  the  foot,  connected 
with  one  particular  toe. 

Micraster,  an  extinct  heart-shaped  sea-urchin, 
microphagous,  feeding  on  minute  organisms  brought  to  the 
mouth  in  a  water-current  produced  by  cilia, 
microsporangium,  microspore,  microsporophyll.  See  sporangium, 
spore,  sporophyll. 

migration,  the  extension  of  the  range  of  an  organism  into  a  new 
habitat. 

mimicry,  the  close  resemblance  (in  shape,  colour-pattern,  etc.) 

of  one  species  to  another  to  which  it  is  not  closely  related, 
molar,  a  grinding-tooth  which  has  no  milk-tooth  preceding  it. 
monograph,  a  publication  giving  the  results  of  detailed  research 
on  a  limited  subject. 

monotreme,  a  member  of  the  lowest  Order  of  Mammalia  (See 
Chap.  VII.) 

Morphology,  the  division  of  Biology  which  includes  the  compara¬ 
tive  anatomy  and  embryology  of  organisms,  and  considers 
the  origin  and  mutual  relations  of  the  various  parts,  apart 
from  their  functions.  (Cf.  Physiology.) 
mutation  (i)  in  the  original  sense  of  Waagen  (1875),  a  sub-species 
which  precedes  (prae-mutation)  or  follows  (post  mutation)  its 
typical  species  in  geological  time.  (2)  In  the  sense  of  de 
Vries  (1901),  a  character  suddenly  developed  in  a  species  as 
a  result  of  a  change  in  the  composition  of  a  gene. 
Neolithic,  the  age  (or  stage  of  civilization)  in  which  Man  used 
tools  of  polished  stone. 

nucleus,  the  central  part  of  any  animal  or  vegetable  cell,  con¬ 
trolling  the  life-functions  of  the  rest  of  its  protoplasm 
(cytoplasm).  Its  essential  components  are  the  chromosomes. 


GLOSSARY 


259 


Chemically  it  differs  from  the  cytoplasm  in  the  presence  of 
the  element  phosphorus  in  its  molecules, 
nursery,  an  area  in  which  a  family  (or  other  category)  under¬ 
goes  its  early  evolution,  and '  from  which  it  afterwards 
migrates  to  other  regions.  (xYlso  termed  a  cradle.) 
obturEtor  fenestru,  the  large  elliptical  area  of  the  mammalian 
^  hip-girdle  which  does  not  ossify  (become  bony), 
occiput,  the  back  of  the  head,  next"^  to  the  neck, 
omphalos,  the  navel,  the  scar  of  the  umbilical  cord  by  which  the 
foetus  is  connected  to  the  placenta, 
ontogeny,  the  development  of  an  animal  from  the  egg,  through 
the  embryonic  stage  (and  the  larval  or  foetal  stages,  if  any) 
to  the  adult. 

Opisthobranchia,  a  sub-class  of  Gastropods,  distinguished  by  cer¬ 
tain  features  of  the  nervous  system,  heart,  gills,  etc.  Marine 
in  habitat,  but  having  affinities  to  the  ordinary  land  and 
freshwater  gastropods  (Pulmonata). 
opisthogyral,  having  the  spiral  twist  of  the  beak  (umbo)  turned 
towards  the  rear  end  of  the  (bivalve)  shell. 

Oriental  Region,  one  of  the  primary  zoological  regions  of  the 
land,  comprising  India,  Indo-China  and  Malaya,  as  far 
as  the  island  of  Bali. 

Ornithorhynchus,  the  duck-bill  or  platypus,  one  of  the  three  exist¬ 
ing  genera  of  monotremes, 

orthogyral,  having  the  spiral  twist  of  the  beak  (umbo)  turned 
neither  towards  the  front  nor  the  rear  end  of  the  (bivalve) 
shell. 

ossification,  the  deposit  of  calcium  carbonate  and/or  phosphate 
in  tissue  previously  soft. 

Ostracoda,  an  Order  of  Crustacea  with  bivalve  shells. 
Ostracoderma,  an  extinct  Order  of  fishes,  without  articulated 
jaws  or  paired  fins. 

outcrop,  the  area  in  which  any  particular  rock-formation  reaches 
the  surface  of  the  earth, 
oviparous,  reproducing  by  laying  eggs. 

ovule,  a  megasporangium  in  which  a  female  prothallus  is 
developed. 

Palaeolithic,  the  age  (or  stage  of  civilization)  in  which  Man  used 
tools  of  unpolished  stone  :  now  much  subdivided. 
Palaeontology,  the  science  of  fossils. 

Palaeozoic,  the  first  half  of  that  part  of  geological  time  of  which 
we  have  knowledge  given  by  fossils  :  divided  into  two  Eras, 
Older  pnd  Newer  Palaeozoic,  and  into  six  Periods — Cambrian 
to  Permian.  (See  Fig.  i,  p.  24.) 
parsimony,  law  of,  “  which  forbids,  without  necessity,  the  multi¬ 
plication  of  entities,  powers,  principles  or  causes  ”  (Sir  W. 
Hamilton).  “  The  logical  principle  that  no  more  causes  or 
forces  should  be  assumed  than  are  necessary  to  account  for 
the  facts  ”  (N.E.D.). 


26o 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


pEtholo^icEly  of  the  nature  of  disease,  or  connected  with  disease, 
pectoral,  relating  to  the  chest  or  situated  in  the  chest ;  pectoral 
girdle,  the  shoulder-girdle  or  series  of  bones  (scapula,  clavicle 
and  others)  supporting  the  fore-limb. 

pelvic  girdle,  pelvis,  see  hip-girdle. 

Pelycosauria,  the  earliest  Order  of  Reptilia,  of  late  Carboni¬ 
ferous  and  Permian  age,  broadly  ancestral  to  the  mammal¬ 
like  reptiles  of  Triassic  age. 
pentadactyle,  five-fingered  and/or  five-toed. 

PentameridaB,  an  extinct.  Palaeozoic  family  of  brachiopods. 
perissodactyle,  literally  “  odd-toed,”  i.e.  having  5,  3  or  i  fingers 
and  toes;  but  the  essential  feature  is  that  the  axis  of  the 
hand  or  foot  runs  along  one  digit,  not  between  two  digits  as 
in  Artiodactyls  :  therefore  a  4-digited  limb  may  be  counted  as 
perissodactyl  if  this  condition  is  satisfied,  as  in  the  fore-limb 
of  the  Tapir. 

petals,  the  coloured  leaves  of  a  flower ;  morphologically,  barren 
sporophylls. 

phylogeny,  the  evolution  of  any  organism  from  ancestral  forms, 
as  far  as  traceable, 

phylum,  one  of  the  major  divisions  of  the  Animal  Kingdom, 
sometimes  termed  Sub-Kingdom;  e.g.  Vertebrata,  Mollusca. 
Physiology,  the  division  of  Biology  which  deals  with  the  functions 
of  organs  and  tissues.  Contrast  Morphology, 
placenta,  in  viviparous  animals,  the  organic  connexion  between 
embryo  and  mother. 

plantar  tendons,  those  in  the  sole  of  the  foot, 
plantigrade,  walking  on  the  sole  of  the  foot,  e.g.  Man,  Bear. 
Pleistocene,  the  division  of  geological  time  which  came  between 
Pliocene  and  Recent  (and  the  deposits  laid  down  in  that 
time).  It  corresponds  approximately  to  the  Glacial  Period 
and  so  much  of  post-Glacial  time  as  is  not  Recent, 
pollen-tube,  a  tubular  outgrowth  from  a  pollen-grain  in  which 
the  male  fertilizing  nucleus  travels  to  the  ovule.  Mor¬ 
phologically,  a  reduced  male  prothallus. 
polyphyletic,  of  more  than  one  derivation.  Applied  to  genera  or 
wider  groups  the  members  of  which  have  been  classified  to¬ 
gether  because  of  resemblances  not  due  to  a  common 
ancestry. 

polyprotodont,  having  three  or  four  pairs  of  lower  incisors  and 
four  or  five  pairs  of  upper  incisors. 

Prehistoric,  that  part  of  the  time-range  of  Man  (the  genus  Homo) 
which  preceded  the  date  of  the  earliest  written  records.  It 
is  divided  into  Palaeolithic  (approximately  equivalent  to 
Pleistocene)  and  Neolithic,  Bronze  and  Iron  Ages  :  these 
three,  with  the  Historic  period  being  equivalent  to  Recent, 
premolars,  those  cheek-teeth  which  replace  ”  milk-teeth  ”  of  the 
young  animal. 


GLOSSARY 


261 


Proboscidea,  the  elephant  and  allied  extinct  forms, 
process,  a  solid  outgrowth  or  projection,  chiefly  of  a  bone, 
prothallus,  the  sexual  generation  (gametophyte)  in  plants,  alter¬ 
nating  with  an  asexual  generation  (sporophyte).  In  mosses, 
it  is  the  dominant  generation,  the  ordinary  moss-plant;  but 
from  ferns  upwards  it  is  much  smaller  and  simpler  in 
structure  than  the  asexual  generation,  which  is  the  ordinary 
fern  or  flowering-plant. 

protoplasm,  the  living  material  of  any  cell,  consisting  of  nucleus 
and  cytoplasm. 

Pteranodon,  one  of  the  last,  the  largest  and  most  specialized  of 
the  Pterosaurs  (“  flying  reptiles  ”),  of  late  Cretaceous  age. 
Pterodactylus,  an  Upper  Jurassic  Pterosaur. 

Pterosauria,  “  flying  reptiles,”  with  a  wing  supported  by  the 
enormously  lengthened  fourth  finger, 
pulmonate,  breathing  by  means  of  lungs  or  a  lung  sac. 
quadri-tubercular  (tooth),  having  four  cones  or  tubercles  on  the 
crown. 

Quaternary,  the  Pleistocene  and  Recent  periods  taken  together 
(or  the  corresponding  deposits). 

race,  a  sub-species  having  a  limited  geographical  range,  differ¬ 
ing  from  that  of  the  typical  species.  (Owing  to  the  frequent 
misuse  of  this  term,  especially  in  relation  to  Man,  it  is 
tending  to  be  disused.) 

radius,  the  pre-axial  of  the  two  bones  of  the  fore-arm,  i.e.  the 
one  on  the  same  side  as  the  thumb, 
radula,  a  long  horny  tongue  with  many  rows  of  horny  teeth  giv¬ 
ing  it  a  file-like  character.  Found  in  gastropods  and 
cephalopods,  but  not  in  lamellibranchs. 
recapitulation  (theory),  the  doctrine  that  the  ontogeny  of  an 
animal  repeats  its  phylogeny  in  a  shortened  and  modified 
form. 

Recent,  the  present  time  and  as  far  back  as  the  conditions  of 
the  world  and  its  floras  and  faunas  were  substantially  the 
same  as  at  present.  Divided  into  the  Historic  and  Prehis¬ 
toric  periods,  but  the  latter  extends  back  into  the  Pleistocene, 
resilium,  an  elastic  cushion  in  the  hinge  of  some  lamellibranchs  : 
when  the  valves  are  closed  it  is  under  compression  and 
tends  to  push  them  open  again, 
reticulate  ornament,  formed  by  the  intersection  of  two  sets  of 
lines  in  relief,  of  equal  strength. 

reversion,  the  return  of  an  animal  to  a  mode  of  life  which  its 
remote  ancestors  had  abandoned. 

Ru^osa  or  Tetracoralla,  the  dominant  corals  of  the  Palaeozoic  era, 
afterwards  extinct. 

saltation,  the  term  used  by  palaeontologists  for  ”  mutation  ”  in 
de  Vries’s  sense, 
scapula,  shoulder-blade. 


262 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


schizognathous  (birds),  in  which  the  maxillo-palatine  plates  do 
not  unite  with  the  vomer  or  with  each  other, 
sebaceous  glands,  glands  secreting  oily  material  in  connexion 
with  the  hairs  in  mammalia. 

segmentation,  a  process  of  division,  (i)  of  an  egg-cell  into  2,  4,  8, 
etc.,  separate  cells;  (2)  of  the  body  into  similar  parts,  one 
behind  the  other  {metameric  segmentation),  as  in  the  earth¬ 
worm,  lobster  and  (so  far  as  muscles,  nerves  and  bones  are 
concerned)  in  Fishes  and  other  Vertebrates, 
sensory,  capable  of  being  stimulated  by  some  external  agency 
{e.g.  light,  sound)  so  as  to  arouse  conscious  sensation  in  the 
central  nervous  system. 

sepals,  the  outermost,  green  floral  leaves  forming  the  calyx  of 
a  flower. 

Siluridae,  cat-fishes,  a  family  of  physostome  fishes,  mainly  of 
freshwater  habitat. 

soma,  the  whole  body  of  an  organism  except  the  reproductive 
cells  (gametes)  which  constitute  the  germen. 

Sparassodonts,  an  extinct  South  American  group  of  carnivorous 
marsupial  mammals. 

specialized,  adapted  to  some  special  function,  special  mode  of 
life,  etc.,  in  contrast  to  generalized  (adaptable  to  various 
functions,  modes  of  life,  etc.). 

species,  a  collection  of  individuals  sufficiently  alike  to  be  con¬ 
veniently  described  under  one  specific  name, 
specific,  relating  to  a  species,  e.g.  specific  name.  (See  under 

Linnaean  nomenclature.) 

spermatozoids,  the  more  active  (male)  gametes,  where  the 
gametes  are  of  two  kinds  (heterozygous), 
spire  of  a  gastropod  shell,  the  whole  shell  except  the  last  whorl 
(turn  of  the  spiral). 

spontaneous,  applied  to  any  activity  which  starts  without  any 
obvious  stimulus  from  outside;  spontaneous  generation,  the 
supposed  sudden  origin  of  a  living  organism  from  lifeless 
matter. 

sporangia,  structures  borne  usually  on  the  leaves  of  plants  and 
within  which  sexless  reproductive  cells  (spores)  are  produced. 
They  may  be  of  two  kinds,  mega-  and  micro-sporangia,  pro¬ 
ducing  two  kinds  of  spores.  (See  spore.) 
spore,  a  cell  capable  of  developing  into  a  new  individual  without 
any  sexual  process.  There  may  be  two  kinds  of  spores — 
larger  megaspores  which  develop  into  female  prothalli,  and 
smaller  microspores  which  develop  into  male  prothalli. 
sporophyll,  a  leaf  specialized  to  bear  sporangia  and  not  perform¬ 
ing  the  ordinary  functions  of  a  leaf,  or  only  performing  them 
in  reduced  measure.  They  may  be  of  two  kinds,  mega-  and 
micro-sporophylls,  carrying  the  corresponding  two  kinds  of 
sporangia. 


GLOSSARY 


263 


sporophyte,  the  spore-producing  generation  in  a  plant — the  main 
and  obvious  generation  in  all  plants  above  the  moss  grade — 
contrasted  with  the  gametophyte.  (See  under  prothallus.) 
stamens,  the  modified  or  specialized  leaves  (micro-sporophylls) 
which  bear  the  pollen-sacs  in  an  ordinary  flower, 
sternum,  breast-bone.  In  most  birds  (Carinatae)  this  bears  a  keel 
for  attachment  of  the  great  muscles  of  flight ;  in  flightless 
birds  (Ratitae),  such  as  the  Ostrich,  there  is  no  keel. 

Stirps,  a  natural  group  of  animals  wider  than  the  Super-family 
but  not  so  wide  as  the  Order.  Not  often  required  in  classi¬ 
fication. 

Stratigraphy,  the  study  of  stratified  rocks,  with  a  view  to  deter¬ 
mining  their  relative  age,  conditions  of  origin,  etc. 
sub-,  a  prefix  denoting  subdivision,  e.g.  a  sub-order  is  a  division 
of  an  order;  or  meaning  “approximately”  or  “imper¬ 
fectly,”  e.g.  sub-circular  =  not  exactly  circular, 
sub-species,  any  group  distinguishable  within  a  species.  It  may 
be  (i)  a  geographical  race,  confined  to  a  narrower  habitat 
than  the  species  as  a  whole,  (2)  a  mutation  (in  the 
Waagenian  or  palaeontological  sense)  preceding  or  following 
the  typical  species  in  time,  or  (3)  a  variety,  living  alongside 
the  typical  species. 

suture,  the  line  of  junction  of  two  portions  of  a  skeleton,  especi¬ 
ally  (i)  the  boundary-lines  of  the  several  bones  in  a  complex 
bony  structure  such  as  the  skull,  (2)  the  line  of  junction  of 
one  of  the  internal  partitions  (septa)  of  a  cephalopod  shell 
with  the  inner  surface  of  the  shell, 
systematists,  those  specially  concerned  with  the  scientific  classi¬ 
fication  of  animals  or  plants. 

systemic  heart,  one  which  propels  the  blood  to  the  body  in 
general,  not  to  the  respiratory  organs.  (Contrast  branchial 
heart.) 

taxonomy,  the  science  of  classification  of  animals  or  plants, 
teleology,  the  doctrine  of  final  causes,  or  the  explanation  of 
organic  structures  as  constructed  for  an  intelligent  purpose. 
Tertiary,  an  old-fashioned  term  for  the  strata  of  Cainozoic  age, 
still  very  generally  in  use.  (The  corresponding  terms. 
Primary  for  Palaeozoic,  and  Secondary  for  Mesozoic  are  quite 
obsolete  in  English.) 

tetradactyle,  having  four  fingers  or  toes  on  each  limb. 

Tetrapoda,  Vertebrates  above  the  grade  of  fishes,  including 
amphibians,  reptiles,  birds  and  mammals. 

Therapsida,  mammal-like  reptiles,  an  extinct  Order  found  in 
Permian  and  Triassic  rocks.  With  the  earlier  (late  Car¬ 
boniferous  and  Permian)  Pelycosauria,  it  forms  the  Sub-class 
Synapsida  of  the  class  Reptilia. 
thoracic,  relating  to  the  thorax  (chest) ;  thoracic  suction-pump, 
the  breathing  mechanism  of  mammals,  in  which  the  expan- 


264 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


sion  of  the  chest-cavity  is  the  cause  of  the  inrush  of  air  to 
the  lungs. 

tibia,  the  pre-axial  of  the  two  bones  of  the  shank,  i.e.  on  the 
same  side  as  the  big  toe. 

time-range,  the  portion  of  geological  time  from  the  first  to  the 
last  known  occurrence  of  any  given  species,  genus,  family  or 
other  group. 

tombolo,  the  Italian  name  for  curved  banks  thrown  up  by  the 
sea,  uniting  what  was  once  an  island  to  the  mainland,  e.g. 
Monte  Argentario. 

torsion,  twisting,  a  process  by  which  a  symmetrical  embryo  or 
larva  changes  into  an  asymmetrical  adult,  e.g.  flat-fish, 
gastropods. 

Tournaisian,  the  lower  division  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous 
strata,  after  Tournai  in  Belgium,  where  these  strata  are  well 
exposed. 

transformism,  the  doctrine  that  species  may  be  transformed  into 
other  species,  genera,  etc.  This  term  is  more  commonly 
used  in  France,  where  “  evolution  ”  would  be  used  in 
England. 

trematodes,  a  group  of  parasitic  worms,  including  the  liver-fluke 
or  flounder  of  the  sheep. 

tribe,  a  taxonomic  term  sometimes  used  for  a  group  within  a 
sub-family. 

Trilobites,  an  extinct  class  of  Arthropoda,  fossils  of  which  are 
abundant  in  the  Older  Palaeozoic  rocks  and  gradually 
diminish  in  numbers  through  the  Newer  Palaeozoic,  above 
which  they  are  never  found. 

trochanter,  a  projection  from  the  surface  of  the  femur  for  attach¬ 
ment  of  muscles  used  in  running. 

Tunicates,  a  group  of  marine  microphagous  animals,  of  varied 
habit,  the  structure  and  development  of  which  shows  them 
to  be  allied  to  the  most  primitive  Vertebrates. 

type,  any  single  thing  selected  as  an  example  of  some  group  of 
things. 

ulna,  the  post-axial  of  the  two  bones  in  the  middle  arm,  i.e.  the 
one  placed  on  the  little-finger  side.  It  carries  the  elbow- 
projection  (olecranon  process). 

umbilicus  (i)  the  navel  of  mammalia,  the  scar  of  the  placental 
cord ;  (2)  the  hollow  on  the  underside  of  some  spiral  shells. 

umbo,  in  bivalves,  the  starting-point  of  growth  of  a  valve,  around 
which  the  lines  of  growth  circle. 

unguiculate  mammals,  having  claws  at  the  digit-ends. 

ungulate  mammals,  having  hooves  at  the  digit-ends. 

unguligrade,  walking  on  the  hooves,  i.e.  the  expanded  equivalents 
of  the  horny  nails  or  claws. 

uniformitarianism,  the  doctrine  that  throughout  the  past  history 
of  the  earth  the  processes  at  work  remodelling  the  world  have 
not  differed  essentially  from  those  existing  to-day. 


GLOSSARY  265 

univalve  shell,  composed  of  a  single  continuous  piece.  (Contrast 

bivalve.) 

urea,  a  compound  with  the  formula  CO(NH2),  the  principal  con¬ 
stituent  of  nitrogenous  excretion  in  the  Mammalia. 

uric  acid,  a  compound  with  the  formula  C2(CO)3(NH)4,  the 
principal  constituent  of  nitrogenous  excretion  in  birds. 

variety,  a  general  name  for  a  sub-species,  i.e.  for  a  collection  of 
individuals  having  most  of  the  characters  of  a  species,  but 
differing  from  the  rest  of  the  species  in  certain  minor  points. 
(See  mutation,  race.) 

vascular,  connected  with  the  blood-vessels.  Vascular  folds  or 
lamincc  are  such  as  have  an  unusual  abundance  of  blood¬ 
vessels  (for  purposes  of  respiration). 

ventral,  on  or  near  the  underside  of  the  body  (or  what  is  the 
underside  in  most  members  of  a  group,  though  it  may  not 
be  so  in  particular  members,  e.g.  the  front  surface  of  the 
human  body  counts  as  ventral,  because  it  corresponds  to 
what  is  the  underside  in  most  other  Vertebrates.)  (See 
dorsal.) 

vestige,  an  organ  of  small  size  and  apparently  useless,  which  is 
homologous  with  a  larger  and  useful  organ  in  other  animals. 

viviparous,  bringing  forth  living  young,  not  laying  eggs. 

whorl  (i)  in  spiral  shells,  a  single  turn  of  the  spiral;  (2)  in 
plants,  a  radiating  group  of  leaves  round  a  stem. 

Xenarthra,  the  South  American  edentates  (ant-eater,  armadillo, 
sloth). 

zaphrentid,  an  extinct  Rugose  coral  of  a  particular  group,  found 
mainly  in  the  Carboniferous  Limestone. 

zone.  (See  fossil-zone.) 

zoophyte,  an  old-fashioned  term  for  animals  with  a  plant-like 
habit  of  growth,  e.g.  Corals. 

zygote,  the  cell  resulting  from  the  fusion  of  two  gametes,  and 
capable  of  developing  into  a  new  individual. 


18 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


The  first  three  works  in  tliis  list  are  so  frequently 
referred  to  that  it  is  advisable  to  denote  them  by  dis¬ 
tinctive  letters.  The  rest  are  numbered  in  alphabetical 
order.  Other  works  to  which  only  casual  reference  has 
been  made  are  not  listed  here  but  quoted  in  the  appro¬ 
priate  places. 

D.  Dewar,  Douglas.  1931.  “  Difficulties  of  the  Evolution 

Theory.”  (London  :  Arnold.) 

F.  Fleming,  Sir  Ambrose.  1935-  “  Modern  Anthropology 

versus  Biblical  statements  on  Human  Origin.”  2nd 
edition  (revised).  (Victoria  Institute,  i.  Central  Build¬ 
ings,  Westminster,  S.W.i.) 

T.  ViALLETON,  L.  and  others.  1927.  ”  Le  Transformisme, ” 

Les  Cahiers  de  Philosophic  de  la  \ature.  (Paris  : 
Librairie  Philosophic|ue  J.  Vrin,  6,  Place  de  la  .Sor- 
bonne,  V^.)  [A  symposium  by  five  authors  ”  who  agree 
in  accepting,  with  or  without  restrictions,  the  idea  of 
descent  as  accounting  for  the  historic  succession  of  liv¬ 
ing  forms.  They  also  agree  that  the  theory  of  evolution 
only  becomes  rational  from  the  moment  when  it  super¬ 
poses  a  finalist  interpretation  on  the  current  mechanistic 
interpretation.”  In  other  respects  they  disagree,  Louis 
Vialleton  and  W.  R.  Thompson  being,  in  a  general 
sense,  hostile  to  evolution,  Lucien  Cuenot  and  Elie 
Gagnebin  supporting  it,  while  Roland  Dalbiez  writes 
from  the  viewpoint  of  a  philosopher,  not  a  naturalist.] 

1.  Annandale,  N.  1915-  “  Evolution  of  Shell-sculpture  in 

freshwater  snails  of  the  family  Viviparidae.  ”  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  London  (B),  xcvi,  60-76. 

2.  Black,  Davidson.  1934.  ”  On  the  discovery,  morj)holog\ 

and  environment  of  Sinanthropus  pekinensis."  (Croon 
ian  Lecture.)  Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Loiulon  (B 
ccxxiii,  57,  120 


266 


BIBIJOGRAVHY 


267 


3.  Boswkll,  P„  G.  H.  1936.  “  Problems  of  the  Borderland 

of  Archaeology  and  Geology  in  Britain.”  (Presid. 
Addr.)  Proc.  Prehistoric  Soc.  (n.s.),  ii,  149-160. 

4.  Boule,  M.  1921.  ”  Les  homines  fossiles.”  [Translated 

by  J.  E.  and  J.  Ritchie,  1923,  as  “  Fossil  Men.” 
(Edinburgh  :  Oliver  and  Boyd.)] 

5.  Broom,  R.  1932.  ”  The  Mammal-like  Reptiles  of  South 

Africa  and  the  Origin*  of  Mammals.”  (London  : 
Witherby.) 

6.  BuRKirx,  M.  and  Childe,  V.  G.  1932.  ”  A  Chronological 

Table  of  Prehistory.”  Antiquity,  vi,  185-205,  with 
folding  table.  (Gloucester  ;  John  Bellows.) 

7.  Carruthers,  R.  G.  1910.  “  On  the  Evolution  of  Za- 

phrentis  delanouei  in  Lower  Carboniferous  times.” 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  Ixvi,  523-538,  j)l.  xxxvi, 

XXX  vii. 

8.  Cope,  E.  D.  1884.  ”  The  \Trtebrata  of  the  Tertiary 

Formations  of  the  West.”  U.S.  Surv.  Territories,  iii, 
book  i.  [For  Hyracotheriinn  venticolum  see  jip.  630- 
635,  pi.  xlix  a,  h,  c.] 

9.  Crampton,  H.  E.  1916-25-32.  ”  Studies  in  the  Varia¬ 

tion,  Distribution  and  Evolution  of  the  genus 
Partula."  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington,  3  Vols.  [especi¬ 
ally  \\)1.  Ill,  “  The  Species  inhabiting  Moorea,”  1932.] 

10.  Cuvier,  G.  1821.  ”  Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  • 

Fossiles,  ou  Eon  etablit  les  caracteres  de  plusieurs 
animaux  dont  les  revolutions  du  globe  ont  detruit  les 
especes.”  2nd  Edn.,  6  vols.  [ist  Edn.  1812.] 

11.  Darwin,  C.  R.  1859.  “  The  Origin  of  Species  by  means 

of  Natural  Selection  or  the  Preservation  of  Favoured 
Races  in  the  Struggle  for  Life.”  [Many  later  editions.] 

12.  Dawson,  C.  and  Woodward,  A.  S.  1913.  “  On  the  Dis¬ 

covery  of  a  Palaeolithic  Human  Skull  and  Mandible  in  a 
Flint-bearing  Gravel  overlying  the  Wealden  (Hastings 
Beds)  at  Piltdown,  Fletching  (Sussex).”  Quart.  Journ. 
Geol.  Soc.,  Ixix,  1 17-15 1,  pi.  xviii-xxi.  Supplementary 
note,  Ixx,  82-99,  pi.  xiv,  xv.  [Eoanthropus  daiusoni.] 

13.  DE  Beer,  G.  R.  1930.  “  Embryology  and  Evolution.” 

(Oxford  ;  Clarendon  Press.)  [Of  great  value  for 
modern  ideas,  but  very  condensed  and  not  eas}'  read¬ 
ing.] 

14.  Dewar,  D.  and  Finn,  F.  n.d.  “The  Making  of  Species.” 

(London  :  John  Lane.) 

15.  Dollo,  L.  1922.  “  Les  Cephalopodes  deroules  et  Pirre- 

versibilite  de  revolution.”  Bijdragen  tot  de  Dierkunde, 
K.  Zool.  Genootschap  Amsterdam ,  xxii,  215-226,  pi.  vii. 

16.  Fraipont,  C.  and  Leclerq,  S.  1932.  “  La  Paleontologie 

et  les  grands  problemes  de  la  Biologie  Generale  :  J. 


26S 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Berceaux  et  Migrations.”  Actiialites  Scientifiques  et 
i iiJdsinelles.  (Paris  :  Hermann.) 

17.  Garsiang,  W.  1929.  ”  The  Origin  and  Evolution  of  Larval 

Forms,”  Pres.  Address  Sec.  D.,  Rep.  Brit.  As.^dc., 
Adv.  Sci.  (Glasgow,  1928),  77-98. 

18.  Gorjanovic-Kramberger.  K.  1901.  “  Uber  die  Gattung 

Valenciennesia  und  einige  unterpontische  Limnaeen.” 
Beitr.  Paldont.  Oesterreich-Ungarns  u.d.  Orients,  xiii, 
121-140,  pis.  ix,  X.  [Also  a  later  paper,  1923  :  “  Ueber 
die  Bedeutung  der  Valenciennesiiden  in  strati- 
graphischer  und  genetischer  Hinsicht.”  Paleont, 
Zeitschr.,  V,  339-344.] 

19.  Gregory,  W.  K.  1934-  ”  Man’s  Place  among  the  Anthro¬ 

poids.”  (Oxford  :  Clarendon  Press.)  [An  admirably 
clear  account  of  human  descent,  but,  unfortunately 
for  the  general  reader,  combined  with  a  controversy 
with  Wood  Jones  on  the  minor  question  of  the  exact 
course  of  that  descent  within  the  Order  Primates.] 

20.  Heilmann,  G.  1926.  ”  The  Origin  of  Birds.”  (London  : 

Witherby.) 

21.  Holmes,  A.  1913.  “  The  Age  of  the  Earth.”  (Harper.) 

Also  an  abbreviated  edition,  1927,  in  Benn’s  Sixpenny 
Series,  no.  102. 

22.  Huxley,  T.  H.  1876.  ”  Lectures  on  Evolution  :  HI,  The 

Demonstrative  Evidence  of  Evolution,”  in  Collected 
Essays,  1893,  Vol.  IV  :  Science  and  Hebrew  Tradition,” 
114-138.  (London:  Macmillan.) 

22a.  King,  W.  B.  R.  and  Oakley,  K.  P.  1936.  ”  The  Pleisto¬ 

cene  Succession  in  the  Lower  Thames  Valley.”  Proc. 
Prehistoric  Soc.  (n.s.),  ii,  52-76,  with  folding  plates. 

23.  Lamarck,  J.  B.  P.  A.  de  Monet,  Chev.  de.  1809.  ”  Philo- 

sophie  Zoologique.”  [English  translation  by  Hugh 
Elliott,  1913.] 

24.  Linn^us  [Linne],  C.  1758-9.  ”  Systema  Naturae,”  loth 

Edn.,  2  Vols. 

25.  Marsh,  O.  C.  1880.  ”  Odontornithes.”  U.S.  Geol.  Ex- 

plor.  40th  Parallel,  Vol.  VH.  (Washington.) 

26.  Martin,  C.  J.  1903.  ”  Thermal  Adjustment  and  Respira¬ 

tory  Exchange  in  Monotremes  and  Marsupials.”  Phil. 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  London,  (B),  cxcv,  1-37. 

27.  Needham,  N.  J.  T.  M.  1931.  ”  Chemical  Embryology,”  3 

Vols.  (Cambridge  Univ.  Press.) 

28.  Osborn,  H.  F.  1907.  ”  Evolution  of  Mammalian  Molar 

Teeth.”  (New  York  :  Macmillan.)  [States  the 
original  tritubercular  theory  and  points  out  the  apparent 
discordance  between  embrvological  and  palaeontological 
evidence.] 


BlRLIOGRAl’HY 


269 


29.  Osborn,  H.  F.  1910.  “  The  A^e  of  Mammals.”  (New 

York  :  Macmillan.)  [Good  account  of  Tertiar}^  Mam¬ 
mals,  those  of  South  America  and  Mongolia  excepted.] 

30.  Paley,  \V.  1803.  ”  Natural  Theology;  or,  Evidence  of  the 

Existence  and  Attributes  of  the  Deity,  collected  from 
the  appearances  of  nature.”  (Albany.) 

31.  Petronievics,  B.  1919-  “  Sur  la  loi  de  Pevolution  irre¬ 

versible.”  Science  Progress,  xix,  406-419.  [With 
bibliography  of  the  numerous  works  of  L.  Dollo  deal¬ 
ing  with  irreversibility.] 

32.  Robson,  G.  C.  and  Richards,  O.  W.  1936.  ”  The  Varia¬ 

tions  of  Animals  in  Nature.”  (Longmans.) 

33.  Romer,  a.  S.  1934.  “  Vertebrate  Palaeontology.”  (Univ. 

of  Chicago  Press.)  [The  best  and  most  readable 
account  of  modern  knowledge  on  Vertebrate  evolution.] 

34.  Sandford,  K.  S.  1924.  ”  The  River-Gravels  of  the 

Oxford  District.”  Quarl.  Journ.  Gcol.  Soc.,  Ixxx,  113- 
179  [table  on  p.  159.] 

35.  ScHiLDER,  F.  A.  1936.  ”  Anatomical  Characters  of  the 

Cypraeacea  which  confirm  the  conchological  classifica¬ 
tion.”  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  London,  xxii,  75-112,  pi.  xi, 
xii. 

36.  Selenka,  L.  and  Blankenhorn,  M.  1911.  “Die  Pithec- 

anthropus-Schichten  auf  Java  :  geologische  und  ]:>alaon- 
tologische  Ergebnisse  der  Trinil  Expedition,  1907-08.” 
(Leipzig.) 

37.  Sherlock,  R.  L.  1935-  “  British  Regional  Geology  :  Lon¬ 

don  and  Thames  \Mlley.”  Geol.  Survey  and  Museum. 

38.  Simpson,  G.  G.  1928.  “  Catalogue  of  the  Mesozoic  Mam¬ 

malia  in  the  Geological  Department  of  the  British 
Museum.”  [A  very  lucid  account  of  the  known  Meso¬ 
zoic  Mammalia.] 

39.  Smith,  Burnett.  1906.  “  Phylogeny  of  the  Races  of 

Volutilithes  pcirosiis.”  Proc.  Acad.  Sci.  PhUadelphia, 
Iviii,  52-76,  pi.  ii. 

40.  Smith,  G.  Elliott.  1927.  “  The  Evolution  of  Man,”  2nd 

Edn.  (Oxford  Univ.  Press.)  [An  admirable  exposition 
of  the  subject,  combining  palseontological  and  physio¬ 
logical  evidence,  but  unfortunately  written  before  the 
discovery  of  Sinanthropus  and  at  a  time  when  Plespero- 
pithecus  was  wrongly  believed  to  be  an  Anthropoid. 
Fig.  2  should  be  amended  by  deleting  Hesperopitheciis 
(or  substituting  Australopithecus)  and  adding  Sinanthro¬ 
pus  as  a  branch  of  Hominidee  at  a  higher  level  than 
Eoanthro  pus.] 

41.  SoLLAS,  W.  j.  1924.  “  Ancient  Hunters  and  their  Modern 

Representatives.”  3rd  Edn.  (London:  Macmillan). 


270  EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 

42.  Spencer,  B.  1900.  “  A  Description  of  Wyniyardia  bassiaua. 

a  Fossil  Marsu|)ia]  from  the  Tertiary  Beds  of  Table 
Cape,  Tasmania.”  Proc.  Zoo].  Soc.  London,  1900,  pp. 
776-795,  pis.  xlix,  I. 

43.  Trueman,  A.  E.  1922.  “  The  Use  of  Gryphiva  in  the  Cor¬ 

relation  of  the  Lower  Lias.”  Geo].  Mag..,  lix,  256- 
268. 

44.  Weidenreicii,  F.  1935.  “  The  SinantJiropiis  population  of 

Choukoutien  (Locality  i)  with  a  preliminary  report  on 
new  discoveries.”  Bid].  Geo].  Soc.  China,  xiv,  427- 
468,  pis.  i-iii  (with  Bibliog'raph}’.)  [The  latest  detailed 
account  so  far,  but  further  discoveries  have  been  made 
in  1936  (see  Nature,  13th  Feb.,  1937),  and  fuller 
accounts  may  be  expected  shortly.] 

45.  Wills,  L.  J.  1935.  ”  Rare  and  New  Ostracoderm  Fishes 

from  the  Downtonian  of  Shropshire.”  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  Edinhurg]i ,  Iviii,  427-447,  pis.  i-vii. 


INDEX 

(See  also  Glossary,  ff.  250-265.) 


Abel,  U.,  88-90,  169 
acetabulum,  90-92,  250 
Achatinella,  176-9 
Acila,  65-73,  247 

Adaptation  of  fishes  to  land-life, 
163-4 

Adaptative  radiation,  151 
Agassiz,  L.,  3,  22,  97-8,  138 
Age  of  Earth,  31,  32 
ages,  geological,  43 
Alabama  Eocene,  127,  140 
Aixex,  J.  a.,  179 
alternation  of  generations,  46,  250 
ambiens  muscle,  199,  250 
Amegiiixo,  F.,  162 
Amnion,  141,  250 
Amphibia,  184-5,  250 
Amphioxus,  150,  173,  225,  250 
Amphitherium,  220,  250 
Anabas,  164 
ancestral  memory,  143 
Anchitherium,  59,  250 
Axdrews,  C.  W.,  88 
Axxaxdale,  N.,  126-7,  ^79 
Annelida,  122 
Anomia,  75-8,  94,  t2i 
antheridium,  46,  251 
Anthracotheriidae,  115 
Anthropoids,  blood  of,  231 
Aral  Sea,  78 

arboreal  animals,  114-5,  197,  251 
Area,  67 

Archaeopteryx,  13,  118-121,  187- 
194 

Archaeornis,  121,  187-192 
archegonium,  *  46 
Archosauria,  186-194 
Aristotle,  i,  35 
Arthropoda,  122,  144,  251 
Artiodactyla,  56,  251 
Asaph  idae,  161 
asexual  reproduction,  46 


Athyridae,  159 

Algustin  of  Hippo,  St.,  32,  33 
Australian  fauna,  153,  165 
Australopithecus,  233 
Aviation  and  evolution  of  flight, 
197-8 

babel,  tower  of,  123 
Baer,  E.  vox,  137-9,  142,  i44> 
148 

Baix,  a.  G.,  217 
Barraxde,  J.,  97-8 
Batesox,  W.,  72-3,  180 
bats,  156,  212 
Bfecher,  C.  E.,  139 
Belloc,  H.,  42,  73 
Bernard,  C.,  148 
bifurcation  of  species,  174 
biogenetic  law,  138 
Birds,  14,  183-200 
birth-  and  death-rates,  234-5 
bivalves,  see  Brachiopoda  and 
Lamellibranchia 
Black  Sea,  78 

Blaixville,  H.  iSE  D.  de,  40,  210 
blind  spot,  224 

blood,  circulation  of,  144-6,  243 
blood-reactions,  230-2 
bolti  or  bulti,  246 
bone-bed,  Purbeck,  222  ;  Trinil, 
238-9 

Bonnet,  C.,  36,  41,  42 
boring  organisms,  18 
Brachiopoda,  13,  19,  129,  139, 

159,  161,  251 
Brachysphingus,  85 
brackish  facies,  78 
Broom,  R.,  112-3 
Browne,  Sir  T.,  2,  6,  9,  166, 
200,  224 

buccal  force-pump,  203,  251 
Bfckland,  F.,  21 1 


271 


272 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Ruckland,  Dean,  220 
Buckman,  S.  S.,  139,  166 
Buffon,  G.  L.  L.,  17,  95 
Bullia,  85 

burrowing  worms,  18 

Cainozoic  era,  23,  252 
Caldwell,  ,  21 1 
Cambrian  period,  25,  32,  121-2, 
161,  170-1,  188 

Carboniferous  corals,  128,  140; 
limestone,  18,  109-111,  128-9; 

period,  20 
Carnivora,  155-6 
carpels,  46-7,  252 
Carruthers,  R.  G.,  128 
Caspian-brackish  fauna,  26,  78, 
80 

catastrophism,  43,  252 
cave-deposits,  21,  26 
Cebidae,  155 
Cenozoic  era,  23 
Cephalopoda,  165-6,  252 
Cestodes,  143 
Cetacea,  156,  168,  232 
Chseropotamus,  56 
Chalicotheriidm,  153 
Chalk,  20,  1 18,  123-4 
Chameleon,  155 
Chapman,  F.,  214 
chemical  analogy,  100 
Chesterton,  G.  K.,  96,  125,  183, 
186,  193-4,  243 
chondrophore,  77 
Chordata,  122,  172-3,  252 
Chromidae,  245-6,  252 
chromosome,  12,  252 
circulation  of  Vertebrata,  145-6, 

243 

cirripedes,  143,  253 
clandestine  evolution,  142 
Class,  Linnman,  2,  13 
climatic  changes,  30,  238 
coenogenetic,  141 
cold-and  warm-blooded,  203-5 
Compsognathus,  ^3,  185,  194 
cones,  46,  253 
Connecticut,  Trias  of,  188 
consciousness,  248 
convergence,  39,  41,  151,  253 
Cope,  E.  D.,  39,  55,  57 
Corals,  Carbor>>fprnus,  19,  128, 
140 


correlation,  132-6,  253 

Corti,  organ  of,  209 

Cowper,  W.,  184 

cradles,  160-2 

Crampton,  H.  E.,  177-9 

cranial  flexure,  141 

Cretaceous  birds,  189-190,  194; 

period,  42  {see  also  Chalk) 
Crocodilia,  187,  193 
cryptogenetic,  162,  254 
Ctenodontidae,  68-9 
CUENOT,  L.,  102 

Cuvier,  G.,  4,  5,  39,  54-6,  69,  97, 
132-6,  185-6,  210,  220-1 
Cycads,  46,  47,  254 
Cyclodus,  204 
Cyprmidae,  83-4 

Cypris-stage  of  Cirripedes,  143-4 

Dacic  basin,  78 
Darwin,  C.  R.,  97,  100,  233 
Darwinism,  180,  248 
Dasyurus,  135,  205,  254 
death-  and  birth-rates,  195  -7, 

234-5 

DE  Beer,  G.  R.,  140,  142 
degeneration,  44,  254 
Deltatheridium,  220 
Dendrolagus,  165 
denudation,  116-8,  254 
derived  fossils,  117 
Devonian  period,  5,  32,  111 
Dewar,  D.,  11-15,  47-50,  96-105, 
114-116,  142,  144-7)  150-U  CS4) 
160,  162-3,  167-9,  172?  191-212, 
219-221,  230-2,  237,  247 
d’Halloy,  Omalius,  35,  99 
diastrophism,  43 
Dicynodon,  217,  254 
Didelphys,  136,  154-5,  217 
Dinosauria,  193,  254 
Dinotherium,  161 
Dipnoi,  164,  254 
Diprotodon,  212 

Distribution,  geographical  and 
geological,  of  Acila,  70 ;  of 
Athyridie,  159;  of  marsupials, 
212,  219;  of  monotremes,  201, 
217-9;  of  Proboscidea,  159;  of 
Rhynchocephalia,  159;  of 
various  plants,  159 
divaricate  ornament,  65-6,  70-73, 

254 


INDEX 


273 


Dohrn,  a.,  149 
Dollo,  L.,  164-6 
d’Orbigny,  a.  D.,  5,  22,  97 
Dorsanum,  85 
Dryopithecus,  233,  254 
Dubois,  E.,  238 
Duboisia,  239 
ductless  glands,  149 
Dugong,  87-8 
Dysodonta,  75,  254 

ear-bones,  202 

earth-movements,  43 

Echidna,  204-5,  215 

Echinocorys,  123 

Echinoderma,  no,  122,  139,  254 

Ecology,  3,  254 

Edentata,  156,  254 

Eichstatt  (Bavaria),  187 

Elasmobranchia,  63 

elephants,  87,  156,  159,  161,  239 

embryology,  139,  255 

empirical  correlation,  133,  185 

endocrine  glands,  149,  255 

endostyle,  150,  173,  255 

Eoanthropus,  233,  236-7,  240,  242 

Eodelphis,  220 

Eohippus,  52-60,  168,  209 

Eosiren,  88-91 

Eotheroides,  88-91 

Epiceratodus,  217 

epigenesis,  137 

epochs,  geological,  43 

Equidae,  50,  121,  168 

eras,  geological,  43 

erosion,  19 

Euparkeria,  194 

Eurypterida,  161,  255 

evidence,  241-6 

eye.  Vertebrate,  224-30 

eye-muscles,  229 

excretory  metabolism,  207-8 

facies,  25,  117-8,  255 
family,  11-15,  247,  255 
feathers,  41,  192,  194,  206 
Feliopsis,  239 
fenestra,  91,  255 
fern,  reproduction  of,  46 
fish-beds,  108 

Fishes,  adapted  to  land-life,  163- 
4;  preservation  of,  107-9 
Fleming,  Sir  A.,  95,  233-246 


flight,  evolution  of,  36-7,  195-8 
flora  of  Coal  period,  45,  47 
flower,  evolution  of,  45-7 
folding  of  strata,  19 
Forbes,  E,  97-8 
fossils  as  age-indices,  21,  255 
Fraipont,  C.,  158-160,  162 
function,  change  of,  148-151 

Gabb,  W.  M.,  85 
Galilee,  fishes  of  Sea  of,  244-6 
gall-bladder  in  birds,  200 
Garrett,  ,  177-8 
Gaskell,  W.  H.,  157 
gastropods,  78-87,  161,  256 
genealogies,  36-7,  256 
generation,  spontaneous,  1 
generations,  alternation  of,  46 
Genetics,  139 

Gennesaret,  fishes  of  Lake,  244-6 
gens,  gentes,  128,  256 
genus,  2,  11,  256 
geographical  distribution  of 
Achatinellidre,  176-180;  of 
Acila,  70;  of  monotremes,  201, 
217-219;  of  marsupials,  212,  219 
geological  time,  64 
Geomorphology,  181-2 
gigantic  Pleistocene  mammals, 
212 

gill-arches,  150-1 
Ginkgo,  47 

glands,  ductless  or  endocrine,  149 
Gorjanovich-Kramberger,  K., 
So 

gentes,  128 
Gosse,  P.  H.,  6-10 
Gosse,  Sir  E.,  6,  8 
Gregory,  W.  K.,  55 
Gryphiea,  129,  130,  171 
gypsum  of  Montmartre,  134,  256 

Haeckel,  E.,  25,  43,  137-140,  142, 
144,  148 

hairs  and  feathers,  41,  192,  194, 
206 

Halicoridas,  87-94,  121 
Halitherium,  88 
hand,  human,  223-4 
Harvey,  W.,  137,^  243 
Hawkesbury  series,  218 
Hawkins,  H.  L.,  no 
heart,  single  and  double,  145-6 


^74 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


Hebrides,  snails  of,  179 
IIeilmann,  G.,  194 
Hemimastodon,  161 
Hills,  E.  S.,  215-7 
Himalayas,  114 
hinge-te^h,  66-7,  73 
hip-girdle,  88-93,  203 
Hipparion,  51,  82 
Hippocampus,  155 
Hippopotamus,  239 
History  and  palaeontology  com¬ 
pared,  102,  T 18-120 
Hokmeister,  45,  47 
hologenesis,  158 
Home,  Sir  E.,  167 
Homo,  orang-utan  as  species  of, 
34  ;  extinct  species  of,  233 
homology,  150 
horse-family,  50 
Hcdson,  W.  H.,  154-5 
Huxley,  T.  H.,  51,  98,  loi,  185- 
6,  194,  233 

Hyatt,  A.  S.,  139,  i66 
hybrids,  2,  126,  240 
hypermorphosis,  140 
Hyracodon,  53,  257 
Hyracotherium,  54-60 
Hyrax,  55-7,  87,  156,  161,  257 

Ichthyosaurus,  185 
IgLianodon,  185 

imperfection  of  record,  105-118 
irreversibility,  164-6 
included  fragments,  22 
Indian  fossil  mammals,  114-6 
Inferior  Oolite,  18 
inheritance  of  acquired  charac¬ 
ters,  247 
Inoceramus,  130 
Insectivora,  156 
intertrappean,  115,  257 

jaw-articulation  in  mammals  and 
reptiles,  202 
Jackson,  R.  T.,  139 
Johnson,  Dr.  S.,  122 
Jordan  fishes,  245-6 
Jurassic  period,  20,  23,  189 

Kansas  Cretaceous,  190 
Karroo  beds,  113,  202,  217,  2:^7 
Keith,  Sir  A.,  201 


King,  \V.  W.,  hi 
kinkajou,  155 

labial  palps,  69,  150,  257 
ladder  of  beings,  36,  41,  97,  132 
Lamarck,  J.  B.,  13,  36-8,  41,  44, 
50,  67,  97,  151,  184,  193 
Lambrecht,  K.,  192 
lamellibranchs,  64-78,  150 
language,  122-3 
Lartet,  233 

“  laws  ”  of  evolution,  132 
Leclerq,  S.,  158-162 
Leidy,  J.,  98 
lemurs,  156 

Leonardo  da  Vinci,  17,  33 
Leptobos,  239 
Levantine  facies,  125-6 
Limnaeids,  78-83,  121 
lineages,  127-8,  257 
Lingula,  170-2 
Linmean  system,  125 
Linn.kus,  C.,  2,  13,  67,  184 
lithographic  stone,  188-9 
liver,  functions  of,  148 
London  Clay,  29,  56,  57 
I,ophiodon,  56,  62,  257 
Lydekker,  R.,  63 
Lyell,  Sir  C.,  5 

Mackenzia,  140 
mammae,  156,  166-7,  ^57 
mammalian  teeth,  55-7,  147,  209 
mammal-reptiles,  113,  186,  202-4, 
218 

mammals,  55,  179,  201-222 
Man,  ancestry  of,  141,  223-241 
manatee,  36,  87,  90-93,  257 
Marsh,  O.  C.,  40,  42,  55,  59,  190 
marsupials,  135-6,  153,  155-6,  165, 
201,  204,  258 
Martin,  C.  J.,  204 
Mastodon,  159-160 
Matthew,  W.  D.,  100,  237 
Mececyon,  239 
Mediterranean,  78 
megasporangia,  megaspores,  46, 
47,  258 
memory,  248 
Mendip  Hills,  19 
Merychippus,  61 

Mesozoic  era,  23,  258 ;  mammals, 
147,  187,  221 


INDEX 


275 


Metabolism,  excretory,  207-8 
Metaxytherium,  88 
Micraster,  123-4,  258 
microphagous,  173,  258 
inicrosporangia,  microspores,  46, 
258 

migration,  4,  43,  70,  87,  158-162, 
201,  258 

milk-glands,  206-7 
mimicry,  48-9,  25S 
Miranda- Ribetko,  40 
Mivart,  St.  G.,  33 
Mteritherium,  8S-91,  161 
Mollusca,  122,  139;  see  also  Ce¬ 
phalopoda,  Gastropoda,  Lamel- 
libranchia 
Molopophorus,  85 
Monboddo,  Lord,  33-6,  100 
Mongolia,  Cretaceous  of,  147, 
220,  221 

Monotremata,  40,  201,  204,  207, 
210-7,  258 

Montmartre  gypsum,  134 
Moore,  H.  B.,  70,  71 
•Sloorea  Island,  177-8 
Morton,  H.  V.,  244-6 
Mountain  Limestone,  18  (see  also 
Carboniferous  limestone) 

Mount  Stephen  (B.C.)  fossils,  140 
musht,  246 
mutation,  123,  258 

Nassidce,  84-7 

natural  selection,  16,  1S0-2,  247 
Xauplius  larva,  143-4 
Nautilus,  165 
navel,  6,  7 

Needham,  N.  J.  T.  M.,  48,  206, 
208 

Neolithic,  29,  258 

Nei  mayr,  M.,  i6t-2 

Nile  and  Jordan  fishes,  246 

Noah’s  Ark  shells,  67 

non-adaptative  variation,  175-180 

Notctherium,  212 

Nucula,  64-73,  247 

nurseries,  160-2,  258 

Nittall,  G.  H.  F.,  230 

oblique  ornament,  71-2 
obturator,  91-2,  259 
oceanic  island  fauna,  162-3 
Omai.his  d’Haleoy,  35,  99 


Omphalos,  6-10,  259 
“  one-pair  ”  theory,  2-4,  174 
ontogeny,  138,  259 
Opisthobranchs,  168,  259 
opossum,  134-6,  165 
orang-utan,  34 
Order,  -LJ  innaean,  2,  13-15 
Ordovician  period,  i6t,  171 
Oriental  region,  212,  259 
ornament  of  shells,  65,  71-2 
Ornithorhynchus,  39,  204-5,  214, 

259 

Orthoceras,  166 
Osborn,  H.  F.,  55,  63,  147 
Osteolepidm,  164 
Ostracoderma,  111-2,  259 
otoliths,  107 

over-specialization,  172-3 
Owen,  Sir  R.,  54-7,  97-8,  136, 
217,  22 T 

o^^sters,  18,  19,  129,  130 

Pacific  island  faunas,  152,  176-9 
Pakeolithic  culture,  29,  259 
Palmomastodon,  161 
Palaeotheriidae,  60,  61 
Pakcozoic  era,  23,  259 
Paley,  W.,  148-9,  166-7,  180-2, 

200,  224 

Palissy,  B.,  17,  95 
Pannonic  Basin,  78 
parachute-mechanism,  197 
parallel  development,  36,  151 
parasites,  4,  44,  142-4,  242-3 
Paris  Basin,  45 
Parsimony,  law  of,  2,  4,  259 
Partula,  175-9 
Patagonia,  219 
pebbles,  22 

Pentameridm,  i6t,  260 
periods,  geological,  43 
Periophthalmus,  163 
Perissodactyla,  56,  59,  260 
Permian  period,  32,  118 
persistent  types,  170-2 
personality,  248 
Petronieahcs,  B.,  191 
Phascolarctos,  136 
phyla,  II,  121,  260 
phylogeny,  138,  260 
pineal  eye,  229 

Pithecanthropus,  233,  235-9,  240-2 
Placenta  (or  Placuna),  121 


276 


EVOLUTION  AND  ITS  MODERN  CRITICS 


placental  mammals,  42,  219,  220 
plants  and  evolution,  147-S,  159 
plaster  of  Paris,  134 
Pleistocene  age,  23,  26,  32,  212, 
260 

Plesiosaurus,  185-6 
Pliocene  epoch,  25,  125 
Pliolophus,  56 
Pliopithecus,  233 

pollen-grains  and  tube,  46-7,  260 
polyphyletic  genera,  130,  260 
Pontian  age,  80 
pre-Cambrian  era,  32,  172 
preformation,  137 
prehensile  tail,  155 
prehistoric  man,  29,  234,  260 
Primates,  55,  155,  157 
Pristidae,  165 
pro-aves,  195,  197 
Proboscidea,  159-161,  261  {see 

also  Elephants) 

Proteodidelphys,  220 
prothallus,  46,  261 
Protohippus,  61 
Pterodactylus,  8,  10,  185,  261 
Pterosauria,  193,  261 
Purbeck  bone-bed,  222 

Queensland  Oligocene,  217 

radiation,  adaptative,  151 
radio-activity,  31,  32 
Radix,  78 

rates  of  increase,  233-5 
rational  correlation,  133,  185 
recapitulation,  137-148,  261 
Recent  age,  23,  261 
Reptilia,  183-211 
reptilian  jaw,  202 
respiration  in  reptiles  and  mam¬ 
mals,  203,  206 
reversion,  44,  261 
Rhmtic,  20,  22,  129 
Rhinocerotidae,  53,  60 
Rhynchocephalia,  159 
rhythm  of  secretion,  71 
Rhytina,  87 
river-gravels,  26-9 
Rodentia,  155-7,  212 
Rosa,  D.,  158 
Rudists,  130-1,  172 
Rugose  corals,  128,  140,  261 


Saccobranchus,  164 
Sacculina,  142-4 
Sahni,  B.,  147 
Sauropsida,  186 
Save-Soderbergh,  G.,  63 
saw-fish,  165 
SCHENCK,  H.  G.,  68 
SCHILDER,  F.  A.,  83 
Scilly  Isles,  snails  of,  179 
sea-horse,  155 
seeds,  47 
Selaginella,  46 

selection,  natural,  16,  180-2,  247 
Selenka  expedition,  238 
Septibranchia,  173 
Serres,  E.  R.  a.,  40 
Shaw,  G.  B.,  38 
shell,  vestigial  in  slugs,  168 
shoulder-girdle,  203 
Silurian  period,  5,  20,  23,  iii 
161 

Siluridm,  164,  246,  262 

Sinanthropus,  233,  237,  240,  242 

Sirenia,  35,  87-94,  156,  161,  169 

Sivapithecus,  233 

Siwalik  beds,  114 

skipping  in  ontogeny,  139,  141 

slugs,  168 

Smith,  B.,  127-8,  140 
Smith,  W.,  21,  25,  237 
Solnhofen  (Bavaria),  136,  187-8 
South  Africa,  217-8 
Sparassodonts,  219,  262 
species,  2,  ii,  262 
speech,  123 
Spencer,  B.,  118,  214 
spermatozoids,  46,  47,  262 
Sphenodon,  pineal  eye  of,  229 
spider-monkeys,  155 
Spisula,  106 

spontaneous  generation,  i,  262 
sporangia  and  spores,  46,  262 
sporophylls,  46-7,  262 
stability,  faunal,  43 
stable  species,  195-7 
stamens,  46-7,  263 
stapes,  202 
Stegodon,  239 
Steinmann,  G.,  157 
St.  Hilaire,  E.  G.,  38-9 
Stonesfield  slate,  187,  220,  222 
Subungulata,  87,  156 
superposition  of  strata,  21 


INDEX 


277 


synthetic  types,  136 
Syringothyris,  129 

Tahiti,  177 
Taia,  126-7 
tail,  human,  223 
tapeworms,  143 
Tapiridae,  57,  60 
Taxodonta,  67 

teeth,  mammalian,  55-7,  147,  209 
terraces,  27-9 
Tertiary  era,  5,  23,  263 
Tetrabelodon,  i6i 
Thames  Valley,  27-30 
Therapsida,  209,  218,  263  (see 

also  mammal-reptiles) 
Thompson,  W.  R.,  142-3,  242-3 
thoracic  suction-pump,  203,  263 
thyroid  gland,  149 
Tiberias,  fishes  of  Lake,  244-6 
transitional  forms  wanting,  93-4 
transverse  divisions,  61-3 
“  tree  ”  of  life,  36,  41,  103,  132 
tree-porcupine,  155 
Triconodonts,  147 
Trilobites,  161,  264 
Trinil  bone  -bed  and  fauna,  238-9 
Tristram,  Canon  H.  B,,  245 
Tunicata,  150,  173,  264 
Tylopoma,  126 

umbilicus,  6,  264 
Ungulata,  55,  156,  264 
uniformitarianism,  43,  264 


Unio,  125 

urea  and  uric  acid,  207-8,  265 

Valenciennesia,  78-83,  121 
Vallis,  18-20 

variety  (or  subspecies),  2,  ii,  265 
varves,  30,  31 
Vaughan,  A.,  no,  128 
Velutinopsis,  80,  82 
Vertebrate  plan,  145-6,  224 
vertical  divisions,  61-3 
vestigial  organs,  166-170,  265 
VlALLETON,  L.,  II,  12,  45,  52,  96, 
99,  169,  203 
Vienna  Basin,  26,  78 
visceral  arches,  150-1 
Viviparidas,  25,  124-7,  ^79 
Voltaire,  17,  95 
Volutidm,  127-8,  140 

Waagenian  mutation,  123 
warm-  and  cold-blooded,  203-5 
Watson,  D.  M.  S.,  63,  108-9,  114 
Williamson,  W.  C.,  97-8 
Wills,  L.  J  ,  in 
window-pane  oyster,  75 
WoRTMAN,  J.  L.,  57 
Wynyardia,  118,  214-5,  219 
Wyoming,  57 

Xenarthra,  156,  202,  265 

Zamia,  47 

Zaphrentis,  128,  265 


ft 


0 


I 


0